Z8 
 
 A A 
 
 I \ 4 
 
 1973 
 
 
 
 .J 
 
 IL 
 
r/1 
 
 CORNELL 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 FROM 
 
 The 5st=te of 
 Bessie Je^iian 
 
0<— <— «L— «■ 
 
 (\J%,''\J C^V-A^ 
 
 (a^- Iff 67 
 
 All books are subject to recall after two weeks 
 Olln/Kroch Library 
 
 DATE DUE 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <!AYLORD 
 
 
 
 PRINTED IN U.SJI. 
 
r<A .^^J^SV*' Unlvera'ty Library 
 PA 4499.Z8A4 1873 
 
 '■*'iiinRi!?i„J!,°„,.X?."*'P'i°"'s Anabasis 
 
 3 1924 026 622 195 
 
 •'^f 
 
The original of tliis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026622195 
 
A 
 
 LEXICON 
 
 XENOPHON'S ANABASIS, 
 
 ADAPTED TO ALL THE COMMON EDITIONS. 
 
 ALPHEUS CROSBY, 
 
 PROVESSOH EMSaiTUS 07 TU3 OaSES LANGUAQB AND LlTfiR.VTUBB IN DAIlTUOOTa COLLEGE. 
 
 Xenopliontis voce Musas quasi locatas femnt. 
 
 CXCBBO. 
 
 JFot tfft Wist bntlj at Brginntrs anH nt JHntc ajbantcH Stnlicnts 
 
 NEW YORK AND CHICAGO: 
 POTTER, AINSWORTH, AND COMPANY. 
 
 . , . I r 1> I- I. < I i , 
 
^ ^^ ■ ^<\ 
 
 "XEKOPHOWTised the language as an instmment of which ho was perfectly 
 master. In hits hest works he writes as if he did not think aboat style at all, 
 but simply aimed at sayiug, in a plain manner, what he had to say. His taste 
 and cultivation gave an unstudied refinement to his diction; and his freedom 
 from all eccentricity and from all excessive specialty of mind, allowed his writ- . 
 ings to attain to a sort of national and universal standard, rather than an indi- 
 vidual character. And so it has come about that the model of classical Greek 
 prose is considered to be preserved, not in the labored antithetical greatness of 
 the style of Thuctdides, nor in the lovely half-poetical diction of Plato, but iu 
 the every-day sentences which make up the page of Xehophon." — Grant. 
 
 " Accomplished Xenophon ! thy truth hath shown 
 A brother's glory sacred as thy own. 
 O rich in all the blended gifts that grace 
 Minerva's darling sons of Attic race ! 
 The Sage's olive, the Historiau's palm, 
 The Victor's laurel, aU thy name embalm ! 
 Thy simple diction, free from glaring art. 
 With sweet allurement steals upon the heart; 
 Pure as the rill, that Nature's hand refines, 
 A cloudless mirror of thy soul it shines. 
 Thine was the praise, bright models to afford 
 To Cesar's rival pen, and rival sword : 
 Blest, had ambition not destroyed his claim 
 To the mild lustre of thy purer fame ! " 
 
 Haylet. 
 
 Entered accotding to Act of Congress, in the year 1873, by Alphi^is Ceossy, in the 
 Office of the Ubniriaji of Congress, at Washington. 
 
PREFACE, 
 
 Shall the student commence the reading of Greek with a general 
 or a special lexicon 1 If the fonner ia chosen, he must expect, 
 
 1. Greater labor in finding words. The time required for finding 
 a word in a lexicon is nearly in the direct ratio of tlie size of the book, 
 and the number of words in its list. The larger tlie book, the more 
 pages must be turned over, or the more matter scrutinized on a page, 
 — commonly both ; and the longer its list, the more words must be 
 looked at, before the right one catches the eye. This would seem 
 (juite too obvious for remark, were not its disregard so common, and 
 so costly of time to the learner. 
 
 2. More labor in finding the required signification. How much time 
 is often painfully spent in looking through a long article, — where 
 various meanings, illustrative examples, translations of these examples, 
 references, and remarks are conmiingled, — before the eye lights upon 
 an appropriate signification ; and even after this, not unfrequently, 
 how much in addition, before the different admissible meanings can be 
 brought together and compared for the selection of the best ! 
 
 3. A difficulty in finding some words at all. This difficulty occurs 
 in the Greek far more than in most languages, from the many euphonic 
 and emphatic changes in its inflection, from crasis, and especially from 
 the various forms of the augment and reduplication, which often render 
 it uncertain even under what letter the search should be commenced. 
 The considerations first presented have also a special application to the 
 Greek, from the copiousness of its vocabulary', and from the variety of 
 form and use which its words obtained through so many centuries, 
 dialects, and kinds of literature. 
 
 If relief from these disadvantages is sought in the use of an abridged 
 general lexicon, then a more serious evil is often substituted, — the 
 absence of what is needed, in the place of labor in finding it. 
 
 The great' use which is wisely made of Xenophon's Anabasis in 
 elementary study seems to entitle it to all the advantages wliich a 
 special lexicon can confer. In more advanced reading, when com- 
 paratively few words present themselves as strangers, and a more 
 comprehensive view of the language is sought, there can, of course, 
 be no adequate substitute for a good general lexicon. 
 
IV PIl"FACE. 
 
 It must also be confessed that special lexicons, in their appropriate 
 sphere, have not been fn-t; from objections. One of their most oomnion 
 faults has been a defect in the vocabulary. It is exceeilingly difficult, 
 in the first attempt, to make a complete list of the words used in a 
 particular book ; and the words of moat frenuent occurrence are pre- 
 cisely those which are most apt to pass the collector's eye witliout 
 attracting notice. Yet it is none the less on this account a severe tri'il 
 to the student's patience to be "sent to April," — to wiiste his time in 
 searching for that which is not to be found, simply because it does not 
 exist. Another frei^uent defect has been the meagreness of information 
 respecting the words ijresented, both as to form and meaning, and 
 especially as to that connection and explanation of meanings which are 
 so important to the learner. 
 
 Some special lexicons have been rendered less viseful to the student 
 in quite a difl'erent way. Their authors, in seeking to make them 
 commentaries upon the text, have so referred the different meanings 
 to the passages in which they occur, as to leave little exercise for his 
 own judgment in the clioice, thus depriving him of one of the great 
 benefits of linguistic study. 
 
 An earnest effort has been made in the present work to avoid, so 
 far as might be, these defects. The list of words in the Anabasis was 
 already nearly complete through the labors of others. To guard 
 against the omission of required forms and meanings, the text has 
 been read again and again with pen in hand ; and much pains has like- 
 wise been taken in tracing back derived to primitive senses, while the 
 syntactic constructions found in the te.xt have also been quite fully 
 stated. The significations of words have been presented with much 
 copiousness, and different modes of translation have been offered to 
 the student's choice ; but that choice has been left, for the most part, 
 uninfluenced, so that he should have the fullest benefit of the inde- 
 pendent exercise of his own jvidgment. At the same time, every word 
 has been referred to one or more places where it occurs, preference 
 being given to the earliest place, as that with which the word should 
 usually be most closely associated in the student's mind. 
 
 An asterisk (*) has been attached to many ^^'ords which occur in 
 tables of irregular verbs, or in respect to whose form or use the student 
 may profitably consult other pai'ts of his grammar. This consultation 
 he will readily make through familiarity with its pages, or the use of 
 a full Greek Index. This general mode of reference has been adopted 
 as saving room, and as applying alike to diflFerent grammars. Even iu 
 cases where reference has been made to a particular grammar, others 
 
PUEFACE. V 
 
 can be consulted through their indexes. The author has ako aimed at 
 impartiality towards different editions of the Anabasis, by presenting 
 their various readings. 
 
 Proper names are here treated with more fulness than has been usual 
 in works of this kind ; chiefly by giving such information as the 
 student might desire in addition to that which the text itself furnishes.. 
 The modern identifications of ancient places are in part quite certain ; 
 but there are some in respect to which the most painstaking and 
 reliable travellers and geographers so differ, that it must simply be 
 understood that that is here given which seemed most probable after 
 the comparison of different authorities. A similar remark should be 
 made respecting dates ; in which there is this especial element of 
 difference, that the Greek Olympic year was divided about equally 
 between two years of our chronology. 
 
 It has been a pleasure to the writer, that in preparing this work he 
 brings himself into direct competition or comparison with no one. 
 No Greek and English lexicon to the Anabasis, beyond the first three 
 books, has ever been published. To those who have written such 
 lexicons in Greek and German, — Marbach, Theiss, Kriiger, Matthia, 
 VoUbrecht, Strack (as successor to Theiss), and Holtzmann (for the 
 Anabasis with the Cyropaedia), — he gratefully acknowledges his obli- 
 gations ; as also to tlxat thesaurus of Xenophontic learning, the Lexicon 
 Xenophonteum, and to the lexicons in Greek and English which have 
 been prepared for the first two or three books, by Professor Boise, whom 
 we rejoice to claim as an American scholar, and more briefly by 
 Isbister and Fergusson. In making these acknowledgments to other 
 works, however, it ought perhaps to be said, that the, present lexicon 
 is not a translation or compilation from these, but has been for the 
 most jiart prepared directly from the Anabasis itself, the pages of 
 which have been turned often enough, whatever may have been the 
 sucoess, to satisfy even the familiar precept of Horace, 
 
 " Vos exemplaria Grseca 
 Nocturna versate manu, versate diuma." 
 
 Would that the graceful words of another were no more needed hero 
 than where they were first written ! " I am not so sanguine as to hope 
 that I have escaped errore. He would be a bold man, who, even after 
 years of study, should suppose that he had eliminated all the chances of 
 error in treating of a language which is so delicate, so exquisite, and so 
 perfect a inedium for the expression of thought, as the Greek language 
 is felt to be by all who have studied it. Some critics may doubtless 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 regard as erroneous, views which I may have deliberately adopted, 
 and which I believe I could adequately defend ; but independently of 
 these I may doubtless have fallen into positive mistakes, 
 ' quas aut incuria furlit, 
 Aut hiimana paruin cavit natura.' 
 
 For the correction of any such errors I shall be grateful." 
 
 PosTSCiiiPT. This work, announced a year and a half since, was all 
 in type, with its preface, before the writer learned that another Greek and 
 English Lexicon to the Anabasis was in pre[)aratiou. He welcomes the 
 attestation which is thus given to the need of such a work. — May, 1873. 
 
 EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. 
 
 1. Words are to he here sought, as in other lexicons, under their themes ; 
 yet other forms have been placed m the alphabetic list, when direction to 
 the theme seemed desirable. If an auqmenled or reduplicated form, begins 
 with 1) (not beginning the theme), look first, unless otherwise directed, un- 
 der a; with t), under ai ; with id, under o ; with (ji, under oi ; with c before 
 a consonant, under that consonant ; with a consonant before €, under the 
 consonant following. Long a, i, and v are commonly marked where they 
 might have been supposed short, except in familiar endings. 
 
 2. Methods of inflection are denoted in the usual way : viz., in nouns, 
 by showing the forms of the Nora, and Gen.; in adjectives, by showing 
 the fonns of the Nora., and in special cases of the Gen., the Compar. and 
 Superl. being also noticed (often simply by c, s.), if they occur in the Anab- 
 asis ; in VERBS, by showing the forms of the Pres., Fut., and commonly 
 Perf , and sometimes also of othei- tenses, especially the 2 Aor., if they occur 
 and require notice. The "Attic Future" is commonly noted, if in use. 
 The familiar method of indicating forms by their endings has been usually 
 followed, where it seemed to be quite sufficient ; and some forms are marked 
 as late or rare. Where a verb is compounded with a jireposition, the forms 
 added to the theme are commonlj' tho.se of the .simple verb ; and in prefixing 
 the preposition to these, thei'e must be a careful regard to euphonic cliange.s. 
 
 .3. The part of sncixil to whicli a word belongs will apjiear horn its 
 inflection or use. Unintlected words, not marked as indeclinable, will be 
 considered adverbs, unless otherwise stated or shown. The render of nouns 
 is marked in the usual way, except in Dec. 1, neuters of Dec. 2, and tlie 
 oames of persons, where the general rales render it needless. 
 
 i. The composition of words is extensively indicated by hyphens sep- 
 arating their parts ; and their derivation, by obelisks jiointing up (4.) or 
 down ( t ) to the_source, — seyeral successive derivatives being sometimes to 
 referred, and a double obelisk ( j:) showing (hat the word lies between a more 
 immediate and a ninre remote source. .Simples and jitimitives have been 
 given in the usual manner, within pai-entheses, whenever there seemed to be 
 need ; and reguliuly translated, unless tliey also occui- in the alphabetic 
 list. A few words have been added to this list in brackets, bini)ilv for tlie 
 sake, of their derivatives or compounds. 
 
EXPLANATIONS AND DIRECTIONS. Vll 
 
 6. Such MEANINGS 09 Would be chosen in translation are usually printed 
 in Italics, and explanatory meanings or remarks in Roman letters, — the 
 stricter meanings leading. When a form of translation is equivocal, the 
 sense in which it is liere used will be in'erred from adjoining forms. The 
 student will, it is hoped, select carefully from the forms given, and often 
 seek for himself others, perhaps more idiomatic. Latin cognates or e;iuiva- 
 lents have V)eeu often added in Roman h'tters for compaiison ; and a few 
 have been drawn from other languages speeially stated. Attention has been 
 often calle 1 to English derivatives or cognates by printing them in small 
 capitals ; even thungli some of them, it will be ob.ierved, come to us more 
 immediately from the Latin. Proper names in -lav, g. -tuvos, admit a double 
 form in Latin: as, Jihinv, Meiion or Mevo. 
 
 6. Much effort has been used so to state aud arrange the meanings that 
 the student shall be aided in the work, which is earnestly commended to 
 him, of constantly tracing derived from original senses ; of observing the 
 force of each element of a compound, even when not distinctly translated ; 
 and of discerning the distinction of words which may be translated alike. 
 The prepositions, for example, give full range for each part of this work ; and, 
 while they seem to be often translated without discrimination or not to need 
 translation, their original distinctions should not be lost sight of, — that iv, 
 tls, i|, and 8id refer primarily to the interiur, and are hence so greatly used 
 with names of places ; iirii and <r6v to mere outward coniicxHon ; trap a to the 
 side, and irpos to the /roni, whence th'y are so mich used with the names 
 of persons ; &c. Other familiar illustrations are found in the distinctions 
 between demonstrative pronouns in -tos and those in -Zt ; between the sub- 
 stantive verbs cl|tl and yW*">1^°* i^" ""'^ become) ; between the negatives o« 
 and (Ji<i • the conjunctions Kat, 8«, and dX.\d • &c. 
 
 7. The CONSTRUCTION of words, so far as presented in the Anabasi?, is 
 usually shown, after their translation, by small capitals or by particles ; — 
 G. showing that the word is grammatically followed by the Gen.; D., by the 
 Dat. ; A., by the Ace. (ab. marking the Ace. of Effect); i., by the Inf. 
 (sometimes, in strict analysis, rather the subject), while i. (a.) shows that 
 this Inf. may have a subject Ace; P., by a Participle; Cl>. , by a Comple- 
 mentary (in a few cases. Final) Clause ; oiro, tls, us, &c., by these particles. 
 The sign A. sometimes occurs where the Ace. is only indicated by the use 
 of the passive voice. Signs not separated by a comma indicate constructions 
 that are found together. In the citations, some words which may be ex- 
 pressed or omitted, or may take the place of others, are inclosed in paren- 
 theses : see &|ia, v<i|, o, 6\|»^. 
 
 8. Rf.ferbncks are made to the Anaba.sis by giving the book in Roman, 
 and the chapter and section in Arabic numerals ; a period, aeeoiding to the 
 English system, separating the chapter from the section, and a comma sep- 
 arating two sections of the same chapter. The interrogation-point here 
 indicates a various reading, of moic or less claim to regard. Special refer- 
 ences to the writer's Revised and (.Compendious Grammars are made by figures 
 in the older style (as 238). The letter s fs often addi^d to a reference to 
 signify and the folio mng ; anil rarely, a small ' above the line, to show that 
 the reference is to the Revised Grammar only. 
 
 9. Parallels ( || ) are used to mark a I'LACE in modern geography, which is 
 believed to correspond closely or nearly with the ancient place spoken of in 
 the paragraph (cf. page v.). It is well known how various is the ortliograidiy 
 of modern names within the region of the Anabasis. In the pronunciation 
 of these names as here printed, A is usually pronounced as in fnllier, fnst, or 
 7n/in, e as in f&e or mm, i as in marine or pin, as in hope or hoj), u like 00 
 in cool or book, ch as in chin, and j as in jet. In the Turkish, these names 
 have so little distinctive accent, that, like French names, they are apt to 
 
VllI 
 
 EXPLANATIONS. ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 impress the English ear as if accented npon the last syllable ; and hence 
 they arc often so marked. Buiira here sigtMes promontory, Chai or Irmak 
 river, Dagh mowiUaiii, Dereh vnllry, Hissai- aislle, Keui or Koi village, Ovah 
 plain, Shehr city, town, Su u:al,er, stream, Ak while, Eski old, Kara black, 
 &c. Among the Greeks, there is now a strong tendency to preserve or revive 
 the ancient names of places. 
 
 1). A full LIST OF ABBiiEViATiONS follows, thoiigh they are generally 
 bicli as to require no explanation : — 
 
 A., acc, acCTisative: 2 a., 
 
 two accusatives. 
 A., a., act, active, 
 a., aor., aorist. 
 
 A. D., Anno Domini, 
 abs., absolute. 
 
 acc. to, according to. 
 adj., adjective, -ly. 
 adv., adverb, -ial, -ially. 
 AE., accusative of effect, 
 .^ch. Prom., Prometheus 
 
 of .ffischylus. 
 Anab., Anabasis, 
 apostr., apost.,apostrophe. 
 art., article. 
 Att., Attic, 
 attr., attraction, 
 aug., augment. 
 
 B. c, before CSirist. 
 bef., before. 
 
 c, compar., compai-ative. 
 cf., confer, compare, con- 
 ch., chiefly. [suit. 
 cog., cogn., cognate, 
 comm,, commonly, 
 coraplem. ,compleni entary. 
 compos., composition, 
 conj., conjunction, 
 coustr., construction : 
 
 const, prspg., constructio 
 
 prsEgnans. 
 contr., cont., contracted, 
 cop., copulative, 
 cp., complementary clause. 
 Cyr., Cyrop?edia. 
 D., d., dal., dative. 
 Dan., Daniel, 
 dec, declension, 
 demonst. , demonstrative, 
 dep., deponent, 
 der., derivative, 
 dim., diminutive. 
 Diod., DiodSms Siculus. 
 Dor., Doric, 
 e. g., exempli gratia, for 
 
 example. 
 end., enclit., enclitic. 
 Eng., English. 
 Ep., Epic, 
 esp., especially. 
 
 euphon., euphonic. 
 
 exc. , except. 
 
 Ezek., Ezekiel. 
 
 f., fut., future : f. pf., fut- 
 ure perfect. 
 
 fern., feminine. 
 
 Fr., French. — fr., from. 
 
 ft., feet. 
 
 a., g., gen., genitive: 2g., 
 two genitives. 
 
 Gen., Genesis. 
 
 Germ., German. 
 
 Hdt., Herodotus. 
 
 Heb., Hebrew. [ophon. 
 
 Hel., Hellenica of Xeu- 
 
 Hom., Homer: — ApoU., 
 Hymn to Apollo; II., 
 Iliad; Od., Odyssey. 
 
 I., inf., infinitive: i. (a.), 
 infinitive with subject 
 accusative. 
 
 i. e. , id est, that is. 
 
 impers., impersonal, -ly. 
 
 imv. , imperative. 
 
 in., inches. 
 
 ind., indicative. 
 
 indecl., indeclinable. 
 
 indef., indefinite. 
 
 interrog., interrogative. 
 
 intrans. , intransitive, -ly. 
 
 Ion., Ionic. 
 
 ipf., imperfect. 
 
 1., late. 
 
 Lat., Latin. 
 
 lbs., pounds. 
 
 Lucr., Lucretin.s. 
 
 M., in., mid., middle. 
 
 masc, masculine. 
 
 metath., metathesis. 
 
 meton., metonymy. 
 
 niss., mtiuuscripts. 
 
 Mt, Mount. 
 
 neg., negative. 
 
 Neh., Nehenuah. 
 
 neut., neuter. 
 
 nojn., nominative. 
 
 Numb., Numbers. 
 
 om., omitted. 
 
 opp., opposed. 
 
 opt., optative. 
 
 orig., originally. 
 
 oz., ounces. 
 
 p., pt., part., participle. 
 
 P., p., pas.s., passive. 
 
 periphr., periphrasis. 
 
 Pers., Persian. 
 
 pers., person, -al, -ally. 
 
 pf., perf., perfect. 
 
 pi., plur., plural. 
 
 pleon., pleonastically. 
 
 pip., plup., pluperfect. 
 
 poet., po., poetic. 
 
 post-pos., post-positive. 
 
 pr., pres., present. 
 
 prep., preposition. 
 
 pret., preteritive, -ly. 
 
 prob., probably. 
 
 pron., pronoun. 
 
 prop., proper, -ly. 
 
 (1. v ., quod vide, which see. 
 
 r., rare, -ly. 
 
 ', Revised Grammar. 
 
 redupl., reduplication. 
 
 rert., reflex., reflexive, -ly. 
 
 rel., relative. 
 
 s, secjuens, and the follow- 
 ing, [five. 
 
 s., sup., superl., superla- 
 
 Sans. , Sanskrit. 
 
 sc , scilicet, namely, under- 
 stand. 
 
 sing., singular : 2 sing., 2d 
 person singular, &c. 
 
 sp., .specijUy. [tion. 
 
 spec. , specif , specifica- 
 
 subj., subjunctive. 
 
 subj. A., subject accusa- 
 tive. 
 
 subst., substantive, -ly. 
 
 sync, syncopated. 
 
 Time, Thucydides. 
 
 trans., transitive, -ly. 
 
 usu., usually. 
 
 V. I., varia lectio, variotcs 
 reading. 
 
 Virg., Virgil: — ^n.,^ne- 
 id ; G., Georgic. 
 
 voc. , vocative. 
 
 w. , with. 
 
 Xen., Xenophon. 
 
 For the signs 4., t, J, as here used, see 4 above ; for ?, 8 ; for ||, 9 ; foi- *, page iv, 
 
LEXICON. 
 
 A. 
 
 'AYno''^<u>s 
 
 [A-,* an inseparable particle, com- 
 monly denoting privation or negaiion, 
 and then called a- privative (akin to 
 S,i>eu witlwul, the Lat. in-, and the 
 Eng. and Germ, im-, and having com- 
 monly the fuller form av- before a 
 vowel); butsouietimi'sdeiiotingtt»iMm-, 
 likeness, or intetisily, and then called 
 o- copulative (akin to &iw. together, and 
 having also the form a-) ; 385 a.] 
 
 &, a-irtp, see «s, Sa-irep, i. 2. 27. 
 
 &-PaTos, OK, (/SaiKoi) impassable- {on 
 foot, by foi'ding, for a horse, &c.), Mi- 
 accessible, not fordable, iii. 4.49: v. 6.9. 
 
 'APpoj4\|ir]s, o\i, Ahrozebnes, inter- 
 preter to Seuthcs, vii. 6. 43 ? 
 
 'APpo;<d(ias, o, Abrocoina.9, .satrap of 
 Plireniei.i, and commander of a fourth 
 part of tin: army of Artaxerxcs. On 
 the apiiroaeh of Cyrus, lie appears to 
 have cimsidcred the result doubtful, 
 anil to have pursued a course of selfisli 
 policy. As if a friend to Artaxerxes, 
 he burned the boats for crossing the 
 Euphrates, and inarched as to aid the 
 king ; but, as if no enemy to Cyrus, 
 he nowhere opposed his inarch, and 
 did not reach the king till five days 
 Sfter tlie battle of Cuiiaxa. i. 3. 20. 
 
 "ApiiSos, ov, ij, Abi/dus, a city built 
 by the Milesians upon the Asiatic .side 
 of the Hellesjiont, where the strait is 
 narrowest. This spot, now Cape Na- 
 gara, is famed for the bridge of Xerx- 
 es, and the loves of Hero and Lean- 
 der. i. 1. 9. 
 
 0,7117111, &c., see 57U, i. 3. 5, 17. 
 
 d7a8d5, 1}, (Sk (akin to Germ, gut, our 
 good, with d^ intensive or euphonic); 
 c. and s. * d/i^lvuv, dpurros • /SeXtIui', 
 ^^XriffTos ' KpeirTbjv, Kgdritrros' \(jyjjv, 
 XiffToi • good, virtiwus; good in war 
 (eis TriXe/iov i. 9. 14s), brare, valiant ; 
 beneficial, advardageons, useful, ser 
 viceabte, desirable, valuab'e ; good for 
 
 I.RX. AX. 1 
 
 producing, fertile ; ii. 4. 22 ; 6. 19 : iv. 
 +. 9 : — neut. subst., a qnod thing, good, 
 benefit, advantage, blessing, service, 
 favor ; also pi. goods, provisions, sup- 
 plies, possessions ; iir ayaSif for otie's 
 good; ii. 1. 12; 3. 20: iii. 1. 20s ; 5. 1: 
 v. 8. 18. See KaXis. 
 
 d7aWii>,* a\(j, to adorn : M. to take 
 pride in, be proud of, glory in, D., 
 ivl, ii. G. 26. 
 
 &7a|tai.,* ayaao^iu Ep., a. p. as m. 
 ■/rydadjii', to admire. A., i. 1. 9. 
 
 |&7dv adv., very, very mudi, exceed- 
 ingly, vii. 6. 39. 
 
 |.d7a'R'du, ijiru, riyiirriKa, to love, treat 
 urilJi affection. A.; be content or well 
 pleased, Sn : i. 9. 29 : v. 5. 13. 
 
 (A.ya(rla.s, ou, Agasias, a lochage 
 under Proxenus, from Stymphalus in 
 Arcadia. He was one of the bravest 
 and most enterprising of the Cyreans, 
 and a firm friend of Xenophon. iii. 1 . 31 : 
 iv. 1. 27.-2. V. I. forBao-ios, vii. 8. 10 
 
 |d7a(rTds, ^, 6v, admirable, worthy 
 of adndration, i. 9. 24. 
 
 dYysiov, ov, {&yyos vessel for con- 
 taining) a veisel, receptacle, pail, jar, 
 vi. 4. 23: vii. 4. 3. 
 
 td77«X£o, as, a vxessage, report, an- 
 nouiinemenf, ii. 3. 19. 
 
 t d77€'\X«, *e\(S, -fj-zyeXKa, to announce, 
 report, A. v. n., i. 7. 13: ii. 3. 19. 
 
 &Y7e\os, ov, T}, {iy<>>) a inessenger, 
 i. 2. 21 : ii. 3. 3. Der. ANGEL. 
 &7e, see &yia, ii. 2. 10. 
 d7c(pai,* a. ijyeipa, (4711)) to bring 
 togetlier, collect, asseirible. A., iii. 2.13. 
 d-7£V€LOs, OP, {yivetov, chin, beard) 
 beardless, ii. 6. 28. 
 
 'A7Tnr£-Xoos, ou, Agesilaus, one of 
 the most eminent of the kings of 
 Sparta, succeeding hLs brother Agis, 
 
 B. c. 398, to the exclusion of his 
 nephew Leotychides, and reigning 
 with great fame for military prowess, 
 A 
 
•AYtas 
 
 simplicity of manners, integrity, and 
 patriotism, till his death in tliu win- 
 ter of 361-0, at the age of 80. He 
 waslanji', and insignificant in general 
 appearance. He was sent into A.sia 
 Minor, B. o. 396, to prosecute the war 
 against the Persians ; but was recalled 
 from the plans and promise of gieat 
 accomplishment, in 394, to sustain 
 Sparta against theThebans, Athenians, 
 &c., over whom he gained tlic battle 
 of Coronea. Xenoplion .served nnder 
 him in A»ia, and returned with hiin 
 to Greece, v. 3. 6. 
 
 'AY^asi ov, Agios, a Cyrean general 
 from Arcadia, slain through the treach- 
 ery of Tissaphemes. He prob. com- 
 manded troops left by Xeuias or Pa- 
 sion. ii. 5. 31 ; 6. 30. 
 
 S.yK<K, eos, TO, a bend or hollow, 
 valley, glmi, dell, iv. 1. 7. iJf. liat. 
 uncus, angulus. 
 
 |&-yKvpa, OS, aucora, an anchor, 
 iu._5. 10. 
 
 d-7V0^«, Tyffw, ijyv6yiKa, {yvo- in 7t- 
 yvibiTKU) not to know or recognize, io be 
 ignorant or in doubt, cp., iv. 5. 7: vi.' 
 S. 12: vii. 3. 38. 
 ta7V(i>|uirvvT), n/s, want of sense; pi. 
 misunderstandings, ii. 6. 6. 
 
 Oryvtt^v, ov, g. ovos, {yviofiTj) de- 
 void of sense, thoughtless, inconsiderate, 
 ignorant, vii. 6. 23, 38. 
 
 ayopi, as, {ayelpw) an assembly; 
 place of assembly (Lat. forum), market- 
 place (the same open jdace in a city 
 being commonly u.sed for both pur- 
 poses) ; market, provisimis or sup]>lies 
 for sale ; i. 2. 10; 3. 14: v. 7. 3: vi. 6. 
 3 : irap^ew ayopiv to afford or prordde 
 a market, offer provisions for sale, ii. 
 3. 26 .s : ol iK t^s dyopcis ?0eiryov those 
 in the market fled from it, or llie mar- ' 
 ket-men fled, 704a, i. 2. 18 : 6.yopa\ 
 irXt'iSoma, the time of full mer/ret, the 
 middle of the forenoon, and from that 
 time till noon, i. 8. 1. See Kepajiua'. 
 4.d7opd^(i), iau, ifyopaKa, to buy, pur- 
 chase ; M. Io buy for one's self : A. : 
 i. 3. Iii5. 10: vii. 3.5. 
 
 loyopa-vdiias, ov, 6, (vipuo) a super- 
 intendent or inspector of the market, 
 market-director, market-master ; hav- 
 ing the general care and direction in 
 res]iect to older, fairness of dealing, 
 the ([uality of the jirovisions, and often 
 tlieir price ; v. 7. 2, 23 s. 
 
 S liSiKcii) 
 
 4<iYopcvu, eiau, T/ydpevKa, (comm. f. 
 ipQ, pf. etpTjKa, 2 a. cIttov) (j address 
 an assembly, haratujue, sjicak, intro- 
 duce a subject, A. t.'s, v. 6. 27. 
 
 tdYpeiiu, eiaio, (Hypa tield-roaminf, 
 hunting) to hunt, tale in ilie chase, 
 A., V. 3. 8. 
 
 tB.7pios, a, ov, living in the field, 
 \wild, i. 2. 7; 5. 2. C'f agiestis. 
 I d^pos, oO, 6, (cog. agi 1 , Genn. acker, 
 our acre) field, land, country as opp. 
 to city, v. 3. 9 : vi. 2. 8. 
 
 dj^/p-vRViu, 'riffbj, {Cyp-vTTvos sleep- 
 hunting ? sleepless) to lie awake, watch, 
 irpi, vii. 6. 36. 
 
 t-Vco,* d|a), ^x^f 2 a. ^7070-, ago, 
 to j.i.t in motion, to lead a ]ieison, 
 urtiiy, aninud, i.i-.; cmidud, direct, 
 bring, carry, anney ; lead on, ad- 
 vance; A. els, iirl, &c. ; i. 3. 5; 6. 10; 
 9. 27: iv. 3. 5 ; 8. 12 : vi. 3. 18 : ifav- 
 xlav or elpTivTjv Sryciv to lead a quiet or 
 peaceful life, iii. 1. 14 : ^4peiv raJ 
 8,yeiv ferre et agcrc, to carry and lead 
 off, to plunder, sjioil, detpoil, harry, 
 by canning oif things and leading off 
 cattle, A. (of booty taken or persons 
 robbed), v. 5. 13 : ii. 6. 5 : e.ye (Si), 
 S,ycT( {Si)), come (now)\ ii. 2. 10 : v. 4. 
 9 : S.yap bringing, with, 674 b, v. 4. 
 11: M. to bring one's own thii;gs. A., 
 i. 10. 17. 
 ^6,-^iSi-^fA)%, Of, portable ; t& aytLyipa, 
 tliethingstobecarried,/rci(/A<, v. 1.16. 
 ^dydiv, ufos, 6, a bringing together, 
 gathering, assembly, especially to wit- 
 ness a game or contest ; hence a game 
 or games, contest, strife, encounter, 
 struggle, i. 2. 10; 7. 4. Der. agony. 
 4. 6f(avl.Xpfa.\,, iffo/juu loC/uti, ifyilivurpuii, 
 to contend, strive, struggle, fight, ae., 
 irpU, irtpl, ii. 5. 10 : iii. 1. 43 : iv. 8. 
 27. Der. agonize. 
 
 4. d7<i>vo-BeTi|s, ov, {rlffrifu) an insti- 
 tulor, director, or judge of a contest, 
 umjrirc, iii. 1. 21. 
 
 &-8eiiTvos, ov, {SetTTvov q. v.) supper- 
 less, i. 10. 19: iv. 5. 21. 
 
 d-Se\(ti6s, I/O, (d-cop., ftX^ds matrix) 
 a brother, i. 3, 8 : vii. 2. 25, 38. 
 
 d-Seus adv., (Siosfcar) icithoutfear, 
 fearlessly, securely, i. 9. 13 : vi. 6. 1. 
 
 &-St]Xos, ov,itncrrfain, doubtful, un- 
 knoimi, v., 1. 1. 10: vi. 1. 21. 
 
 d-Sidparcs, ov, impassable, unford- 
 ab!e, ii. 1. 11 : iii. 1. 2. 
 tdSiKtu, ijirw, iiSlKTiKa, to be uvjiu.t. 
 
dSiKCa 
 
 act unjiisUy, do wrong, he in tJte lormig 
 to treat unjusUy, VTong, injure,harm 
 A. AE., P. ; i. 3. 10 ; 4. 9 ; 6. 7 s : vii 
 7. 3 : pr. as pf. to be guilty of doing 
 im-ong, to have mronged, 6l2, i. 5. 11: 
 V. 7. 26, 29 : iitiSiv d. to do no wrong, 
 he guilty of no crime, ii 9. 13. 
 tdSiKCa, (ij, injustice, wrong-doing, 
 ii. 6. 18. 
 
 &-81KOS, oc, s., {dlgrj) unjust, guilty, 
 criminal, uncked, unprincipled, vepl, 
 i. 6. 8 ; 9. 13 : ii. 6. 20 : rb MiKov in- 
 justice, i. 9. 16. 
 
 laSUois, s.? unjustly, wrongfully, 
 V. 7. 29 : vii. 1. 16 (or adj.). 
 
 o-SbXiDs adv., (SiXos guile, fraud) 
 without guile or treachery, faithfully, 
 ii. 2. 8 ; 3. 26 ; iii. 2. 24. 
 
 'ASpafiiT[T]iov, see 'KrpaiiirTi.ov. 
 
 o-SOvaros, ox, impossible, impracti- 
 cable ; unable, powerless, inefficient ; 
 ii. 4.6: iv. 1. 25 : v. 6. 10 : vii. 7. 24. 
 
 ^cD,* piro/iai, to sing. A., iv. 3. 27 ; 
 7. 16 : vi. 1. 6. 
 
 dtt, less Att. aleC, always, continu- 
 ally ; at any time (esp. between tlie 
 art. and a pt., or after a rel. w. df), 
 on each occasion, successively ; i. 9. 19 : 
 iii. 2. 31, 38 : iv. 7. 23 : v. 4. 15. 
 
 'cUtos, less Att. alerds, oC, 6, an 
 eagle. This bird was regarded by the 
 Greeks as sacred to Zeus, and as sent 
 by him to give omens of the future. 
 It gave to the Assyrians and Persians, 
 as to some modern nations, a symbol of 
 royalty or power, i. 10. 12: vi. 1. 23. 
 
 &-6£as, ox, s. , {0eis) godless, impious, 
 ii. 5. 39. Der. atheist. 
 
 ['A6t)vd, as, Athena, Pallas, or Mi- 
 nerva; in Greek mythology the daugh- 
 ter of Zeus, sprung from his head, the 
 goddess of wisdom and warlike prow- 
 ess, and the especial patroness of 
 Athens.] 
 4.'A6f|vai., wv, al, Athens, the capital 
 of Attica, and the city in which Greek, 
 indeed ancient civilization culminated 
 (799)1 " the eye of Greece." Accord- 
 ing to tradition, it was founded by 
 Cecrops, named for the goddess Athe- 
 na (who bestowed upon it the gift of 
 the olive), and greatly enlarged by 
 Theseus, who united the people of 
 Attica as its citizens. At its zenith, 
 it is sup[iosed to have contained, with 
 its harbor the Pirseus, about 200,000 
 inhabitants, or about two fifths of the 
 
 whole population of Attica. From 
 the Persian wars, in which it acquired 
 such glory at llarathon and Salamis, 
 and was burned by Xerxes, to tlie 
 Peloponnesian war, in which it was 
 conquered by Sparta, it was the lead- 
 ing state of Greece. In politics, it 
 was the head of the democratic, as 
 Sparta of the aristocratic interest. 
 The latter war had closed, with the 
 prostration of Athens and the exalta- 
 tion of Sparta, B. c. 404, about three 
 years before the expedition of Cyrus. 
 Preserved from destruction through 
 the desolations of so many centuries, 
 it became, a. d. 1834, the capital of 
 the new kingdom of Greece, iii. 1. 5. 
 |'A6T|vaCa, as, poet, for' AflijxS, chosen 
 as a password, from the kinship which 
 Seuthes claimed to the Athenians, vii. 
 
 3. 39 ■>. 
 
 4.'A6nvaIos, ov, 6, an Athenian: e.g. 
 Xenopnon, Lycius, Polycrates, &c. 
 No Athenian is mentioned in the Ana- 
 basis dishonorably, i. 8. 15 : iii. 3. 20. 
 
 ^'AO'^ivrjcri. or -no-i, old d- pi- as adv., 
 at Allmis, 380c, iv. 8. 4 : vii. 7. 57. 
 
 £BXov, ov, (SSXos contest) prize of a 
 contest, i. 2. 10. Der. athlete. 
 
 taOpo{^Q>, QLffuj, TJdpotKa, to assemble, 
 collect, muster, levy, esp. troops. A.: 
 U., to assemble, muster, intrans. : i. 1. 
 2, 6 s ; 2. 1 ; 10. 5 : ii. 1. 1. 
 
 d-6pdos, a, ov, (d- cop. , dpboi noise) 
 rustling together, close or thick together, 
 ill a body, collected, assembled, esp. of 
 persons, i. 10. 13 : iv. 6. 13: vii. 3. 9. 
 
 iaSif-ia, -qaa, to be discouraged, dis- 
 heartened, dispirited, or deject^: to 
 despond, want courage or heart; I)., 
 Trpdi, Ivexa, Sti : iii. 2. 18 ; 4. 20 : v. 
 
 4. 19 : vi. 2. 14: vii. 1. 9. 
 td6i))iT]Tfov {iffnv iip.if) we must be 
 
 disheartened [there is to be discourage- 
 ment to us], 682, iii. 2. 23. 
 
 td6u|».£a, as, discouragement, despond- 
 e7icy, dejection, faintheartedness, iii. 2. 
 8; 3. 11. 
 
 &-6v|ios, oil, c. , (Su/iis), wUhoiU spirit 
 or cnurage, dispirited, discouraged, de- 
 jivtcd, despoiiding,faiHtheii.rted, spirit- 
 less, disinclined, vpbs, i. 4. 9 : iii. 1. 36. 
 
 I iBunws dAispondingJy,di'jcrlrilIy,dis- 
 
 /iii-itrd!y, without lien rf : idip^s (x^iv 
 
 In be disheartened or dejected : iii. 1. 3, 
 
 41; vi. 4. 26. 
 
 al, i.'., a".3, see 0, j's. i. 1 . 6 : v. 4. 3-3. 
 
aiYiaXfSs 
 
 alyi-aXist ou, 6, (ityj-j t > nt ;\, a\s 
 si^) th;it over which the s".i nishaa, 
 s.;'-ihofe, biach, vi. -t 1, i, 7. 
 
 tAlY'Jirrios, o, ok, Eajpliin, U. 1.6: 
 f.iyiiTTio^ subat., a» Egjp'.i ni, i. 4. 2 ; 
 8. 9. The Egyptians meiilioned iu i. 
 8. 9 maj' have entered the P<'rhian ser- 
 vice before the revolt stated helow, or 
 have been otherwise unaffected by it ; 
 or they may have been so called as 
 descendants of the Egyptians settled 
 in Asia by Cyrus the Elder. See Cyr. 
 7. 1. 45. 
 
 AUtuittos, ou, t), Egypt, the north- 
 eastern country of Africa, on both 
 sides of the Nile, so famed for its fer- 
 tility in the basin of 'this river, its 
 early and peculiar civilization, its va- 
 ried history, and its wonderful remains 
 so defying the hand of time. 1 1 was 
 conquered by Camby.ses, the son of 
 the great Cyru.s, b. c. 525, and made 
 a Persian province. Its inhabitants, 
 always impatient of the yoke (the moi-e 
 on account of the religious antagonism 
 of the two nations), had succeeded un- 
 der Amyrtajus in asserting their in- 
 dependence, B. c. 414. The Pcisians 
 were chagrined at the loss of .so im- 
 portant a province, and eager for its 
 reconquest, ii. 1.14; 5. 13. This was 
 at length effected in the reign of Arta- 
 xerxes rTi.,"n. (J. 346. Not long after, 
 li. r. 332, Egypt submitted to the 
 arms of Alexander ; and after his death 
 became the kingdom of one of his gen- 
 erals, Ptolemy. In the year 30 B. c, 
 it became a Roman province. 
 
 alS^O|iai, ^ffofiax, •^dec^ai, a. 'Qd4(Tdriv, 
 to renjKct, reverence, revere, regard, A. , 
 iii. 2. 4 8. 
 
 I IS^fiuv, ov, g. oKos, s. ovicTwros, 
 rcsiiectful, modest, i. 9. 5. 
 
 idSoiov, oi;, private part, groin, iv. 
 3. 12. 
 
 jalSus," lioi, T], respect, reverence, 
 o., ii. 6. 19. 
 
 aUC, alsTOSi I'. I. for del, deros. 
 Al^TT|s, ou, ^etes, a king of the 
 Phasians, regarded as a successor, in 
 both sovereignty and name, to the fa- 
 tlier of Medea and keeper of the gol- 
 den fleece v hich it was the object of 
 the Argonautic expedition to recover, 
 V. B. 37. 
 
 talBp'a, as, (aWi]p ether) open air, 
 c'ear ski:, iv. 4. 14 ? 
 
 1 aiffxp^s 
 
 aESu (in pr. & ipf'.), cli. poet., to set 
 on Jire, kiitillc, barn. A., iv. 7. 20 : 
 M. tj be oiijirc, blaze, burn, intrans., 
 vi. 3. 19. 
 
 aUC^w, oftener c.lKC^o|i,ai, lao/iai, 
 LoCfjtat, rJKu7fjLat, (aZ-ua itisult, abuse) 
 to abuse, maltreat, insult, outrage, 
 torture, mangfe, A. AE., ii. 6. 29 : iii. 
 1. 18 ; 4. 5. 
 
 al|ia, oTos, Til, blood, v. 8. 15. 
 
 Aiv£^as or Alvias, ou, i, ^Eiieas, a 
 lochage from Stymphalus, iv. 7. 13. 
 
 Alvidv, avos, 6, an ^nianian. The 
 vEuianes were a tribe of southwestern 
 Thessaly, occupying the upper valley 
 of the river Sperchius (now the Hel- 
 lada). i. 2. 6: vi. 1. 7. 
 
 aV{, alybi, 7] 6, {itcrffu to leap) a goat 
 [leajrer], iv. 5. 25; 6. 17. Der. .ffiGis. 
 
 AloXCs, ISos, it, JEolts, a region in 
 the northwest part of Asia Minor, 
 colonized by .ffiolians. Its cities 
 (twelve especially) were united in a 
 tribal bond, and had a common tem- 
 ple and rites at Cyme ; but attained 
 no great power or distinction, v. 6. 24. 
 t alprrtos, a, ov, to be taken, that inust 
 be taken, iv. 7. 3. 
 
 t aipcT^s, Tj, 6v, chosen, selected : oi 
 aipeToi, the persons chosen, deputies, 
 delegates, i. 3. 21. 
 
 atp^w,* iJ(TW, ypTj::a, 2 a. etXov, a. p. 
 XipiBriv, to take, seize, catch, caplnrr, 
 A., i. 4. 8 : iv. 2. 13 : M. to take for 
 one's self, choose, elect, prefer, adopt, 
 A., 2 A., I., airrl, i. 3. 5, 14; 7, 3s: ii. 
 6. 6 : iv. 8. 25 : v. 7. 28 : P. lo be La' ei 
 OT chosen, 588, iii. 1. 46: v. 4. 26. Sie 
 oKlaKoiiai. Der. iiiiiiESY, heretii . 
 
 al'pQi,* d/)w, 'fjpKa, a. ^pa, to lift up, 
 raise. A., i. 5. 3: v. 6. 33. 
 
 al(r6dvop.ai,* 6ijiro/uii, ■jaOri^j.ai, 2 a. 
 rixdju-qv, to perceive, notice, observe, 
 learn, become aware of, hear, G., A. P., 
 CP., i. 1. 8 ; 2. 21 ; 9. 21, 31 : ii. 6. 2J : 
 V. 7. 19 : vi. 1. 31. Der. .esthetic. 
 
 jato-flijo-is, eais, r\, pcrcrptioii, ineavs 
 of ov chance for discovery, iv. 6. 13. 
 
 at(rdo|j.ai r. for alffBAvotuii ; v. I. ai- 
 aBeaBai, ii. 5. 4. 
 
 alo-ios, ov, (aXaa fate, liick) lucky, 
 auspiciotis, ominous for good, vi. 5. 2. 
 
 AlcPxCvtis, uu, ^sehines, of Acama- 
 nia, a commander of targeteers, iv. 3. 
 22 ; 8. 18. 
 [alor)^os, fos, ri, disgrace, shameJ\ 
 |al(r\piSs, d, bv, c. ali7-)(iuv, s. ofirx'" 
 
(TTOS, * disgraceful, ahamefitl, base, in- 
 famous, TT/ois, i. 9. 3 : ii. 5. 20 : v. 7. 
 12 : vii. 0. 21. 
 
 4.alirxpus disgracefully, with dis- 
 honor, iii. 1. 43 : vii. 1. 29. 
 
 lalo-xiivi), 7)9, sharrm, disgrace, dis- 
 honor ; ihare iratni' altrxOvrjv etcat so 
 thai all were ashamed, ii. 3. 11 : al. 
 6X\-fi\itiv a sense of shame before each 
 other, iii, 1. 10. 
 
 4.al(r)^i}v<i>, vvd, ^ffxifyKH 1., to shame, 
 disgrcux : M. to be or feel ashamed, i., 
 P., «r(, i. 3. 10 ; vi. 5. 4 : vii. 6. 21 : 
 to be ashamed before, reverence, stand 
 ill aw. of, A. I., OP., i. 7. 4; ii. 3. 22 
 (i. ;). as m. xuxiifS-riv) ; 5. 39 ; 6. 19. 
 
 alr^u, ijiru, ^ri/Ka 1., to ask for a 
 thin?, demand. A., 2 A., wapd, i. 1. 
 10 ; 3. 14, 16: ii. 1. 10 : M. (more 
 subjective, earnest, or humble) to ask 
 as a favor to one's .self, entreat, beseech, 
 beg ; /o obtain bi/ en-treaty ; A. i., 
 wa.jd, ii. 3. 18 s : v. 1. 11 ; vi. 6. 31. 
 
 ^oXtIo,, as, [i^rountl of demand] catise; 
 blame, reproach, censure, charge, vi. 6. 
 15 s : alrlav (ahias) ^x^'" ^ incur 
 censan [reproaches), be blamed, inrj, 
 vii. I. 8 ; «. 11, 1.5. 
 
 .J. alnciojiai, cf iro/.tai, Tirldaoi, dep.mid., 
 to blame, accuse, complain of, charge, 
 reprose, A. i., Stl, i. 2. 20 : iii. 1. 7 ; 
 3. 11. s: v. 5. 19: vi. 2. 9. 
 
 ^.a^Tios, tt, 01/, causative, causing, 
 produjtive ; hence, chargeable with, 
 respon.i'jie, guilty, to blame : i al. the 
 author, rd at. tlie cause : i;. (444 f), 1. 
 (a.); i. 4. 15: ii. 5. 22: iv. 1. 17: vi. 
 6. 8 : vii. 7. 48. 
 
 al\)i-d\(iiTos, ov, (aix/"i point of a 
 spear, aXLffKOfuu) taken in war, cap- 
 tured : ol al. tlie jirisoners of war, cap- 
 tives : ri, at. the things taken in war, 
 prizes of war, including both prison- 
 ers and booty : iii. 3. 19 : iv. 1. 12 s ; 
 8. 27 ■ V. 3. 4. 
 
 [ttK- point, a root appearing in dKyitij, 
 4/ct)» dart, dxpos, alxf.'/i, i^is, perh. 
 duoiu to point the ear ; Lat. acus, 
 acHo, acies ; Sans, aijan dart ; &c. ] 
 
 'Axapvdv, ami, 6, an jlcarnanian. 
 Acarnania was the most western prov- 
 ince of Greece Proper, lying between 
 jEtolia, the Ionian Sea, and the Am- 
 bracian Gulf (now the Gulf of Arta) ; 
 and was occupied by coloni.sts of dif- 
 ferent tribes, none of which attained 
 much eminence or refinement, iv. 8. 1 8. 
 
 &-Kavo"ros, ov, (xalu) unburnt, iii. . 
 5. 13. 
 
 d-KEpaios, ov, {Kepa.vi>C;xi) unmixed, 
 undisturbed ; of troops, /«sA, vi. 5. 9. 
 
 d-K'fjpuKTOs, ov, {KTipiffcru) witlwut 
 intercourse by heralds, without truce, 
 imp'acable, iii. 3. 5. 
 
 dKivdKT|s, ov, (fr. Pers.) a straight 
 poniard, dagger, or short-sword, used 
 by the Persians, and commonly at- 
 tached to the girdle on the right side, 
 i. 2. 27; 8. 29. 
 
 d-K^vSvvos, ov, without danger, safe, 
 secure, vi. 5. 29. 
 
 4.dKLvSvvQis wil/wut danger, safely, 
 securely, ii. 6. B. 
 
 d-xXripos, ox, (k\7ipos lot, portion, 
 estate) wllliout estate, portionless, poor, 
 in poverty, iii. 2. 26 ? 
 tdKp,u.^(i>, iaui, to be at the Oicme of 
 life, in one's fullest maturity and 
 strength, i., iii. 1. 25. 
 
 dxjjii^, 71$, (die-) point, tip, acme : 
 iKpL-qv adv., in puncto temporis, on 
 the point, in the act, just, even now, 
 iv. 3. 26. 
 
 d-KoXaoTos, ov, (/coXdfw) un.chas- 
 tised, ii. 6. 9. 
 
 t i/Co.^ovScu, ^/ii, ii(o\od3riKa, to ac- 
 com,pany, follow, D. or aiv, vii. 5. 3. 
 
 d-KoXav6os, ov, (d- cop., KiXevSos 
 road, V)ay) going the same way, ac- 
 companying, following, consistent, ii. 
 4. 19. Der, an-acolutiion. 
 tdxovrC^ii), Lau iS>, to throw, hurl, or 
 fling a dart or javelin ; to shoot, hit, 
 or pierce with a javelin, A. ; i. 8. 27 ; 
 10.7: iii. 3. 7: vii. 4. 18. 
 
 OKdvTiov, ov, (aK- ; dim. of S,kwv 
 javelin, 37.1 f) a ja.velin or dart, for 
 throwing, .smaller and lighter than the 
 Shpv, iv. 2. 28. 
 laKovTiirts, eus, t], use of the dart, 
 throwing the javelin, i. 9. 5. 
 4.dKOVTio~His, ov, javelin-thrower, 
 javelin-man, darter, iii. 3. 7: iv. 3. 28. 
 
 axo-im* a.Ko(iiTo^L, dx^/foa, &.i^Kovffa, 
 (die- ?) to hear, hear of, listen to, learn 
 by hearing ; to hear to, heed, obey . 
 Cr., A., P., I. (w. subj. a.), CP., Trapd, 
 TrepJ, — the gen. properly expressing 
 the cause or source of the hearing oi 
 learning, whether person or thing 
 (sometimes even the noise itself), 
 ! while that which' is heard or learned 
 is conmi. in the ace. or in a comple- 
 mentary clause ; i. 2. 5, 21 ; 3. 20 s ; 
 
dKpa 
 
 8. 16: ii. 5. 15 s, 26: iii. 5. 16: iv. 7. 
 24 ; cJ ciKoieiv bene audirc, lo be spoJcni 
 well of, iiro, 575 a, vii. 7. 23 : pr. as 
 pf. , a.Kovo;j.£i' we hear = we have heai'd, 
 are informed, 6i2, v. 1. 13 ; 5. 8. 
 Der. Ai^ousTic. 
 
 &Kpa, OS, (fem. of d/cpas) ai-x, a 
 fortijlcd guvnnit, slrmighold or for- 
 tress on a height, citadel, v. 2. 17 s. 
 
 £-KpdTcs, ov, {Kepdvpofu) unmixed, 
 pure, strong. The use of wine with- 
 out mixture was accounted barbaric 
 by the ancient Greeks, who usually 
 tempered it with a much larger por- 
 tion of water, iv. 5. 27 : v. 4. 29. 
 
 &-KpiTOS, ov, {Kpiyu) unjadged, un- 
 tried, without trial, v. 7. 28 s. 
 
 tdKpo-PoXC^Qp.ai} lao'fiai, (/3dAXu) to 
 throw from ti height or a distance, fight 
 with missiles, skirmish, D., iii. 4. 18, 
 33: T. 2. 10. 
 
 |aKpoP(SXi.(ri$, eus, tj, a skirmish, 
 skirmishing, iii. 4. 16, 18. 
 
 taKpiS-iraXis, eus, i], (iriXis) the [top- 
 most city] citadel, acropo'is, i. 2. 1, 8s. 
 
 ttxpos, a, OK, s., (i.K-) at the jioint, 
 tip, or top ; highest, topmost, extreme : 
 rb ixpon the highest point, Iieig/U, top, 
 summit, eminence, peak : often tA ikpa 
 the heights, summits, hiUs ; i. 2. 21 : 
 iii. 4. 49 s : r6 AKpimTOP the loftiest 
 summit, v. 4. 15. Der. acro-stio. 
 
 4.dKp-(i>viix(ci, as, (BtoJ claw, nai') 
 nail-tip ; hence, extreme edge, shnrp 
 ridge or spur of a mountain, iii. 4. 37 s. 
 
 dKrf[, ^s, (S,yvviii to breajc) whe;e 
 the sea breaks, promontory, headland, 
 shore, vi. 2. 1. 
 
 &-Ki)pos, ov, (Kvpos authority) with- 
 out miihority or force, null, void, vi. 
 1. 28. 
 
 &KUV, ovffa, S.KOV, g. OPTOS, 0'5(r?;s, 
 (d-, iKiiiv) un-willing, reluctant, vii. 7. 
 14 : w. pt., involuntarily, uninlen- 
 tiotmlly, iv. 8. 25 : Slkovtos 'Kipov [G. 
 being unwilling] against the will of 
 C, or vnthout his cotisent, i. 3. 17. 
 
 dXoXd^u, d^o/xat, a. ^XdXa^a, ch. 
 poet , (dXaXd war-cry) to rai-te the 
 war-cry, showl for battle, K, iv. 2. 7 : 
 V. 2. 14? vi. 5.26. 
 
 dVcEivtSs, ij, 'jv, (dX^a warmth) warm, 
 iv. 4. 11 ? 
 
 dX^(i>,* dXefi}(ru Ep., f. m. dXeJ4- 
 <ro>at or dX^^o/tat, a. m. T7Xf^d,.tT;f or 
 ri\e^-iliriiii]i>, (akin to dXm) prowess) to 
 ward or focp ojf ; .1/. to I.eeji r^l' om 
 
 i dXXd 
 
 one's self, defend one's self, repel, re- 
 qiiilr, A., i. 3. 6 ; 9. 11 : iii. 4. 33. 
 
 dXiTTjs, ov, (aXiw to grind) a grind- 
 er: a-s adj., 506 f, £tos dXerijs a [grind- 
 er] mill-stone, i. 5. 5. 
 
 dXevpov, ov, (aXiu to grind) flour, 
 csp. wheat-flour, comni. pi., i. 5. 6. 
 t dX^9«o, as, truth ; reality ; sincer- 
 ity, uprightness ; ii. 6. 25 ; vi. 2. 10. 
 t dXii6c<i(i), iiaw, to tell or speak the 
 truth ; to speak, state, report, predict, 
 ov promise truly, A. ; i. 7. 18 : iv. 4. 15. 
 
 d-Xi)0'^S, ^s, CKavQ&va or X^flu) un- 
 concealed, IriK, real, sincere : ri dXi;- 
 B4s [the true] truth, 507 a : ii. 5. 24 ; 
 6. 22 : V. 5. 24. 
 
 .{.d\i|6i.vi$s, ^, ov, truthful, trusty, 
 genuine, i. 9. 17. 
 I iKijSffls truly, in truth, iv. 7. 7 ? 
 
 cXuvnKds, 1}, ov, (dXici)(i) to fish, fr. 
 fiXs leu) for fishing : a. rXoiov JisJimg- 
 boat, vii. 1. 20. 
 
 'i\Cj<ii, a. p. iiMirBTiv, (dX'/ii crowded) 
 lo collect or assemble (trans.): M. to 
 coUect or assemble (intrans.), rendcz- 
 cous : ii. 4. 3 : vi. 3. 3. 
 
 d-XiBos, ov, {\l6os) free from stones, 
 not stony, vi. 4. 5. 
 
 &Xis adv., in crowds, heaj'S, or 
 abundance ; abundantly, sufficient I if, 
 enough : subst., o., v. 7. 12. 
 
 'AXio-dpvT), 175, Halisa.me, a small 
 town in -southwestern Mysia, not far 
 from Pergamum, belonging to the 
 principality of the descendants of the 
 Spartan Damaratus, vii. 8. 17 ? 
 
 cXC<rKO|iai.,* dXiirojuai, idXwKa k, 
 ^Xii/ca, 2 a. edXoiv & ^ cov, ^as pass, of 
 alpiu)) to be taken, captured, or caught, 
 p. ; to be taken prisoner ; i. 4. 7 ; 5. 2 : 
 iii. 4. 8, 17 ; 6. 14 : vii. 1. 36. 
 
 dXKi.p.os, OK, s., {a^K/j jjrouxi's, cour- 
 age) brave, valiant, warlUe, iv. 3. 4. 
 
 dXX' f\* exceptive conj., (fr. ilXXa 
 or 4XXo ij, cf. dXXd) olJicr than, cicept, 
 iv. 6. 11 : vii. 7. 53. 
 
 dXXa,* sometimes adv., but comni. 
 adversative conj., (4XXa ncut. pi. of 
 dXXos, w. accent changed) otlieruiise, 
 on the other hand, on the contrary, biU, 
 yet, still, however, nay, but only; 
 often after a negation ; and often in 
 transitions, to introduce questions, 
 coHunands, exhortations, &c. ; i. 1. 4 ; 
 4. 13 ; 6. 3 : ii. 5. 18 s, 2:2 : iv. 7. 7 : 
 d. {Ka':)'b'ut niso, tut even, iii. 2. 19 ; 
 5. 16 : I . (i. 1 : ii. :;ta."..\oi') bxU ratlier. 
 
dXXaxoS ' 
 
 iii. 1. 35 : vii. 8. 16 : d. 4/iSs Imt yet, 
 yet nevertlieless, i. 8. 13 : d. oid4 nay 
 (or yet) not even, nor yet, i. 3. 3 ? 4. 8. 
 A speaker, from reference to some- 
 thing before exjiressed or mutually 
 understood, often commences with 
 i\KA, which may then be frequently 
 translated adverbially {well, well in- 
 lieed, indeed, for' my part, &c.) or 
 omitted in translation (sometimes, w. 
 Iii", seeming almost as it' used prospec- 
 tively, cf. aWoj, 567), i. 8. 17 : ii. 1. 4, 
 10, 20 : iii. 1. 45. See Si, yip, fi-^v. 
 
 dXXaxov (ftXXos, 3800) v. I. for S.\\xi, 
 ii. 6. 4 : so dXXax'f) or -tj, vii. 3. 47. 
 
 &XXd (dat. of iWos, as adv., 380c) 
 in another place, direction, way, or 
 manner ; elsewhere, othervnse ; i. 9. 
 14? ii. 6. 4? iv. 2. 4, 10 : &. khI S.. here 
 amd there, v. 2. 29 ? See fiXXos c. 
 
 d\\'f)X(iiv * g. ]>1., ois, ais, &c., recip- 
 rocal pron., (ftXXos) one another, each 
 other, i. 2. 27. Der. pak-aij.kl. 
 
 &XXa8ev (dXXos) from another place 
 OT point, i. 10. 13. See dXXosc. 
 
 &XXa|iai,* dXoD/uii, a. ^.Xdaiji' & ^Xi5- 
 /tiji-, to leap, jump, iv. 2. 17: vi. 1. 5. 
 
 &Wo$,*i7,o, alius, other,aiiother,else, 
 remaining, rest, besides; one, pi. some/ 
 (a) other than has been mentioned, i. 
 1.7; 4.14; 8.9: &. trTpdrev/xa another 
 army, t6 d. /rrpdrcv/ui the [remaining] 
 rest of the army, 523 f, i. 1. 9 ; 2. 25 : 
 rd dXXa or rSXXa [as to the rest] in 
 other respects, i. 7. 4 : t! itai dXXo OXijs 
 also [any thing else] any other kind 
 of shrub, i. 5. 1 : x^ dXXj;, sc. -liJ^pf, 
 tJie next day, ii. 1. 3 : ov5i &Wo oiibkv 
 SivSpov nor, besides, a single tree, 5670, 
 i. 5. 5 : — (b) other than is to be men- 
 tioned, i. 3. 3 : ii. 1. 7 : oibh dXXo fj 
 nothing else than, iii. 2. 18 : dXXo ti 
 [sc. laTw] ij ; [is there aught else than 
 this ?] is it not certain that ? 567 g, 
 iv. 7. 5 : ol dXXoi Kp^TfS tlie rest, the 
 Oretans, 567 e, v. 2. 31 : (b, a) dXXos 
 dXXop el\Ke one drew up another (alius 
 alium), V. 2. 15 : — (c, repeated or 
 joined with a der., 567 d) different 
 from each other, as dXXoi dXXois alii 
 aliter, [different persons in different 
 ways] some in one way and otliers in 
 anotlier, i. 6. 11 : SXKoi iWoSer some 
 from one point and others from an- 
 other, in various direction's, i. 10. 13: 
 iWos (dXXoi) dXXj one (some) one way 
 and another (others) another, in dif- 
 
 ferent directions, iv. 8. 19 : dXXos dXXo 
 X^ei one says one thing, another an- 
 otlier, ii. 1. 15. 
 4.&XXoTe at another time, at other 
 times, iv. 1. 17: a. Kal d. at one time 
 and at another, now and then, from 
 time to time, ii. 4. 26 : v. 2. 29 ? 
 .{.aXX^Tpios, a, ov, alienus, belonging 
 to aiiother or others, another's, foreign, 
 iii. 2. 28 ; 5. 5 : vii. 2. 33. 
 jfiXXus in another or any other man- 
 ner or way, otherwise, differently ; on 
 any other condition ; [otherwise than 
 should be] at rmidom ; i. 6. 11 (see 
 &K\oi c) : iii. 2. 39 : v. 1. 7 : vi. 6. 10 
 (jileon.): a. vws ij in any other way 
 than, iii. 1. 20, 26: d. ?xeiv to be otiier- 
 wise, iii. 2. 37: a. re Kal botli other- 
 wise and in particular, especially, v. 
 6. 9. Cf. Lat. aliter. 
 
 d-X(SYi(rro$, ov, (Koyt^'o/iai.) incon- 
 siderate, unreasoning, ii. 5. 21. 
 
 &X(ro5, COS, t!>, {d\daU>ii) to make 
 grow) a grove, esp. a sacred grove, v. 
 3. 11 s. 
 
 "AXus, vos, 6, the Halys, the largest 
 river of Asia Minor. It flows into the 
 Euxine, and formerly separated the 
 Lj-diau and Persian kingdoms (and 
 afterwards Paphlagonia and Pontus). 
 Croesus crossed this river, trusting to 
 a deceptive oracle, and fought near it 
 a great battle with Cyrus, v. 6. 9. 
 II The Kizil-Irmak, i. e. Bed River. 
 
 &Xif>iTov, ov, comm. in pi., groats, 
 esj). barley-groats, barley-meal, i. 5. 6. 
 
 dWiTEKtj, -Tji, or -£s, iSos, i), {6.\ilnr-r)i 
 fox) a fox-skin, fox-skin cap, vii. 4. 4. 
 
 aX(a,aXidiro|i,ai, seedXI(r;<o/iai,i. 4. 7. 
 4.aXci(ri|ias, ov, easy to take, liable to 
 be taken, easily captured, v. 2. 3. 
 
 &.fa at the samA time ; at the same 
 time vrilh, together witji, with, n. ; i. 
 2. 9 : ii. 4. 9 : d/ia {rfi i\iUpq. at th; 
 same time with the day, at daybreak, 
 at the dawn of day, dua ■^Xtij) dviaxovri 
 or dvariWovri {divovri or SvoiUvip) at 
 sun-rise {-set), i. 7. 2: ii. 1. 2s; 2. 13. 
 It is often joined with the earlier of 
 two words or clauses, when ace. to the 
 Eng. idiom, it would rather be joined 
 witn the later ; or with both, instead 
 of one only ; vii. 6. 20 : iii. 4. 19 : so 
 with a pt. , rather than the verb, d/uo 
 ravT eiiriiv dviarri [having .said this, 
 he at the same time rose] as soon ai 
 he had said this, he rose, 662, iii. 1. 47: 
 
'A|taJiSv 
 
 8 
 
 'A|M|>l8T|tl,0S 
 
 ifiixovTO S.fm iropevifiemi, fmighl [:it 
 the same time] while inarching,\i. 3. 5. 
 
 'A-|ia^uv, 6^05, ^, (/iofijs bread) an 
 Amazon (so called as wanting a breast, 
 the right breast having been removed 
 for tile better use of arms). The Ama- 
 zons were fabled as a nation of female 
 warriors, dwelling about the Thermo- 
 djn in the north part of Asia Minor, 
 aiul having as their capital Themis- 
 lyra (now Thermeh ?K iv. 4. 16. 
 
 iL|i:i£a, i;s, (S,ixa, ayu) a wagoii, esp. 
 for freight (cf. &pij.a) ; wagmi-load ; i. 
 5. 7 s ; 7. 20 : iv. 7. 10. 
 4.a)ui|i.ai6s, a, ov, large e^wugh to load 
 a wagmi, each a wagon-load, iv. 2. 3. 
 j Ijiag-iTiSs, i", (irjs, verbal of elu) 
 pissaile by wajons : 63i; a. a wagon- 
 waii, carriage-road, i. 2. 21. 
 
 a,[iapruv(>i,* a/jLapriitro^iai, i)fidpT7]:.a, 
 
 2 a. ijfiafyrov, to fail of hitting, miss, 
 G. ; to fail or err in conduct, do wrong, 
 sin against one, ae. irepL ; i. 5. 12 : 
 iii. 2. 20 ; 4. 15 : fuKpa afiaprriB^vra 
 small things done wrong, small errors 
 or mistakes, v. 8. 20. 
 
 a-|i.axcC adv., (^dxo/tat) without 
 fighting, resistance, or a battle, i. 7. 9 : 
 iv. 6. 12 : vi. 5. 15 («. I. d/iaxO- 
 jd-pLaXTlTC = d/iaxet, iv. 2. 15 (v. I. 
 
 dfiaxv^^i-)- 
 
 ' A)i.ppaKuoTT|S or ' A|iirpaKuiTi]s, ov, 
 
 an Ambraciot or Ambradan. Am- 
 bracia (now Arta), the most celebrat- 
 ed city in Epirus, was a colony of 
 Corinth, about seven miles noi-th of 
 the Ambracian Gulf. Siding with 
 Sparta in the Peloponnesian war, it 
 suffered greatly. It was chosen by 
 Pyrrhus for his capital, and won much 
 fume by its brave and resolute defence 
 against the siege of the Romans, B. c. 
 189. The entrance of the gulf was 
 the scene of the decisive victory of 
 Augustus over Antony, B. c. 31. i. 7. 
 18 : V. 6. 16. 
 
 d|i£Cvci>v,* OK, as c. of 47o9is, better, 
 superior, braver : for emphasis, diieivw 
 Kal KpelTTuiv better and more efficient, 
 nearly = far better .- diieivov as adv. , 
 c. of eS, in a better way, better : i. 7. 
 
 3 : ii. 1. 20 : iii. 1. 21, 23. 
 tdfieXeio, as, neglect, carelessness in 
 
 g'mrding, o., iv. 6. 3. 
 td|i.c\^u, -Tfldi, riiiiXtjxa., to be careless 
 or nci/ligent of, neglect, slight, G., i. 
 3. 11 : V. 1. 15: iii. 2. 7. 
 
 [d-|u\Vis, (i, C^i^XeO careless, heed- 
 less, ueglijeiit.] 
 
 4.cl)icXus carelessly, heedlessly, with- 
 out caution, incautiously, v. 1. 6. 
 
 d-)iiETpos, o?, (liirpav) menjiureless, 
 immense, im-munsus, iii. 2. 16. 
 
 'A)inHriKXclSi)s, see ^avriKXeidi/t. 
 
 d-fi-^Xavos, ov, (jiTixavii) without 
 means, rcso^ixecs, or exjKdients ; of 
 (lei'sons, destitute of means or resources, 
 resource 'ess, helpless ; of things, im- 
 practicable, impossible, insuriiw ant- 
 able, iiiextricab,e ; i. 2. 21 : 'ii. 3. 18 ; 
 5. 21. 
 
 i.|i,iXXdo|tai, 7}(ro/uu, fiiilWrjiMu, 
 {S/uWa strife, competition) to compete, 
 contciid; w. iri or Trpis, to race for ot 
 towards, vie for the attainmeiU of, 
 struggle to reach, iii. 4. 44, 46. 
 
 t p-TTcXos, ov, 7], (dfKpl i\i(rfftij to twine 
 round) a vine, i. 2. 22 : vi. 4. 6. 
 
 'A )iirpaKutTr,s, see ' A/i^paiadinis. 
 
 qiVYSuXivos, Tj, oy, {d/xirySdX?; al- 
 mond) of altiwnds, inade from al- 
 movds, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 a-fivXjo, see ^i)fii), iv. 5. 27 ? 
 
 d|l^vo>, d/xijvw, 1 a. ■fjfJ.iva, (cf. mu- 
 nio) to ward or leep off: M. to [keep 
 off from one's self] defend one's self, 
 act in self-defence, one means of which 
 is retaliation ; hence to avenge onus's 
 self upon, requite, punisli, A. ; ii. 3. 
 23 : iii. 1. 14, 29 : v. 4. 25. 
 
 d|u|>C prep.,* (akin to 4/(^b and Lat. 
 ambo, amb-) Ofi both sides of, hence 
 mi different sides of, about, around : 
 (a) w. Ace. of place, i. 2. 3 : of pei-son 
 (the person himself often ii.c'nded, 
 527 a), ol cpLtjti Twoa^4pvr,y [iLcse 
 about T.] T. and those with him, iii. 
 5. 1 : of object of concern or relation, 
 TO d. rdjeis [the things al out] matters 
 relating to tactics, lit. 1. 7 ; d. eivai or 
 ^X"" to f" busy about or occupied 11 ilh, 
 iii. 5. 14 : v. 2. 26 : of time or i.i.n:- 
 ber, attctut, i. 8. 1 ; d. ra tlh.caiv al&ut 
 [the] twenty, 531 d, iv. 7. 22 : — (b) 
 w. Gen., poet, or r. : of obiect sought 
 or cause, about, iv. 5. 17. In compos, 
 as above. Cf. wcpl. 
 
 dfL^i-yvoio,* i^ffw, ipf. iiii<piyv6ovy 
 or ijiuptyvdow, ^vo- in yiyvtaoKw) to 
 think on both sides, to he puzzled, in 
 doubt, or at a loss, to woncbr, cp., iL 
 5.33. 
 
 'Ap.(^C-ST||i.o$, ov, Amphidemus, an 
 Athenian, father of Amphicratci. 
 
'A|u^i-KpdTT]$, COS, Ampkicrates, a 
 lochage liom Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17. 
 
 d|i9i-\^7<i>,* \4^w, WXexa !■, to speak 
 on both sides, to dispute or quarrel 
 about, A., i. 5. H. 
 
 'Api4>i.iro\tTT|s, pu, CA/i0I-7ro\is) an 
 ylmplnpolite, i. 10. 7. Amphipolis was 
 a city of western Thrace mostly sur- 
 ro.indeil by the Stiyinon near its 
 mouth (whence its name), a greatly 
 prized colony of the Athenians, for 
 the loss of which in the Peloponnesian 
 war the historian Thucydides was 
 banished. || Ncolihorio. 
 
 d|i(|>opcvs, ^ws, 6, (shortened from 
 d;u0(-0o/36i)s, a vessel carried on both 
 sides, i. e. with two handles ; ^4pu) 
 amphora, a two-handled vessel (com- 
 monly of clay and witli a small neck), 
 jar, V. 4. 28. 
 
 td|i.<|>(STCpos, a, ov, both (taken or 
 viewed together) ; from its significa- 
 tion rarely in the sing. ; of two in- 
 dieiduals, pi. or dual : dyn^ire/ioi both 
 or the two persons or parties. With 
 the article, it is placed ace. to the or- 
 der of statement, as rd iraXSe d/x0o- 
 ripu} both the children, afjupirepa to, 
 Sira both ears, 523 b. i. 1. 1 ; 4. 4 ; 5. 
 14, 17 : ii. 4. 10 : iii. 1. 31: iv. 7. 14. 
 td(ji(j>oT4po)8ev/rom or on both sides, at 
 both ends, G.,i. 10.9: iii. 4.29; 5.10. 
 
 d|i(t>u,* oiii, both, ch. substantively, 
 and of two persons, ii. 6. 30 : iv. 2. 21. 
 
 &v * adv. , a contingent particle 
 which has no corresponding word in 
 Eng. (though it may sometimes be ex- 
 pressed by perhaps, or, if joined with 
 a rel. pron. or adv., by -ever or -soever) ; 
 but verbs with which it is connected 
 are commonly translated by the poten- 
 tial mode. It is post-j)Ositive, and is 
 thus distinguished from &.p if. i. 1. 
 1(1. See6lSs. 
 
 "av * conj., (contr. fr. i&v q. v.) if, 
 i. 3. 20 ; 7.4 ; 8. 12 : ii. 1. 8 ! 
 
 tiv-, SL'e d- and av6.. 
 
 dvtt,* by apostr. av, prep., up, opp. 
 to Kuri. : w. Acc. of place, up throwfli, 
 along, upon, iii. 5. 16 : of standard, 
 d.vi. Kpdros [up to one's .strength] at 
 full speed, i. 8. 1 ; 10. 15 : of number 
 (distributively), dcA iKarliv bi/ the hun- 
 dred, each a hnndrcd, iii. 4.21; v,4.12: 
 ivd, irivre Trapaadyyas t?/s ripApai iil 
 the rcUe of 5 parasangs a day, iv. 6. 4. 
 In compos., up, up again, again, back. 
 
 LEX. AN. 1 * 
 
 ' dvaSopvp^u 
 
 dvo-PaCvo),* ^Tjaoiuu, pi^rjKa, 2 a. 
 l^rjv, to go up, march up, climb up, 
 ascend, inount, as a height, hor.se, ship, 
 &c. ; to go on board a vesse', embark ; 
 often, to go up from the coast of Asia 
 into the interior ; iirl, &c.; i. 1. 2; 2. 
 22 _; 8. 3;.vi. 1. 14. 
 
 dva-pdX\u,* ^aXffl, /3^/3\i;ko, 2 a. 
 f^aXoi', to throw up ; to lift or put 
 upon a horse, A. iiri : iv. 4. 4 : v. 2. 5. 
 
 dva-Pacis, ews, ^, (i.va-§alvw) ascent, 
 upward-march, exjiedition into the in- 
 terior, i. 4. 9 : iv. 1. 1, 10. 
 
 dvo-pipd^u, ^i^ia-oi /3(^u, (^i^d^u 
 to make go) to lead up, i. 10. 14. 
 
 dva-Podo), Tjiro/iai, ^e^iriKa, to raise 
 a cry, call or shout aloud, v. 4. 31. 
 
 dva-po\^, Tjs, (iya-pdWio) earth 
 thrown up, rampart, v. 2. 5. 
 
 dv-OYyeXXcij,* e\fi, ijyyeXKa, a. -Ijy- 
 yciXa, to brlug back word, re-port, A. 
 n.,_i. 3. 19, 21. 
 
 avo^-yiyvuMTKU},* yvibjopui, SyvuKa, 
 2 a. lyvuv, [to know again, as persons 
 or characters before seen] to recognize, 
 read, i. 6. 4 : Iii. 1.5: v. 8. 6. 
 tdva7Kd^a>, dew, TjvdyKaKa, to compel, 
 force, oblige, require, constrain, A. i., 
 ii. 1. 6: iii. 3. 12; 4. 19, 49. 
 
 tdva^Kaios, a, ov, or os, ov, iiecessary, 
 indispensable, inevitable: dvay Koibv ti 
 some necessity : ol dvayKoioi [those con- 
 nected by necessary ties] neccssarii, 
 kinsmen, relatives : i. 5. 9 : ii. 4. 1. 
 
 dvaYKt], Tjs, necessity, constraint, 
 necessary cause : dvdyKri {iarb) tliere 
 is a necessity, it is necessary, indis- 
 pcnjSable, or unavoidable, it must be, 
 I. (A.) : i. 3. 5 : ii. 4. 26: iv. 5. 15. 
 
 ava-^vovs, see dva-yiyvtliaKui, i. 6. 4. 
 
 dv-dyw,* d'?w, ^a, 2 a. ^70701-, to 
 lead up, bring or carry up. A., ii. 3. 
 21; 6.1: to bring upon the high sea ; 
 M. to pi^t out to sea, weigh anchor, set 
 sail, V. 7. 17 : ^'i. 1. 33s. C,{. icaT-dyu. 
 
 a,va-X,tiyv:^i,* fei^^u, Hef^"- 1., to 
 yoke up, luirness up, break up the camp, 
 prepare to start, iii. 4. 37: iv. 6. 1. 
 
 dva-6app^u, ^o-u, refld/J^ij/ca, to 6c- 
 come conjidcnt again, regain confidence 
 or etmraije, vi. 4. 12. 
 
 dva-Setvat, -AeCs, uee dva-TiB-qiu. 
 4. dvd-6i]p.a, arcs, tI>, a sacred gifl or 
 volive offering set up in a temple, in a 
 statue, tri|Hiil, &c., G., v. 3. 5. 
 
 dva-Oopvp^u), -ijffu, TeSopifiriKa, {Oj- 
 pv^oi) to raise a slwut or clamor, cry 
 
ivaSpi^as 
 
 10 
 
 Cvapxla. 
 
 out, shout, cheer, applaud, is : v. 1. 3 : 
 vi. 1. 30. 
 
 dva-6p^i|faS| see iva-Tpi^w, iv. 5. 35. 
 
 dv-aip^w,* ^ffw, yptjKa, 2 a. erXoj', to 
 take up ; sp. to take up a (luestion for 
 ivply, hence, through an oracle or 
 omen, to respond, answer, signify, di- 
 reel, point out, A. D., I., iii. 1.6s: 
 vii. 6. 44 : M. to take or pick up for 
 one's self, undertake ; sp. to take lip 
 or carry off one's dead for burial (to 
 which the Greeks attached great iin- 
 ]iortance, believing that the souls of 
 the unburied dead were long debarred 
 from repose ; so A. rarely, vi. 4. 9) ; 
 A., iv. 1. 19; V. 7. 21, 27. 
 
 dva-KaCu & Att. kIo),* Kai)<rw, k^- 
 KdvKa, to light up a fire, kindle, A., 
 iii._l. 3. 
 
 dva-KoX^w,* KaXitrta koXuj, KCKXijKa, 
 to call [with raised voice] aloud, A. , 
 vi. 6. 7 : M. to call back to one's self, 
 summon, sound a retreat, iv. 4. 22. 
 
 dvd-KCiov or dvo^KCioVi ov, {Kelfiai) 
 an upper floor, v. 4. 29 ? 
 
 dva-Koiv<Scii, litr&i, pf. m. Kenolviapuit, 
 to bring up from concealment in the 
 breast and communicate to another ; 
 to consult, as a god : M. to consult or 
 confer with, as with a friend, to com- 
 municate : 1). A., vtpi : iii. 1.5: V. 6. 
 36 : vi. 1. 22. 
 
 dva-KO|LC^o>, law iw, KeKop.iKa, to 
 bring up : M. to lay up for one's self, 
 store. A., iv. 7. 1, 17. 
 
 dvo-Kpd^u r., Kpi^ia 1., Kixpdya, 2 a. 
 (Kpayov, to raise a cry, cry out, cry 
 aloud, exclaim, shout, ae., (is or 8ti, 
 iv. 4. 20 : V. 8. 10, 12 : vii. 3. 33. 
 
 dv-aXoVd^di, iiopAii, to raise the 
 battle-shmU, to slumt the vjar-cry, iv. 
 3. 19. 
 
 dva-Xa|jt.pdva>,* X^^o/uit, efXij^a, 2 a, 
 IXapof, to take up, take with one or 
 away, rescue. A., i. 10. 6 : iv. 7. 24. 
 
 dva-Xd}nr«,* ^oi, X^Xa/xra, to blaze 
 tip, burst into flames, v. 2. 24. 
 
 avoL-Xiya,* \4^w, to gatlier up, re- 
 count, relate, repeat. A., ii. 1. 17 ? 
 
 dv-dXto-KM,* -aXiiffw, -iJXw/to, a. 
 -ijXioffa, {oKtffKii) to take, A. as trans, 
 not in use) to take up, use up, expend, 
 sperul, consume. A., iv. 7. 5, 7, 10. 
 
 dv-dX(i)Tos, ov, {a\tffKo)iai) not to be 
 taken, impregnable, v. 2. 20. 
 
 dva-|i4vci>,* pjOiGi, p^fi4v7]Ka, to re- 
 r.iMn, slay ; waUfor, A.I., iii. 1. 14. 
 
 dya-|iC-yvv|ii,* /t^{<>>, p^P-i-X"^ 1-, pf- 
 p. lUiuypai, to mix up, mingle, iv, iv. 
 8.8. 
 
 dva-|U|iv^<rKci),* /xv^tro), a. p. i/ir^- 
 irSiji', to remind of, make mention of, 
 2 A., iii. 2. 11 : P. and M. to be re- 
 minded of, call to mind, remember, re- 
 uiiniscor, a. i*., cp., vi. 1. 23 ; 5. 23. 
 
 dv-avSpos, or, {iviip) un-manly, 
 weak, cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 
 
 'Ava^CpioS) ov, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
 tan admiral, false, corrupt, and cniel. 
 He was afteiwards sent out to oppose 
 the Athenians on the Hellespont, ai;d 
 having been ."iui'prised by the Athenian 
 general Iphici-ates, died Hghting like 
 a Spartan, If. c. 388. v.i. 4: vii. 1.2s. 
 
 cva^pCSes, ISuiv, al (fr. Pers. ), trow- 
 sers, such as the Persians wore, i. 5. 8. 
 
 dva-irauo), Traiauj, iriiravKa, to re- 
 fresh : M. to refresh or rest cm's self, 
 take one's rest, go to rest (as for the 
 night), repose, rest, take breath ; to 
 desist, a. ; i. 10. 16 : ii. 2. 4 : v. 6. 31 ? 
 
 dva-ireC6a),* TreLtroj, ■jr4ireLKa, to bring 
 over to another opiuion, gain over, 
 persuade, induce, A. I., i. 4. 11. 
 
 dva-irerdin'vp.i or -ia,* ircT&au) ire- 
 tS, (ircTivvvpu. to spread out) to throw 
 wide open again. A., vii. 1. 17. 
 
 dva-iriiSdd), r^aofjuu, ircTniSiyKO, {vij- 
 Sdti) to leap) to leap ov spring up, spring 
 upon or mount a horse, iii. 4 . 27 ? vii. 
 2.20. 
 
 dva-TTV^w,* TTveiaop^ai, TriirpevKa, n.. 
 ^irvevtra, to breathe again, take or re- 
 cover breath, iv. 1. 22. 
 
 dva-irpaTToj,* irpd^u, irdirpaxa, to 
 [make up] exact, A. D. wapd, vii. 6. 40. 
 
 dva-TrT^<r<r«,* O^w, {inifffTia to fold) 
 to fold back, swing back, wlieel round, 
 A.,_i. 10. 9. [v. 2. 24 s? 
 
 dv-diTTiB,* fi^u, to light up, kindle, 
 
 dva-irvv6dvcfiai,* Te^tropai, Triirv- 
 cfjuu, 2 a. d.v-€Trv6!}p.Tiv,to inquire iigntn 
 or closely, learn by close inquiry, A. p., 
 irepi, V. 5. 'Ih ? 7. 1. 
 
 dv-ap£6|i.iTos, ov, {apLBfUuj to num- 
 ber, fr. dpi6)i'js) in-numerable^ count- 
 less, iii. 2. 13. 
 
 dv-dpiirras, ov, (apurrov) without 
 breakfast, i. 10. ] 9 : iv. 2. 4 : vi. 5. 21. 
 
 dv-apird^cu,* dtru or dcropuu, ijpiraKa, 
 f/t snatch up, seize, carry off, A. , i. 3. 1 4 . 
 vii. 1. 15. 
 
 dv-apx'ct, OS, (apx^)) want of gov- 
 ernment, ANARCHY, iii.' 2. 29. 
 
dvao'KevdJu 
 
 11 
 
 dv<jp 
 
 dva-o-Kcvd^u, dirw, lo pack up, re- 
 mocc. A., vi. 2. 8. 
 
 dva-o-Tos, -o-TTjvai, see dji-larTiiu. 
 
 dva-o-Tavp(Scii, dxru, {aravpht) lo fix 
 or e.ihibit on a'stake or pole, A., iii. 
 1. 17. 
 
 dva-CT^Woi,* eX,i3, laraXKa, to send 
 or drive back, keep back or m check, 
 A., v^4. 23. [fu. 
 
 0Lva-irT^(ras,-<rT^o'O|iai, see iv-iffrri- 
 
 dva-tTTp^i^a),* ^i/'u, iaTpo<pa 1., 2 a. 
 p. as m. iarpdipTii', lo turn, back, re- 
 Ireat, relire, lum or wheel round : M. 
 lo move round, carry one's self ; face 
 about, rally: i. 4. 5 ; 10. 8, 12 : ii. 5. 14. 
 
 dvo-irx^o-Bai, -(rx<o)i.ai, see dv-4x<^- 
 
 dva-Topdrrw,* i^u, TCT&paxa 1., to 
 stir up, confuse : pf. p. pt. [having 
 been put] in disorder, i. 7. 20. 
 
 dvo-Tetvo),* Teyfi, riraKa, a. ireiva, 
 to ftretch or Zi/Z wp, /toM Hjr), raise, 
 elevate, A. : aVa-TeTa^u-^fos, efevnted, 
 aoc. to some wi<A expanded wings ; i. 
 10. 12: iii. 2. 9: vii. 4. 9? 
 
 dva-T^Xco,* TeXtD, r^raX/ca, (rAXw 
 to raise, rise) to rise up, ii .3. 1. 
 
 dvo-Tl6T)(ii,* S^crw, ridiiKa, a. Wt;- 
 TO (8(0, &c.), io j>M< itp; 7Ji«<, place, or 
 faj/ upon : sp. to set up as a sacred 
 gift, consecrate, deposit : A. iwl, ei's : 
 ii. 2. 4: iii. 1. 30: v. 3. 5 s. 
 
 dva-Tp4i|)<i),* dpi\pa, Tirpoifia, to [feed 
 up] fallen, iv. 5. 35. 
 
 dva-f^cv'yw, * tped^opuiL, 7r^06irya, 2 a. 
 lipvyov, to flee or escryjc up, ^trl, vi. 4. 24. 
 
 dva-<|>pov^c>), ijaw, neippbvrjKa, to be- 
 come rational again, come lo one's 
 sensiis, iv. 8. 21. 
 
 dvo-xdJ«,* (xiif'" drive back, ch. 
 poet.) if. lo draw back, retire, retreat, 
 iv. 7. 10: so A. iv. 1. 16. 
 
 dva-xup^w, i)(rw, Kex'^'P'tKa, to go 
 back, retreat, retire, wUhdraw, return, 
 iii. 3. 13: iv. 3. 6: vi. 4. 10. 
 
 dva-x<opl£<i>, l(ra iQ,toseparateagaiii., 
 draw off. A., v. 2. 10. 
 
 dvSpa, -6s, &i;., see dv^p, i. 1. 6. 
 idvSp-avaSCa, as, {dyaBSi) virtus, 
 iiianlij excellence, esp. valor, v. 2. 11. 
 4.dv8pd-iro8ov, ou, (Troiis) [a man's 
 footstool, as the captive often fell at 
 the fei't of the contiueror, and the foot 
 of the latter was sometimes placed on 
 his neck] a slnvr, esp. one made in 
 war, a captive, i. 2. 27 : ii. 4. 27. 
 
 j.dvSpeios, a, ov, vainly, brare, val- 
 iml, vi. 5. 24. 
 
 jdvSpcuSnjs, Tp-os, ri, virtus, manli- 
 ness, bravery, valor, vi. 5. 14. 
 |dvSp(^u, law, to make one a man : 
 M. to make one's self a man, to act 
 the man, act manfully, display Okie's 
 valor, iv. 3. 34 : v. 8. 15. 
 
 dv-^PHV, see ava-^alvw, 1. 1. 2. 
 
 dv-eytCpui, * ^epw, ^j^cpical., a. p. 
 ■fnip6y)v, to wake up another, rouse : 
 P. to be arouseJ, lo awake, iii. 1. 12 s. 
 
 dv-€i\ov, see dv-aipiu, iii. 1. 6. 
 
 dv-Etvai, see d.i'-Lrip.i, vii. 6. 30 ? 
 
 dv-ciirciv, 2 a. inf. (see elireiv), to 
 [speak i\\t] proclaim, announce, i. (a.), 
 Stl, ii. 2. 20 : v. 2. 18. 
 
 dv-SK-irtiiirXriiii., * irX'fiffoi, triwXriKa, 
 to fill out again, fill up. A., iii. 4. 22? 
 
 dv-E\^<r6at, see dv-an^w, iv. 1. 19. 
 
 dv£|i.3S, ou, 6, (akin to Lat. animus, 
 aniina) wind, iv. 5. 3 s. 
 
 dv-eiriX'^TTUs, (fwi-Xaiipdpui) in a 
 way not to be taken hold of, blamdess- 
 ly, icithont bJame or censure, vii. 6. 37. 
 
 dv-cpc6i^o>, tatxj loj, ijpiBiKa, [ip^Oco 
 irrito, to provoke) to stir up, excite, in- 
 flame, instigate. A., vi. 6. 9. 
 
 dv-cpoirda), * ip(aT'i)ffta & ipjjtrofiai, 
 ■flpilmiKa, lo ask [up] directly and as 
 one who has a right to know, demand, 
 question, inquire of, A. CP., ii. 3. 4 : 
 iv. 5. 34. 
 
 dv-€<rTT|v, see dv-taTTj/u, iii. 2. 1. 
 
 dv-€(rTpd4{>T)v, see dva-(TTpi(j>a. 
 
 4v€« adv. a-s prep., without, G., i. 3. 
 11,13: ii. 6. 6, 18. 
 
 dv-0)p£<rK<ii,* eiipT)(T<a, eSprjKa or ijB- 
 p-rjKa, to find again, discover, find, a., 
 vii. 4. 14. 
 
 dv-^X(ii and a,v-l<ryf»,* ?fw and crxi- 
 <ru, Itrxvi't 2 a. laxo", to hold or lift 
 up ; of the sun, to [lift itself np] rise, 
 ii. 1. 3 : M. (ipf. w. double aug. rivei- 
 xl>P-yp', 2 a. dv-effxop-V^, oftener iiveax^' 
 lufii, 282 b) to hold up under, sustain, 
 endure, bear, tolerale,h,oldfirma,gainsl, 
 restrain or control one's self. A., n. 
 (661 b), p., i. 7. 4; 8.11,26: ii. 2.1. 
 
 dv£i|/iiSs, oO, 6, a cousin, kinsman 
 (in Byzantine law, kephew), vii. 8. 9. 
 
 dv-^Yayov, -iiyijUvos, see dv-dya. 
 
 dv-T)Y^p8i]v, see dv-eyeipa, iii. 1. 12. 
 
 dv-^JKeo-Tos, OK, (dxiopai to heal) in- 
 curable, irremediable, irreparable, ii. 
 5. 5 : vii. 1. 18. 
 
 dv-'^Ku, ^f w, lo [come up to] reach, 
 extend, els, vi. 4. 3, 5. 
 
 dv<jp,* dv5p6s, vir, a inan in dis- 
 
avi)pii>T(iiv 
 
 12 
 
 'AvTiX^uv 
 
 tinction from ». woman or child (as 
 avdpuTTOi is a man in distinction from 
 a higher or a lower being, as from a 
 god or a beast) ; hence a man em- 
 phatically, as a hii,sband, a warrior or 
 soldier (though hostile, or even cow- 
 ardly, vi. 6. 24), a ira»e «iaa, a ?)ia)i 
 of full age, a ^mtm to Jc horwred. A 
 more specific name with adjective force 
 is often joined with it (esp. in address, 
 where di>5pes is the term of respect in 
 addressing a company of men), and it 
 need not then be always translated, 
 i. 1. 6, 11 ; 2. 20 ; 3. 3 ; 7. 4 : iv. 5. 24. 
 
 dv-T]pt&r(ov, see dv-eporrdo), ii. 3. 4. 
 
 dv-^x6T)v, .see dv-dyio, ii. 6. 1. 
 
 dv9', by apostr. for tteri, i. 3. 4. 
 
 dv84|iiov, ov, (duBos flower) a flower, 
 figure of a flmver, pattern of flowers, 
 V. 4. 32. 
 
 dv9-Cfm](i.i,* (TT7)a-a, .(nT-qKO, to set 
 against : M. to stand against, with- 
 stand, resist, vii. 3. 11. 
 t dvSpuitivos, 1, ov, human, ii. 5. 8. 
 
 dvSpuiros, ov, T), homo, a vian 
 (one of the race, see dv-fip), humnm, 
 beinfj, person, fellow; pi. men, per- 
 smis, people, mankind ; i. 3. 15 ; 5. 9 ; 
 6. 6. In the expression of respect, 
 dvTip is the rather used ; of contempt, 
 dvBpiairos, i. 7. 4 : iii. 1. 27, 30 ; and 
 in speaking of one's self, it is more 
 modest to use dvBpuTros, vi. 1. 26. 
 Yet, without special expression, df- 
 Bpwiros is often used ixs a more general 
 and unemphatic term, where ai/iio 
 might have been used, as in speak- 
 ing of soldiers, i. 8. 9 ; with a moie 
 specific name,Ti. 4. 23 ; &c. Der. phil- 
 anthropy. See Si\j/. 
 
 dvLaii), dtru}, TfnidKa 1., {ivia grief, 
 distress) to annoy, trouble, A. : M. to 
 be grieved, troubled, or distressed : i. 
 
 2. 11 : iii. 3. 19: iv. 8. 26. 
 dv-[i]p.i,* ^(Tw, elKa, a. iJKa ((S, &c.) 
 
 to [let one get up] let go or escape, A. 
 P., vii. 6. 30 1 
 
 dv-i)i.d(i>, (I/ids leathern strap used 
 in drawing) to draw up, A., iv. 2. 8. 
 
 dv-Cim)ni,* aTTfaw, lariiKa, 1 a. 
 (iTT-qaa, 2 a. ((Trrpi, to raise, rouse, or 
 start up another. A.: .1/., w. pf. and 
 2 a. act., to raise ont^s self up, stand 
 ufi, get up, rise (sp. for speaking): i. 
 
 3. 13; 5. 3; 6. 10 : iv. 5. 8, 19, 21. 
 dv-Ccrxu, see dx-^x") ii. 1. 3 : v. 7. 6. 
 dv-oSos, ov, ij, (aVd, o56s), = di>6,- 
 
 /Soffis, the way up, upward march, 
 ascent, ii. 1. 1. 
 
 dv-o8os, OK, (a-, 6S6s) pathless, in- 
 accessible, or difficult of access, iv.8. 10. 
 
 d-v^tiTos, OK, (ko^w) senseless, de- 
 mented, foolish, ii. 1. 13. 
 
 dv-ot*yc©,* dv-oi^ta, dv-it^a, ipf. dv- 
 itfr^ov, {otym to open) to [open up or 
 again] open. A., v. 5. 20 : vii. 1. 16. 
 
 dvofiCo, OS, {d-voiwi) lawlessness, v. 
 7. 33 s. 
 
 dv-opiol(i>5, (dv-dfwios un-like) dif- 
 ferently : d. Ix^"' to *^ differently 
 situated or esteemed, vii. 7. 49. 
 
 d-vofios, ov, (Kcijaos) lawless, vi. 6. 13. 
 
 dvT or dv6', by apostr. for dfrl. 
 
 dvT-a7opd^w, daui, TjyopaKa, to buy 
 ov purchase in return. A., i. 5. 5. 
 
 dvT-aKoi)u,* dKoi(Top.ai, dKijKoa, to 
 hear in return, listen in turn, ii. 5. 16. 
 
 "AvTavBpos, ov, 71, AnfMndros, an old 
 town of Troas, south of Mt. Ida and on 
 the north shore of the Adraniyttian 
 Gulf, where Virgil makes /Kneas build 
 his Heet (Mh. 3. 6). It was later col- 
 onized by iGolians, and was sometimes 
 under Greek, and sometimes under 
 Persian power, vii. 8. 7. || Avjilar. 
 
 dyT-eii-irlirXijiii.,* irXiJirw, iriwXriKa, 
 to fill in reluni, A. o., iv. 5. 28. 
 
 dvT-e7rifJL£X^op.ai, * i^ao/iai, iirifiefU- 
 XTj/ioi, to take heed or care in return, 
 Swws, iii. 1. 16. 
 
 dvT-eu-iroieo), ^ffu, TrejroiriKa, to do 
 iirjl or a sen-ice in return, v. 5. 21 ; 
 also written, through tmesis, dvr eS 
 iroiiw, 699!. 
 
 dvTi* prep., over against, against 
 {behind, iv. 7. 6) ; instead of, in place 
 of, in prefercn'c to, in return for ; G. ; 
 in compos., nr/ninst, instead, in turn 
 or return: i. 1. 4; .3. 4. 21; 7. 3s. 
 
 dvTi-818w|JLi,* SdKT(a, d^SuKa, a. ^Su- 
 (ca (du, &c.), to giee instead or in re- 
 turn, A., iii. 3. 19. 
 
 dvTi-6^cii,* BeiaofiaL, to run against, 
 iirl, iv. 8. 17 ? 
 
 dvTi-Ka9-tcrTT|p.t,* (Tt^itw, ^oTij/ca, a. 
 p. l(rTd8r}v,toapj)oint instead. A., iii. 1 . 38. 
 
 avrtrXiya,* X^|u, to speak or say 
 against or iti opposition, gainsay, op- 
 pose, object, D. I. (A.), (is, ii.3.25 ; 0. 29. 
 
 'AvTi-X^mv.oKT-o!, ^reWZcom, a C'yrean 
 from Thurii, a flourisliing Athenian 
 colony in Italy, on the Tarentinc Gulf. 
 Among its colonists were the historian 
 Herodotus and theoratorI,ysia.s. v.i.2. 
 
dvrtos 
 
 13 
 
 diTttYyAXa 
 
 avrlos, a, on, {avrl) spt against ; 
 opposite, fronliny, over against ; ix 
 rati amlov [sc. iUpov{\ from the oppo- 
 site part, in front ; w. Uvai., &c., ais 
 adv., agai-nsl : opposed, contrary, dif- 
 ferent (other than, ij) : I).: i. 8. 17, 
 23 s? 10. 10 : iv. 3. 26: vi. 6. 34. 
 
 dvTi-irapa-diii), * 0€icoixai, to rim 
 [along against] siclewise to w£et or op- 
 pose, iirl, iv. 8. 17 ? 
 
 dvTi-irapara'K£vd^O|iai,fi(ro/iai,^irK6ij- 
 aiTimi, to prepare in tiLrn, make prep- 
 aration against, i. 2.5. 
 
 dyrL-irapa-TdTTO|jiai, rd^o^i, rira- 
 7M01, to [array one's self] draw up or 
 form against, A. or xari, iv. 8. 9. 
 
 dvTi-irttp-€i(i.i,* ipf. ijeiv, to march 
 [along over against] aij'emsi, iv. 3. 17. 
 
 dvTt-irdo-j^w,* TTftffo/xai, Tr^iropda, 
 to suffer in turn or return, ii. 5. 17. 
 
 avTi-ir^pas or avri-ircpdv, over 
 against, on the other side o/, G., i. 1. 9 : 
 iv. 8. 3 : see KaT-avrtir^pas. 
 
 dvTi-iroUu, ^cru, ireToliiKa, to do or 
 act in return, retaliate. A., iii. 3. 7, 12 : 
 M. to [make for or claim in opposition 
 to another] contest, dispute, contend, 
 or strive with one about ox for ; to me 
 ill, seek distinction for ; d. &. , jrepi : 
 ii. 1. 11 ; 3. 23: iv.'7. 12: v. 2. 11. 
 
 dvTi-iropeilo|iai, ei<rofuu, &c., to 
 march against, iv. 8. 17 ? 
 
 dvTt-iropos, ov, ch. poet., opposite 
 to, over against, n., iv. 2. 18. 
 
 dvTi-(rTacrt.d^(i>, daoj, to form a party 
 against, to contest or contend with, d. , 
 iv. 1. 27. 
 
 dvTi-(nwriorn\s, ou, {ffraaidyrTji 'par- 
 tisan) one of an opposite i)arty, op- 
 ponent, adversary, antagonist, i. 1. 10. 
 
 dvTi-OTOix^ci), ijcru, (o-ToIxos row) to 
 stand in opposite rows, jfront each 
 other, D., V. 4. 12. 
 
 dyn-irrparoircSEvoiiLai, ei)7o^ai, ^- 
 (rrpaTow4Sevii(u, to encamp or take the 
 field against, vii. 7. 33. 
 
 dvTi-TdTToi,* T(l|u, T^raxa, to array 
 a^aiiist, draw up or marshal against, 
 oppose to, A. D. : M. to array one's self 
 against, D. : pf. p. as pret. to [have 
 been marshalled] stand in array or he 
 dravm up agaiiist : i. 10. 3 : ii. 5. 19 : 
 iii. 2. 14 : iv. 8. 5. 
 
 dvTi-Ti^doi, Tjtrw, T€TLfji.T]Ka, to honor 
 in return, A. dvrl, v. 5. 14. 
 
 dvTi-To|€<<i), ei(Tia, to shoot in return, 
 sht.ct back, iii. 3. 15 : v. 2. 32. 
 
 dvTi-<|niXdTT«,* ifw, 7re0i5\oxa, to 
 guard in turn; M. to be mi one's guard 
 ill turn, ii. 5. 3. 
 
 dvTpov, OV, antrum, cave, cavern, 
 
 grot, ANTUE, i. 2. 8. [3. 11. 
 
 4.dvTpu8i^s, es, (elSos) cavernous, iv. 
 
 t dvvoTos, hv, practicable, possible, i. 
 
 8. 11. 
 
 dv^u & Att. dvvTO),* iJtrw, i^vvKa, to 
 accomplish, effect; M., for one's own 
 advantage. A., vii. 7. 24. 
 
 dvc>>, c. dvbyripw, s. -t6,tio, adv., (dvd) 
 up, uirwards, high up, above, in the 
 ascent ; into tlie air ; up the country, 
 from the sea-coast into the interior, in 
 the interior : 6 ftvw the upward, upper, 
 inland : rh &va [sc. pi^pos] the part or 
 division above : ol dvw tJwse above : rd 
 dvoi the [places above] high i/roaiul, 
 heights: c: i. 2. 1 ; 4. 17 : iii. 1.8; 
 4. i7 : iv. 3. 3, 23, 25j 6. 26 ; 8. 28. 
 J.dvti-'Yaiov, ov, or dvc^yewv, w, (7ara 
 = 7^) (Ml upper floor, v. 4. 29 ? 
 I&vcuSev, from above, from tlie ill- 
 terior, iv. 7. 12 : v. 2. 23 : vii. 7. 2. 
 
 d|(a, as, (fem. of afios) value, desert, 
 due, vi. 6. 33. [i. 5. 12. 
 
 d|tvt|, i;s, {ayvH/jii to break ?) an aj:e, 
 d^ios, a, ov, e., »., (dya to bring or 
 weigh) [bringing or weighing so much] 
 worth, worthy, deserviiig, worth one's 
 while, befitting, beconmuf, adequate, 
 a. D., I. ; xoXXoC a. worth much, valu- 
 able, of great value : i. 3. 12; 4. 7 ; 7. 
 3 ; 9. 1, 29 : ii. 1. 14; 3. 25: vii. 3. 27. 
 ^ d|to-irTpdTi]'Yos, ov, c, worthy to be 
 a general or to command, iii. 1. 24. 
 |d|id<i), (iffu, ri^loiKa, to deem worthy, 
 A. a., I.; to deem fit, proper, or reason- 
 ' able, to approve, A.; hence to claim, 
 demand, ask, requgst, or desire, as fit, 
 proj)er, or reasonable, A., i. (a.); i. 1. 
 i 8 ; 7. 8 ; 9. 15 ? iii. 2. 7 : v. 5. 12. 
 ! |d|C(i>|i.a, aros, rb, dignity, vi. 1. 28. 
 Der. AXIOM. 
 
 dgcii, f. of dyia, ii. 3. 6. 
 6fy>v, oKos, 6, (o7u) axis. Germ. 
 Achse, an axle, i. 8. 10. 
 I d-oirXos, ov, (STrXoi") without armor, 
 unarmed, ii. 3. 3. 
 
 :, dir', dij)', by apostr. for otto, i. 7.1 8. 
 
 dir-ayy^XXco, eKCo, i^yyeXKo,, to hr/iig 
 
 or carry word, a messngr, or tidings 
 
 from a person or pliu-f ; connn. to 
 
 \ bring or carry hack imrd, a, message, 
 
 or tidings, to re-port, anvounre : A. D., 
 
 I CP., iropd, 7r£/)i, ic.; i.4.12s; 10.14s. 
 
airaYopnu 
 
 14 
 
 itrffiiv 
 
 f. ipu, jif. elpriKa, 2 a. elirov) to [speak 
 off from a thing, bid farewell to itj 
 renounce, reaign, girc up; to give out, 
 become exlmitstcd or fatigiicd, tire, inr6 : 
 also, to [bid one away from a thing] 
 forbid : air-elpiiKa, as jiret., I [have 
 become fatigued] am fatigued, tired, 
 or weary. P.: i. 5. 3 : ii. 2. 16 : v. 1. 
 2 ; 8. 3. See dTrEiTroK. 
 
 a.ir-a.ya,* d^ui, -^X") 2 a. ij-yayov, to 
 lead, conduct, bring, or carry away ; 
 eonnn. to lead, &e., back: M. to carry 
 o/f one's own : A. Sid, th, &c. : i. 3. 14 ; 
 10. t) : ii. 3. 29 : v. 2. 8 s ; vi. 6. 1. 
 lair-OYwy^j, ijs, u, leading away, re- 
 moval, vii. 6. S. 
 
 d-ira6^s, h, {tolBos) free from svffer- 
 ing, G., vii. 7. 33. 
 
 d-iraCSevras, ov, ' [irai.Sda) unedu- 
 cated, ignorant, stupid, ii. 6. 26. 
 
 dir-aCpo),* o'pfi, fipKa, a. fipa, to lift 
 from its resting-place, as a vessel, &c. ; 
 hence to set sail, depart, vii. 6. 33 ? 
 
 dir-aiTcu, ^trw, to ask from, de- 
 mand, esp. one's due, as the payment 
 of a debt ; to ask back; 2 a.; i. 2. 11 : 
 ii. 5. 38: iv. 2. 18 : vii. 6. 2, 17. 
 
 dir-oXXdrTO),* (i|w, ijWax"; 2 a. p. 
 i)XXd77)j' (aXXdrru to change, fr. oXXos) 
 to [change from or off'] put awny, get 
 rid of, escape, A. : M. and F. to be rid 
 or quit of, to be freed from, G. ; to de 
 pari, from, lenve, withdraw, dir6, in 
 i. 10. 8 : iii. 2. 28 : iv. 3. 2 : v. 6. 32. 
 
 diraXds, ii, bv, «., (HirTw) soft to the 
 toncli, tender, i. 5. 2 : v. 4. 32. 
 
 dir-a)i.cl|3o|Jiai, \j/o/Mi, a. p. ■/ifiet^Srjv 
 eh. jioet., esji. Ep., (ajxel^u to inter- 
 change) to [give back in exchange] re- 
 ply, ii. 5. 1.'5. 
 
 d-TT-avTaoj, ■^cw, ijjrnjKa, (avrdoj to 
 meet, fr. avrl) to go or come from the 
 other side in order to meet or to op- 
 pose, to meet as a friend or foe, en- 
 counter, goagainst, D., ii.3.17: iv.6.5. 
 
 uTal o)u:c {after irel, id.v, lis, as in 
 Lat. ut Kernel), i. 9. 10,: ii. 2. 12. 
 
 d-iropa-o-KsiooTOS or d-irapa-o-KCV- 
 os, ov, c, s., {ffi:€vA,^(j, tTKSvos) un- 
 prepared, i. 1. 6 ; 5. 9 : ii. 3. 21. 
 
 ii-irds, dffa, av, -{Tras strengthened 
 by a- cop. ) all togetMr, all', tlie mliole 
 or entire : Tediov airav, all a plain, 
 a Irml region throughout : i. 4. 4, 1.5; 
 5. ] ; 6. 10; iv. 4. i. 
 
 dir-au8r||i,cpl£(i>, lirot lu, {aidTiiupiv) 
 
 to come back or returji on tlie same day, 
 hrl, V. 2. 1. 
 
 iir-eyvuKivat, see dTo-yiyvdxTKU. 
 
 dir-e8d|j.T)v, -iSuKa, .sec aTro-SlSufU. 
 
 dir-^8pdv, 2 a. of dwo-diSpiaKOj, 
 
 dir-^6avov, 2a. of a7ro-9i';i(r/ca),i.8.27' 
 
 aTTCiS^u, i)<ru, {d-ireiB'fis disobedient, 
 fr. 7rei9o/uai) to be disobedient, disobey, 
 ii. 6. 4 : iii. 2. 31. 
 t dTreiX^w, ■fitra, to' threaten, D. A., ci' 
 V. 5. 22 ; 6. 34. 
 
 dirciX'i^, ijs, a threat, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 dir-a|ii,* la-o/iat, (did) absum, tn ( 
 away or absent, to absent one's self, E. 
 ii. 5. 37 : vi. 6. 20. 
 
 &ir-ei(ju. * (often as f. of dir-ifrxoimi), 
 ipf. -§(01 or ija, (uiu) to go from or 
 away, depart, withdraw, retire, re- 
 treat, desert ; to go back, return ; ae. 
 dTrA, Ik, iirl, eis, '&c., i. 3. 11 ; 9. 29 : 
 ii. 2. 4, 10 s ; 3. 7, 29. 
 
 dir-eiirov, 2 a. associated with aira- 
 yoptiu q. v., to remmnce, resign, A.; 
 to forbid, D. i.; vii. 1. 41; 2. 12. 
 
 dir-c(pi]Ka, pf. associated with oira- 
 yopeiu (j. 'V., ii. 2. 16. 
 
 d-ireipos, ov, c, (ireipa) in-experi- 
 enced, unskilled, un-acquainted with, 
 G., ii. 2. 5: iii. 2. 16: v. 1. 8; 6. 29. 
 
 Air-eixov, see dir;^x"i "'• 1 • 2. 
 
 dir-^KTOva, see diro-Krelvw, ii. 1. 8. 
 
 dir-eXoviv<a,* iX&ou i\u, ^X^Xoko, a. 
 ijXaira, to drive off or away, dislodge, 
 A. eiTri : to [drive a horse or army] ride 
 or march off, away, or back, to retreat, 
 CIS, &c.: i.' 4. 5; 8. 17: iii. 4. 40. 
 
 dir-cXOtup, see dir-ipxapai, i. 4. 7. 
 
 dir-epVjKa),* i)|ai Ep., a. fipv^a, ch. 
 poet., to keep off. A., v. 8. 25. 
 
 d7r-^pXa|iai,* iXfioo/iai., AijXi;9a, 2 
 a. ^XSoi-, to come or go from or away, 
 depart, withdraw, retire, retreat, de- 
 sert ; to go back, return ; irapi, iirl, 
 els, Tp6s, &c.; i. 1. 4 ; 3. 17; 9. 29. 
 
 dir-q^fldvoiiai,* -ex9^iro/iai, -'/ix^V 
 fMi, 2 a. -rixB&firiv, (lx^o<d to incur 
 one's hate in return, disjilcase, offend, 
 T>., ii. 6. 19 : v. 8. 25 : vii. 6. 34. 
 
 an-i\<i>,* S^ui, (crx'tita, 2 a. Icxov, to 
 [have one's self away from] be off from 
 or distant, o. A. of extent, dirb : M. to 
 hold or cxc/iulc one's self from, rcfriiin 
 or abstain from, rrfrninfrom injuring, 
 spare, itrdine, t;. : i. 3. 20 : ii. 4. 10; 
 6. 10: iii. 1. 22: iv. 3. 5: vi. 1. 31. 
 
 Air-^jyo-yov, 2 a, of dw-iyia, i. 10. 6. 
 
 dir-jeiv, see fi7r-ei,m (ei.ii), i. 9. 29. 
 
din'Xcura 
 
 15 
 
 airoSvu 
 
 &ir-'4Xa<ra,-^Xavi'0v,see drr-c\ai»a. 
 
 &ir-tj,Mov, 2 a.of aTr-^pxojuai, i. 9. 29. 
 
 &ir-i)\XdYT]v,see aTr-aXXdrTu,!. 10.8. 
 
 air-f)pa, a. of dir-aipw, vii. fi. 33 ? 
 
 air-Uvai, -iSi, -i|uy, -lai|u, &c., see 
 a-T-ei/u (ef/i:), i. 3. 11. 
 
 tdirurr&a, ijcru, -^irlffTtjKa, to distrust, 
 mistrust, suspect ; to disobey ; D. ; ii. 
 5. 6, 15 s; 6. 19: vi. 6. 13. 
 tdTriirrUi, os, want of faith; distrust, 
 in Litrust ; failhlessness, perfidy, treach- 
 ery, irpjs ; ii. 5. 4, 21 : iii. 2. 4, 8. 
 
 ft-TTioTOS, OK, void of faith ; void of 
 credit, distrtigted, D., ii. 4. 7 : vii. 7. 23 s. 
 
 dir-iWov EffTfy {aTT-eiixi) it is neces- 
 sary to depart, 682 ; v. 3. 1. 
 
 air-la, -l&v, &c., see air-ei/u (cliu). 
 
 &-irX«TOS or &-v\u.to5, ov, (ireXdw to 
 approach) [un -approachable] immense, 
 vast, prodigious, iv. 4. 11. 
 
 d-wXiSos,* iri, iov, coiitr. ous, ^, oOk, 
 simplex, simple, sincere ; tA dirXoOi/ 
 simplicity, sincerity, 507 a ; ii. 6. 22 : 
 V. 8. 18. 
 
 diri,* by apostr. ott' or d<f, prep., 
 ab, from ; w. Gen. of i'l.\cb, from, 
 ataayfrom, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 5 (so of peraons 
 or things from which a sepaiation 
 takes place, i.8.3,28); of ti m E, /ro.a 
 (either before or after), i. 7. 1 8 : ii. d. 3 ; 
 d0' oS [from the time when, 557 a] 
 since, iii. 2. 14 : of source (origin, 
 cause, means, &c. ), from, by means of, 
 by, with, through, upon, i. 1.9; 5. 10 : 
 ii. 5. 7. In compos., from, away, off, 
 back (hence where something is due) ; 
 sometimes strengthening, ami some- 
 times reversing the idea of the simple. 
 
 diro-Palvoi,* pi^ao/iai, pi^TjKa, 2 a. 
 l^rji', to [step off from a vessel] dis- 
 embark, els, iirL : to [come off] be ful- 
 filled or prove true : v. 7. 9 : vii. 8. 22. 
 
 diro-pdXXu,* pa\w, /3^/3X7;Ka, 2 a. 
 l^Xov, to throw away, lose. A., Iv. 6. 
 10 : vi. 1. 21 : vii. 6. 31. 
 
 diro-Pipd;;(i>, pipiaia Pi^w, (^i/3d^<i 
 to make go, causative of paivu) to dis- 
 embark or land another. A., i. 4. 5. 
 
 diro-pX^<i>, i^oiioi, p^^\e(t)a 1., to 
 look off to, as one does to a quarter 
 from which help is expected ; hence 
 to look expectantly or intently upon, 
 gaze at, walclt^ eis, i. 8. 14 : vii. 2. 33. 
 
 d'iro-'Yi'yvwo'Kcii,* yviija-ofiai, (yvtaKOL, 
 2 a. fyvuv, to decide away from some- 
 thing, i. e. to abandon or reliiujuish 
 the idea of it, to renounce or give up 
 
 the thought or intention of, e., i. 7. 
 19. 
 
 a.iro-8c8paKa,seed7ro-5t5/3do'KU},i. 4.8. 
 
 diro-8cUvv|u,* Sei^ui, dtSeixa, ". p. 
 iSdx9if> to point off or out, skoa-, di- 
 rect, declare, publish, A. D., 1., ci'. ; 
 to de-signate, appoint, 2 a.; i. 1. 2; 
 ii. 3. 14 : iii. 2. 36 : v. 8. 7 : M. to ex- 
 press or slww one's opinion or feeling, 
 A. I. (a.), cr., V. 2. 9 ; 6. 3 ; 6. 37. 
 
 diro-S^pu,* SepS), 2 a. p. iSipTjv {,d4po) 
 to skin) to take off the skin, to skin, 
 flay, A., iii. 5. 9. 
 
 diro-S^XOiiai, Si^ofiai, SdSey/iai, to 
 receive from one, accept, vi. 1. 24. 
 
 diro-Sri^u, ^trw, {diro-S-qfios awmj 
 from, one's people) to leave A«mc, vii. 8. 4. 
 
 diTO-!Si8pd(rKa),^ 8pdao;j.aL, Sddpd.a, 
 2 a. fSpdv, to run off or away, flee, de- 
 sert, withdraw, escipc, es[). by ste.ilth, 
 secretly, or unobsc;rved (cf. ^tiiyw, 
 dTTo^Kirycj) ; to escajie by cmce^il ineiit, 
 slip away, hidt one's scf ; A., eis, 4k, 
 &c. ; i. 4. 8 : ii. 2. 13 ; 5. 7 : vi. 4. 8. 
 
 diro-8fSaj|u,* 8ui(tw, d^5uj.;a, a. ^Suj .a 
 (5(3, &c.), to give back, restore or re- 
 turn, give or deliver up ; hence esp. 
 to give or ^ty ^^l"^* litis been borrowed 
 or is due, A. D., i. 2. 11 s ; 4. lb: iv. 
 2. 19, 23 : M. to [give uj) for o:ie's 
 own i)roHt] sell. A., vii. 2. 3, fi ; 8. li. 
 
 diro-8oK4a>,* Sj^u, to see;ii a.vay 
 from one's interest ; only as impers., 
 dirodoKei, it does not seem good or expe- 
 dient, it is decided not to, D. i., ii. 3. 9. 
 
 diro-Sovvai, see dwo-SiSoiu, i. 7. 5. 
 
 diro-8paCT]V, -Spdvai, -Spds, see diro- 
 SidpdffKu, ii. 2. 13 ; 5. 7, 
 
 diro-Spaiioviuu, f. of aTro-rp^u. 
 
 airo-Sia,* Siirui, SiSvKa, 2 a. as m. 
 ISvv, to take off from or strip another, 
 despoil, A. ; M. to strip one's self, take 
 off one's own clothes ; iv.3.17: v. 8. 23. 
 
 diro-8c^o>, f. of diro-didupu, i. 4. 15. 
 
 diro-6aveiv, -Oavuv, see diro-BirqcKu}. 
 
 duo-Sa^pIti), ■Ijaiii, to be confident, v. 
 2. 22? 
 
 diro8€v or diruSev, (dirj) from a dis- 
 tance, i. 8. 14 ? 
 
 diro-6v^<rK«,* dat/aufiai., r^dmjKa, 
 2 a. fSamv, to die off, die, fall in bat- 
 tle ; as p. of diroKTeivoj, to be kUler^, 
 slain, or put to death, inri : i. 6. 11 ; 
 8. 27: ii. 6. 29 s: iii. 2. 39. 
 
 d,iro-9ia (v),* Sueoj, rdBvKa, to sacri- 
 fice in payment of a vow, pay a sacri- 
 fice, A. D., ill. 2. 12 : iv. 8. 25. 
 
diroiKCa 
 
 16 
 
 oiroir/J7Vu(J.i 
 
 tdiroiKta, as, a colony, iv. 8. 22. 
 
 air-oiKos, ov, transplanted from 
 home, colonized : subst. ■^ dVoiras [sc. 
 ■KoXis] coloity : ol o/koikoi colonists ; v. 
 3. 2; 5. 10: vi. 1. 15; 2. 1. 
 
 diro-Kal(D & Att. diro-KocD^* Kaiffu, 
 KinavKa, to bum off; also of intense 
 cold (ne frigus adiirat, Virg. G. 1. 92), 
 to blast, freeze off, A., iv. 5. 3: vii. 4. 3. 
 
 diro-KoX^u,* KoK^ffw Koikw, K^KXijua, 
 to call aside or apart, A., vii. 3. 35. 
 
 d^o-Kd|ivci>,* KafjLovfiaL, K^KfiTjKa, 2 a. 
 cKafiov, to fall off from work through 
 fatigue, become fatigued, grow tired or 
 weary, iv. 7. 2. 
 
 dTo-K»|ia.i, * Kelcrofiai, to be laid 
 away or laid up, to be reserved, stored, 
 or kept in store, D., ii. 3.15: vii. 7. 46 ? 
 
 diro-KX«C<o,* KXcitroj, K^KXeiKa, to shut 
 off' or out, intercejjt, exclude, A. G. ; to 
 shut, A. ; iv. 3. 20 s ; vi. 6. 13: vii. 6. 24. 
 
 diro-KXlvu,* kKCvSi, KisXlna 1., to 
 turn aside, ii. 2. 16. 
 
 diro-Kdirra),* Kb^oj, K^KOtpa, 2 a. p. 
 iKbTTTiv, to cut off, strike off, bsat off, 
 A., iii. 4. 39 : iv. 2. 10, 17 : vii. 4. 15. 
 
 diro-Kptvo|iaL,* KptmSfuii, K^KpT/uLi, 
 a. iKpivaiiTjv (later air-eKpidriv), to [de- 
 cide back] reply, answer, D. ae., cp., 
 jrpis, i. 3. 20; 4.14; 6.7s: ii.l. 15,22s. 
 
 diro-Kpvirru, * KpOij/w, K^Kpv^a, to hide 
 away, conceal, cover, A. : M. to conceal 
 one's own, hoard: i. 9. 19? iv. 4. 11. 
 
 diro-KTetvo),* ktcvu, 2 pf. eKTova, a. 
 eKTewa, (P. supplied by airoBviiaKa) to 
 kill off, kill, slay, 2>ut to death, A., i. 
 1. 3, 7 ; 2. 20 : ii. 1. 8. 
 
 dTro-KT£vvi|J.t,* = diroKreivta, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 diro>KaiXv<i} (ij), tftru, KeKujXvKa, to 
 hinder or prevent from, A. G., i., iii. 
 8. 3 ? vi. 4. 24. 
 
 diroAafipdvci},* X-fj^opxu, et\ri^a,^B.. 
 IXa^oK, a. p. iXifipBTiv, to take or receive 
 back, re-take, recover ; to receive what 
 is due ; to take or cut o^, intercept, 
 - arrest ; a.; i. 2. 27 ; 4. 8 : ii. 4. 17 : 
 vii. 7. 21, 33, 55 ? 
 
 diro-Xetirw,* Xet^w, 2 pf. \i\oi-tra, 
 2 a. cXiTTov, to leave behind, forsake, 
 desert, quit, fail ; to leave [out] a space; 
 A. : P. and M. to be left behind, fall 
 behind, fail to observe, G. : i.4.8 : ii.6. 
 12: iv.3.22: v. 4. 20: vi.3. 26 ; 5.11. 
 
 dirii-XcKTOSi ov, (X^7w) picked out, 
 select, choice, ii. 3. 15. 
 
 diro-X'q^*^^) -^■^4'°K'^^i ^^^ diro-\ap.- 
 (idvu, i. 4. 8 : ii. 4. 17. 
 
 dir-oXXv|ii,* 6\4<ro! 6X0, (SXiiXeico, 
 (SWO/u to destroy) to destroy [off or ut- 
 •erly], slay, A. ; to lose, be deprived of, 
 A. liwb : M. (f. 6\oO/J.ai, 2 a. dXi/irii') to 
 perish, die, tiiri : 2 pf. as ?h. dv-6\u>\a 
 perii, / have perished,' I am lost or un- 
 done : i. 2. 25 ; 5. 5 : ii. 5. 17, 39, 41 : 
 iii. 1. 2 ; 4. 11 : vi. 6. 23. 
 
 'AiriSXXwv,* wKos, WW, wa and lo, 
 'AjtoXXok, Ajiolld, .sou of Jupiter and 
 LatSna, and twin-brother of Diana, 
 one of thechief divinities of the Greeks, 
 and regarded as the patron of divina- 
 tion, music, poetry, archery, iu. His 
 oracles were numerous, and that at 
 Delplii in Phoeis was tlie most famous 
 of all the Greek oracles. ' ' Apollo had 
 more influence upon the Greeks than 
 any other god. It may safely be as- 
 serted that the Greeks would never 
 have become what they were, without 
 the worship of Apollo: in him the 
 brightest side of the Grecian mind is 
 reflected."' Dr. Schmitz. i. 2. 8. 
 I'AiroXXuvCa, OS, Apollonia, a small 
 town of Mysia near Lydia, vii. 8. 15. 
 4.'AiroXXuv£8t]S, ou, Apollonides, a 
 mean-spirited lochage, a Lydian by 
 birth, but .serving as a Greek in the 
 division of Proxenus, iii. 1. 26. 
 
 diro-X<rY^o|i,ai, ■fjnopuii, -XeXby'riiiai, 
 iXSyos) to plead ofl" from a charge, 
 speak or say in defence, APOLOGIZE, 
 irepi, Sri, V. 6. 3. 
 
 diro-Xtio),* Xrfffu, XiXvKa, to loose 
 from, acmiit, a. g., vi. 6. 15. 
 
 dir-oXoXcKa, see dir-iXXv/u, ii. 5. 39. 
 
 diro-p.dxo|xai,* %^(7o/iot x^^t^'^t /^~ 
 /jAxwai, to fight off, resist, refuse, vi. 
 2. 6. 
 
 dir6-|ULXos, ov, {f-ix't) T"i"- hors de 
 combat, kept from fighting, diiabled, 
 non-combatant, out of the ranks, iii. 4. 
 32 : iv. 1. 13. ■ 
 
 diro-voirT€c», ijirw, (I'io'Tos a return) 
 to return [back] home, iii. 5. 16. 
 
 diro-T^jiTTo),* ir^fiypu, iriirofi^a, to ■ 
 send off, away, or bdck ; to send what 
 is due, rc-mU ; A. D., ch, iiri, &c. : 
 Af. to send away or back from one's 
 self, diimiss, A. : i. 1. 3, 5, 8 ; 2. 1. 20. 
 
 diro-irfrojiat,* ireT'jtrofjuii, comm. 
 VT-ticrofiai, 2 a. a. (ttttiv or lirrdv, to 
 flu "ff''"' awmj, i. 5. 3 ? 
 
 &.iro-irf\yvv)i.i,* Jrijfo), iriTr-qx"- I-. to 
 form curds from a liijuid : M. to cur- 
 dle, become congealed, freeze, v. 8. 15. 
 
&7nnnfi6M 
 
 17 
 
 imo^iya 
 
 diro-in]Sdiii, ■^ao/uu, TreTnJSi/ico, (iri;- 
 Sda to leap) to leap or spring off, 
 ataay, or bank, iii. 4. 27 ? 
 
 diro-irWoi,* irXei)iro;iai or Tr\svaou- 
 fiai, TriirXevKa, a. ftrXei/j-a, to sail off, 
 away, or back, to sail far home, ix, 
 &e._, i. 3. 14 ; 4. 7 : vi. 6. 9 : vii. 1. 38. 
 4.d'Tr^-irXoas, contr. ovs, ov, &, a voyage 
 back or homs, v. 6. 20. 
 
 diro-iropciio|iai, ei(roiux,i, ireTripev/iai,, 
 to go away, depart, vii. 6. 33. 
 
 tdiroplu, ■^(Tui, ■/jwipriKa, to be wUhotit 
 resource or means ; to be at a loss what 
 to do, to be perplexed, ptizzled, or in 
 doubt, D. (M. In like sense, cp., i.); to 
 be destitute or in want, to want, lack, 
 a. ;_ i. 3. 8 ; 7. 3 ; vi. 1. 22 ? vu. 3. 29. 
 tdiropCo, as, lack of resource or 
 means ; perplexity, embarrassment, 
 distress ; difficulty, i. ; want, lack, 
 a.; i. 3. 13 : ii. 5. 9 : iii. 1. 2, 11 s. 
 
 d-iropos, ov, without way, resource, 
 or means ; impracticable, impossible, 
 difficult ; of places, impassable ; of 
 persons, wUhoitt resource, devoid of 
 means, l.; subst. iiropov something 
 impassable, an insuperable obstacle, 
 pi. obstacles, difficulties, straits : ii. 4. 
 4 ; 5. 21 : iii. 2. 22 ; 3. 4 : v. 6. 20. 
 
 a,v6-p-^-r\Tos, ov, (jie- to speak) [away 
 from speaking] not to be spoken, for- 
 bidden to be told, secret, i. 6. 5 : vii. 6. 
 43. See ttoi^oj. 
 
 diro-^-p(i|, u7o:, 6 4, ch. poet., 
 (Avo-fi-^'^mp.i to break off) broken off, 
 ab-rupt, steep, vi. 4. 3. 
 
 diro-trijiro),* ^u, 2 pf. as m. aiarfira, 
 (ff^TTw to rot) to rot off (trans.): M. to 
 rot off (intrans. ), be mortified ; toAs 
 daKrdXovs 6.iroty€(T7prlyres [mortified as 
 to] having lost their toes, uri, iv. 5. 12. 
 
 diro-<rKdirTa>,* di/'or, effKa^a, (tr/cd- 
 jTTu to dig) to trench off, dig a trench 
 to intercept, AK., ii. 4. 4. 
 
 diro-(rKeSdwv|M,* (TKeSiaa axeSQ, 
 to scatter abroad (trans.): P. and Jf. 
 to be scattered or dispersed, scatter or 
 disperse (intrans.), stray or straggle: 
 ol AiroaKeBavvi/j^voi the stragglers : iv. 
 4. 9, 15 : vii. 6. 29. 
 
 diro-(rKT|v^a>, ijaw, or -cm-ri iiii, iSxra, 
 to encamp at a distance from, iii. 4. 35. 
 
 diro-cnrdw,* d<r(a, etrircixa, a. p. 
 iavajrOiiv, to draw off, separate, A. 
 iiri : also intrans. to separale one's 
 self from, outstrip (or M.), 577c: P. 
 to be separated or removed frmn, c, 
 
 LEX. AN. 
 
 i.vo : i. 5. 3 ? 8. 13 : ii. 2. 12 : vii. 2. 
 11 1 3. 41. 
 
 diro-irralTiy, -crrds, see d4>-l<rTiiiiu. 
 
 diro-o-ravpdu, daw, to stake or pali- 
 sade off. A., vi. 5. 1. 
 
 diro-irrdiXcii,* arfXH, earaXKa, to 
 send away or back. A., ii. 1. 5. 
 
 diro-trT€p^cii,* T^o'bi, iaripiiKa, to de- 
 prive, rob, de-fravd, 2 A., vi. 6. 23. 
 
 diro-<rTi)vai, see d^-UrT7ip,L, i. 1. 7. 
 
 diro-o-TpaToirE8eio|iai., eijopai, i- 
 arparoTriSeviuu, to encamp at a dis- 
 tance, G., iii. 4. 34 : vii. 7. 1. 
 
 diro-o-TpiiJMt,* ^w, tarpotpa 1., to 
 turn back, recall, A. ii, ii. 6. 3. 
 
 4.dTo-irTpo(|i^, ^s, a [turning aside or 
 back] retreai, refuse, resort (place as 
 well as act), ii. 4. 22 : vii. 6. 34. 
 
 diro-o-vXdoi, 'fyrw, {ttvK&ia to strip) to 
 strip off, despoil, rob, 2 a., i. 4. 8. 
 
 i.iro-<ryfflv, -o"ma, seeaV-^xw,ii.2.12. 
 
 diro-eriijw, * o-ii(rw, aiainKO,, to lead 
 or bring back in safety, to restore safe, 
 A. eis, ii. 3. 18 
 
 diro-Ta<|>pciiiii, ei5i7u, (T&tppoi) to 
 trench off, complete a trench, vi. 5. 1. 
 
 dTO-Tetvw,* Te;'W, T^raKa, pf. p. r4- 
 rafiai, to stretch off,ex-tend, els, i. 8. 10. 
 
 d.Tro-TSi\lXfi}, iffca tw, TereixcKa, to 
 wall off, build a wall to intercept, ii. 
 4. 4. 
 
 diro-Tl(ivti),* Te^tfl, T^r/tij/ca, 2 a. ere- 
 p,ov, a. p. irjiiiBriv, to eiU off, intercept, 
 A. : d,7roTp.7]0ivTes Td.s Ke^a\ds beheaded, 
 481 : i. 10. 1 : ii. 6. 1 : iii. 1. 17 ; 4. 29. 
 
 dTro-T£flTi(i,i,* 0^0-M, riScma, a. ISijico 
 (0(3, &c. ), to put away, lay up, store, 
 A., ii. 3. 15. 
 
 dTTO-rtvo),* rtau, rh-iKa, (tivuj to 
 pay) to pay back, or what is due, A. B. : 
 M. to get pay from, take vengeance, 
 requite, punish, A. : iii. 2. t5: vii. 6. 16. 
 
 diro-T|i,i]6e(s, see awo-riiwio, ii. 6. 1. 
 .|.dir(STO|M)s, ov, cut sharp off, precip- 
 itous, iv. 1. 2 ; 7. 2 ? 
 
 diro-Tp^«,* i/'w, rirpwpa, 2 a. m. 
 irpcarbfi-nv, to turn off or back, trans. : 
 M. to turn off, aside, or baek, intrans., 
 iii._5. 1: vii. 3. 7; 6.11. 
 
 aTT0-rp4\a,* dpafjutufjuii, SeSpdfitjKa, 
 2 a. Idpa/iov, to run off or back, re- 
 treat, return, v. 2. 6 : vii. 6. 5. 
 
 djro-^tiCvfii,* (pavu, ir^tfiayKa., a. 
 eipriva, to show off or forth : M. to 
 show one's self or one's own ; appear; 
 express, A. ; i. 6. 9 : v. 7. 12. 
 
 diro-^jjoryoi,* ipeiiopMi, viipevya, 
 
dir<Sif>pa^is 
 
 2 a. 'ifiviov, to fiee away, escape, esp. 
 through speed (cf. &To-SiSpa.<!KU>), in, 
 ds, i. 4, 8: ii. 5. 7: iii. 4. 9 : iv. 2. 27. 
 
 diro(j>pa^iS| eus, ij, {diro-<ppdTTtij to 
 fence uff, obstruct) oislrTiction,blockade, 
 a., iv.'2. 25s. 
 
 diro-\ti}p^ci>| tJcu or Tiaotiai., kcx^^PV 
 Ko,, to go back, retreat, return, i. 2. 9. 
 
 diro-i|r-r)<f>i^ofjLaL, lao-^L loufjui, i^if/- 
 ^la/Mu, to vote [oft' from] otheriiise or 
 against, i. 4. 15. 
 
 d-irp(S6v|u>s, ov, not inclined, dis- 
 inclined, un-willing, vi. 2. 7. 
 
 d-irpoirSdKYiTOS, ov, [wpoff-SoKiuj) 
 uneospected, sudden; i^ dirpoaSoKi/Tov 
 ex improviso, of a sudden, suddenly, 
 unexpectedly, by surprise, iv. 1. 10. 
 
 Orvpoff>ao-L(rTcas adv., {irpo^atrii^o- 
 fuu) williout making excuses, prompt- 
 ly, without hesitation, ii. 6. 10. 
 
 dirrci),* a^(o, to fasten, kindle : M. 
 to fasten one's self to, touch, engage in, 
 G., i. 5. 10 : V. 6. 28. 
 
 dir-uX6p.T|V, see dir-6WviJ,i, i. 5. 5. 
 
 dir-(iv, see dir-afu {el/il), ii. 5. 37. 
 
 [dp-, to fit, suit, please, unite.] 
 (Apa* postpos. adv., a particle ex- 
 pressing inference or relation, and 
 often tlirowiug force upon the jire- 
 ceding word. Tt is variously trans- 
 lated : accordingly, therefore, then, 
 now, indeed, in truth ; it seems ; per- 
 haps (as w. el or idv) ; i. 7. 18 : ii. 2. 
 3; 4. 6: iv. 6. 15? 
 4.fipa * interrog.adv., (a stronger fomi 
 of &pa) indeed! surely? often not ex- 
 pressed in Eng., except by the mode 
 of utterance. "Ap' oi expects an af- 
 firmative, and S.pa /I'fi a negative an- 
 swer, iii. 1. 18: vi. 5. 18: vii. 6. 5. 
 
 'ApapCa, as, ('Apaf Jrab) Arabia, 
 the great southwe-stern peninsula ol 
 Asia, so extensively desert, and most- 
 ly occupied in ancient as in modern 
 times liy nomadic and predatoiy tribes. 
 Its limits on the north were not fixed, 
 and Xenophon so extends them as to 
 include a desert region beyond the 
 Euphrates, i. 5. 1 : vii. 8. 25. 
 
 'Apdfris, ov, the Araxes, proh. the 
 same with the Xa^uipas, now Khabur 
 (the Chebar, the scene of the prophet 
 Ezekiel's sublime visions, Ezek. 1. 1), 
 the largest affluent of the Euphrates 
 above its junction with the Tigris, 
 i. 4. 19. 
 
 dpaTu, see atpio, v. 6. 33. 
 
 18 
 
 ifffya 
 
 'Appdxas, or'ApPdKijs, ov, Arbacns 
 or -ces, satrap of Media, and conimand- 
 I'l' of a fourth part of the army of 
 Artaxerxes, i. 7. 12 : vii. 8. 25. 
 
 'Ap7£ios, ov, 6, {"Apryos) an Argiue. 
 Argos was the chief city of Argolis, 
 the most eastern province of Pelojicii- 
 nesus ; and according to tradition w us 
 the oldest city in Greece. Its ea'ly 
 importance was such that its naiiic is 
 applied by Homer, not only 1u 11. c 
 surrounding district, of which Jlyi-S- 
 nse was the Homeric cajiital, but cvi i] 
 to the whole Peloponnese ; and some- 
 times the name 'ApyeJot,, to the Ore clis 
 in general. Other cities aflerwiirds 
 so eclipsed and depressed it, that it 
 played no great part either in Greek 
 politics or civilization. In the Per- 
 sian wars, it was inactive ; in domes- 
 tic wars, as the Pdoponnesian, it was 
 generally inclined to side with the 
 enemies of Sjiarta. It worship])ed 
 Hera (Juno) as its especial patroness, 
 iv. 2. 13, 17. 
 
 dp7cs, if, (ceutr. fr. d-epyis, fr. 
 '/.701') without work, at ease, idle, 
 iii. 2. 25. 
 tdp'yi/peos, a, ov, contr. dpyvpoOs, a, 
 oCi/ (772 c), of sih-er, iv. 7. 27. 
 tdp^iipiov, ov, dim., silver in small 
 pieces for money, si'ver-money, money, 
 i. 4. 13: ii. 6. 16: iii. 2.21. 
 tdp'yvpd-TroDs, 4, g. -voSoi, silver- 
 fooled, iv. 4. 21. 
 
 [ftp'yupos, ov, 6, {dpryds shining, white) 
 silver. ] 
 
 'Ap-yco, <Sos, i), the Argo, the vessel, 
 small in size but great in mythic fame, 
 in which Jason with his band of fifty 
 heroes sailed from lolcos in Thessaly 
 to Ma, in Colchis, in (]uest of the gold- 
 en fleece, about a generation befoie the 
 Trojan war, vi. 2. 1. 
 
 dpSrjv adv., (alpu) [all taken up] 
 altogether, wholly, quite, vii. 1. 12? 
 
 dpSu (in Att. only pr. and ijif.) to 
 water, irrigate. A., ii. 3. 13. 
 
 dp^o-KU,* dpiau, (dp-) to please, 
 atisfy, suit, D., ii. 4. 2. 
 4.dpET<i,^s, goodness, excellence, virtue, 
 magnanimiiy ; good service, Tepl ; esp. 
 goodness in war (virtus), inanhood, 
 valor, prmvess, courage ; i. 4. 8 s : ii. 
 1. 12 s: iv. 7. 12. 
 
 dp'^7<a, ij|u, ch. poet., (nkin iodpKiw) 
 tu give aid or succor, esp. in wai-, i. 10.5. 
 
'ApTjJCwv 
 
 19 
 
 'Ap\ii\vr\ 
 
 |'ApT]|C(DV, wros, Arexion, a sooth- 
 sayer in the Cyrean army, from Par- 
 rhasia in Arcadia, vi. i. 13 ; 5. '2, 8. 
 
 'ApiatoSi ot;, Ariceus, chief com- 
 mantier uudKr Cyrus of the barbarian 
 troops, but treaolierous to the U reeks 
 aftin- the battle of Cuiiaxa. He is 
 mentioned as in command at Sardis, 
 li. c. 395. i. 8. 5 ; 9. 31 : ii. 4. 1 s. 
 
 dpi8|ii$s, ov, b, number; numbering, 
 enwncration ; summary, total, whole 
 extent, rqs odoS : i. 2. 9 ; 7. 10 : ii. 2. 6. 
 Der. AiUTiiMETio. From dp-? 
 
 ' Ap£<rT-opxos, ov, Aristarchus, Spar- 
 tan harmost at Byzantium, corrupt 
 and cruel, vii. 2. 5 s, 12 s. — 2. See 
 'Apiarian. 
 
 dpi<rT(i(D, ijira, ■/iplffTHjKa, (ipurrov 
 q. V.) to breakfast, take the first or 
 morning meal, iii. 3. 6 : iv. 3. 10. 
 
 'AptcrWas, ov, Aristeas, of Chios, a 
 brave and useful commander of light- 
 armed troops, iv. 1. 28 {v. I. 'ApLirrap- 
 Xos.) ; 6. 20. 
 
 dpurrcpds, &, 6v, {fr. ipurros by eu- 
 phemism ? cf. fiiimiios) left in distinc- 
 tion fr. right : i) dpurrepi, xe/p tlie left 
 Jmnd, tiK left (the art. and x^^P oftener 
 omitted): i'i. 3. 11 ; 4. 28 : iv. 8. 2. 
 
 'ApCo-T-iiriros, ov, Aristippus, of 
 Larissa in Thessaly, one of the noble 
 family of the Aleuadse. Obtaining 
 money from Cyrus, he enlisted troops 
 to withstand an oi)posing ])arty, and 
 from these sent a force under his fa- 
 vorite Menon to the service of Cyrus, 
 i. 1. 10 ; 2. 1 : ii. 6. 28. 
 
 "opHTTOv, Oil, rb, (cf fipi early) the 
 first of the two usual and regular 
 t'ireek meals, the morning or forenomi 
 inea', breakfast ; not usually taken 
 very early, and sometimes correspond- 
 ing to our early dinner, or the English 
 limeh (Lat. prandium) ; i. 10. 19. 
 J, apio-TO-iroU(ii, ■fiaoi, to prepare break- 
 fast : M. to prepare one's own break- 
 fast, get breakfast, iii. 3. 1, cf. 6. 
 
 dpuTTOS, t), ov, s. to ayaBbi, (ap-) 
 most fitting, best, most usefid or ad- 
 vantageous (often covipled with kAX- 
 Xio-Tos, ii. 1. 9, 17) ; best or first in 
 rank, noblest, most eminent ; best in 
 war, bravest : aptara adv. (s. to eC), 
 in the best toay, best, Trwst successfully 
 or advanfagcunshj : i. 3. 12; 5. 7; 6. 
 1, 4 ; 9. 5 : iii. 1. ti. Der. aristo-crat. 
 J.'ApUrT«v, wKos, Ariston, an Athe- 
 
 nian sent by the Cyreans on an em- 
 bassy to Sinope, v. 6. 14. 
 4.'Api<rT-uvvp,os, ov, Aristonymus, 
 a lochage from Methydrium in Arca- 
 dia, one of the bravest and most ad- 
 venturous of the Cyreans, iv. 1. 27. 
 t'ApKaBiKos, ■/], bv. Arcadian : rb'Ap- 
 KabiKbv [sc. arpdrevpu or TrA^tfos] tJie 
 Arcadian force, iv. 8. 18. 
 
 ' A.pKa,%A.Soi,b,an Arcadian. Arcadia 
 was the mountainous central province 
 of the Peloponnese, inhabited by a 
 brave and energetic but not wealthy 
 people, many of whom, like the mod- 
 ern Swiss, sold their services abroad 
 for more liberal rewards than could 
 be obtained at home. Their pastoral 
 habits led to the especial worship of 
 Pan and culture of music. Arcadia 
 was the Greek province most largely 
 represented in the army of Cyrus ; and 
 its modern inhabitants are said to be 
 the bravest people in the Morea. i. 2. 
 1: vi. 2. 10. 
 
 dpKc'u, iaa, to be sufficient or enough; 
 to suffice, content, satisfy: ap/cwi-asadj., 
 sufficient, enough: !)., irpbs : ii. 6. 20: 
 v. 6. 1 ; 8. 13 : vi. 4. 6. 
 
 dpKTOs, OV, ri, comm. epicene, a bear; 
 llie Northern Bear (Ursa Major), tlie 
 north ; i. 7. 6 ; 9. 6. Der. AiiCTio. 
 
 dpjjia, aros, to, (ap-) a yoked vehicle, 
 a elw.riot, esp. for war, with two wheels, 
 and open behind. Its use in battle 
 (except as scythe-armed among bar- 
 barian nations) belonged rather to the 
 Homeric than to later times, i. 2. 16 ; 
 7. 10 s, 20 ; 8. 3, 10. Cf. fi^afa & 
 J.ap|ji-dp,a^a, t/s, a covered carriage, 
 esp. for women and children, i. 2. 16. 
 t Ap(i.£vCa, ai, Armenia, an elevated 
 region of Western Asia, containing the 
 head-waters of the Euphrates, Tigris, 
 and several other rivers. Here the 
 garden of Eden seems to be most nat- 
 urally located ; here the ark of ifoah 
 is comm. supposed to have rested ; 
 and this region prefers strong claims 
 to be regarded as an especial cradle 
 of Caucasian civilization. The Cy- 
 reans found its winter climate severe ; 
 and its heights occupied by hardy and 
 brave, but rude tribes, iii. 5. 17. 
 
 'App,^vi.os, a, ov, ^irineuiiin : ol 'A. 
 tlw Armenians : iv. 3. 4, 20 ; 5. 33. 
 
 'App.TJVT], t;s, Hifr)nt~iH\ a village 
 and harbor about five miles west of 
 
apjiooT^S 
 
 20 
 
 *PX" 
 
 Sinope and belonging to it : v. I. 'Ap- 
 iu^i-t;: vi. 1. 15, 17. |1 Ak-Liman, i. e. 
 White Haven. 
 
 dpfJLoorHjs, ov, (apfid^fa to regulate) 
 a regulator, director, govemw of a 
 dependent state, fMriiwst ; a title esp. 
 given to the officers who were sent by 
 Sparta during her supremacy to regu- 
 late and control the affairs of subject 
 states, and whose arbitrary and cor- 
 rupt conduct brought so much odium 
 upon the Spartan rule ; v. 5. 19 s. 
 
 dpvcios, a, ov, {ixpvoi lamb's) of a 
 lamb, lamb's, iv. 5. 31. 
 tapiray^, rjs, seizure, robbery, rapiiie, 
 pillage, plunder ; Kad' apwayi^v [with 
 reference to] /or ^/iimifer ; iii. 6. 2. 
 
 apird^u,* diru, oftener daopai, ^p~ 
 iraxa, pf. p. ijprairfuu, rapio, to snatch 
 up, seize, carry ataay, capture ; to 
 plunder, pillage, rob : ol apirdj^ovTes 
 the pillagers: A.: i. 2. 25, 27; 10. 3 s. 
 
 "Apiroo-os, ov, 6, the Harpasus, prob. 
 the same river with the Acampsis (now 
 Ohoruk-Su), flowing into the south- 
 eajitern Euxine, iv. 7. 18. 
 
 ['ApTo-, greai or honored, a common 
 prefix in Persian names.] 
 
 'ApTO-^^po-Tis, ov, Artagerses, com- 
 mander of the body-guard of Arta- 
 xerxes, i. 7. 11 ; 8. 24. 
 
 'ApTO-K<i(ias, a, Artacamas, satrap 
 of Phrygia, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 'ApTO-ojos, ov, Artaozus, a follower 
 of Cyrus, who made his submission to 
 the king, ii. 4. 16 ; 5. 35. 
 
 'ApTa-$^p|r|$, ov, (translated by 
 Herodotus ii^as apifCos great warrior, 
 6. 98, see S^pj?;?) Artaxerxes ii., sur- 
 named Mnemon from his great mem- 
 ory, eldest son of Darius Nothus, and 
 his successor upon the Persian throne, 
 reigning d. c. 405-3.i9. Before his 
 accession, his name was Arsaces. Of 
 natural mildness and easy temper, he 
 was a weak king, yielding undue pow- 
 er to his mother, the unprincipled and 
 crael Parysatis, and leaving the gov- 
 ernment too much to slaves and eu- 
 nuchs. His subjects were rebellious ; 
 his arms had little success ; and his 
 last years were embittered and short- 
 ened by the quawels and crimes of his 
 sons. i. 1. 1, 3 s. 
 
 'ApTtt-irdTi]s or -as, ov or a, Arta- 
 p'ltes or -as, the personal attendant in 
 ■.lijni Cyrus most coutided, i. 6. 11. 
 
 dprdu, ■/jail), ijpniKa 1., to fasten, 
 hang, or suspend one thing to another, 
 A., iii. 5. 10. 
 
 Aprepis, iSoj, idi, iv or iSa, i, Arte- 
 mis or Diana, twin-sister of Apollo, 
 the goddess of virginity and of the 
 chase. She was gi'eatly worshipped 
 by the Greeks, and with especial honor 
 at Kphesus and in Arcadia, i. 6. 7. 
 
 dpTi adv., (dp-) exactly, jvM, just 
 now, iv. 6. 1 : vii. 4. 7. 
 
 'AprCiias, o, Artimas, satrap of 
 Lydia, vii. 8. 25. 
 tapTO-Koiros, ov, 6 t], (kLwtui) a [bread- 
 beater] balcer, iv. 4. 21 : v. I. apro-voibi, 
 ov, (iroiiw) a bread-maker. 
 
 (JLpTos, ov, 6, a loaf of bread, esp. of 
 wheat, bread, i. 9. 26 : ii. 4. 28. 
 
 'ApTiyi\a.i, ov or o, ArtHchas, a com- 
 mander of forces for the king, prob. a 
 ruler of the Mardonii or Mardi, iv. 3. 4. 
 
 'ApioTTOs, ov or o, Arystas, an Ar- 
 cadian, a gieat eater, vii. 3. 23s: ■». I. 
 "Apurros, "Apvaros. 
 t'Apx-<*7^pas, on or a, Archagoras, 
 a lochage, an exile from Argos, i v. 2. 1 3. 
 tiipx<i'^oSi "i o", [in the beginning] 
 old, ancient : Kvpos i a. C. the Elder : 
 T& apxatov, as adv., of old, formerly : 
 i. 1. 6; 9.1: iii. 1. 4: iv. 5.14. 
 topx^^i^s, beginning; rule, command, 
 dominion, sovereignty, G. ; government, 
 realm, empire, prindpalily, satrapy, 
 province : dpx'^, as adv., in the first 
 place, at all (followed by a negative) : 
 i.l.2s: ii.1.11: vi.3.1: vii. 7. 25,28. 
 t4px-'>17^s, oD, A, {iyia) a leader, com- 
 mander, officer, iii. 1. 26 ? 
 tdpXiKiSs, ■fi, i", fitted to command, 
 qualified for commaiid, ii. 6. 8, 20. 
 
 £pX<>>, dp^ui, flpxa r., to be foremost, 
 take the lead; in time, to begin or coin- 
 mence, esp. for others to follow, (;., i.; 
 in rank or office, to lead, cominand, 
 rule, govern, reign, G. ; dpx"" suVst., 
 a leader, coinmander, officer, ruler, 
 governor, prince, chief: P. to be ruled, 
 governed, or commanded, hence to sub- 
 mit to authority, to obey or serve, (mb • 
 ol apxbp^voi those under commxmd, the 
 common soldiers, "the men"; irpbs 
 dWovs dpxoiUvovs diriiiiai to go as sol- 
 diers to other officers (ii. 6. 12 ; v. I. op- 
 Xopras, dp^opAvovs, &c.): M. to begin or 
 commence for one's self, I., G. ; w. dirb, 
 to begin [from] at or vUh {dirb Bfwv 
 with tlie gods, i. >;. by consulting them, 
 
fipufia 
 
 21 
 
 ardp 
 
 •ri.8.18): i. 1.2,8; 3.1,15; 4.10,15: 
 ii. 1. 3; 6. 14 s, 19 : vi. 4. 1. Der. 
 
 AKOH-, -AROH, -AKCHY, in eompOUIlds. 
 
 £))Ujj.a, oTos, t6, an ahomatic, 
 sipke,, 1. 5. 1. 
 
 too-^Pcia, OS, vmpiety, ungodliness, 
 iii. 2. 4. 
 
 o-o-eP^s, ^!, {tri^o/MU to revere) ir- 
 reverent, impious, ungodly, irp&i, ii. 5. 
 20 : V. 7. 32. 
 
 t asrievla, ■ftaw, to he sick, feeble, or in- 
 firm, i. 1. 1 : iv. 5. 19, 21. 
 
 d-o-Scv^s, h, {aihoi strength) weak, 
 feeble, 1. 5. 9. 
 
 'AcrCa, os, Ami, a name sometimes 
 applied by the Greeks to Asia Minor 
 (Anatolia) or the nearer part of it, 
 and sometimes to all they knew of 
 the grand division now bearing this 
 name. The latter was sometinii-s di- 
 vided into jj (tdro) 'Ao-ia Lower Asia, 
 the part west of the Halys, and 4 fi"" 
 'Aala Upper Asia, the part east of this 
 river, v. 3. 6 : vii. 1. Is; 2. 2. 
 
 'Affi8iiTi]s, 01/, Asidates, a Persian 
 of rank and wealth, vii. 8. 9, 12, 21. 
 
 ' Atrivatos, ov,6, I^Atrivi), a snial 1 town 
 on the Laconian gulf, nearly south of 
 Sparta) an Asincean, v. 3. 4 : vi. 4. 
 11. llPassava? 
 
 d-o-iV(as adv., s. iaividTaTa, (d-irwijs 
 harmUesa, fr. </ipo/tai) without doing 
 harm, vtithmit injury or depredation, 
 harmlessly, ii. 3. 27: iii. 3. 3. 
 
 fi-o-lTos, ov, (ffiToi) without or in 
 want of food, fasting, ii.2.16: iv.5.11. 
 
 i,VKia, iia-w, fjaKTfKa, to practise, 
 cultivate, observe, maintain, ii. 6. 25. 
 
 io-KiSs, oD, 6, a skin, esp. of a goat, 
 a leathern bag, iii. 5. 9 s : vi. 4. 23. 
 
 &ir|i.€vos, 1], on, {ffSw) well-pleased, 
 glad : always with a verb, and like 
 an adv. in force, gladly, willingly, 
 clieerfally, ii. 1. 16 : iii. 4. 24. 
 
 dinrdjoiiai, dffo/jui, (ffirda) to [draw 
 to one's self] embrace ; to salute, greet, 
 welcome, take leave of; A. ; vi. 3. 24. 
 
 'Acrir^vSios, ov, 6, {' AffwerSos) an 
 Aspendian. Aspendus was a city of 
 Pamphylia on the Eurymedon {now 
 Capri-Su), about six miles from the 
 sea, an Argive colony. Here Thrasy- 
 biilus, the deliverer of Athens from 
 the tyranny of the Thirty, lost hig life, 
 B. 0. 389. i. 2. 12. II Ball;esu. 
 
 dcnrls, ISoi, ^, a shield ; here sp. ap- 
 plied to the large oval shield of the 
 
 Greek hoplites, coram, made of sev- 
 eral thicknesses of stout leather 
 strengthened by a metallic front and 
 rim, and convex outwardly (so that 
 it could even be used as a vessel to 
 receive blood, ii. 2. 9): as a collective 
 nonn, heavy-armed infantry ; do-Tris 
 fivpia 10,000 [shield] shield-men or 
 hoplites (cf. "10,000 horse," i. e. horse- 
 men) : Trap iairlSat [by the shields] 
 by or to the left, since the shield was 
 carried on the left arm (while, in a 
 posture of waiting in readiness for 
 action, it was also supported in part 
 by the bent knee, i. 5. 13): i. 2. 16 ; 7. 
 10 ; 8. 9, 18 : iv. 3. 26. 
 t' Ao-oTipto, as, Assyria (the kingdom 
 of Asshur, Gen. 10. 11), a name ap- 
 plied, with varying extent, to the 
 famous country of which Niueveh 
 was the capital ; in a narrower sense 
 confined to the region between Media 
 and the Tigris, but in a wider sense 
 extending over Mesopotamia to the 
 Euphrates. It was the seat of one of 
 the greatest of the early empires, which 
 was overthrown by the Medes and Bab- 
 ylonians about 625 B. c. vii. 8. 25. 
 
 'Ao-irupios, a, ov, Assyrian, per- 
 taining to Assyria, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 d-irTa(|>ls, ISos, t), = trra^ts (d- eu- 
 phon.) a dried grape, raisin, iv. 4. 9 ? 
 
 doTpdirrw, 6,\l/iji 1,, (akin to dtrririp 
 star) to gleam, flash, glisten,!. 8. 8. 
 tdo-(J>d\eia, os, safety, security, v. 7. 
 10 : vii. 6. 30. 
 
 d-o'i}>aX'^5, ^s, c. icTcpoi, s. ^ototos, 
 (ff^dWw) not liable to fall, firm, safe, 
 secure : iv dtr^oXei in a safe place or 
 positimi, in safety : i. 8. 22: iii. 2. 19. 
 
 &<r(|>a\Tos, ou, ^, ASPHALT, bitumen, 
 much used of old for mortar, ii. 4. 12. 
 
 d(r<t>aX<as, c. 4<FTepov, s. iarara, 
 (d<r0a\i}s) snfcly, securely, i. 3. 11, 19. 
 
 d<rxo\{a, os, (S,-(rxo\os without leis- 
 ure, busy, fr. irxoXi)) occupation, en- 
 gagement, vii. 5. 16. 
 tdraKTsco, ^irw, to be disorderly or 
 out of order, v. 8. 21. 
 
 d-TaKTOs, ov, (rdTTia) disarranged, 
 out of order, in disorder or confusion, 
 disorderly, i. 8. 2 : iii. 4. 19: r. 4. 21. 
 
 a-ToJ^ia, OS, {rdTTu) want of order 
 or discipline, disorder, leaviiig the 
 ranks, iii. 1. 38 ; 2. 29 : v. 8. 13. 
 
 drdp conj., InU, yet, as in a ques- 
 tion expressing objection, tI; iv.6.14. 
 
'Aropveiis 
 
 22 
 
 aircSs 
 
 'ATapveiis, ius, 6, Atameus, a city 
 in southwest Mysia, on the /Egean, 
 over against Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. ||i)i- 
 keli-Koi. 
 
 dTao-6aXfa, as, {Arri infatuatimi) 
 recklessness, wantomiess, iv. 4. 14 ? 
 
 fi-Ta(j>os, on, un-buricd, vi. 6. B. 
 
 &Te * (neut. pi. of the relative Sore, 
 used as an adv. of manner) jiist as, 
 as ; Vi. v., expressing cause and = in- 
 asniuch as w. verb ; iv. 2. 13; 8, 27. 
 
 aT^\«a, OS,' (d-TcXijs exempt from 
 tax, fr. tAos) imrnunitas, exemption, 
 immunity; dWrje tlvo, A. smnc exem/p- 
 timifrom otiier service, iii. 3. 18. 
 
 taTl)iat<i>, dffu, riTL/iaKa, to dishonor, 
 disgrace, hold in dishonor. A., i. 1. 4. 
 
 &-Ti|iios, o>', c, (rliiij) without honor, 
 dis-honored, in dis-honor, iv, vii. 7. 24, 
 46, 50, 
 
 arfilt^ii), law, (dryiios vapor) to exhale 
 01 scibd up vapor, to steam, iv. 5. 15. 
 
 'ATpo(ii)TTiov, ov, Adramyttium, a 
 city in Mysia, at the head of the gulf 
 bearing its name, and called by Strabo 
 an Athenian colony : v.l. 'ASpa/iiinov, 
 ' ArpaiiiTtiov, &c. : vii. 8. 8. || Adra- 
 miti or Edremlt. 
 
 d-Tpip<is, is, (rpi-P'fi) without wear, 
 un-woni, untrodden, non tritus, iv. 
 2. i : vii. 3. 42. 
 
 'Attikos, i>, bv, (aKTii) Attic, Athe- 
 nian, i. 6. 6. 
 
 oJ post-pos. adv., again, hack, in 
 respect either"to time, or to the order 
 or relations of the discourse (often w. 
 Si: S' aH); further, moreover, on the 
 ol/Kr hand, in turn ; i. 1. 7, 9 s ; 6. 7; 
 10. 5, 11 : ii. 6. 7, 18. 
 
 aiaCvu, aiavd, eh. poet. & Ion., 
 (aiJw to dry) to dry, trans. : M. (ipf. 
 aia.wbn-r]v & ijiaw&firii', 278 d) to dry 
 up, wither, intrans., ii. 3. 16? 
 
 aiO-aCperos, ov, (aiiris) self-chosen, 
 seif-electcA, self-appointed, v. 7. 29. . 
 
 ai6-'i)p.cp(Sv or avS^jiLcpov adv., {ai- 
 ris, TifiApa) on the same day, iv.4.22s. 
 
 aiSis adv., (aB) again, back; iiwre- 
 ovcr, besides ; at another time, after- 
 wards, liereafter ; i. 10. 10 : ii. 4. 6. 
 
 ai\eii>, ijiru, (ai5\6s) (0 play on a 
 flute or other wind in.strument : M. to 
 have the flute played for one's self, 
 581, irpbs : vi. 1. 11 : vii. 3. 32. 
 
 avXC^o^at, iaopai, tjUXurfiai 1. , a. tji- 
 'Kurdiiriv in Thuc, but riiXla-ff-qv in 
 Xen., {ai\-^cour() to lodge or be lodged, 
 
 encamp, quarter, be quartered, take 
 qicarters, bivouac, ii. 2. 17 : iv. 3. 1 s. 
 av\iSs, ov, 6, (S.U to blow) a flute, 
 differing from that common with us, 
 in having a mouthpiece and a fuller 
 tone ; a pipe, oboe, clarinet ; vi. 1. 5. 
 ^.awXiiv, uTOs, 6, a water-pipe, canal, 
 ii. 3. 10. 
 
 aOpiov adv. , to-morrow : i) aCpiop 
 [so. i}fiipa'\ the morrow, the next day 1 
 ii. 2. 1 ? iv. 6. 8 : vi. 4. 15. 
 
 oiimipijTriSjiTTOs, ^, {aii7TTr)pos liarsh, 
 AUSTERE, fr. afiai to dry) harshness, 
 roughness, strength, of wine, v. 4. 29. 
 aCnj, avrai, see o6tos, i. 1. 7. 
 tairtKa at the very time, at once, 
 immediately , forthvHth,direclly, speed- 
 ily, presently, i. 8. 2 : iii. 2. 32s ; 5. 11. 
 tavToOev from the very spot, frmn 
 this or that place, hence, tlience, iv. 2. 
 6 : V. 1. 10.. 
 tovrdSi. ibidem, in the very place, 
 here, titere, i. 4. 6 : iv. 6. 15 ; 8. 20. 
 
 t avTO-K^eiPCTTos, ov, (/ceXeiJw) self- 
 bidden, self-prompted, of one's otvn im- 
 pulse, iii. 4. 5. 
 
 faJTO-KpdTop, opos, 6 -q, (Kpariw) 
 ruling by one's self, sole, absolute (ef. 
 autocrat), vi. 1. 21. 
 tavrd-jioTos, 1?, ov, or os, ov, (/liofiai 
 to seek) self-moved, or prompted : diri 
 or iK ToD aOrofidTov of one's own mo- 
 tion or accord, of one's self, spontane- 
 ously, by chance : i. 2. 17 ; 3. 13 : iv. 
 3. 8 : vi. 4. 18. Der. automaton. 
 t oiTO-noXici), ijff u, TjiTop.b'KiiKa, to de- 
 sert : ol avTopoXovvres, the deserters : 
 Tapi, irpbs, &c. : i. 7. 13 : ii. 1.6; 2. 7. 
 tavTd-(jioXos, ov, (/xoX- to go) [going 
 off of one's self J a deserter, i. 7. 2. 
 t aiTd-vop.as, ov, self-ruling, inde- 
 pendent, vii. 8. 25. Der. autonomy. 
 a4T<is,* ■//, b, (oB, old definitive t6s) 
 very, same : (a) preceded by the art., 
 6 airbs idem, tlic same, D. : rd abra 
 TaOra tJiese same things, tlw same 
 course : iK tou abrov, iv ri) abrifi, eis 
 ravrb, frovi (in, into) the same place : 
 i. 1. 7; 8. 14; ii. 6. 22. (b) Not pre- 
 ceded by the art., it is either the 
 common pron. of the 3d pers. (him, 
 her, it, them, but only in the oblique 
 cases, and not beginning a clause); 
 or is used as an adjective or apposi- 
 tive, with an emphatic or reflexive 
 force, as in Lat. ipse, and in Eng. the 
 compounds of self {myself, hitnself. 
 
aiir6in 
 
 23 
 
 'Axai6s 
 
 &c.), the adjectives very, oicn, &c. 
 (sometimes expressed by a/oiie, apart, 
 simply, quite, close, directli/, as x^P^' 
 airSs he goes [kimself only] alone, iv. 
 7. 11 ; iir airbv rbv iroratjUiii lo the very 
 river, quite it the river, iv. 3. 11) : i. 
 1. 2s; 3. 7s ; 9. 21: airaii to~s t/ji-^- 
 p6(rt [with the triremes themselves] 
 triremes and all, 467 c, i. 3. 17 ? ^,11^- 
 repos airHv our ovm, 498, vii. 1. 29. 
 Distinguish carefully the adv. alirod, 
 the forms of o5tos {airiii, aSrai), and 
 those of the contr. reflexive auroS. 
 Der. AUTO- in compouuds. 
 
 J.aipT<5(r6 to the very place, thither, 
 iv. 7. 2. 
 
 lairoO adv., 'in the very place, in 
 
 this or that place, here, there, often 
 
 followed by a prepositional phrase 
 
 defining the place, i. 3. 11 : iv. 3. 23. 
 
 lairoO contr. fr. k-aurou ^. v., i, 3. 2. 
 
 iaiJTCdS or aiiTcos, see a;iraiirwj,v. ti.9. 
 
 a.iiyfj\v, h>0!, i, the nazk ; nec'c of 
 land, inthmus, vi. 4. 3. 
 
 d<^' by apostr. for dTrA, bafore the 
 rough breatniug, iii. 2. 14. 
 
 d^-tupioti* aipTJtria, tJjtjko., 2 a. elXov, 
 a. p. TipiBriv, to take from or away, de- 
 tach, A. : ottener M. to lake to one's 
 self /rom another, take away: to rescue 
 from another ; to deprive or rob an- 
 other of; 2 a., a. g., 485 d : P. to be 
 taken away or rescued ; to be deprived 
 of, a. : i. 3. 4 : iv. 4. 12 : vi. 5. 11 ; 6. 
 23, 26 s : vii. 2. 22. 
 
 a-i|>av^s, h, (^oVm) not appearing, 
 unseen, unobserved; out of sight, gone; 
 secret, private, doubtful, little known; 
 i. 4. 7: ii. 6. 28 : iv. 2. 4. 
 
 ^d^av^^u, Iffta lia, -fi^iviKo., to ni%ke 
 invisible, hide from view, annihilate, 
 a., iii. 2. 11; i. 8. 
 
 d^-apirdj«,* diru or d(ro)mi,^-)iraKa, 
 to plunder from, pillage. A., i. 2. 27 ? 
 
 dij>€L8u5, c. ^ffrepov, s. iffrara, (d- 
 ^eiSiis, fr. ^eldo/iai to spare) unspar- 
 ingly, without mercy, i. 9. 13 : vii. 4. 6. 
 
 d6-EiKa,-ci|iai,-ctvai,-E(s,see(l0-{i;;u. 
 
 d(p-Ei\6uT)v, -cXiiv, see d<l>-aip4a>. 
 
 av-i^firSai; see dw-4x'^, ii. 3. 10. 
 
 d(|>-^(rri]Ka, -to-rfJKeivorrao-riiKtiv, 
 -eo-TTJla, see i<j>-L<rT7ifu, i. 1. 6 : ii. 4. 5. 
 
 d<t>-T|'yla)i,ai, i{yi)a-oiuu, ^riiiai, to 
 lead off in conversation, relate, tell, 
 D. CP., vii. 2. 26. 
 
 aib-'fiiru, -{JKa, see a^-liifu, v. 4. 7. 
 tdfSovfo, as, aiunt^ttcc, i. 9. 15. 
 
 &-i|>9ovos, oi>, c., (tpBonos) without 
 gindging, bounteous; o{ hind, fertile ; 
 abuTulant, copious, plentiful; iii. 1. 
 19 : v. 6. 25 : if i<t>6limis amid abun- 
 dant supplies, in abundance, iii. 2. 25 ; 
 iv iracnv AtpSimis in [all things abun- 
 dant] great abwndance, iv. 5. 29 : ii> 
 d^dovftiripoi-s [sc. irXoiois] in vessels 
 m/yre abundantly provided, or in a 
 more abundant supply or greater num- 
 ber of them, V. 1. 10. 
 
 d<^-I.T||i,i,* ^iru, elKa, u,. ^xa (Si, &c.), 
 pf. p. eluai, to send off, away, or back; 
 to dismiss, let go, allow to depart, suf- 
 ifer to escape ; to let loose, set free, re- 
 lease, give up ; to let flow, as water ; 
 to let sink or drop, as anchors ; i. 3. 
 19 : ii. 2. 20 ; 3. 13, 25 : iii. 5. 10. 
 
 d]>-i.Kvlo)i.ai,* i^ofuii, ty/icu, 2 a. Ui- 
 fir/y, [Ua), to arrive, reach, come to, or 
 return lo, from another place, D. els, 
 jr/)is,Jtc.,i. 1.5; 2.4,12; 5.4: iii.1.43. 
 
 di^-iinr€uw, ciytrw, (Eirjros) to ride 
 away or back, i. 5. 12. 
 
 d(^-io"Tt|jii,* ffriiaia, iffTtjKa, 2 a. 
 (irriiv, f. pf. iari^iii, to withdraw 
 (trans.), alienage from, A. dvb, vi. 6. 
 34 : J/., w. act. complete tenses and 
 2 a., to standoff OT aloof, forsake, de- 
 sert, revolt from, go over to another, 
 withdraw or retire (intrans.), o., Trpbs, 
 els: i. 1. 6s: ii. 6. 27. Der. apostate. 
 
 diji-oSos, ov, ij, (656s) a [way back 
 or otf] retreat, departure, iv. 2. 11. 
 
 d^poVTLcrr^co, ^la, (d-^phvrifjrTOS 
 heedless, fr. <t>povTll'<ii) to be headless of 
 or indifferent to, neglect, maJce light of, 
 g'., v. 4. 20 : V. I. dfieXiia. 
 tdt|>poiruv7|, ijr, folly, infatucUion, 
 want of consideration, v. 1. 14. 
 
 ft-f{»paiv, ov, g. ovos, {<pp^ m.in^ 
 without understanding, senseless, fool- 
 ish, infatuated, delirious, iv. 8. 20. 
 t a.^\aKTia,^(ra!,to be offoaa's guard, 
 vii. 8. 20. 
 
 d-<f>iiVaKTO$, ov, (tpuXdtrau) U7i- 
 guarded, ii. 6. 24 : v. 7. 14. 
 4.d4>vXdicras, unguardedly, v. 1. 6. 
 
 'Ax(u<Ss, ov, an Aehcean, a man of 
 Achaia, the hilly province on the 
 north of the Peloponuese, along the 
 Corinthian Gulf. In the early his- 
 tory of Greece, the Achaians were so 
 dominant a race that the name most 
 frequently applied by Homer to the 
 Greeks in general is 'Axatof. On the 
 conq^uest of their old seats in the 
 
aj^dpurros 
 
 24 
 
 PopPopucos 
 
 Peloponnese by the Dorians, many of 
 the Achieans letiied to the northern 
 shore, expelling from it, it is said, 
 Ionian settlers, and giving to it theii' 
 own name. Here they formed a con- 
 federacy of twelve cities, none of which 
 attained any gieat power or distinc- 
 tion. For a long time, the Achseans 
 took little part in the general affairs 
 of Greece, remaining for the most part 
 neutral in the great contests, whether 
 foreign or internal. In a later period 
 of its history, the Achiean League he- 
 came eminent. The Arcadians and 
 Achseans constituted moie than half 
 of the Greek army of Cyrus, i. 1. 11 
 
 drx^piirras, op, (xapfjb/iai) without 
 grace or thanks: of things, unpltas- 
 ing, disagreeable ; unrewarded : of 
 persons, ungrateful, els : X^7£is oix 
 ixdpurra ymi gpeak [things not with- 
 out grace] quite rhetorically or emter- 
 tainiagly: i.9.18: ii.1.13? vii.6.23. 
 4.ax<H>(<''r<i>s adv., wiihovl thanks, 
 graiilude, or rewards ungratefully; 
 ii. 3. 18 : vii. 7. 23. 
 
 A-xapis, (, g. cros, or or-x&pvroi, of, 
 (X<i/>u) = dxdpuTTos, ii. 1. 13 ? 
 
 'Axcpswnds, ddos, ij, ('Axipif', a 
 fabled riveT in Hades) as an adj., 
 Jtcherusian. 'A. Xefpiniaos the Ache- 
 rusian Peninsula, a promontory near 
 the Bithynian Heiaclea, with a veiy 
 deep mephitic hole, fabled as the place 
 of Hercules* descent to Hades, vi. 2. 2. 
 II Baba-Burun. 
 
 &X6opai,* dx^^TO/uat, Ijixfirjiiai 1., 
 a. p. iix^iaSriv, to he [burdened] vexed, 
 displeased, offended,provoked, troubled, 
 distressed, nettled, or chagrined, D., 
 G. p., AB., ravTO (4B3b), Sn, iirl, i. 1. 
 8: iii. 2.20: vii. 5.5s; 6.10; 7. 21. 
 
 a-Xp<tos, o", (XP^'" ^'^) use-less, 
 unfit for use, vaiserviceaUe, iv. 6. 26. 
 
 &-Xpil<rT05, oi>, (xpdo/icu) use-less, 
 inappropriaie, ii. 1. 13 ? iii. 4. 26. 
 
 AXP^ (and, before a vowel, less Att. 
 AXP^s) adv., as far as, even to, eh : 
 conj., till, until, fii* w. suhj.: ii. 3. 2: 
 V. 5. 4. Akin to fix/jos : cf. lUxpi- 
 
 di)i[v6iov, ov, wormwood, i. 5. 1. 
 
 B. 
 
 BoPvXiiv, uras, 4, Babylon, one of 
 the greatest and most magiiiticent 
 
 cities of the ancient world, and the seat 
 of successive empires. It was situated 
 on both sides ot^the lower Euphrates, 
 in a rich alluvial plain. According 
 to Herodotus, it was square, with a 
 circuit of more than 50 miles ; and 
 was surrounded by a wall more than 
 300 feet high and 80 broad, with 100 
 brazen gates, and with a deep moat 
 without. It was taken by Cyrus 
 through a diversion of the river, B. c. 
 538 ; and opened its gates to Ale^ian- 
 der, after the battle of Arbela, B.C. 331. 
 It is now for the most part in utter 
 ruin, the more from the perishable 
 nature of its chief material, brick, and 
 from the removal of this for the con- 
 struction of other cities, i. 4. 11, 13: 
 ii. 2. 6 : v. 5. 4. U Hillah. 
 jBa^vXiiyios, a, ov, Babylonian : 4 
 Ba^vXairia [sc. %<i/>a] Bnbylo^iia, the 
 alluvial region around Babylon and 
 west of the Tigris, comm. regarded as 
 extending from the Wall of Media, 
 which separated it from Mesopotamia, 
 to the Persian Gulf. Watered by the 
 overflowing of the Euphrates and Ti- 
 gris, and by canals drawn from them, 
 it had great fertility, i. 7. 1 : ii. 2. 13. 
 
 pdST,y adv., {fiaivu) step ly step, in 
 regular step : /3. rax^ "' rapid sty> : 
 iv. 6. 25 ; 8. 28 : vi. 5. 25. 
 
 4.p&8l|oi, lirofiaL loOpai, ^^piSiKa, to 
 walk, march, eetfoot, go, v. 1. 2. 
 tSciBos, tos, ri, depth, i. 7. 14. 
 
 fatis, e7a, i, deep, i. 7. 14 s : v. 2. 3. 
 
 paCvu,* Pitro/iai, ptpriKO, 2 a. l^tiv, 
 to step, go : pf. pret., / [have planted 
 foot] stand, stand firm, iii. 2. 19. 
 iPaKTijpCa, ai, Vacnlum, a staff, cane, 
 ii. 3. 11 : iv. 7. 26.- 
 
 pdXavos, ov, ■%, glans, an acorn or 
 like fruit, nut, date, i. 5. 10 : ii. 3. 15. 
 
 pdXXu,* jSaXu, pfpK-ijKa, 2 a. tpa.- 
 XoK, to throw, cast, hurl; to throw at, 
 hit with a missile, pelt (esp. w. stones), 
 stone, A. D. of the missile: oi ix x"- 
 /)5s pdWojn-es [those throwing from 
 the hand] the javelin-men or darters : 
 i. 3. 1: iii. 3. 15 : iv. 6. 12: v. 4. 23. 
 
 pdiTTOi,* pdfa, to dip. A., ii. 2. 9, 
 Der. BAFTTSM. 
 
 tpapPapiK(Ss, ^ iv, BAr^BARic, bar- 
 barian, foreign ; here esp. Persian : 
 ri PapPapiKiv [sc. arpdrevpa] the bar- 
 barian force or army : i. 2. 1 ; 5. 6 s : 
 iv. 5. 33 ; 8. 7. 
 
PapPapiKus 
 
 25 
 
 PociKds 
 
 X Pop papiKus in the barbarian tongue, 
 171 Persian, i. 8. 1. 
 
 pdpPapos, ov, s., barbahous, bar- 
 barian, rude : ^ip^apos subst., a bar- 
 barian, foreigner. The Greeks so 
 termed all other nations, i. 1. 5 : ii. 
 
 5. 32 : V. 4. 34 ; 5. 16. 
 
 Pappus {^pis heavy) heamly, with 
 heavy heart : j3. <fiipea> graviter ferre, 
 to lake ill, be smitten with grief : 11. 
 
 1. 4, 9. 
 
 Bao-Cas, ov, Basias, an Arcadian in 
 the army of Cyrus, Iv. 1. 18. — 2. A 
 soothsayer from Elis, vli. 8. 10 ? 
 
 t pao-iXcCa, as, kingdom, royal power, 
 regal authority, sovereignty, 1. 1. 3. 
 
 tpao-CXeios, ov, royal, regal, kingly: 
 PafftXeiov [sc. du>,aa], oftener pi. , [royal 
 building or buildings] a royal resi- 
 dence, a palace of a king or satrap : 
 i. 2. 7 s, 20; 10. 12; ill. 4. 24. 
 
 Bao-iXcis, ^«s, a king, esp. applied 
 (often w. liiyat, and oomm. without 
 the art.) to the Persian king: i.l.5s; 
 
 2. 8, 12 s : iii. 1. 12. Der. uasilisk. 
 j.pa(ri\cvu, ciaa, to be king, to reign, 
 
 G. ; lis paffiKcitrovTi. [as about to reign] 
 as the future king : i. 1. 4 ; 4. 18. 
 iPao-iXiKiSsi ^ i", s., relating to or 
 jit for a king, kingly, royal, the king's, 
 i. 9. 1 : ii. 2. 12, 16. Der. basilica. 
 
 Pii,(ri|io;, ov, (fiaivw) passable (for a 
 horse), iii. 4. 49. 
 
 PaT($$, t}, ov, (Palvu) passable, D., 
 iv. 6. 17. 
 
 p^Paios, a, ov, (fialva) standing firm, 
 firm, constant, i. 9. 30. 
 4.pEPaidu, dxria, to make firm, confirm,, 
 make good, fulfil, complete, A. D., vii. 
 
 6. 17. 
 
 QcPt|kus, see palvia, iii. 2. 19. 
 
 Bi\co-vs, uos, Belesys, sati'ap of 
 Syria, i. 4. 10 : v. I. B^Xeirts, <os.. 
 
 P^Xos, COS, TO, ifiiWu) a missile, 
 iii. 3. 16 : iv. 3. 6 ; 8. 11. 
 
 PeXr^wv,* ov, p^rurros, i;, ox, (/SeXr-, 
 akin to ;3Aos ?) better, best, as c. and 
 s. to 6,yaBbs q. v. ; braver, nobler, more 
 expedient or advantageous, ka.; i. 1. 6: 
 ii. 2. 1 ; 5. 41 : iii. 3. 5. 
 
 p{))ia, oTos, t4, (palvu) a step, pace, 
 iv. 7. 10. 
 
 pCa, as, vis, force, violence : pig. w. 
 
 c, in spite of or despite : i. 4. 4 : iii. 
 
 4. 12 : vi. 6. 25 : vii. 8. 17. 
 
 |PidJo)iai, dffopuii, /36/3ia<r/iai, to use 
 
 force, force one's way; tofoire or com- 
 
 LEX. AN. 2 
 
 pel, A. I.; to force back, A. ; i. 3. Is ; 
 4.5: vii. 8. 11. 
 
 4.pCau>s, u, ov, violent ; piaiiv ti [sc. 
 vpdy/m] any violent act or violence : 
 V. 5. 20 : vi. 6. 15. 
 4.PiaCci)s,/omW!/, violently, urith great 
 force, i. 8. 27. 
 
 [PiPd^u, /3i;8(£o-u SijSw, (causative of 
 palvu) to inake go.] 
 
 ptpXos, on, ii, the inner bark of the 
 papyrus ; hence, paper made from 
 this ; a book : p.yeypaiinivcu (?) manu- 
 scripts, vii. 5. 14. Der. bible. 
 
 BiOuviSs, i}, 6v, Bithynian: BiffiJcis 
 subst., a Bithynian. The Bithyni, 
 driven by more powerful tribes, crossed 
 from Thrace into Asia, and gave their 
 name to a region south of the Euxine 
 and east of the Propontis (also called 
 Asiatic Thrace), vi. 2. 17 ; 5. 30. 
 
 piKos or pCKOs, ov, b, a large earthen 
 vessel, esp. for wine ; a jar, flagon ; 
 i. 9. 25. 
 
 pCos, OK, 6, (cf. Lat. vivo) vita, life; 
 
 a liviTig, liveli/wod, subsistence; i. 1. 
 
 1: V. 5. 1: vi. 4. 8. Der. bio-graphy. 
 
 iPioTcvu, eiiru, to live, pass one's life, 
 
 iv, iii. 2. 25. 
 
 B.o-clvBi], i;s, Bisanthe, a pleasant 
 town in Thrace, on the Propontis, 
 founded bv the Samians, vii. 2. 38 ; 
 5. 8. II Rodosto. 
 
 Slav or BCtuv, uvos, Bion or Biton, 
 a Spartan envoy who brought money 
 to the Cyreans, vii. 8. 6. 
 
 pXdpi), 17s, ii, or pXdpos, cos, r6, 
 (/SXdjTTu) harm, injury, detriment, 
 ii. 6. 6 : vii. 7. 28. 
 
 pXaKcJid), eiau, (/3\(i| lazy) to be 
 lazy, loiter, shirk, yield to sloth, ii. 3. 
 11: V. 8. 15. 
 
 pXdiTTO),* &\pu, pipXacpa, to harm, 
 hurt, injure, 2 A., ii. 5. 17: iii. 3. 11. 
 
 pMirai, i\j/op,ai., p{p\c<pa I., to look; 
 of scythes, to be directed or point to- 
 wards; Tpis, eU : i. 8. 10 : iii. 1. 36 : 
 iv. 1. 20. See opia. 
 
 pXcio-KCD, * p/>\ovfmi, /u^/U/SXuKa, 2 a. 
 ^/xoXox, ch. poet., to go, come, arrive, 
 vii. 1. 33. 
 
 Pod(i>,* ^iTo^i, jScjSiTjico 1., (/3o^) boo, 
 to cry or call out or aloud, shout, D. I., 
 Sti, i. 8. 1, 12, 19: iv. 7. 23 s. 
 
 potiK6s, i), 6v, {/3j0s) relating to 
 oxen, of oxen ; l^eOyos p. a yoke of 
 oxen, an ox-team, vii. 6. 2, 4 : v. I. 
 Po'ixjs. 
 
Poyj, IS, a loud cry, shout, shouting, 
 mUcri/, iv. 7. 23. 
 }|;or|9eia, as, Jiclp, assistance, succor, 
 rcf.cue ; auxiliary troops; ii. 3. 19: 
 iii. 5. 4. 
 
 assisting, running to a cry ibr help, 
 j3o4 ^fw) to run to tlie rescue, Imstcn 
 to help, bring aid, go or come to the 
 assistance of another ; to succor, Itelp, 
 assist, give assistance : D., fTri, virip : 
 i. 9. « ; ii. 4. 25 : iii. 4. 13 ; 5. 6. 
 
 PoSpos, ov, b, (cf. paSiis & Lat. pu- 
 teus) a pit, iv. 5. 6 : v. 8. 9. 
 
 Boto-Kos, ov, Boiscus, a Thessalian 
 boxer, lazy and lawless, v. 8. 23. 
 
 tBouDrCa, as, Bceotia, iii. 1. 31. 
 
 fPouDTiojo), d(7[a, to resemble a Bceo- 
 tian, iii. 1. 26. 
 
 BOLUTOS, OV, & BoLlaTlOS, OV, 6, O 
 
 Boeotian. Bceotia, lying northwest 
 of Attica, was a very fertile province, 
 whose inhabitants were in general 
 regarded by their neighbors as want- 
 ing in spirit, vivacity, intellect, and 
 relinement. It had, however, a short 
 period of glory under Epaminondas 
 and Pelopidas. Its chief city was 
 Thebes ; and in Greek politics, except 
 PlatfEfB, it was oftener opposed to 
 Athens, i. 1. 11: v. 3. 6 ; 6. 19. 
 
 Poppas,* ov, contr. Poppds, 2, bo- 
 reas, the north-wind, iv. 5. 3 : v. 7. 7. 
 
 Pd<rKi]|ia, aros, ri, {^ia-Kw to feed) 
 a fed or pastured animal ; pi. cattle, 
 iii. 5. 2. 
 
 t Pot)\£^<i), ctfffu, ^epoiXevKa, to 2}lan, 
 plot, devise, counsel, A. D., ii. 5. 16 : 
 J/, to take counsel with one's self, 
 deliberate, cmisider ; to consult togeth- 
 er; to meditate, consult, concert, plan, 
 devise, 2yropose, purpose, resolve; A., 
 1., CI'., Trepl, irpis, &c. ; i. 1. 4, 7 ; 3. 
 11, 19 s; 10. 5: ii. 3. 20 s: iii. 2. 8? 
 
 PodX^, ^s, (^oiiXo/uai) will, plan, 
 counsel, consideration, vi. 6. 13. 
 
 PovXi)i,id(ii, ti(T<o, (/3oi/-Xi/ua bulimy, 
 intense hunger, faintness from hunger, 
 j3oCs, Xi/iis) to JiMve or suffer from the 
 bulimy, to be faint with hunger, iv. 
 5.7 s. 
 
 pauXoiiai" (2 sing. ;8oi5Xei, iii. 4. 
 4] s), Xria-o/iai, ^e^offkiyiai, volo, to 
 will, be willing, viish, desire, clwose, 
 prefer, consent : 6 pov\iij.evos he or any 
 one that uixlies, -whoever pleases: I. 
 (A.), often supplied from the context : 
 
 i. 1.1,11; 3.4s,9: ii.4.4; 5.5; 6.6. 
 See m\u. 
 
 tpov-irdpos, ov, {irelpa to pierce) ox- 
 picrdng ; j3. ifiMsKos an ox-spit, vii. 
 8. 14. 
 
 PoOs,* Pol)s, 6 ri, bos, an ox, cow ; 
 pi. oxen, kine, neat cattle : i), an ox- 
 hide : in compos., soinctimes aug- 
 mentative : ii. 1. 6 ; iv. 5. 32 ; 7. 22. 
 tppaSe'us slowly, i. 8. 11. 
 
 (bpa&vs, eta, Tj, s. iJraros, sloWf vii. 
 3. 37. 
 
 Ppaxvs, £:o, i, c. ircpos, short : 
 jSpaxii or eirl ^paxi [.sc. x^P'"", or 5id- 
 (TTrifw, distance] a short distance : j3pa- 
 Xircpa a shorter distance : i. 5. 3 ; iii. 
 3. 7, 17. Cog. brevis, brief. 
 
 Pp^Xm,* Ppd^ii 1., a. p. i^pixSVi to 
 wet. A., i. 4. 17 : iii. 2. 22 : iv. 5. 2. 
 
 PpovT^i, ^s, thunder, iii. 1. 11. 
 
 ppoirds, 4 li", Ifii-ppiiaKOj to eat) eat- 
 able, iv. 5. 5. 
 tBDjdvTiov, ov, Byzantium, a city 
 founded by the Megarians, B. c. 657, 
 in an admirable situation upon the 
 Propontis at the entrance of the Thra- 
 cian Bosphorus. The Athenians and 
 Spartans contended repeatedly and 
 earnestly for its control. I'lie Cyreans 
 found it, as so many Greek cities at 
 this time, under the rule of a Spartan 
 harmost. The Roman Emperor Con- 
 stantine made it his capital, A. D. 330, 
 and gave to it a new name from his 
 own. vi. 4. 2 : vii. 1. 3. || Constanti- 
 nople or Stambul. 
 
 BuJdvTios, a, ox, (Bi)fas, avros, By- 
 zas, the reputed founder of Byzan- 
 tium) Byzantine : o! Bufdn-ioi I/lc By- 
 zantines, vii. 1. 19, 39. 
 
 P(i>)i6s, oO, 6, (§aivo>) a raised place, 
 esp. for sacrifice ; an altar, whether 
 of rude stones or earth, or of elaborate 
 workmanship. Altars were common 
 places of refuge, i. 6. 7 : iv. 8. 28. 
 
 7aX^vr|, t;s, (akin to ^eXdai ?1 a 
 [smile upon the sea ?] culm, v. 7. 8. 
 
 Der. GALENA. 
 
 t7ap.^ci<,* yap-w, yeydp,TiKa, to marry 
 (of the man): J/, to marry or be mar- 
 ried (of the woman), iv. 5. 24. 
 
 Ydp.as, ov, 6, marriage, wedlock : 
 irl yd/Kj> [on terms of marriage] in 
 
JTdvos 
 
 27 
 
 ytyvoy.ai 
 
 marriage, as his loife, ii. 4. 8. Dcr. 
 
 POLY-aAMY. 
 
 rdvoS) 01/, ^, Ganus, a small town 
 of Tlirace, on tlic west shore of tlie 
 Propontis, vii. 5. 8. || Garios. 
 
 •yap* post-pos. conj., (yk d,;a at least 
 in accordanca with this) a. particle 
 commonly marking the accordance 
 between a fad, statement, &c., and 
 its ground or reason, explanation, or 
 specification, confirmation, &e. It is 
 commonly translated for ; bnt some- 
 times since, as, or because (as a causal 
 conj.), that ov namely (in specifica- 
 tion), indeed or certainly (in explana- 
 tion or confirmation), then, now, &c. ; 
 i. 2. 2; 7. 4 : ii. 3. 1 ; 5. 11 : iii. 1. 24. 
 It often occurs in elliptic construc- 
 tion (as in questions, replies, &o., i. 6. 
 8 ; 7. 9 : ii. 5. 40); and may frequent- 
 ly be either explained as a conj. by 
 supplying an ellipsis, or as an adv. 
 without doing so : iXKlL yip at euim, 
 but (enough, no more, not so, no, &c.,) 
 for, or but indeed, yet indeed, iii. 2. 
 25 s, 32 : koX yip etenini, and (this 
 tlie rather, &c., ) because, or for indeed, 
 and indesd, for eten, i. 1. ti, 8 : ii. 2. 
 15 : (cai ycLp oSk and (this is apparent, 
 for) tJiercfore, and consequently, ac- 
 cordingly, i. 9. 8, 12, 17 : ii. 6. 13. 
 
 Yao-rijp,* ripoi, sync, r/jis, ^, the 
 belly , abdom/sn, pnunch, stomach, ii. 5. 
 33 : iv. 5. 36. Dcr. gastric. 
 
 ^avXiKiSs or 'yavXiriKcSs, v, ov, (yau- 
 \os a round-built freighting vessel) 
 pertaining to a yaOXos : y. x/"7('«"''» 
 cargoes of freighting vessels, v. 8. 1. 
 
 rovXfTt|s, ov, Gaulites, an exile 
 from Samos, faithful to Cyrus, i. 7. 5. 
 
 ■^i,* a post-pos. and eucl. adv. giv- 
 ing emphasis or force, more frequent- 
 ly to the preceding word, or to a word 
 or clause which this introduces, and 
 often with an associate idea of restric- 
 tion or limitation ; quidem, at hast, 
 indeed, even, surely, certainly; but 
 often expressed in Eng. simply by 
 emphasis ; 1. 3. 9, 21 ; 6. 5 : ii. 5. 19 : 
 7^ Sj) [surely now] indeed, iv. 6. 3 : 
 yi lievToi, yi p.'fiv, certainly at least, 
 and or bnt certainly, moreover, i,. 9. 
 14, 16, 20: ii. 3. 9. 
 
 7e7ivT]|ioi, Yeyovo, see ylyvo/uii, i. 
 6.8. 
 
 ytirmi, oi-os, o ii, {yij) a neighbor, 
 II. or G. , ii. 3. 18 : iii. 2. 4. 
 
 ■^(Kim, dirofuu, a. iy4\affa, to laugh, 
 smile, iirl, ii. 1. 13 : v. 4. 34. 
 lYcXoios or Y^oios, a, ov, laughable, 
 ridiealous, v. 6. 25 : vi. 1. 30. 
 JYeXus, UT-os, o, laugliter, 1. 2. 18. 
 4.Y6Wro-iroi^s, ou, &, (■^oiiw), a laugh- 
 ter-maker, jester, buffoon, vii. 3. 33. 
 
 yif-'J>, only in pr. and ipf., to be full 
 of or stored with, G., iv. 6. 27. 
 
 y^vtii, as, (ytv- in ylyvop.cu) birlh: 
 iiri yciieas from birth, of age, iL 6. 30. 
 Der. OENEA-LOGY. 
 
 ytvaa,'Jt, daa, (yiveiov chin) to have 
 a beard or be bearded, ii. 6. 28. 
 
 7ev^ir6ai, 'Yevol)»)v, 'Ycv^o-Ofiai, &c., 
 see ylymiiai, i. 6. 8 ; 9. 1 : iii. 1. 13. 
 
 tY«vv-ii5Ti]S, 1^0!, TI, {yevmios of good 
 birlh) nobleness, giiierosily, vii. 7. 41. 
 
 Y^vos, eos, TO, (7e.'- in yiyvoimi) ge- 
 nus, birth, descent, race, i. 6. 1. 
 
 Yfpaids, i, Of, c. airepos, {yep- in 
 y4pu>i>) old, V. 7. 17. 
 
 ■yepdvTiov, ov, rb, (dim. fr. yipuv) 
 a feeble old man, vi. 3. 22. 
 
 yippov, ov, an oblong shield of 
 wicker-work, comm. covered with ox- 
 hide, and sometimes strengthened 
 with metallic plates, much used by 
 the Asiatics ; a wicker-shield, ii. 1. 6. 
 4.Yeppo-<f>apos, ou, 6, {^ipu) a wicker- 
 siiield-bearer, a soldier with a icicker- 
 shie!d, i. 8. 9. 
 
 yipon', ovTot, 6, (cf. yrjpas) an old 
 man, iv. 3. 11 : vii. 4. 24. 
 
 yeita, yeiauy, to make one taste : M. 
 gusto, to taste, «., i. 9. 26: iii. 1. 3. 
 
 yiifUpTu, as, a bridge, whether firm 
 or floating, i. 2. 5 ; 7. 15 : vi. 5. 22. 
 t7«-8r)s, es, (rfSos) earthy, vi. 4. 5. 
 
 ■yij, y?,^, (c ntr. fr. 7^a) earth, land, 
 country, ground, i. 1. 7 ; 5. 1 ; 8. 10 ; 
 iii. 2. 19. Der. ge-ology, George. 
 lY^jivos, ov, made of earth, eiirthen, 
 vii. 8. 14. 
 
 4.Y^-\o(|ios, ov, 6, (K6(j>os) an eleva- 
 tion of earth, hill, eminence, height, 
 i. 5. 8; 10. 12: iii. 4. 24 .s. 
 
 77)pas, aos, r4, (cf. yipdip) old age, 
 adijanced age, iii. 1. 43. 
 
 YCYvoiiai,* Ion. or later y^oi^O'S 
 yev^crofiai, yey^VTjfiai & 2 pf. y^ova, 
 2 a. fyevifiriv, (cf. gigno) to com/i to be 
 (more briefly ti'anslated be or come), 
 become, get (intrans.); to take pla^e, 
 happen, occur, rcsa't {iv ei5 yivrp-ai if 
 it come out well, if the result be fa- 
 vorable, i. 7. 7); to come to be in a place. 
 
yiyvmiTKa 
 
 28 
 
 rv|j.vid$ 
 
 arrive, come, get, exteiid, (h iavrif 
 iyivero came to [be within] himself, i. 
 5.17); to be ascertaiTied, shewn,, or 
 proved to be, to prove or show one's self 
 to be; D., Sii,, Ik, iv, iirl, xari, &c. 
 It is variously tianslated according to 
 the subject or other words with which 
 it is connected, and sometimes by a 
 pass, verb (as if sup])lying the pass, 
 of iroiiu, &c.) : of children, to be bom 
 or descended, o., airi • of rain or snow, 
 to fall; of a cry, shout, laughter, tu- 
 mult, war, &c., to arise ; of the day, 
 to davm; of a ruail, to pass or lead; 
 of income, to accrue (ri yiyv!>ij.(va the 
 proceeds, vii. 6. 41 ) ; of numbers, to 
 ammint to ; of acts, to be performed, 
 iir6 ■ of meetings, to be he!d ; of oaths 
 or pledges, to be taken, given, or ex- 
 changed; of sacrifices, to [result as 
 they should] take effect, be favorable 
 or aTispidous, i.; &c. ; i. 1. 1, 8 ; 6. 
 5, 8 ; 8. 8, 23 s : ii. 2. 3, 10 : — w. dat. 
 of possessor (459), Spo/ios iyhero rdti 
 arpaTuiraii [to the soldiers there came 
 to be a running] the soldiers began to 
 run, i. 2. 17; iyivero ral "BWi/ci ko! 
 pap^ipip iropciejSai [it came to be, be- 
 came possible to, &u.] both Greek and 
 barbarian could go, i. 9. 13 ; t> ijiJti- 
 pavairoisiyivcTo occujnedthemthrough 
 the day, iv. 1. 10 ; &c. The aor. and 
 complete tenses of yiyvoiiai .sometimes 
 seem to supply these tenses for ei/il. 
 
 ^yv&trKi",* Ion. or later ^ivuitku, 
 yviiao/w,i, lyvuKa, 2 a. (yvw, a. p. 
 iymicrBiiy, gnosco, to know, recognize, 
 understamd, perceive, discern. Judge, 
 decide, think (pf. have recognized the 
 fact, reflect, iii. 1. 43): a. p., \. (a), 
 cr., 2 A., jTE/ji : i. 3. 2, 12s ; 7. 4 : ii. 
 5. 8, 35 : iii. 1. 27, 45. See opdu. 
 
 rXovs,* oO, ou,_ oov, ou, Glus, an 
 Egyptian, son of the admiral Tamos. 
 He was a favorite officer of Cyras ; 
 and was afterwards taken into favor 
 by Artaxerxes. He was probably ap- 
 pointed to the command of the Per- 
 sian fleet ; but slain, after « victory 
 over the Cyprians, as he was meditat- 
 ing revolt, B. c. 383. i. 4. 16 : ii. 4. 24. 
 
 rv<)<r-iinros, ou, Gncsippus, an Athe- 
 nian lochage, vii. 3. 28. 
 
 7Vo(t)v, -yvovs, yvCsvax, 'yviio-ofiai, 
 &c., see yi'iviinKui, i. 7. 4 ; 9. 20. 
 |'yv(i|iT], 775, understanding, judg- 
 ment, conviction, sentiment, thought, 
 
 opinion, design, plan, expectation, 
 mind, disposition, inclination, prref- 
 erence, favor, consent : ttjk yvu/jiriv 
 Ix^'" to have one's mind made up or 
 faied, to be asswred, inclined, disposed, 
 or attached, D., wpbt, iii w. P. abso- 
 lute : yviliiirj on principle : i. 3. 6, 13 ; 
 6. 9s; 7. 8; 8. 10: ii. 5. 29 ; 6. 9 : 
 vi. 6. 12. Der. gnomic. 
 
 royyiXos, ov, Gongylus, the name 
 of a father and son sprung from Gon- 
 gylus, an Eretrian who was banished 
 for aiding the trea.son of Pausanias, 
 but rewai-dedby Xerxeswith four cities 
 in western Asia Minor, vii. 8. 8, 17. 
 
 ■yi»)Tciiu, see Kara-^orfreiu, v. 7. 9 ? 
 
 70VEVS, iai, 6, (70"- in ylyvofuu) 
 father : pi. parents, iii. 1. 3 : v. 8. 18. 
 
 ■yow,* ySvaros, rb, genu, the knee; 
 a joint or knot in a plant ; i. 5. 13 : 
 iii. 2. 22 : iv. S. 36. 
 
 ropyCas, ou, Gorgias, a celebrated 
 sophist and rhetorician from Leontini 
 in Sicily, who taught at Athens and 
 elsewhere in Greece, for large price, 
 dazzling his heavers by the ingenuity 
 of his reasoning and the glitter of his 
 declamation. He is introduced by 
 Plato into a dialogue bearing his 
 name. ii. 6. 16. 
 
 Popvlmv, (dpos, Gorgion, a son of 
 Gongylus and Hellas, vii. 8. 8. 
 
 ■yoCv adv., (7^ oiv) at least then, cU, 
 any rate, at all events, certainly, as- 
 suredly, iii. 2. 17: v. 8. 23: vii. 1. 30. 
 
 'YpatSiov, cont. 7pc^iov, ov, rb, 
 (dim. fr. ypavt oldwmnan) a feeble old 
 woman, vi. 3. 22. 
 t'Ypdiiixa, aros, rb, litera, a letter; 
 pi. letters, an inscription; v. 3. IS. 
 Der. GRAMMAR. 
 
 yfoj^a,* ypd^a, yiypaipa, pf. y. yi- 
 ypapifiai, to GRAVE, v:rite, paint. A., 
 cp., i. 6. 3 : vii. 8. 1. Der. graphic. 
 
 yv\LvaXa, affia, yeyi/ivaKa, {yvfivbs) 
 to [train naked] train, exercise. A., i. 
 2. 7. Der. gymnastic. 
 
 YVfiv^S, fiTos, 0, or ■yunvfiTTis, ov, 
 {yvijwbs) as adj., [naked] light-armed; 
 comm. subst., a light-armed soldier; 
 a term applied to all foot-soldiers ex- 
 cept the hoplites, and with special 
 propriety to archers and slingei-s {to 
 slingers only, v. 2. 12): i. 2. 3: iii. 4. 
 26 : iv. 1. 6, 28. 
 
 rv|i.vids, dSos, ii, Gymnias, a large 
 city of the Scythini in Armenia, iv. 
 
^(tVlK^S 
 
 29 
 
 Soirvs 
 
 7. 19. V. I. Tvfivlas or-uds. ||Gumish 
 
 Kaneh? — ace. to some, Erzruni, &c. 
 
 tYV|iviKds, ^, uv, (jyiiiiutstie, iv. 8. 2j. 
 
 ■yv|Lvds, ii, iv, naked : lass strictly, 
 lightly clad, in mie's under-garment 
 ouly ; exposed without defensive ar- 
 mor, vpis : i. 10. 3 : iv. 3. 6, 12. 
 
 ymrfi,* ymaiK'js,YOC.yivai,a woman, 
 wife, i. 2. 12. Der. mi.so-gynist. 
 
 fuppvas, ov or a, Gobryas, com- 
 mander of a fourth part of the array 
 ol Ailaxei-xes, i. 7. 12. 
 
 8' by apostr. for Si, i. 1. 4 s. 
 
 Sdicvu,* S^fo/uti, SiSrixa L, a. p. IS^i- 
 XiVt '" ***«. A., iii. 2. 18, 35. 
 
 SaKpiiw, iffia, SeSAKpiJKa 1., {SdKov a 
 tear) to shed tears, weep, i. 3. 2. 
 tSaKT^Xios, ov, 6, a finger-ring. 
 Rings were greatly worn by the Greeks 
 for use as seals, and also a>; ornaments 
 or amulets. They were most worn on 
 the fourth finger of the left hand, and 
 were often embellished with stones cut 
 with exquisite art. iv. 7. 27. 
 
 SdicTuXos, ov, 6, (cf. SeLKvv/jLi and Si- 
 Xo/uu) digitus, finger, toe (twu woSSiv), 
 iv. 5. 12 : V. 8. 15. Der. dactyl. 
 
 Aai^opoTos, ov, Damardtus, a king 
 of Sparta, deposed through the in- 
 trigues of his colleague Cleomenes, 
 B. c. 491, but kindly received by king 
 Darius Hystaspls. He attendeil Xerx- 
 es in his invasion of Greece, and gave 
 him wise counsel in vain. His ser- 
 vice was however rewarded by the gift 
 of a small principality in southwestern 
 Mysia. ii. 1.3. V. I. Aij/iAparos. 
 
 Advo, V', 4> Ol" Adva, iai>, rd, Dana 
 or Tyana, an important city in south- 
 ern Cappadocia, at the northern foot 
 of Mt. Taurus, on the way to the Ci- 
 lician Pass. It was the native place 
 of A])ollonius, the Pythagorean thau- 
 maturgist. i. 2. 20 : v. I. Qiava. || Kiz- 
 H issar ( Cfirls' Caslle) , or K ilissa-Hissar. 
 
 Sairavdu, ^iru, ScSav&vriKa, (Sair&vq 
 expense, akin to ddirrui) to expend, 
 spend ; to live upon, consume (rd iav- 
 Twi SaTrw&i'rei at their own cocpence, 
 V. 5. 20); A. tls, A/jupl : i. 1. 8 ; 3. 3. 
 
 Sd-ireSov, oi;, (did, viSov gi-ound) 
 ch. iioet., the gro^md, iv. 5. 6. 
 [SdiiTii), Sdtj/a, j)oet., to devour.'] 
 
 AopdScil, aKoi, o, see ^dpSas, i.4.10? 
 
 AapSavcvs, iias, 6, {^dpSavos) a Dar- 
 danian. Dardanus was an jEolic town 
 of Troas, on the southeni part of the 
 Hellespont. Its name remains in the 
 modern Dardanelles, iii. 1. 47. 
 
 AdpSos, aroi, or AdpSi]s, irro^, 6, the 
 Dardas or -es, supposed (with some 
 dissent) to have been a short canal 
 from the Euphrates to the princely 
 residence of Belesys, where was after- 
 wards the city Barbalissus (fi^ld of Be- 
 lesys; now BMis) \.i.W:v.l. AapkSoJ. 
 tSdpciKds, ov, i, [sc. arar^p coin] a 
 daric, a Persian gold coin stamped 
 with the figure of a crowned archer, 
 = about $5.00 by weight, but in ex- 
 change with Attic silver coins, reck- 
 oned at 20 drachmae = about $4.00 
 (3000 darics = 10 talents, i. 7. 18). 
 It was strack of great purity by Da- 
 rius Hystaspis, and either named from 
 him or from the Pers. darS,, tiny; cf. 
 the Eng. sovereign, i. 1. 9 ; 3. 21. 
 
 Adpcios, ov, Darius ii., king of 
 Persia, natural son of Artaxerxes i. 
 (Longimanus), and hence surnamed 
 Nothus. This prince, whose previous 
 name was Ochus, ascended the throne, 
 B. c. 424, throxigh the murder of his 
 half-brother Sogdianus, who had him- 
 self become king in a similar way. 
 He aided the Spartans in their war 
 vith Athens ; and his weak reign was 
 disturbed by various revolts, of which 
 the most important and successful was 
 that of Egypt. He was greatly under 
 the influence of his ambitious and im- 
 perious wife Parysatis ; but, in oppo- 
 sition to her wishes, appointed as his 
 successor his eldest son Arsaces, rather 
 than the vounger Cyrus. He died, 
 B. c. 405, leaving, according to Cte- 
 sias, four children of thirteen bom of 
 Parysatis. Aopeios, like S^pfijs and 
 'A/OTof^pfT/s, .<ieems to have been rather 
 a title of dignity than a simple name, 
 and to have signified controller or lord 
 {cp^lris Hdt. 6. 98 ; Pers. darS, king). 
 i. 1. 1, 3. 
 tSd(r|iEiHns, fus, ii, divisum, distri- 
 bution, vii. 1. 37. 
 
 Sa(r|i(!s, ov, 6, (5alop.ai to divide) a 
 portion paid to a mler, a tax, impost, 
 tribute, revenue, i. 1. 8 ; iv. 5. 24. 
 
 Sairvs, eta, i), thick or denx with 
 trees, shrubs, hair, &c. ; bushy, shag- 
 
Aa<f>va7<>pas 
 
 30 
 
 AcXi^C 
 
 gil, hairy, with the hair mi : rb uaai 
 the thicket : ii. 4. 14 : ir. 7. 6 s, 22. 
 
 Aa(j>v-a7opas, ov, Daphnagoras, a 
 guide t,Biit by Helliis, vii. 8. 9. 
 
 Saij/iX'fjS) ec, (SawTu) abundant, in 
 abundance, plentiful, amp.'c, iv. 2. 22. 
 
 S^ * distinctive coiij. and iidv., post- 
 pos., but, and; yet, however; on the 
 other hand, on the contrary ; also, 
 further, nwreover ; sometimes trans- 
 lated while, for, or, then (as after a 
 conditional clause, v. 6. 20), now, in- 
 deed, even, or omitted in translation ; 
 i. 1. 1 s : iv. 5. 4 : >. 7. 6 : vi. 6. 16 : 
 KaX . . bi and [not only so, l)ut] alco, 
 and indeed, and even, 1. 1. 2 ; 5. 9 ; 8. 
 2 : oiSi . . di nor yet farther, nor in- 
 deed, nor even, i. 8. 20. A^ (to which 
 liij corresponds) is tlie common ])ar- 
 licle oi conlradisfiuc'iu-ii., inieruiediate 
 ill its i'orce between the copulative i.a.i 
 and, and the adversative dWd but. 
 Kc; adds without implying distinc- 
 tion ; while Si implies some distinc- 
 tion, and dXXi not ou'.y distinction, 
 hut even opposition. iSee ii.{v, 6. 
 
 [-Se * an inseparable encl. partic'e, 
 denoting direction towards, affixed in 
 demonstmtives, and also as a prep, lo 
 accirsatives to fomi adverbs of place.] 
 
 Se'Sia & S^SotKa, see SciSa : i. 3. 10. 
 
 S^So-yfiai, see SoKitti, Hi. 2. 39. 
 
 ScSofiai, sec Slda/ii, i. 4. 9. 
 
 S!:>|6i)vai,Se'^<ra^,&c.| see Siia, i.2.14. 
 
 8:1 impers., see S4iii, i. 3. 5. 
 
 8c£Sci>* Ep., SeiiroiMu. Ep. & vii. 3. 
 26 ? pret. ScSoixa & 2 pf. S^Sia, a. 
 Retja, to fear, be afraid. A., /ii), i. 3. 
 10 ; 7. 7; 10. 9 : iii. 2. 5, 25. 
 
 SeCkvviu & -iSii),* Sfijoi, SiScixa, in- 
 dico, to point out, sJiow, indicate, make 
 signs, A. i)., cp., iv. 5. 33 ; 7. 27. 
 
 8e(\T), 5)s, afternoon, both early 
 (irptiitn.) and late (dtpia) ; evening : Scl- 
 Xi)S or Tjjs Sel\7i9 in the afternoon, at 
 evening : afju/>l SeiXrjv about the com- 
 ing of afternoon, early in the after- 
 noon : i. 8. 8 : ii. 2. 14 : iii. 3. 11. 
 
 SciXiSs, 4 liv, (SelSui) timid, coward- 
 iTj, i. 4. 7 ? iii. 2. 35 : vi. 6. 24. 
 
 Seivds, ij, bv, (SclBu) dreadful, fright- 
 ful, fearful, terrible, perilous; out- 
 rageous, intolerable, insufferable, griev- 
 ous, severe; strange, wondrous; very 
 piim-rfiil, able, skilful, clever, or 
 admit ; i, (i^ayeii' £cii>5s a lerrilile fel- 
 loii) to ral, vii. 3. 23); Seivbv subst.. 
 
 peril, danger, obstacle : i. 9. 19 : ii 
 3. 13, 22; 5. 15; 6. 7 : iv. 6. 16. 
 
 j,StiViJS lirribly : cI}(ov 8elv.Ijs t)iey 
 were [in a terrible condition] suffering 
 severely, vi. 4. 23. 
 
 tScL^veci), ijffw, dedelirvTjKa, to take 
 the second or afternoon meal, to dine 
 or sup, ii. 2. 4: iii. 5. 18: iv. 6. 17, 22. 
 
 . Sciirvov, ov, (akin to Cdirru and Lat. 
 daps, though it has been fancifully 
 referred to 6e: iron^iy, as the meal that 
 must be worked for) coena, the .sei-oi.d 
 of the two usual er regular Greek 
 meals, the afternoon or evening -meal, 
 siip;>er, often corresponding to our 
 lati r dinner; the meal for which most 
 preparation was made, and to which 
 guests wore especially invited ; ii. 4. 
 15 : iv. 2. 4: vii. 3. 15 s. 
 
 iSeiirvo-iroLciu, ijcro}, to prepare su2J- 
 per for another ; but M., for one's 
 self. vi. 3. 14 ; 4. 20. 
 
 Seiirai, -o-as, &c., see Seldu, iii. 2. 5. 
 Sct(r0iu, SciTai, &c., see Wu, i. 1. 10. 
 S^Ka indecl., Un, i. 2. 10, 14. Der. 
 
 DrcADK. 
 
 '4.8cKa-ir€VTc indecl., ffftee7i,vii. 8. 26. 
 
 IScKaTcvu, Gijc-(ij, to lake a tenth of, 
 litlie. A., V. 3. 9. 
 
 |8^KaT0S, ri, ov, t^nth: t] ScicAtti [so. 
 /xo'pa parl^ the tenth p^rt, titlie: v. 3. 4. 
 A^XTa, TJ, indecl., tlui Delta, a, ])art 
 of Thrace between the Euxine and 
 Propontis, so named from its shape, 
 vii. 1. 33 ; 5. 1. 
 SeXiJiCs, '"OS, 6, a dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
 AcX(j>ol, uM', of, Be phi, a small city 
 of Phoci^ , famed for the natural ti.b- 
 limity and beauty of its situation 
 overhung by the elitfs of Mt. Parnas- 
 sus, and for its temple and oracle of 
 Apollo, the most celebrat(^d in the 
 world. It was the seat of the Pythian 
 games, and one of the two places for 
 the meeting of the Amphictyonic 
 council ; and was accounted by the 
 Greeks the central point of the caith. 
 It abounded in consecrated gifts and 
 works of the choicest and richest art ; 
 and here several states, as the Athe- 
 nians, Corinthians, &c., had sacred 
 treasuries, esp. for the keeping of such 
 gifts as should not stand in the open 
 air. Its oracle was finally silenced by 
 the emperor Theodosius in his general 
 prohibition of Pagan worship, A. 1). 390. 
 V. 3. 5; vi. 1. 22. IJKastri. 
 
Se'vSpov 3 
 
 rivSpov,* ov, (dat. pi. ShSpoii or Sh- 
 
 ipeji, iv. 7. 9; 8. 2), a tree, i. 2. 22. . 
 
 u^|air6ai., -Ofiai., &c., see Sixof^t. 
 1 8e|i.(Sop.ai, li^ofmi, to give the right 
 hand to another, welanne, greet, con- 
 gratulate, vii. 4. 19. 
 
 Se|i<Ssi i, iv, (akin to S^xoM"' '''"'^ 
 ScIki/v/u, from the use of the right hand 
 in taking and pointing) dexter, riyhl 
 in distinction fr. left, on the right (tlie 
 auspicious side in Greek augury, as 
 the left in Roman) : t) Se^id [sc. x^W 
 the right hand, often used, as now, in 
 greeting, and also in solemn assevera- 
 tion ; hence, a pledge or solemn as- 
 surance, esp. of friendship or peace ; 
 h Se^tq., on the right (hand), a. : tA 
 Se|iic [sc. K^pos, fiipos, &c.] the right 
 (wing) of an army (a position of spe- 
 cial honor), tlie right side or part (so 
 ri 5e?iii), the riqht : iirl Sc^id to or on 
 the right : i. 2. 15 ; 5., 1 ; 6. 6 ; 8. is, 
 13 : ii.'4. 1: iv. 3. 17: vi. 1. 23; 4. 1. 
 
 A^^-nriros, of, Dexippus, a Laconi- 
 an, ])rob. a loeliage in the division of 
 Clearchus, faithless and slanderous, 
 V. 1. lo : vi. 1. 32 ; 6. 5. 
 
 AepKDX[\]i8as, ov, Dercyl[l']iclas, a 
 Spai-tan general of great ability (sur- 
 naineil Sisyphus from his varied re- 
 sources), under whom as the successor 
 of Thibron, the Cyreaus, after their 
 return, served against the Persians. 
 He had previously commanded for the 
 Spartans in the region of the Helles- 
 pont (sent out B. c. 411). Plutarch 
 infomis us, that his generalship did 
 not secure him from insult at Sparta 
 for being unmarried, v. 6. 24. 
 
 Slpjia, arot, ro, {S4pa to flay) the 
 skin stripped off, hide, i. 2. 8 : iv. 8. 26. 
 jSepiiciTivos, 1), ov, of skin, leathern; 
 ieplxaTivT) [sc. diriris or tt^Xtt/] a buck- 
 ler of leather or skin, iv. 7. 26 ; 
 
 A^pvris, ov or eos, Derncs, satrap of 
 Arabia, vii. 8. 25. 
 
 1 8«<r)iEtl(i>, £i)(ru, to chain or tie up, 
 A., V. 8. 24 'i 
 
 8eo-)i,os, ov, 6, {S4ii> to bind) a band, 
 strap, yoke-strap, iii. 6. 10. 
 
 8€criri'n)S, ov, (cf. Lat. potis) a mns- 
 ter, lord, ii. 3. 15. Der. despot. 
 
 SEvpo adv., hither, here, i. 3. 19. 
 
 8evTepos, a, ov, (c. form fr. Siio, 376c) 
 second : Seirepov or tJ deirepov, as 
 adv., the second time : i. 8. 16 : ii. 2. 4 
 iii. 4. 28. Der. deuteru-nomv. 
 
 8t)X6u 
 
 8i\0|iai,* Si^o/iai, d4Seyp.ai, to re- 
 ceive, accept, take what is ottered-; to 
 receive hospitably, admit, welcome {ol- 
 Klf S4xc<r8ai to receive [with] iiUo one's 
 house, vii. 2. 6); to receive an enemy, 
 to meet or await his charge or attack 
 (eis x^V"' SixecBai. to receive an enemy 
 liand to hand, to inect him in close 
 combat, iv.3.31); A. tls, iirl : i. 8. 17; 
 10. 6, 11: iv. 5. 32: v. 5. 2 .s, 19 s. 
 
 8e«,* Sriau, SiScKa, pf. p. d^de^i, 
 to bind, tie, fasten, a., iii. 4. -ii) ; 5. 
 10 : iv. 3. 8 ; 6. 2. Der. dia-dkm. 
 
 8^«,* be-qatt), d€8iijKa, a..}}, as ^n.idei/i 
 Btjv, to need, loant, lack, a. i.; as av- 
 Tov 6\lyov SeiJffaJTOS K<iTa\€V(r07jvai 
 when he Imd wanted little [to he] of 
 being stoned to ilaiJIi, had narrowly 
 escaped or come near this, i. 5. 14; 
 TToAXou Seiv to lack niicch of, be far 
 from, vii. 6. 18 : — M. to need for one's 
 .self, stand in rued of, wO'i^U require, 
 desire ; to beg, eiitreat, beseech, ask, 
 request; G. I. (a.), A. of neut. pron.; 
 i. 1. 10 ; 2. 14 ■ 3. 4 ; 4. 14s : iivb rod 
 Sutrdai. by want or poverty, ii. 6. 13. — 
 Imjx'rs. Set (5^7), Sioi, Selv, Siov, f. Sei)- 
 <Tei, a. id4i)iTc) there is need of, o. ; tliere 
 is need that, it is necessary, due, or 
 proper, it behooves (often translated 
 personall}'' by must or ought, am 
 obliged, &c.), I. (A., r. D., iii. 4. 35): 
 oliSh (rl, tI, 8 Ti) ScL, there is no {some, 
 any, &c.) need (adv. ace. or of spec, 
 need as to nothing, &c., ii. 4. 7: iii. 4. 
 23) : TO d^ov the thing needed or prop- 
 er : els rb Siov satisfactorily : iis Sct)- 
 aov as it would be necessary (pt. abs., 
 V. 2. 12) : i. 3. 5 s, 8: iii. 2. 28, 33, 36. 
 
 8^ * post-pos. adv. , (5^) indeed, 
 truly, surely, forsooth, even, accord- 
 ingly, of course, just, so, then, now, 
 pray. It i.s also translated by other 
 strengthening words, or sometimes by 
 emphasis only. i. 1.4; 2.3s; 9.28s. 
 
 8rjXos, TI, ov, evident, manifest, plain, 
 clear : SrjXuv (iarlv) it is evident : by 
 personal constr. for impers., S^Xos ?" 
 aviilinevos it was manifest that he was 
 grieved, or he was manifestly grieved 
 (so often w. a pt., 573, i. 2. 11 ; 5. 9: 
 cf. V. 2. 26): S^Xoj" Sn parenthetically, 
 also written Si/Xok jti as an adv. , [it is 
 evident that] eridnitbj : i. 3. 9 : ii. 3. 
 1, 6 : iii. 2. 26, 34. 
 4.St}Xco}, diffu, SeS^Xw/ca, to manifest, 
 skoiv, make evident ; to set forth, relate. 
 
8i]|ia-y«i>7cu 
 
 32 
 
 Sia£ciryw|u 
 
 declare; A., cv. D., irpAs: i. 9. 28: ii. 
 1. 1 ; 2. 18 {eS^Xioffe roOro this shmved 
 itself, became evident, 577'' i or he 
 slwwed this); 5.26: vii. 7. 35. 
 
 DKMAGuouK, £^/uos, fi7«) to ^/a^ tile 
 deiruit/ogue or carrt/ /aDor with, win 
 by popular arts, A., vii. 6. 4. 
 
 AT||i.-dpdTos, ou, Demardtios, v. I. for 
 Ao/id,.aTos, ii. 1. 3: vii. 8. 17. 
 
 Ar)p,b-KpdTT|S, eos, Democrates, a 
 Tenienite, a trusty scout, iv. 4. 15. 
 
 ATji&Ofr-aSTiSi V. /. I'uj' 'M.-qboff&5yj$. 
 
 [8fj|i,os, ov, h, the peop.e, the com- 
 iiions. Der. demo-ckauv.] 
 
 .|.8T]jjuS(ri,as, a, ov, bbloiiging to thu 
 ])eople, being public property : ri Srj- 
 libaia thepvilic money : iv. 6. 16. 
 
 S^<S(i>, (iiroi, SiS-guKa 1., (Sijios hostile) 
 to ravage, lay waste. A., v. 5. 7. 
 
 S'/j-irott adv., doubtless, surely, cer- 
 tainly, of course, iii. 1. 42 ; 2. 15. 
 
 Sijirai, -iras, -<rci), see Siia, to bind. 
 
 iiti\6ds, see Sdaiw, iii. 2. 18. 
 
 Sio,* by apostr. Sl, jirep. w. g. and 
 A., (akin to Sio and Lat. dis-) through : 
 more literally, w. Gen. (of pWe, time, 
 means, manner, &c.), i. 2. 5 : ii. 5. 21 s : 
 iv. 6. 22 : SiA rax^w through quick 
 measures, rapidly, i. 5. 9 : airo^s Sili 
 tpMas Uvai to go to them through the 
 way of friendship, to seek their friend- 
 ship^, 6id iravrbs vo\^/j.ov airroU Uvai 
 to wage utter war with them, iii. 2. 8 : 
 Sti. t4\ovs through the con:pletion, 
 throughmd, vi. 6. 11 : — w. Ave, cau- 
 sal, through the influence, agency, or 
 aid of; on accoimt of, by reason of, for 
 the sake of, for, through; i. 2. 8 ; 7. 6 s : 
 vii. 7. 7, 49 3. In compos., through (of 
 place, time, completion, &c.); ajmrl, 
 asunder, about, abroad, denoting di- 
 vision or distribution, cf. Lat. dis-. 
 
 Ala, Alt, Ai^s, see Zeiis, i. 7. 9. 
 
 Sta-PalvcD,* p^fyroiuu, p4pT)Ka, 2 a. 
 (pijv, to go or pass through, over, or 
 across, to cross. A., Sii : to step apart, 
 stride, straddle: i. 2. 6; 4. 14s : iv. 3. 8. 
 
 Sui-PaXXu,* /3a\fi, pipXTjKa, 2 a. 
 IpaXop, to pierce with words like darts, 
 to calumniate, traduce, slander, accuse 
 or state falsely or maliciously, hisinu- 
 ate. A., AK., jrpis, ils, i. 1. 3 : vii. 5. 8. 
 t Suipao-is, ews, t), the act, means, or 
 place of crossing; a crossiiig, passage ; 
 ford, bridge, ferry; t^porary bridge; 
 i. 5. 12 : ii. 3. 10. 
 
 tSiaPaWos, a, ov, thai must he crossed, 
 to be crossed, ii. 4. 6: vi. 5. 12 s. 
 
 tSia^ards, ij, 6v, that may be crossed, 
 passable, fordable, i. 4. 18 : ii. 6. 9. 
 
 Sia-P^PTjKa, -Pas, -pfjvai, -Pu, &c,, 
 see Sia-^alvu, i. 2. 6 ; 4. 14, 16, 18. 
 iSia-pipd^u, /3t/3d(ri» ^i^u, (pijldtu 
 to ma.ke go, causative ofpalvw) to carry 
 or bring across or over, take or lead 
 across, transport. A., iii. 5. 2, 8. 
 
 SiaPoX^, I's, (Sio-;8d\X<o) calumny, 
 slander, false accusation, ii. 5. 5. 
 
 Si-ayy^XXu, eXfi, ijrfycXKa, to carry 
 word through, report, announce, com- 
 municate, A. D., eis : M. to pass the 
 word [through] mie to another: i. 6. 2 : 
 ii. 3. 7: iii. 4. 36: vii. 1. 14. 
 
 Sia-7cX(i<u, Aaoiiai, to make sport of 
 among othere, expose to ridicule, lau^h 
 at, jeer at, inock. A., ii. 6. 26. 
 
 Sia-\C7VO|Jioi.,*7e;'i)iro/««, yey ivqfuu 
 k 2 pf. 7^7om, 2 a. iyev6fi.7iv, to come 
 or get through, subsiit, continue, pass 
 time, A. P., iv, i. 5. 6; 10.19: ii. 6. 5. 
 
 8L-0LYKvX<So|iaL, ibcrofiai, ^7/ci}\u/xai, 
 {iyiciKri a loop, the leathern thong of 
 a javelin, fr. S/yKos) to insert mw's fin- 
 ger in tlie thong of a javelin, in im- 
 mediate preparation for hurling it : 
 iLiuKvXufiivot with ih^eir fingers in the 
 thongs. The &yKi\ri (Lat. amentum) 
 was prob. fastened to the javelin at 
 or near the centre of gravity, and was 
 so used in throwing as to give greater 
 force or (through rotiition) steadiness 
 to the motion, iv. 3. 28 : v. 2. 12 ; ». I. 
 di-ayKv\l^ofiai, Iffofxai, ijyKiXiafiai, 
 
 81-0,70,, ♦ afu, ^x<t, 2 a. ^7070!", to 
 lead or earn/ through or across, bring 
 over, transport. A.; to pass lime. A.; 
 without an ace. expressed, to puss ihe 
 time, live, continue, be constantly, 1'. ; 
 i. 2. 11: ii. 4. 28: iii. 1. 43; 5. 10. 
 
 Si-aYuvC^o^ai, Iffofuu loCyitai, iiy^- 
 vuriuu, to contend throughout or con- 
 stantly, Tp6s, iv. 7. 12. 
 
 8ia-S^s|juu, Si^o/Mu, SiScyfiai., to re- 
 ceive one from another through a line, 
 to relieve one another, succeed, i. 5. 2. 
 
 8La-8(8c0^i,* dLijcuj, SiSwKa, a. ^SuKa 
 (Su>, bolTjv, &c.), to dis-tribule, A. D. 
 I., i.9.22; 10.18: v. 8. 7: vii. 7. 56. 
 
 SidSoxos, ov, 6, (Sia-S^xo/uu) a suc- 
 cessor, r)., vii. 2. 5. 
 
 8ia-j€v-YVV(ii,* feiifu, (t^vxa 1., Tpf.p. 
 (^evyimi, to nn-j/nl-i; disunite, sepa- 
 rate, A. iiri, iv. 2. 1( . 
 
Sta6edo|iai 
 
 33 
 
 Sio^lirru 
 
 8ui-0fdo)uii, iaoijai, TtBii^uu, to 
 look (hrtmnh, observe, consider, cp. g. 
 of theme, iii. 1. 19. 
 
 Si-ai0pidju, (£<ru, {alffpia) dis-sere- 
 nasco, to be clearing up or away [the 
 clouds dispersing, hence Sii], iv. i. 
 10 : V. I. avv-aiSpui^. 
 
 Si-aip^u,* ^(TtD, i7/)i)Ko, 2 a. erXoi', to 
 take apart, and thus destroy or remove, 
 A., ii. 4. 22 : v. 2. 21. 
 
 Svo-Kcifuiv,* Kel<TonaL,to be arrwnged, 
 dis-posed, or affected, ch. of the state 
 of the mind, D., vpis, ii. 5. 27; 6. 12 : 
 iii. 1. 3 : vii. 3. 17 (irapers.; yet by 
 some, of the gift, to be disposed of). 
 
 Sia-KcX£vo|uu, eiaoiMi, to exhort or 
 encourage through an undertaking, 
 &c., to cheer on, D., iii. 4. 45 : iv. 7. 26. 
 Sia-KivSuvcvu, eicrii), to expose one's 
 self throughout, tncet all dangers, in- 
 ewr all risks, hazard a battle, i. 8. 6. 
 Sui-icXdia, xXdiTio 1., (icXdii) to break) 
 to break in pieces. A., vii. 3. 22. 
 
 SioKoviu, ■^la, SedidK6in)Ka, {Sid-Kimos 
 a waiter, one who goes through tlie 
 dust. Kins • or akin to SttiKui) to wait 
 upon, serve, iv. 5. 33. 
 
 Zia-K6irra,* Kixjiia, Kixo^m, 2 a. p. 
 
 iKiTTtjv, to cut through or in pieces, 
 
 break through. A., i. 8. 10 : iv. 8. 11. 
 
 8idK<Sirvoi., at, a, (Sis, iKariv) two 
 
 hundred, i. 2. 9. 
 
 Sia-Kpti>ca,* KpXvd, xiKpiKO, to Judge 
 between,, decide, vi. 1. 22. 
 
 Sia-Xa'yx<>'V<')* ^^imi, etXiixa, 2 a. 
 fXaxov, to divide, assign, or take by lot, 
 to allot. A., iv. 5. 23. 
 
 Sui-\a|ipdvti>,* 'kii'^oitai, efXij^a, 
 2 a. JXa/Joi', to take apart, separate, 
 divide; to take severally, each his 
 shave ; A.; iv. 1. 23 : v. 3. 4. 
 
 Siit-Xfyo|i.a.i,* X^|o/iai, efXcY/uti, ^X^- 
 X'BiVt to share the talk, converse, con- 
 fer, or treat with, x>., irpis, ae., irepl, 
 i. 7. 9 : iv. 2. 18 s. Der. dialogue. 
 8ia-Xc£iroo,* \ei}p(o, \4\oLTrci, 2 a. At- 
 iroi', to leave an interval, to be or stand 
 apart or at intervals, be distant, A. 
 dx4 : t6 SioXeiTTOi' the interval : i. 7. 
 15; 8.10: iv. 7. 6 ; 8. 12s. 
 
 SL-ajjiapTdvu,* hp.apT'fiaoiMU, fitiAp- 
 TtiKo, 2 a. Tj/iapTox, to stray apart 
 from, /o«7 to find, miss, a., vii. 4. 17. 
 Sia-|idxo|'''"'i* X^'^of^'- XO^MO'i f^- 
 ndxvf^h to /?'*' [through] hard, con- 
 tend or resist earnestly or obstinately, 
 D., I., TTcpf, V. 8. 23 ; B. 25 ? vii. 4. 10. 
 LEX. AN. 2* 
 
 Si.a-|i^v(a,* ficvio, iieiihniKa, to remain 
 through, still remain, vii. 1. 6 : v. 4. 
 22? 
 
 Sia-|i£Tp^u, ^0-0), to distribute by 
 measure, measure out, A. d., vii. 1. 
 40 s. 
 
 Si-a|iir^ES (for Si-wa-irepH fr. ireipia 
 to pierce) ch. Ep., quite throiigh, adv., 
 or as prep. w. A., iv. 1. 18 : vii. 8. 14. 
 
 Sia-v^|U>,* vciid, vevi/iTiKa, a. li>ei,u,a, 
 to distribute, apportion, A. D., vii. 5. 2. 
 
 Sui-vo&)iai, ■^ffofiai, vev6riiMi, a, im- 
 iSiiv, to dis-poise one's thoughts, pro- 
 pose, purpose, design, intend, i., ae., 
 ii.4. 17: v. 7. 15: vi. 1.19: vii. 7. 48s. 
 iSidvoio, as, a design, intent, purpose, 
 project, V. 6. 31. 
 
 Sia^iravrds adv., or 8id iravTos, 
 through everything, throughout, vii. 
 8.11. 
 
 8itt-Tr^|jLir€i>,* Tr^/x^u, 7r^irofjL<pa, to 
 send about or round. A., i. 9. 27. 
 
 8ia-irepd(i>, d<Tu, Treiripdica, to pass 
 through, cross. A., iv. 3. 21 ? 
 
 8La-7rX4ci>,* ffXciJj'o/Aat, Tr^TrXeu/ca, to 
 sail across, els, vii. 2. 9 ; 3. 3. ; 8. 1. 
 
 8La-iroXe|i.^a>, '^u, TreiroXi^iijKa, to 
 carry the war through, figlU it out, d., 
 iii. 3. 3. 
 
 SiOL-iropcvu, c6a-<o, pf. m. ireTipev- 
 puu, to carry or convey aoross or over, 
 A.: ilf. to carry one's self over, to 
 cross, to march or pass through or over, 
 A. : ii. 2. 11 ; 5. 18 : iii. 3. 3 : vi. 5. 19. 
 
 81-airopeu, ijo-u, ipr6pT]Ka, A. and M. 
 to be at a loss or in doubt between two 
 courses, vi. 1. 22. 
 
 Sia-itpdiTu,* Trpd^u, ir^irpdxo, pf. 
 m. and^. iriitpayimi, to work througli, 
 work out, effect, accomplish, obtain, 
 gain; SunrpSiai, Sttius eMWoi to ob- 
 tain for him [how he might enter] the 
 privilege of entering : M. much as A., 
 to work aiU for one's self, effect one's 
 desire, accomplish one's aim, obtain 
 one's renuest, gain one's point ; to 
 negotiate, stipulate, inake an agree- 
 ment, arrange or settle affairs : a. d., 
 I. (a.), cp., Trapd, irpis, Trepf :ii. 3. 20, 
 25: iii. 5.5: v. 7.29: vii. 1.38; 2.7. 
 8i-apird^<i>,* daopai, ^pira/co, pf. p. 
 ^pwaiTfiai, di-rijiio, to snatch apart, 
 plunder, sack, seize, earrn/ off, A. , i. 2. 
 19, 26 ; 10. 2, 18 : ii. 2. 16 ; 4. 27. 
 hux-^-^ha = •». I. Sid . . l>i<a, v. 3. 8. 
 Sia-^-plirru or pnrT^oi,* ^<v!'cu, Hpl- 
 0a, to throw about, scatter. A., v. 8. 6. 
 
8i.d^pii|riS 
 
 34 
 
 Siaxoipfo) 
 
 4.8idppii|/is, eus, 4, a throwing tibout, 
 scattering, v. 8. 7. 
 
 8La-(rT)p.a£v(i}, ai^w, a. itririfiTjva or dt'a, 
 <o signify or indicate a decision be- 
 tween two courses, cp., ii. 1. 23. 
 
 Sia-irKT|ve'(i) (in trans.), ^crw, & Sia- 
 a-KT|v6a) (trans.?), daw, to enemap 
 apart, separate for qimrters, Kard, els, 
 iv. 4. 8, 10 ; 5. 29. 
 
 j8ta-irKT|vi]T^ov itrrCv, it is necessary 
 to encamp apart, ris, iv. 4. 14. 
 
 Sia-OTriiuD,* airiaw, lairaKa, pf. p. 
 §<T'ira<rfiai,, a. ^. iffTdaOriv, to draw 
 apart, separate, scaiter, disperse. A., 
 i. 5. 9 : iii. 4. 20 : iv. 8. 10, 17. 
 
 8ia-o-^cCp(i>,* (TTre/jw, ^ffirapKa 1., pf. 
 ^. ^iTTap/xat, 2 a. jO. iairdpriv, to scatter, 
 disperse, spread, trans.; jj/"., intrans. : 
 i. 8. 25 : ii. 4. 3 : vi. 3. 19 ; 5. 28. 
 
 Sia-cTTds, -cTTfjvat, see St-iori^/xt. 
 
 8i,a-(r(j>EvSovd(i>, ^itm, to sling or 
 iArow m all directions, iv. 2. 3. 
 
 8itt-<rx<o, -<rxoip.i, see Si-ix'^- 
 
 Sia-a-iitfo, aiiiau, aiawKa, a. p, iaii- 
 671V, to preserve through clanger, save, 
 keep or bring safe: P. & M. to be 
 saved or brought safe, save one's self 
 or one's own, arrive safely : A. D., 
 els,Trp6s: v. 4. 5; 5.13 ; 6. 18 : vi.6.5. 
 
 8i.o-TdTTO,* rdfu, T^Tax«,a. p. ird- 
 X^Vi t" arrange, draw up, or distrib- 
 ute, in order of battle, A., i. 7. 1. 
 
 8ia-TcCvo>,^ Tevu, TimKa, a. ^rewa, 
 to stretch out: M- to strain or exert 
 one's self; irav wphs vfias S. to use every 
 effort with you, vii. 6. 36. 
 
 8ia-T£X^u, * dirio u>, tct^Xcko, to fin- 
 ish through or entirely, complete, A. : 
 w. A. understood (476. z) to finish the 
 way, complete tlie distance ; to fill up 
 the time, to continue, be continually 
 or constantly, P. : i. 5. 7 - iii. 4. 17 : 
 iv. 3, 2 ; 5. 11. 
 
 8ia-T<iK<i),* T^foi, 2 pf. rh-ijKa, to 
 melt through, trans.: M. and 2 pf., 
 intrans., iv. 5. 6. 
 
 8La-TL0Ti|jLi,* B'fiaui, r^&eiKa, a. ^dtjKa 
 {8Q, &c.), dis-pono, to dis-pose in 
 mind ; to dispose of, Juindle, treat or 
 serve ; A., i. 1. 5 : iv. 7. 4 : M. to dis- 
 jmnc of for one's own profit, sell, A.: 
 vi. 6. 37: vii. 4. 2. 
 
 8ia-Tpl<|Ki),* dpifajTirpo^a, 2 a. p. 
 erpd^ijc, to feed through, nourish, 
 siiystain, A., iv. 7. 17. 
 tSia-TptP'fj, tJs, delay, vi. 1. 1. 
 
 8ia-Tp^Pci>, TpL\f/w, r^rpi^a, to rub 
 
 through, wear away, waste, pass or 
 spend time. A.; w. A. understood, to 
 spend the time, delay, tarry ; i. 6. 9 : 
 ii. 3. 9: iv. 6. 9: vii. 2. 3. 
 
 Sia-i)>aCv(i>,* tpavH, w^^ayKa, to show 
 through : M.to appear or shine through, 
 V. 2. 29 : 2 a. p. impers. Biet/idvTi [it] 
 the light shone through, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 ;Sia<)>avas {diaipav^s transparent) 
 transparently, clearly, manifestly, vi. 
 1. 24. 
 
 t8ia(|>EpdvT<i>s surpassingVgj pre-emi- 
 nently, jieculiarly, i. 9. 14. 
 
 8La-(f>^pa), * otff(ji,^v:]viyxO', Si.ijveyKa or 
 -ov, dif-fero, to dif-fkr from, surpass, 
 excel, a. ae., ^ • impers. w. i., SUtpcpev 
 dX4ia<r$at it was different or eaMer to 
 repel; or by pers. constr., iii<j>fpor 
 iXi^aaSai. they were [different] better 
 able, or found it easier to repel, 573 ; 
 ii. 3. 15 : iii. 1. 37 ; 4. 33 : ol irora/to! 
 SLoiiToviTLV [v. ■ I. fit^troucrti/] the rivers 
 will [carry us across] permit us to 
 cross (ace. to some, will differ in size), 
 iii. 2. 23: M. to differ with, quarrel, 
 be at variance, djupl, wpbs, iv. 5. 17. 
 
 8ia-(f>eirYU,* ^eO^ofxat, iriipevya, 2 a. 
 l(pvyov, to flee through, get away, 
 escape, A. ^f, v. 2. 3: vi. 3. 4: vii. 3. 43. 
 
 Sia-c|>6ECp(i>,* ipBepQ), l<j)SapKa, 2 a. p. 
 itpBdpTpi, to spoil utterly, ruin, destroy; 
 to corrupt, seduce, bribe ; A. : P. to be 
 destroyed or ruiiicd, go to ruin, waste 
 away, &c. : iii. 3. 5 : iv. 1. 11 ; 5. 12. 
 
 8i,d(f>apas, ox, s., {Sia-ipipw) at vari- 
 ance: neut. subst., variance, disagree- 
 ment, cause of diffcrcjice or dissension, 
 iv. 6. 3 : vii. 6. is. 
 
 8ia-<|>vf|, ^s, ((pv^ growth, fr. (piia) 
 growth between, a partition or dim- 
 sum, V. 4. 29. 
 
 8ia-(jmXdTT(i>, d^dj, ire^OXaxa, to 
 guard throughout : Af. to take care or 
 exercise precaiUion throughout, AE. 
 cis, vii. 6. 22 ? 
 
 8ia-xdJ<i>,* (xifw to drive back, ch. 
 Ep.) to draw apart, separate, intrans., 
 iv. 8. 18 ? 
 
 8ia-Xei|i.d|<a, daw, (x^t/ia winter, fr. 
 X^w to pour) to go through or pass tlie 
 winter, to winter, vii. 6. 31. 
 
 8ia-X6iptJ«, Laa iGi, Kexelpma, (x^lp) 
 to pass tlirough one's hands, adminis- 
 ter, manage. A., i. 9. 17. 
 
 8ia-X'»p^<a, ^irw, KexiiprjKa, to go or 
 work throiujh: impers. Kdrui Siexdpa 
 01)7-0:5 t/uiy had a diarrhoea, iv. 8. 20. 
 
SiSdo-KaXos 
 
 35 
 
 Siopdu 
 
 tSiSdo-KoXof, ov, 0, a teacher, ii. 6. 12. 
 
 SiSdcTKu,* djw, SeSiBax'i, cc ttn.c!i, 
 instruct, vi/onn, a. cp., !.: P. !o be 
 tatight, learn : i. 7. 4 : ii. 5. 6 : iii. 3. 
 4 ; 4. 32 : vi. 5. 18. Der. didactic. 
 
 Sl8i]|ii.,* ch. Ep., a prolonged foriu 
 of Siui to bind, q. v. ; v. 8. 24. 
 
 8iSu)ii,* Siiffa, SiSuKU, a. ISwica (Si3, 
 &c. ), pf. p. 5^Soiiai, a. p., ididriv, Lat. 
 do, to give, grant, bestow, A. D., i. 1. 6, 
 8 s ; 2. 12, 27 : do&rjvai ainifi (Tth^eiv 
 that it should be granted to him to 
 save, the privilege of saving, 663 b, 
 ii. 3. 25 ; of. vii. 3. 13. Der. dose. 
 
 8i-^Paivav, -^Pt)V, see Sia-paiva. 
 
 %\,-frfivi^r\v, see Sia-ylyvop,aL, ii. 6. 5. 
 
 8i-elp7ci),* etp^ui, to intercept (sc. ai- 
 ToM), intervene, iii. 1. 2. 
 
 8i-etxov, see Si-ixu, i. 8. 17. 
 
 8i-cXavvw,* i\6.fftii i\Qt, iK'qXaKa, 
 a. ijXaa-a, to ride, drive, or charge, 
 through, i. 5. 12 ; 10. 7 ; ii. 3. 19. 
 
 8i-c\6£iv, -tX'(jXv6a, see 5i-ipxoiiat. 
 
 8i-eXi&v, see Si-aip4u, ii. 4. 22. 
 
 SL-E^-jp\0)i.ai.,* i\ei{rofmi, ^\ij\i;8a, 
 2 a. ^XSov, to come out through, els, 
 vi. 6. 38? 
 
 8i.-4p\0)i.ai,* iXeia-o/iai, i\-/i\v0a, 2 a. 
 IjXBov, to go or come through, pass or 
 march through, cross. A., Sid: of a 
 rumor, to go abroad, spread : i. 4. 7 : 
 ii. 4. 12 : iv. 1. 3, 5 ; 5. 22 : v. 4. 14. 
 
 8i,-ep(aTdw, to appeal to, v. I. fur ipw- 
 rda, iv. 1. 2S. 
 
 8i-ca-n'dp8ai, see Sia-avdpa, ii. 4. 3. 
 
 iirxo", [to have one's self apart] to be 
 apart, distant, or separated, to diverge, 
 G., diri : tA Siix<"'t l^ intervening 
 space, interval : i. 8. 17 : iii. 4. 22. 
 
 8L-T|7iop.ai, ijirojuai, ^yTj/tat, to lead 
 through a story, to relate or state in 
 detail, nm-rate, A.., iv. 3. 8 : vii. 4. 8. 
 
 8i-^Xaira, see Si-e\aiyiti, i. 10. 6. 
 
 8i.-i|X6ov, see St-ipxo;iai, i. 4. 7. 
 
 8i-£t](i.'.,* fj7u, ef/ca, a. ^ko, (iS, &o.), 
 to send through, per-mit to go through, 
 let pass, A. Sii, iii. 2. 23 ? iv. 1. 8. 
 
 8i-l<rTi)|<.i,* (rTi;irw,?irTi;/ca,2 a.^ffTT/K, 
 <o station apart : M., w. pf. and 2 a. 
 act. , to stand apart, be stationed at in- 
 tervils, open tlie ranks, i. 5. 2 ; 8. 20. 
 
 8lxai.os, a, ov, c., s., (SLkt)) just, 
 right, rigliteous, upriijld, proper, rea- 
 sonable, T., i. 3. 5 : iii. 1. 37: rd StKaioi' 
 justice, right, pi. rights; ix too dixaiov 
 [out of] accordiiuj to justice, in a just 
 
 way,i.9.19: Sixaia iroieiK to do what is 
 right,i.'d.5; rd diKaia Xafi^dueiv to take 
 justice, vii. 7. 17: oOs ^SiiKouv SiKatord- 
 Tovs eivai whom they deemed to be the 
 most proper to invite, or the best en- 
 titled to an invitation, = v. I. oOs idSxei 
 diKatlnarov elvaL whom it seemed to be 
 the most proper to invite, 573, vi. 1. 3. 
 J.8iKaio(rivq, iis,justice{as a quality), 
 uprightness, righteousness, i. 9. 16. 
 4.8iKai.<i'n]5, rp-os, i], — diKaidnjuri, 
 ii. 6. 26. 
 l^SiKatAm justly, with reason, reason- 
 ably, properly, deservedly, ii. 3. 19. 
 
 tSiKaoTT^s, o5, [Smaiu to judge) a 
 judge, V. 7. 34. 
 
 SCkt), 11$, justice or right; just re W- 
 bution either (1) to him who has suf- 
 fered, or (2) to him who has done 
 wrong (^ iffx^TT) SUri the severest retri- 
 bution or punishment, v. 6. 15); also 
 (3) sing, or pi., u. process of jttstice, 
 judiciid proceedings, trial; a. Thus, 
 (1,3) SiK'qi' SiSivaL poenas dare, to give ret- 
 ribution or satisfaction, make amends, 
 pay tlie penalty, suffer punishment ; to 
 render a judicial account of one's con- 
 duct ; D. ; ii. 6. 21 : v. 7. 29 ; 8.1: 51- 
 Kr)i> Xa/ipdyeiv pcenas sumere, to take 
 satisfaction, obtain amends or justice, 
 inflict punishinent, v. 8. 1 7 : SU-qv ^x"" 
 to liave satisfaction, vii. 4. 24 : — (2, 3) 
 SiKT]v iiTLTLd^vat to ivflict retribution, 
 punishment, or just desert, D., i. 3. 10, 
 20 : iii. 2. 8 : r^s S'iktis rvxcin to receive 
 oiw's desert, vi. 6. 25 : ^x^'" rrir SIktiv 
 to have one's desert or due, receive tlie 
 punishment due, ii. 5. 38, 41 : iirixeai 
 SiK-qv to undergo retribution, make 
 amends, submit to an investigation, 
 1ria', or punishment, render account, 
 I)., V. 8. 1, 18 : vi. 6. 15 : els SUas Ka- 
 raiTTqirai to present for trial, bring to 
 trial, V. 7. 34. 
 
 Si.-|iavpla, as, (Sis, p.otpa portion) a 
 double portion, tuiice as much, vii. 
 2. 36. 
 
 Siv^oi, iJfTw, ch, poet., (S1V77 a ichlrl) 
 to whirl, trans.: Af., intrans., vi. 1. 9. 
 
 8Ki adv. = di 8, on account of which, 
 wherefore, i. 2. 21: v. 5. 10: vii. 6. 39. 
 
 8L-080S, ov, if, a way ov jouriiey 
 thro'ugh, passage, v. 4. 9. 
 
 8i,-o£a'(i>, see 5ia-<f>ipa, iii. 2. 23 ? 
 
 8i-opdo>,* 6^ofia,i, iu)pdKa or 4'jpdKa, 
 to see through, perceive, discover, a., 
 v. 2. 30. 
 
SlOpVTTW 
 
 36 
 
 6opin]OT6s 
 
 Si-op4TT»,* i)|w, ipilipvxa, to dig 
 Oirough, A., vii. 8. 13 s. 
 
 SioTi* conj., (Si & Ti) on account of 
 this that, because, ii. 2. 14. 
 tSC-irtD^^s, V, g. eos, (tt^x"') two cu- 
 bits long, iv. 2. 28. 
 tSi-irXoo-ios, a, oi/, (TrXdrro) to form) 
 tivo-fold, double, twice as much or 
 inany : dnr\iffioi> double the distance, 
 twice as far, a.: iii. 3. 16 : iv. 1. 13. 
 tSl-irXeSpos, OK, (irXiBpop) two hun- 
 dred feet long or ivide, iv. 3. 1. 
 
 tSi-irX<SoS| at), iov, contr. Si-irXov$, 
 ^, ovv, (-irXoos, akin to w\4kii>) duplex, 
 two-fold, double, vii. 6. 7. Der.- di- 
 ploma. 
 
 [8ts adv., also in compos, di-, (Sio) 
 twice, doubly.} 
 4.8iir-xlXioi, at, a, two thousand, i. 
 1. 10 ; 2. 9. 
 
 Su^S^a, as, {di^u to tan) a tanned 
 or prepared skm, a leaihern bag ov 
 pouch, i. 5. 10 : v. 2. 12. Der. diph- 
 theria. 
 
 ^Su^4pivoS| 11, ov, made of shins, 
 leathern, ii. 4. 28. 
 
 8L-(|>pos, ov, b, (Sis, ipipa) a seat, 
 originally for two, as in the old char- 
 iot for the warrior and the driver, 
 i. 8. 10 : vii. 3. 29. 
 
 Sl\a, adv. , (Sh) in two, asunder : 
 Stx^ Trocetv to divide, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 |Sixd|(i>, do-u, to divide or separate, 
 intrans., iv. 8. 18 ? 
 
 8ii|>d(i> (contr. -lo, -fjs, -ti),* V", SrSi- 
 ^ijica, (Si^j/a thirst) to thirst, be thirsty, 
 iv. 5. 27. 
 1 8uDKT«os, a, ov, to be pursued : Slui- 
 kt4ov iffrlv it is necessary to pursue, 
 chase must be given, iii. 3. 8. 
 
 8ic6Ka>,* oi^ia, oftener th^oiiai, Sedica- 
 Xa, (Sioi to run away, flee) to make 
 Hee or run, pursue; chase, give chase, 
 drive or follow as an enemy, A. eh, 
 &c., i. 4. 7 s ; 5. 2 s ; 8. 21 : as intrans., 
 /o linstcn or gallop off, vii. 2. 20. 
 
 |8(<D^is, ews, Ti, act of pursuing, pur- 
 suit, iii. 4. 5. 
 
 1 3i<Dpv|, vxoi, TI, (Si-opiTTu) a canal, 
 
 trench, i. 7. 15 : ii. 4. 13, 17. 
 
 tSo'Yiia, aros, tA, a decree, ordinance, 
 
 DOGMA, iii. 3. 5 : vi. 4. 11 ; 6. 8, 27. 
 
 8o6f)vai, 8oCt|v, see SiSa/u, ii. 3. 25. 
 
 8oK^(D,* Si^uj, SeSiKTiKa poet., (1) of 
 
 the action of the mind itself, to think, 
 
 suppose, imagine, expect, I. (A.), i. 7. 
 
 1 ; 8. 2 : deSoyn^vos thought best, ap- 
 
 proved, determined, resolved on, voted, 
 iii. 2. 39 : tovtovs tI [sc. ■iraBc'iv'] do- 
 Kelre ; what do you think [the.se suf- 
 fered] was the case with tliesel v. 7. 26: 
 — (2) of the action of an object upon 
 the mind, to seem, appear, Lat. vide- 
 or ; to seem good, best, expedient, rigJU, 
 proper; to be approved, determined, 
 resolved on, adopted, or voted; both 
 personally and impersonally, and with 
 the former construction for the latter 
 (the two combined, iii. 1. 11 ?), 573 ; 
 D. I. (a.; the inf. often supplied fr. 
 the context) ; i. 2. 1 ; 3. 11 s, 18, 20 ; 
 4. 7, 15 : Si^av ravra [sc. roieiv fr. the 
 context, or see 502] it having been 
 voted to pursue this course, or this re- 
 solved on, 675 a, iv. 1. 13. With the 
 uses 1 and 2, compare I think and me- 
 thinks = me-seems — it seems to me. 
 AoK^u is much used for gi'eater mod- 
 esty or courtesy of expression, i. 3. 12 ; 
 7. 4 {alax^vecrdai pu)t doKw, me-thinks 1 
 am ashfimed): iii. 1. 38 ; cf. 70m, 654. 
 
 8oKi)iid|u, iaw, {Sbxi/ws accepted on 
 proof, fr. Sixopiai) to approve on ex- 
 amination, iii. 3. 20. 
 
 8<iXias, a, ov, (SAXos) deceitful, 
 treacherous, perfidious, i. 4. 7 ? 
 
 SiSXiYos, ov, 6, the long race, pro- 
 tracted to several miles, by an exten- 
 sion of the course, or a repetition of 
 it, iv. 8. 27. 
 
 81SX0S, ov, 6, dolus, a wile, fraud, 
 deceit, treachery, v. 6. 29. 
 
 A6Xoi|/, OTTOS, 0, a Dolopian. The Do- 
 lopes were a rude but hardy tribe, 
 living on both sides of the soutliern 
 range of Mt. Pindus. i. 2. 6. 
 tSd^a, Tjs, opinion, expectation; repu- 
 tation, credit, glory, ds : ii.1.18: vi. 
 1. 21 ; 5. 14. Der. outho-doxy. 
 |Sa|d^(i>, dota, to commend, extol. A., 
 vi. 1. 32? 
 
 8o$as, Siigd), see 5oKiw,i. 3. 20 ; 4. 15. 
 
 8opdTiov, ov, rli, (dim. of hlipv) a 
 short spear, of special use in cari'ying 
 booty or baggage, yet also used as a 
 weapon, vi. 4. 23. 
 
 SopKds, dSos, r\, {Sipmfuu, pf. S4Sop- 
 Ka, to look keenly) a small, swift, and 
 beautiful antelope, so named from the 
 lustre of its eye, a gazelle, i. 5. 2 : v. 
 3. 10. Hence prop, name Dorcas. 
 
 8opinr|(rT6s, oD, or 86pirT|crTos, ov, 6, 
 (S6pwov supper) supper-time, i. 10. 17 : 
 
 v. I. S^pTTlffTOS. 
 
S(>pv 
 
 37 
 
 Suo"iropCa 
 
 SiSpv,* Sdparos, t6, (cf. SpDs oak) a 
 beam or large stick, the shaft of a 
 spear ; lience comm. a spear, lance, 
 pike, Lat. hasta. The common spear 
 of tlie Greek hoplite consisted of a 
 long wooden shaft, with a sharp steel 
 point {alx/i'/i), and upon the reverse 
 end an iron spike (<rai/puTiJp)forthrust- 
 iiig the spuar into the gi-ound in time 
 of rest. Ett! Sopv [si)ear-ward] to the 
 right, since the spear was carried in 
 the right hand ; cf. Trap do-TriSos. i. 
 8. 18 : iii. 5. 7: iv. 3. 29 ; 7. 16. 
 |Sopv-(|>(Spos, ov, 0, (<pip<^) uy spear- 
 bearer, spear-man, a forager carrying 
 a spear, v. 2. 4 : cf. Sopdnov, 
 t8ouX«{a, as, slavery, servitude, bond- 
 age, subjection, vii. 7. 32. 
 
 tSouXcvu, iiatij, 5e5oiKevKa, to be a 
 slave, iv. 8. i. 
 
 SovXos, ov, 6, (Siw to bind) a slave, 
 bondman, bond-servant ; under an ab- 
 solute government, a subject; i. 9. 16, 
 29 : ii. 5. 32, 38 : iii. 1. 17. 
 
 8o€vai, Sovs, see didia/ii, i. 2. 12. 
 tSovir^Ui* ^ffw, SidovTTa, cli. Ep., to 
 male a din, to clash, D. of instrument, 
 TTpis, i. 8. 18. Onomatopoetic. 
 
 SoviroSi 01', i, ch. poet., a loud 
 noise, din, uproar, hubbub, ii. 2. 19. 
 
 ApaKOVTias, ov, Dracontius, a Spar- 
 tan exile, iv. 8. 25 : vi. 6. 30. 
 
 8pd|ioi|i.i, 8pa}iotlp.ai, see rpix'^- 
 t8peiravT|-(t>apos, ov, ((j>cpa) seyChe- 
 bearing, scythe-armed, i. 7.10s; 8. 10. 
 
 Sp^iravov, ov, rb, or poet.8pcirdvr|, 77s, 
 {Sp4wo> topluck) a scythe, sickle, i.8.10. 
 
 ApCXai, Giv, the Drilx, a warlike 
 people dwelling near Trebizond,v. 2. Is. 
 
 8pop.os, ov, 6, (rpix'^, pf. S^Spofm) 
 the act or place of running ; a run, 
 running, race ; race-coarse : Spbp.ip 
 upon the n««, as in a race, at full 
 speed, rapidly : Spinas iyivero tois 
 (rTpaTiiiraLS the soldiers began to run, 
 459 : i. 2. 17; 8. 18 s ; iv. 8. 25 s. 
 
 S£ya|iai,* Svv/i<Top.m, SeSivrjiJiai, ipf. 
 ^Svi/dfiTjif or iiSvvdtir]!', a. p. idvvT^dtjv, 
 ■ijSvvfid-riv, or r. iSvvdaOTiv, to be able 
 {can), have power, i. (often under- 
 stood) ; hence elliptically, to be strong 
 ov powerful; to be equal or equivalent 
 to, to menn, A.; i. 1. 4 ; 5. 6 ; 7. 5 : 
 ii. 2. 12 s : iv. 5. 11 s : ol p^urrov (or 
 p.4yt(rTa) Svvdp.evoi [sc. Trotetc] the most 
 powerful, ii. 6. 21 : ovk iSwdp.-qv ^qv 
 I could not (consent to) live, vii. 2. 33. 
 
 It is often used or to be supplied with 
 a rel. and superl., 553 c : liis pdXuna 
 iSOifaro iiriKpviTTbp^vos [concealing it 
 as he best could] as secretly as possible, 
 i. 1. 6 ; J id^faro rdxi-cra [as he could 
 most rapidly] as rapidly as he could, 
 i. 2. 4 ; Cjs Slv d^ytjraL TrXdffroi/s as 
 many as he could, i. 6. 3. 
 
 4.Stiva|us, £0)!, i), ability, power, 
 might, strength, force ; military force, 
 forces, troops, army (so pi. i. 5. 9): 
 Karb. or eis SivapLW a-ccnrding to or to 
 tlie extent of one's ability ; i. 1 . 6 ; 6. 
 7: ii. 3. 23 : iii. 2. 9. Der. dynamic. 
 
 iBiivdiTTTis, ov, a chief or powerful 
 man, lord, nobleman, i. 2. 20. Der. 
 
 DYNASTY. 
 
 ^Suvards, ij, bv, c, s., actively, able, 
 competent, powerful, strong, i.; pas- 
 .sively, possible, practicable, feasible, 
 D. I. ; i. 3. 17 ; 9. 24 : ii. 6. 8, 19 : iv. 
 1. 12, 24 : iic run dwaTQi' from [the 
 possibles] tlie means in tlieir power, 
 iv. 2. 23. It is often used or to be 
 supplied with a rel. and superl., 553c: 
 5 Svvarbv p,d\urTa [so as is possible, 
 most implicitly] as implicitly as pos- 
 sible, i. 3. 15 ; Srt dTrapaffKevcuTTbraTov 
 [according to what is possible, most 
 unprepared] as unprepared as possible, 
 in wXclffTovs as m%ny as possible, i. 1. 
 6 ; ujs rdx^ffra irop€6e(rdat to proceed as 
 speedily as possible, i. 3. 14. 
 
 Bviii,* Siiaio, to m/xke enter, put on: 
 hence 8l)vci> & 8vo^ai, Siftropxit, S^dvKa, 
 2 a. lSvi>, of the sun, to enter the 
 western sea, to set, i. 10. 15 : ii. 2. 3. 
 
 8«o,* Svotv, or, w. plur. nouns, 
 
 indecl., duo, two, i. 1. 1 ; iii. 2. 37: 
 
 vi. 6. 14 : vii. 5. 9 ; 6. 1. Der. dual. 
 
 [8vcr-* inseparable jjarticle, ill, mis-, 
 
 un-, DYS-, with difficulty.] 
 
 Svcr-Paros, ov, difficult of access, 
 V. 2. 2 : iv. 1. 25 ? 
 
 Suir-SidpaTos, ov, difficult to pass, 
 vi. 5. 19 ? 
 
 8t»r|i^, ^r, {Sivia) usu. in pi., setting 
 of the sun ; i)Klov Svapal sun-set ; vi. 
 4. 26 ; 5. 32 : vii. 3. 34. 
 
 8vir-irdpiTos, ov, {irdp-eipu, to pass) 
 hard or difficult to pass, iv. 1. 25 : v. I. 
 SvfnrbpurTos (for SvffirpbaiTOS difficult 
 of access ?) or Sitrparos. 
 
 Svcr-irdpEvros, ov, (7ro/)ei5w) difficult 
 of passage or to pass, D., i. 57 7. 
 
 tSiKTiroplo, as, difficulty of crossing, 
 difficult passage, G., iv. 3. 7. 
 
Svo-irepos 
 
 38 
 
 h/i, 
 
 8vir-7ropos, ov, difficult of passage, 
 hard to cross, ii. 5. 9: v. 1. 13: vi. 5. 12. 
 
 8v<r-xpT|<rTos, OK, (xpdofjuu) Jiard to 
 lise or 7nanage, of little use, unservice- 
 able, iii. 4. 19. 
 
 8v(r-\(iipCa, as, (xHpoi) the rugged- 
 ness or difficulty of the country, diffi- 
 cult ground, iii. 5. 16. 
 
 8<o, Z&trta, see diSufii, i. 7. 7. 
 
 8(a-8EKa indecl., {SOo, Sixa) twelve, 
 i. 2. 10 ; 7. 15. 
 t8iop^0|&ai^ ijffofiai, SeSJiptjfiaL, to make 
 or give a present, to present, give, A. 
 B., vii. 3. 18, 26 s; 5. 3. 
 
 t8ci>po-8oK€a>, ■/jtrco, (d^x^P^') l^ receive 
 a gift, take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 
 
 8upov, ov, {5lSia/ii) a gift, present, 
 reward, i. 2. 27; 9. 14, 22 : ii. 1. 10. 
 
 E. 
 
 t^ eav, &c., see iAw, iii. 3. 3. 
 
 £dXa>Ka, cdXuv, see oXlffKo^i, iii. 4. 8 . 
 
 Idv,* (ei, &v) contr. ^v or "dv, conj. 
 followed by the subj., if perhaps, if 
 haply, if, in case tluU : iiui ij,ii if not, 
 unless, except : idv re . . idv re [both 
 if . . and if] whether . . or : i. 3. 14, 
 18 s; 4. 12 : vii. 1. 31 ; 3. 37. 
 J.IAv-irep, if indeed, if only, iv. 6. 17 ? 
 
 lopl^ci), iaw iu, (iap ver, spring) to 
 pass or spend the spring, iii. 6. 15. 
 
 e-ovToO,* ■?,$, contr. ainov, r/s, refl. 
 pron., (i him, airbi) sui, of himself , 
 herself, itself, ch. used when the reflex 
 reference is emphatic or direct. In 
 the gen., it often supplies the place 
 of a possessive pron. (suu.s) : ol iavrou 
 his own men, ri ^avrSiv their own 
 affairs, interests, or possessions, i. 1. 
 5; 2. 7, 15: iii. 1. 16. V. I. for i/iau- 
 Tov or (ravTov, 539 d, vi. 6. 15: vii. 5. 
 5 : often for aiirov, or the converse. 
 
 koM,* id(Tu, etcLKa, ipf. ettav, to per- 
 mit, allow, suffer, let, A. I. : to let be, 
 let alone, leave, dismiss, have nothing 
 to do with, A. D. : oiiK iav to forbid, 
 prohibit, protest, 686 i : i. 4. 7, 9 ; 9. 
 18: vii. 3. 2; 4. 10 s, 20, 24. 
 tcP8o|i'fJKOVTa indecl., seventy, iv. 7. 8. 
 
 £|l8o|ios, Ti, oc, (iirri) seventh, vi. 2. 1 2. 
 
 'EPo£^\|j.ios or 'EpoX^^iuos, on, v. I. 
 for 'AppotiXp-v^, vii. 6. 43. 
 
 iy-, the form which iv takes in 
 compos, before a palatal, 150. 
 
 I ^-■yL'yfop.ai,* yevqcropLai, y^yivripM-i 
 
 & 2 pf. v^ora, to take place, be pro- 
 duced, or arise in, n., v. 8. 3. 
 427-7OVOS, ov, 6, adrscciidinit, iii. 2. 14 ? 
 
 iy(v6M,* rjaia, Tft~/ir,Ka, (iy-yii] a 
 pledge in hand, fr. yolof limb, liand) 
 to put in hand, pledge : M. to pledge 
 07ie's self, engage, promise, I. (a)., vii. 
 4. 13. 
 
 tiT^ilSev adv., /rom nigh at hand, 
 iv. 2. 27. 
 
 tYY"S* ^<1^'> c. & s. iyyirepov, 
 rara, or ripoi, tAtw, near, nigh, close 
 at liand, G. ; nearly, closely ; superl. 
 w. art. the nearest, last : i. 8. 8 ; 10. 
 10: ii. 2. 11, 16 s; 4. 1 : iv. 2. 28. 
 
 iytipa,* iyepw, iy/iyepxa 1., to wake 
 another : 2 pf. pret. iypifyopa to be or 
 keep awake, keep watch, iv. 6. 22. 
 
 lYEVii|jLT]v, tYi."yv<Sniiv, see yiyvofuu. 
 
 iy-KoXiu,* Ka\i(TU KaXu, KiKkriKO., 
 to call upon as responsible, wake a 
 demand upon, charge, blame, throw 
 the blame upon, find fault with, d. 
 CT. ; to call upon one for, demand, a. ; 
 vii. 5. 7; 7. 33, 44, 47. 
 
 ^^-KoXiiTTCi), iij/u, KexiXv^a 1., (ko,- 
 \inrTu to wrap, cover) to wrap up in a 
 covering. A., iv. 5. 19. 
 
 ?7-Kei.|iai,* Kei<To,uai, to lie in or 
 therein, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 eY-K^evoTos, ov, {Ke^eioi) urged on, 
 instructed, incited, bidden, i. 3. 13. 
 
 eY-K^<f>aXos, ov, 6, (/ce0o\^) the brain; 
 thi brain, crown, or cabbage of the 
 palm, a large cabbage-like bud at the 
 top of the stalk, ii. 3. 1'6. 
 
 ky-Kpwrifi, U, (kp&tos) in power 
 over, in possessio'n of, master of, o., i. 
 7. 7: V. 4. 15. 
 
 tyvaKa, Syvuv, l7V<Ser9r|V, see 717- 
 yiicTKu, i. 3. 2 : ii. 4. 22 : iii. 1. 43. 
 
 kyp'f[yopa, -av, see iyeipa, iv. B. 22. 
 
 l7-XaXivii«, liffui, pf. p. Kexa\lvu- 
 fuu, to put a bit in the mouth of, to 
 brifUc, A., vii. 2. 21; 7. 6. 
 
 'T-X"'?^"! ■^"■"i iy-Kex^ip-nica, (x^ip) 
 to take in fumd, undertake, make an 
 attempt, v. 1. 8. 
 
 ^Y-xeiptSiov, ov, t6, (x^lp) a hand- 
 knife, dagger, iv. 3. 12. 
 
 l7-X«p't'») 'O'u iw, Kex^^P^Ka, (x^ip) 
 to put ill the hands 0/ another, commit, 
 ciUnisI, A. 11., iii. 2. 8. 
 
 t-y-xt'w,* f. x^w or x^". KixvKa, (x^o! 
 to 2>inti} Ii) poar in wine for a libation, 
 u., iv. 3. ]:'.. 
 c-ya,* i;xov or /ioC, pi. iifie's, (the 
 
forms beginning w. k- having comm. 
 some emphasis, and those w. (i- being 
 enclitic) ego, mei, nos, /, we, i. 3. 3, 
 5 s : Trpis ne for irpbs i/ii, 788 e, iii. 2. 
 2 ; ^|ixas = i/i^, i. 7. 7 : i-yi^iai, by era- 
 sis for iyi) oI/Mi, / think, iii. 1. 35 ? 
 
 Uer. EGOTISM. 
 
 4.3Y(i)-Y6,* iiioO ye, l/Miye, Ifieye or 
 i/ii ye, eiiuidera, / at Imst, I for ':ny 
 part, I certainhj, i. 4. 8 : vii. 1. 30. 
 
 88a, ISeiTO, see Siui, i.5.14: iv.1.13. 
 
 SS:io-a, IScSoCkciv, see Seidui, i. 10. 9. 
 
 t8<)8oKa, see i<r8loi, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 cS^KOvv, S8o|a, see doxdu, i. 3. 20. 
 
 tSpa|iov, see rp^xu, iv. 3. 33. 
 
 i8(i>Ka, iSoo-av, see diSuiii, i. 2. 27. 
 
 ilav, Kjn, see fdw, i. 5. 5 : v. 8. 10. 
 
 t46AovT<js,oi?, 6, a volunteer; as adj. 
 
 voluntary, willing, of one's ovm accord, 
 
 i. 6. 9: iv. 1. 26 s. 
 
 tlOeXovrC adv., willingly, iii. 3. 18 ? 
 
 tiSsXoicias, a, ov, voluntary, of one's 
 
 own, accnril, iv. 6. 19: vi. 5. 14. 
 
 t6i\<»,* iBeX-fiJoi, ^9 Ai7ra,by ashorter 
 but less fre(juent form 6fka, BeXi^iTa, 
 to he willinij, consent, wish, desire, 
 will, chooie, phase, prefer, I., tI : oiK 
 iSeXiii, I am not vnlling, I will not, 
 I refuse : iBiXuiv w. adverbial force, 
 willingly .■ i. 2. 26 ; 3. 6, 8 ; 9. 13 s : 
 iv. 4. 5: vi. 2. 6. 'EWXu and /3»i).\o/xai 
 ai'e nearly synonymous and may be 
 oltcii intei'changed ; yet, in strict dis- 
 tinction, 49i\o) expresses the viish or 
 will more as a feeling, and j3oi)\o/tai 
 more as a rational purpose or pt'efer- 
 ence. Simple incUmition, acquiescence, 
 or desire is rather expressed by id4\<a, 
 and plan or determination by /SoiiXo- 
 IxdL : el bfie'-.s idiXere i^opfj^dv, ^ireadaL 
 /3oi)\o;tai if yoit are willing to take the 
 lead, T am risiiloed to follow, iii. 1. 25: 
 cf V. 6. 20 ; 7. 27 s. 
 
 t8f)i.r|v, i6i]Ka, see TlSrjfU, i. 5. 14. 
 
 86vos, eos, rb, a nntion, tribe : xarh 
 tSfri or t8ms, according to tlieir nations 
 or tribes, by UMlions or trihes: i. 8.9: 
 iv. 5. 28: v. 5. 5. Der. ktiino-logy. 
 
 «i* conj. (becoming i&v before the 
 Kubj., 619 a), si, if, sHpp'ising, provid- 
 ed, in ease that, i. 2. 2 : el ii.i\ nisi, if 
 not, unless, cnrpt, i. 4. 18 : iv. 2. 4 : 
 el Si |Ui) but if not, u//icrynsi',, used even 
 after negative sentences, ii. 2. 2 : iv. 
 3. 6 : et t^s if any, soinctimi'.s as a 
 urore moderate form of expression, 
 supplying the place of Sims whoever. 
 
 9 cl|i.C 
 
 whatever, 639, i. 5. 1 ; 6. 1 ; rai et ns 
 vbaif arul a few perhaps hy sickness, 
 V. 3. 3 : Kal el, ei Kal even if, altlumgh, 
 though, iii. 2. 22, 24 : vi. 6. 27 : — el as 
 oomplem., if, whether, whether not, 
 i. 3. 5 ; 10. 5 : iii. 2. 22 ; so elliptical- 
 ly, to see or try if, to ascertain whether, 
 iv. 1.8: V. 4. 3. 
 
 sla, dura, see iia, i. 4. 7 ; 9. 13, 18. 
 
 ctSov, elSu, t\Zivax, elSiis, &c., see 
 opdw. Cf. video. Sans, vid, to wit. 
 .tttSos, eoi, rb, appearance, form., 
 beauty, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 6ti)v, €llr,<rov or tXev, see elp.1, i. 1. 5. 
 
 elKdJu,* dcru, etKaKa\., pf p. e&a- 
 (T/iai or ■^Kaaim.i,, to make like, liken, 
 A.; to think likely, conjecture, sup- 
 pose, estimate, i. (A.), i. 6. 1, 11 ; 10. 
 16 : pf. p. to have been made like, to 
 resemble, D., v. 3. 12 ; 4. 12 :— 2 pf. 
 pret. CoiKa, 2 plup. ii^eiv, to be like, 
 resemble, seem like, D.; to seem ; ii. 1. 
 13 ; 2. 18. 
 
 4.elK<is, iros, (neut. pt. of e!Ka = foivo) 
 likely, probable, reasonable, proper, 
 natural, w. frequent ellipsis of iarl or 
 iji*, I. ( A. ) : t6 eUbi the likelihood, prob- 
 ability, &c.: ii. 2. 19 ; 3. 6 : iii. 1. 21. 
 
 €<lKCirt(v) indeed., tvaily, i. 2. 5, 8. 
 
 elKOTus adv. , {elxbs) reasonably, nat- 
 urally, with good reason, ii. 2. 3. 
 
 ei^T](j>a, -CIV, see Xap-^dvca, iv. 5. 35. 
 
 etXrixa, -eiv, see Xayxdi-ai, iv. 5. 24. 
 
 (IXkov, see IXku, iv. 2. 28: v. 2, 15. 
 
 £tX.d|i,T)V, etX.ov, see alpiu, i. 3. 5 ; 9. 9. 
 
 elp.t,* !aojj.a.i (3 sing. eTrai), ipf fiv, 
 sum, to be, exist, the chief substantive 
 verb, variously translated ace. to the 
 context, i. 1. 4 : w. gen., to be of or 
 one's, belong to, be the property or part 
 of, &c., 437 a, 440, 443, i. 1. 6: ii. 1. 
 4, 9 ; 6vTa rh eSpos irXiBpov being [of] 
 a plethron in width, i. 4. 9 : w. i) AT. , 
 to he to or for (where Imvc is frequent 
 in translation, 459), i. 2. 7; 3. 21 : w. 
 
 PART., often a stronger form of ex- 
 pression for the simple verb, 679, ii. 
 2. 13; 3. 10 : tA 6vTa the things be- 
 ing, facts, effects, possessions, iv. 4. 15 : 
 vii. 8. 22 : Ttfturi. in reality or fact, 
 really, v. 4. 20. — Its IMPERS. use 
 (which may usu. be also explained 
 personally, 571 f, h) is extensive : ejri 
 there is or it is, it is possible, the imrt 
 of &c., I. (A.), i. 5. 2s ; ii. 1. 9 : olteu 
 w. a neut. adj. sing, or pi., as S^iXov 
 ii. 3. 6, dSara iii. 4. 49 : w. a rtdative. 
 
ct|U 
 
 40 
 
 cUrif>^p» 
 
 often forming a complex indefinite, 
 559 a, as iari. S' 8irris but there is who 
 = bid some one, i. 8. 20, ^v oCs = soyne, 
 i. 5. 7, fffO' Stc there is when = sorrw- 
 times, ii. 6. 9 ; and negatively, oii/c ^ 
 birov tliere was [not where] no place 
 where, iv. 5. 31 (of. ii. 3. 23), oix 'ariv 
 Sirai [there is not how] it cannot be 
 that, ii. 4. 3 (of. the personal use tout 
 eariv Sttws ; is this possible, how ? is 
 it possible that? v. 7. 7) : t4 kot4 tov- 
 Tov tXvaL so far as regards him, rd vuv 
 ehai for the present, 665 b, i. 6. 9 : iii. 
 2. 37. — For the accent of the pres. 
 ind., see 787 c, 788 a, b, d, f. 
 
 £t|i.i,* ipf. ■g€iv or 50, to go, come; 
 the pres. regularly used in the ind., 
 and sometimes in other modes, as fut. 
 (elfu I am going = / shail go, cf. tpx"- 
 /Mi): iniv. Wt age, cotne/ ae., d. SiA, eh, 
 Ivl. &c. : i. 2. 11 ; 3. 1, 6 ; 4. 8 : iv. 
 6. 12 : vii. 2. 26. For M. lefiai, see tr/n:. 
 
 clira, Etirov, see (pr/fd, i. 3.7: ii. 1. 21. 
 
 ct-irep if indeed, if in fact OT really, 
 i. 7.9: ii. 4.7: iv. 6. 16. 
 
 ciir(SpiT|v, see ivoiuu, iii. 4. 18. 
 
 c(p7a or etp-yoi,* pfu, to iar, debar, 
 shut in or OMi, Acm m, exclude, keep 
 off, prevent, A. &irb, iK: M. to sJiU 
 one's self out, get one's self excluded : 
 iii. 1. 12 ; 3. 16 : vi. 3. 8 ; 6. 16. 
 
 fIpi)Ka, eCptifiai, see <priiil, i. 2. 5. 
 
 clp^vi), 1JS, (cf/jo) <o join, or to tosZ^) 
 ^eosce, ii. 6. 2, 6: iii. 1. 37. 
 
 cts,* sometimes is, (^i'-s,688 d) prep., 
 w. ACC. of place, into, more briefly to 
 or in; at, on, or upon; [to go into] 
 for; .sometimes for cy by const, prseg. 
 704a; i. 1.2s; 2.2s, 24: so of state 
 or action, ii. 6. 17 : iii. 1. 43: — ofacol- 
 lection of persons or things, amona, to, 
 into the land of, against, i. 1. il ; 6. 
 7: ii.2.20: v. 6. 27 s : — of time, [in 
 passing into] on or upon, in, at, i. 7. 
 1 : ii. 1. 17 : iii. 1. 3 : — of number or 
 measure, up to, even to, to the number, 
 extent, or depth of, i. 1. 10 : ii. 3. 23 : 
 vi 4. 16 ; its i<jj8ovlav [to] in abun- 
 dance, abundantly, vii. 1. 33 ; els dio 
 two by two, ii. 4. 26 ; els 6KT<i eight deep, 
 vii. 1. 23 : — -of aim, end, result, ob- 
 ject of reference, &c., for, in respect 
 to, concerning, i. 1. 9 ; 3. 3 ; 9. 5, 1 C, 23 : 
 ii. 6. 30. In compos., into, in, &c. 
 
 tls,* fda, iv, g. ivbs, AttSs, one, a 
 single one, an individual ; used more 
 strictly as a numeml than one in Eng. ; 
 
 i. 2. 6 ; 9. 22 : KaO' Im one by one, 
 singly, iv. 7. 8 : ets tis any single one, 
 els iKaaros each individual, each sin- 
 gly, ii. 1. 19 : vi. 6. 12, 20. 
 
 eio--d7o>,* &ia, fjx"; 2 a. ilfyayov, a. 
 p. iixSri", to lead or bring into or in, 
 A. els, irpbs, i. 6. 11? vi. 1. 12. 
 
 cls-aKovTC|u, law lu, to throw or 
 hurl darts in, vii. 4. 15. 
 
 fi<r-^aJLva,* /3^(ra/uu, pi^ijKa, 2 a. 
 IpTIf, to go into a vessel, embark, els, 
 V. 7. 15 ? 
 
 elo--pdXX<u,* paXa, jS^/SXijra, 2 a. 
 ipdXor, to throw one's self into, effect 
 an entrance or make an irruption into, 
 enter ; of streams, to empty into ; els ; 
 i. 2. 21; 7. 15: v. 4. 10. 
 
 (Is-Pipd^u, pipi.(Tia /3i/3i3, to put into 
 or on board a vessel, a., v. 3. 1. 
 
 clo--PoX^, ^s, (eiir-;3dX\w) irruptvm, 
 evirance, pass, i. 2. 21 : v. 6. 7. 
 
 clir-Svouai, * dffaofuu, to enter or sink 
 into, els, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 clir-^Spa|jiov, -8pa|t(Sv, see elj-Tpix"'- 
 
 cl!o--ani,* ipf. ^eif, (eiyiu q. v.) to go 
 or com^ into or in, enter, els, irapi : to 
 enter one's mind, occupy one's tlumghts, 
 A. cp.: i. 7. 8 : vi. 1. 17 : vii. 2. 14. 
 
 {Icr-cXa^va,* iXiffui i\u, iX^fiXaxa, 
 a. ij\a<Ta, to ride into, enter, els, i.2.26. 
 
 cl<r-c\8civ, see ela-ipxoiuu, i. 2. 21. 
 
 cltr-^pXO|iai,* i\e6<roimi, i\^\v8a, 
 2 a. ^XSov, to come or go into or in, 
 to penetrate into, enter, els, iwl, i. 2. 21: 
 iv. 8. 13 : vii. 1. 27. 
 
 eUr-ijeiv, -^e<rav or -flo-av, see tftr- 
 eifu., i. 7. 8. 
 
 elir-^Xaira, see el(r-eXaii>u, i. 2. 26. 
 
 (l<r-t|vlxBijv, see ela-ipipu, i. 6. 11 ? 
 
 «l<r-^x9i]v, see ela-iya, i. 6. 11 ? 
 
 ctir-oSos, ov, il, a way in, entrance, 
 els, iv. 2. 3: vi. 5. 1. 
 
 ttiro^M, see 6pdu, i. 4. 15. 
 
 cl<r-irT|Ocui>, -tiaop-aL, veviiSriKa, a. 
 iirifSriaa., (irriS&a to leap) to leap iiUo, 
 els, i. 5. 8. 
 
 eur-irtiTToi,* ireffou/jLcu, iriTFTUjKa, 2 a. 
 la-eiroi', to /(iW i?ito or upon, burst or 
 riwA, into, els, i. 10. 1 : vii. 1. 17, 19. 
 
 elcr-irX^w,* wXeda-ofiat, ir^irXevKa, to 
 sail inio, els, vi. 4. 1. 
 
 iW-TtofebofJOX, eiffofMi, ireirbpev/uu, 
 to inarch into, els, iv. 7. 27 1 
 
 eia-Tfyttiv or lirr^Kciv, see iarriiu. 
 
 c'ur-Tp^u,* Spa/wSiuu, deSpd/iTixa, 
 2 a. ISpatwv, to run into or m, v. 2. 16. 
 
 tl(r-^fm,* ot<ru, ivifoxa, a. ^)'e7(co 
 
cUrijiopfu 
 
 41 
 
 ^KicXTjirid^a) 
 
 or -ox, K. J), rivix^riv, to bring or carry 
 into or i?i, A. D., th, i. 6. 11? vii. 3. 21. 
 
 eto--<|iop^(i>, iJiTb), ve^JpfiKfi, to bring 
 into, A. «'s, iv. 6. 1. 
 
 cHo-oi, sometimes Scrw, adv., (eis or 
 ^s) within, inside of, c, i. 2. 21 ; 4. 5. 
 
 cUr-uB^o),* i&crw, <o pMsA into or i»i, 
 trans.: //. intrans., v. 2. 18 ? 
 
 etro adv., (ei rd ?/ iAoie things are, 
 cf. tireira) tlien, in that east, tliere- 
 upon, after that, next, i. 2. 16, 25. 
 
 et-Tc . . «t-T€ si-ve . . si-ve, both if 
 . . and if, whetlier . . or, ii. 1. 14 : iii. 
 1. 40 ; 2. 7. See ei. 
 
 etxov, €lx<S|i'^v, see Ix"' i- 1. 6- 
 
 etuOo,* /[have accustomed myself] 
 am wont or accusloyned, I.; intraus. 
 2 i)f. pret. of efllfw, laa iC, cWixa, to 
 aceustom : 2 plup. eiJiBeiv, vii. 8. 4. 
 
 ctcav, etas, cCo, see idai, i. 4. 9. 
 
 Ik, the form which the prep. ^| takes 
 before a consonant, 165, i. 1. 6. 
 tlKO<rTax<i<r« in each direction, iii. 5. 
 17. 
 
 ^Kairros, 1/, ov, (see eKirepoi) quis- 
 que, each of more tlian two, every, 
 each or everii one : pi. several, respec- 
 tive, each body, all, or translated a-s 
 sing, or like an adv. {severally). Its 
 sing, is often joined, esp. through ap- 
 position, with a plural, i. 1.6; 2.15; 
 7. 15; 8.9: ii. 2.17: v. 5. 5. 
 llKdiTTOTe at each time, uniformly, 
 always, ii. 4. 10. 
 
 iKd'cpos, tt, ov, (a compar. in form 
 w. ?(cofl-Tos as sup., perhaps derived fr. 
 els, 376 c, d) uterque, cnch of two; pi. 
 both, each party, or translated a.s ."iiug. : 
 Ka8' iKdrepa on each side, G. : i. 8. 27: 
 iii. 2. 36: v. 5. 25; 6. 7: vi. 1. 9. 
 
 j4kaWpuBcv from or on each or both 
 sides, i. 8. 13, 22 : vi. 4. 3 ; 5. 25. 
 
 ^iKarlputa-t to each side of two, in 
 both directions, i. 8. 1 4 ? 
 
 CKaTiSv indecl., a hundred, i. 2. 25. 
 
 'EKaT-(Svu|iOS, ou, Hecatonyimis, an 
 envoy to the Cyreaus from Sinope, v. 
 5. 7 ; 6. 3. 
 
 iK-PalvcD," ^■^do/iai, jS^/Si/ica, 2 a. 
 epriv, to go out, forth, or aside, from a 
 road, valley, river, vessel, &c. ; to sally 
 forth; to disembark; els, &c. ; iv. 2. 1, 
 10, 25 s; 3. 3, 23 : v. 4. 11. 
 
 4K-PdX\«D,*;3a\fi, /3^/3\7;ra, 2 a. ?/3a- 
 Xop, a. ^. ip\T]6riv, to throw or casi oiti 
 or away (out of one's hands, i|uivi'r, 
 &c.); <o rfn'wc out, banish, expel; i^. 
 
 els : i. 1. 7 ; 2. 1 : ii. 1. 6 : vii. 1. 16 ; 
 5. 6. Cf. iK-vlTrru = passive. 
 
 ^K-Pao-is, ews, 71, {iK-palva) egress, 
 outlet, passable, pass, iv. 1. 20; 2. Is. 
 
 'EK^dravo, wv, rd, Ecbatana (also 
 written Agbatana, and Achinetha, Ez- 
 ra 6. 2) the capital of Media, favorably 
 situated for coolness and good aij-, 
 and containing the strongly fortified 
 and magnificent summer residence of 
 the Persian kiug, ii. 4. 25 : iii. 5. 15. 
 II Hamadan. 
 
 {k-PXt)66it]v, see iK-^iWa, vii. 5. 6. 
 
 ix-Porfiia, i)(TU, jSo^flijica, to rush or 
 come forth to the rescue, €|, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 8K-70V0S, ov, (yiyvo/uii) bom from : 
 oi e(c7oyot the descendants: t4 cKyova 
 Ihs young of animals: iii. 2. 14? iv. 
 5. 2j? 
 
 CK-S£Spd|i7|Ka, |K-Spa|i(iv, see iK-rpi- 
 xw, V. 2. 17; 4. 16. 
 
 tK-S^po),* Sepd. a. eSeipa, (Sipm to 
 skin) to take out of cue's skin, to flay, 
 A., i. 2. 8 : V. I. iaSeipeiv. 
 
 CK-S(&tt|ii,* Sdicru, S^diiiKa, pf. p. di~ 
 do/Mi, to give forth or up, A. : to give 
 forth in marriage, settle with a hus- 
 band, A. wapd : iv. 1. 24 : vi. 6. 10. 
 
 Ik-8<v<i>,* Siaojmi, SiSuna, 2 a. tSvv, 
 to get out of one's clothes, to strip 
 one's self, iv. 3. 12. 
 
 Ikei adv., there, in that place, yon- 
 der, i. 3. 20 ; 10. 8 : iv. 1. 24. 
 ^.IkciBev thence, from that place or 
 region, v. 6. 24. 
 |4ic«tvos,* ri, 0, that, that one; often 
 as a strong pers. pron., he, she, it; i. 
 1.4; 3.9; 7.18: iii.1.35. See iTr-inetva. 
 4.cxci(rc thitlier, to that place, there 
 (= thither), vi. 1. 33 ; 6. 36. 
 
 iK^pv^s, -ipx9»Ii see Ktip&rTa, ii. 2. 21. 
 
 lK-9Xipw,* Li/za, Tie\t<tia 1., (0\i^u 
 to squeeze) to press or crowd out. A., iii. 
 4. 19 s. 
 
 EK-Ka6aCpa>, *apui, vf. p. KeK6.dapii.ai, 
 to cleanse from defilement, burnish; 
 or 
 
 lK-KaX^nrTft>, iJ^w, pf. p. KeKd\vp.fUii 
 (KaXdirru to cover, veil) to un-cover, to 
 take the shield out of the leather ease 
 (o'dy/jui) in which it was commonly 
 carried on the niarcli to preserve its 
 brightness ; i. 2. 16. 
 
 IkkXtio-Co, as, (iK-Ka\4u to call forth) 
 a convocation, ossemMy, i. 3. 2; 4. 12. 
 {.iKKXTjo-idJu,* dffu, hi call an assein- 
 bli], V. 6. 37. Dcr. euulesiastic. 
 
^kkXIvu 
 
 42 
 
 IkAv 
 
 iK-icXtvu,* xXtvu, jT^icXiKa I., (irXivw 
 clino, to bend) to bend out of line, 
 turn to flight, give way, i. 8. 19. Cf. 
 
 IN-CLINE. 
 
 eK-Ko|i(^u, laio tu, KCKdfUKa, to bring 
 or mr7'!j out, to lead md (of the Pon- 
 tus, vi. 6. 36) : M. to carry out oi- off 
 for one's self : A. : i. 5. 8 : v. 2. 19. 
 
 •4K-K<5irTcii,* Kbfa, KdKoipa, to cut trees 
 out of a wood, eut down, fel ; to lay 
 waMe or destroy by cutting down trees ; 
 A.; 1.4. 10: ii. 3. 10. 
 
 cK-KvPurrdA), ^ffw, to throw a somer- 
 set, a feat often performed among the 
 Greeks over swords pointing upwards, 
 vi. 1. 9. See Kvpiariw. 
 
 {k-kv|miCv(ii, avw, {Ku/ia wave) to 
 [wave out of line] bend out or swell 
 forth like a wave, i. 8. 18. 
 
 ^K-X^'yoi,* X^|w, efXoxa, (X^7w lego, 
 to LAY, gather) to lay or gather out, 
 topiek or single out, select; so M., more 
 subjectively ; A. ; ii. 3. 11 : iii. 3. 19 : 
 V. 6. 20. Der. eclectic. 
 
 4K-Xclir(D,* Xfl^w, XAoiira, 2 a. (\i- 
 vov, to leave, (going out of), quit, 
 abamdon, desert, forsake, A. els : of 
 enow, to disappear: i. 2'. 24: iii. 4. 8 ; 
 Iv. 1.8; 3. 24 ; 5. 15. Der. eclivsk. 
 
 lK-|M]pdo|iai, iaoiiat, (nr]piofw.i to 
 %eind) to wind out ; of an army, to 
 defile, vi. 5. 22. 
 
 4K-ir^|iir<»,* iriii-fu, iriiro/i^a, to send 
 out, conduct forth : M. to send forth 
 of one's own company : A. : iii. 2. 24 : 
 v. 2. 21. 
 
 4K-iF^Xi]Y|iai, see iK-ir\i(rrw. 
 
 4K-irrirruK(is, see iK-irlirria, i. 1. 7. 
 
 ix-irtpaiva, avw, to finish out, fully 
 accomplish, A. D., v. 1. 13. 
 
 iK-irco-iiv, see iKviirriii, v. 2. 31. 
 
 iK-irT|8d(ii, ^iro/Mi, weiriiSriKa, to leap 
 or spring out ot forth, vii. 4. 16. 
 
 lK-n'l|i'>r\T||ti,* ttX^itw, ■iriit\7}Ka, to 
 fill out or up. A., iii. 4. 22 ? 
 
 iK-irfvw,* wlofiat, triiruKa, 2 a. iirXov, 
 to drink [out] up, A. , i. 9. 25. 
 
 eK-TrCiTTCii,* ireffoOfiai, Tr^irrtaKa, 2 a. 
 eireffov, to fall or ic thrown out : out 
 of one's home, to be driven out, ban- 
 ished, or exiled; oi iiareirTaKoTe! the 
 exiles : of trees, out of their places, to 
 fall down : out of the sea, to be throum 
 ashore or wrecked : to throw one's self 
 owl, rush or hurry out, tumble out 
 ^|: i.1.7: ii.3.10: v.2.17s: vii.5.]2s 
 
 iK-irXaYcCs, see iK-TX-Zfrru, i, 8. 20. 
 
 Ik-itX^u,* T\e6<Toiiai, irtVXei/ico, to 
 sail out, forth, or away, e. g. out of the 
 Pontus, ii, ii. 6. 2 : vii. 1. 1, 39. 
 
 {k-itXcus, wx, (irX^us * /ijZQ filled 
 out, entirely full, complete, iii. 4. 22. 
 
 tK-irX'^TTU,* thXiJJm, Tr^irXTryii pf- i'- 
 jriirXriy/iai, 2 a. ^. ^7rXi)77;c, but ^|- 
 crXdyr/v, to strike out of one's self- 
 possession ; to strike with surprise, 
 astonishment, alarm, or terror ; to sur- 
 prise, amaze, astonish, confound, con- 
 fute, alarm, terrify; A.; i. 5. 13; 8.20. 
 
 tK-iro8iivadv., (iroiis) out of the way 
 of the feet, out of the way .• f. wotelcOai 
 to 2mt out of the way : i. 6. 9 : ii. 5. 29. 
 
 CK-iropEiioiiai, eiaofuu, ■rtiropevfiai, 
 to march or go out ot forth, v. 1. 8. 
 
 im-iroptifa, lira lu, Treirbpixa, to bring 
 out, provide, procure, A. D., v. 6. 19 ? 
 
 ^K-n'opa, aros, rb, {ttIvu) drinking- 
 cup, beaker, iv. 3. 25 ; 4. 21 : vii. 3. 18. 
 
 ^K-raGcCs, see eK-reivw, v. 1. 2. 
 
 Iktcios, a, OK, (f/cros) on the sixth 
 day, vi. 0. 38. 
 
 iK-To-TTa,* tC^oi, Tiraxa, to draw 
 out or up in battle-order, trans. : M., 
 intrans. or refl., v. 4. 12 ? vii. 1. 24. 
 
 4k-tc£vw,* tcvCj, riraKa, a. ^reiva, 
 a. p. eriLSi,!!, to stretch out, ex-tend. A., 
 v. 1. 2 ; 8. 14. 
 
 tK-TogtVw, eiaw, to ilwot forth ar- 
 rows (out of a tower), vii. 8. 14. 
 
 ^KTOS, 1), OK, (f{) sixth, vi. 2. 12. 
 
 iK-rpinna,* i^u, Tirpo(pa, 2 a. m. 
 Irpawdiirjv, to turn out or aside, trans. ; 
 Jf., intrans., iv. 5. 15. 
 
 |K-Tp4<|>u,* 6pi\j/w, rirpottia, 2 a. J5. 
 irpd^riv, to bring up (out of cliild- 
 hood), vii. 2. 32. 
 
 Ik-tp^u, * dpafioufjiai, SeSpd/xTjKa, 2 a. 
 ISpafjLov, to run out or forth, to sally 
 forth, V. 2. 17; 4. 16. 
 
 Ikti&|m)v, see KTdofiai, i. 9. 19. 
 
 4K-(t>a(v<a,* iJMwCi, iri^ayKa, a. e<priva, 
 to show forth, A. . iriXe/ioi' 6/f0a£i'6ii' /o 
 make hostile demonstrations, iii. 1.16. 
 
 iK-^(pa,* ottru, hipoxO; a. -fji/eyKa, 
 or -OP, <o ftriJifl' or carry out or /o)-i(A ; 
 to report : e. wiXc/iOK to make open 
 war : A. eh, 5rp6s : i. 9. 11 : iii. 2. 29. 
 
 iK-^iya,* ^ci^onai, iriifexria, 2 a. 
 etpvyov, to flee out of danger, escape, 
 A., G. or I., irpi!, 1. 3. 2 ; 10. 3. 
 
 kKtHv, ovffa, 6v, g. bvTos, oAa-rjs, ti'ill- 
 ing ; w. force of adv., willingly, vol- 
 untarily, of free will or one's own ac- 
 cord, i. 1. 9 ; 9. 9 : ii. 4. 4 : iii. 2. 6. 
 
{Xo^ov 
 
 43 
 
 {(lafiov 
 
 {XaPov, see Xa/^/Sdviii, i. 2. 26. 
 t^aCa & Att. IXda, as, oliva, an 
 OLIVE ; the olive-tree, fabled as the 
 gift of Athena, and sacred to her : vi. 
 4. 6; vii. 1. 37. 
 
 tXaiov, ov, oleum, oil, esp. olive-oil, 
 iv. 4. 13: V. 4. 28: vi. 6. 1. 
 
 iXdTTWV, * ov, IXdxioTos, t), ov, c. & s. 
 of f\axi)s Ep., usu. referred to /ii/cpis 
 small, little, or 6\l-yoi little, few: tov- 
 \6.xi(rTop ( = t6 e\.) at least: ii. 4. 13: 
 iii. 2. 28 : V. 7. 8 : vi. 2. 4s: vii. 1. 27 
 
 iKaiva,* eXdrru e\u, fXiJXaxa, a. 
 ^Xaffa, to drive, ride. A.; intrans., or 
 w. iTTirov, dp/j,a,'ffTpdTev^, &c., under- 
 stood, to ride, drive, advance, march, 
 chirge, ae. bi.6., &c. : i. 2. 23; 5.7,13, 
 15; 8.1,10,24: iv.7. 24. Der. elastic. 
 tiXdi^aos, ov, of a deer: K/tia cXd^eia 
 deer's meat, venison, i. 5. 2. 
 
 {\a<|>05, ou, 6 i], (in Att. ^ as a ge- 
 neric term), a deer, stag, v. 3. 10. 
 
 4.IXa(|>p(Ss, d, liv, [deer-like] light in 
 motion or weight, nimble, agile, iii. 3. 
 6: iv. 2. 27. 
 
 J.l\a()>pi>>s lightly, nimbly, with agil- 
 ity, vi. 1. 12 : vii. 3. 33. 
 
 4Xdx'''"'''S,'?,o;',seeeXdTTui',iii.2.28. 
 
 iX^TXai,* iykw, pf. p. tX-qXeyiuii, a. 
 p. ■^\iyx6r]v, to examine, question, or 
 inquii'e, closely; to convict, prove; A. 
 cp., P.; ii.5.27? iii. 5. 14 (a. byattr., 
 474 b): iv. 1. 23. 
 
 jXceivds, t), 6v, (eXeo! pity) piteous, 
 iv. 4. 11 ? 
 
 {Xctv, IX^o-Oai, &c., see aipia. 
 
 iXcXl^u, ifoi, (eXeXfO a war-cry) to 
 raise the war-cry, to shovt in battle, 
 i. 8. 18: V. 2. 14? 
 
 JiXc^a, jXcx97]v, see \iyia, i. 4. 13. 
 
 t4\(u6epCa, os, freedom, liberty, iii- 
 
 d pendeiice, i. 7. 3 : iii. 2. 13 : vii. 7. 32. 
 
 4\cv9epos, o, ov, (e\ev6- ? see epxo- 
 fiai) going and coming at pleasure, 
 free, independent, ii. 5. 32 : iv. 3. 4. 
 
 4\'<)(J>6t]v, see Xap-Pdvu, i. 7. 13. 
 
 {XSciv, -oi|u, -u, -(iv, see epxoiuu. 
 
 'EXurdpvi), i)S, V. I. for 'AXi(rd/»>i;, 
 vii. 8. 17. 
 
 SXku,* ?Xfw, ipf. etXKOv, to draw, 
 doij, pull. A., iv. 2. 28; 5. 32: v. 2. 15. 
 t'EXXds, dSoi, i), Hellas, Greece ; 
 originally, it is said, the name of a 
 town or district in southern Thessaly, 
 settled by Hellen. The name was 
 afterwards so extended as to include 
 all Greece except the Peloponnesus ; 
 
 and yet further, so as to include not 
 only this, but even all the Greek col- 
 onies, wherever situated, i. 2. 9 ; 4. 7. 
 — 2. Hellas, wife of Gongylus, friend- 
 ly to Xenophon, vii. 8. 8. 
 "EXXnv, j/xos, 6, Hellen, a Greek; 
 
 I originally, it is said, the name of a 
 son of Deucalion, and the father of 
 .iEolus and Dorus, and grandfather of 
 Achaeus and Ion. Passing to his pos- 
 terity, it became the general name of 
 
 , all the Greeks {Hellenes), while their 
 great divisions were named from his 
 children and grandchildren. As an 
 adj., Greek, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 14, 18 ; 10. 7. 
 
 ! 4.iXXT|vC{u, lau, to speak Greek, vii. 
 
 ; 3. 25. Der. Hellenist. 
 
 I 4.'EXXt)Vi.k^s, tJ, bv, Hellenic, Grecian, 
 
 Greek: rb 'EXXi;i'iKi;> [sc. ffrpdreu/ia] 
 
 j wKi Greek army or force : i. 1 . 6 ; 8. 1 4 s. 
 
 4.'EXXi)v:.Kus adv., in the Greek lan- 
 jguage, in Greek, i. 8. 1. 
 i I'EXXtivJs, ISoi, (fem. adj. = 'EXXi;- 
 ' viK-/), 235) Grecian, Greek, iv. 8. 22. 
 I J.'EXXi)VioTt adv., (spoken) in Greek, 
 vii. 6. 8. 
 
 t'EXXiiinrovTtoKds,ii,4>', Hellespontic 
 or Hellespontian, i. 1. 9 : v. I. -ikos, -tos. 
 
 'EXX^fjcr-irovTos, ou, 0, [the sea of 
 Helle, who was here drowned, accord- 
 ing to fable, in endeavoring to escape 
 through the air to Colchis, with her 
 brother Phrixus, on the liack of a 
 golden-fleeced ram] the Hellespont, a 
 strait about 40 miles long and from 
 1 to 4 miles wide, connecting the 
 Propontis and jEgean, and separating 
 Europe and Asia. It was bridged by 
 Xerxes, and was the scene, in the Pelo- 
 ponnesian war, of the great naval bat- 
 tles of Cynossema and jEgospotami. 
 The name was also applied to the re- 
 gion Ijring about this strait, i. 1. 9. 
 IIThe Dardanelles, orStraitofGallipoli. 
 
 ^oipi, -o(fi.T|V, -(S|i.cvos, see alpiui. 
 ttXirlJu, Iffuj id, ijXTiKa 1., to hope, 
 expect, I. (a.), iv. 6. 18 : vi. 5. 17. 
 
 IXirCs, ISos, ii, (IXjtu to give hope) 
 hope, expectation : eXvlSas \4yuiv speak- 
 ing or expressing hopes: t&v livpluv 
 eXwlSuv /1.1a oiie [of the 10,000 expec- 
 tations] chance in ten thousand : 0., i. 
 (a.): i.2.11: ii.l. 19; 5.12: iii. 2. 8. 
 
 iXuv, see eXai^i'u, i. 8. 10. 
 
 «(»-, the form which the prep, iv 
 takes in compos, before a labial, 150. 
 
 ^fiaSoy, see navddvw, v. 2. 25. 
 
l|i:LVTOU 
 
 44 
 
 Iv 
 
 4(i-ODToB,* ijs, refl. pron., ((fiJ, avrSs) 
 of myself : ij e/juivrou dpx^ wy o?wi 
 promuce : i. 3. 10 : ii. 3. 29 ; 6. 10. 
 
 4)i.-PaCvti>,* ^-fiffo/juii, pi^TiKa, 2 a. 
 ^/3t)c, to step or jro mto ; to go on board, 
 embark; eis, i. 3. 17; 4. 7: ii. 3. 11. 
 
 Efi-PoXXu,* ;8a\a, ^4p\-qKa, 2 a. ?/3o- 
 Xoy, to throw or thrust in or i(po», m- 
 scrf / to infliet blows ; to [thrust in] 
 grii'c fodder to horses ; A. D.; i. 5. 11 ; 
 9. 27: reflexively, to throw one's self 
 into or upon, fall upon, attack, charge; 
 to strike into, invade, enter; efi.pd\\civ 
 fis avTois to [enter among them] in- 
 vade their country; of a river, to tmpty 
 into ; els • i. 2. 8 ; 8. 24 : iii. 5. 16 s. 
 
 I)i.-Pds, -PdiTes, see e/x-paivu, i. 4. 7. 
 
 cfi-Pipdl^iii, /3i/Jd<j-w ;8i^i5, to put into 
 or «m board a vessel, »nate one embark, 
 A. Ws, V. 3. 1 ; 7. 8. 
 
 kf.-^o'ki\, 71%, (c/i-/3iiX\u) a» irrup- 
 tion, invasion, inroad, entrance, iv. 1.4. 
 
 C|l-PpdvTT|TO$, OV, l^pOVT&W tO thuil- 
 
 der, iv. ^povri]) thwader-struck ; hence, 
 stu2)efied, insane, panic-struck ; iii. 4. 
 12. 
 
 2|ieiva, see fi-ifu, i. 2. 6, 10, 14. 
 
 4|t4a>,* ifi,e(roi c,xlj, t/j^rifUKa, vomo, 
 to VOMIT, iv. 8. 20. Der. emetic. 
 
 ky.-\Uvu,* fievw, fie/i4i^7jKa, to remain 
 or abide in, iv, iv. 7. 17. 
 t4n<Ss, ■/:, iv, my, mine, i. 6. 6. 
 
 €(iov, 4|xol, 4)i4 (by apostr. 4(i'), 
 obli(iue eases of eyw, i. 3. 3, 6 ; 5. 16. 
 
 Sn-TToXiv adv., on the return, back- 
 wards, back, back again : so ToS/iira- 
 \iv (by crasis for rb e/nraXiv) & els 
 TovfjiiraXiv [to that which is on the re- 
 turn], i. 4. 15 : iii. 5. 13 : v. 7. 6. 
 
 f]i-vS6n>, iSxrw, (wiSov tlie ground) 
 to fix in the ground, make firm'; 
 hence, to hold fast or sacred, sacredly 
 observe, A., iii. 2. 10. 
 
 8(i-irapos, 0!/, s., (Trei/jo) in acquaint- 
 ance with, acquainted wilh, experi- 
 enced in, familiar vnth, a., iv. 5. 8 ; 
 v. 6. 1, 6 : vii. 3. 39. Der. empiiuc. 
 4.e|J.-ir€Cp(i>s adv., m acquaintance 
 with, (>. ; i/j.irelpias ^x^'" '" ^^ acquaint- 
 ed with, ii. 6. 1. 
 
 iji.-ir^'nTuKa, -irecciv, see e/i-irlirTui. 
 
 {(i-ir'vw,* irlof/.ai, TrivwKa, to drink 
 in, te/i-c (7 drink, vi. 1. 11 ? 
 
 ciJ^-irlirXTiiii or -TrtjiirXtKii,* irXiiaw; 
 Tr^TrX-rjKa, a. /J, ^v-eTr\ri(r$rjv, to fill into, 
 fi'l up, cover u'i/h : In iiafi.sfi/, content; 
 A. o., p.; i. 7. 8; 10. 12 : 'vi\ 7. 46. 
 
 4|i-irCirpi)|jii or -iFC|iirpi)|U,* wp^a, 
 T^TrpriKa, a. h-iwpTiaa, (Tlfiirpripj. to 
 burn) to put fire in, set fire to, set on 
 fire. A., iv. 4. 14: v. 2. 3: vii. 4. 15. 
 
 4|i-ir£irTa>,* TrecroOjuai, Tr^TTTWKa, 2 a. 
 iireaov, to fall iiUo, upon, or among ; 
 to throio one's self iiito ; to attack ; to 
 [fall into one's mind] occ«r to; D., els: 
 ii. 2. 19 ; 3. 18 : iii. 1.13: iv. 8. 11 ? 
 
 S|i.-ir\euSi wi', (irXiijis* full) filled in 
 with, full of, abounding in, G. , i. 2. 22 ? 
 t4|i-iro8(^u, Irrti) iffi, im-])edio, to im- 
 pede, hinder, be in the way of, A., iv. 
 3. 29. 
 
 t4|i.-ir(S8ios, OK, in the way, presenting 
 an obstacle, D., vii. 8. 3 s. 
 
 «|i-iroS(iv adv., (iv toSCiv oBip) in the 
 way of the feet : efirrodiiv elwji to be in 
 the way, hinder, prevent, n. i. (w. t6 
 or ToC), iii. 1.13: iv. 8. 14 : v. 7. 10. 
 
 ky.-TToUu>, i/trw, TeTToiTjKa, to create or 
 produce in, inspire in, impress upon, 
 D. A., CP., ii. 6. 8, 19 ; vi. 5. 17. 
 
 4|i-iroXdu, ■qaw, i)p,Tti\riKa, (akin to 
 ■mtiXiui) to obtain or realize from a sale, 
 A., vii. 5. 4 ? 
 
 ttliirdpiov, 01/, a place of trade, em- 
 porium, mart, i. 4. 6. 
 
 £|t-iropos, ov, 6, a person on a jour- 
 ney for trade, a merchant, v. 6. 19. 
 
 i\L-irpo<r6tv adv., in front, before (in 
 place or time), o., i. 8. 23 : vii. 7. 36 : 
 6 I', the foregoing, preceding, or ^o«<, 
 ii. 1. 1 : ol e. iAose in front, iv. 3. 14 ; 
 ra ?. <Ac fore parts or places in frmit, 
 V. 4. 32: vi. 3. 14. 
 
 Ip.-n'uX^ca, ijcoi, to sell, obtain by sale, 
 A., vii. 5. 4? 
 
 «)i,-4>a-yEtv 2 aor. {ev-itj>a.yov, i/x-tpdyu, 
 oip,i, &c. ; see eaSloi, the pr. ev-eaSlui 
 not being in use), to tosfe in food, eat 
 a little or hastily. A., iv. 2. 1 ; 5. 8. 
 
 cji-ttiav^s, ^s, (<l>alvw) shining in, 
 manifest : iv rip i/upavei in 2>ublic, 
 publicly, openly, il. 5. 25. 
 4.e|i-<)iavus ojienly, v. 4. 33. i 
 
 iv* prep., Lat. m w. abl., in : w. 
 DAT. of place or persons, in, within, 
 on, upon, at, among, i. 1.6s; 5.1; 6. 
 1 : iv. 7. 9 ; iv 'Bapv\uivi [in the region 
 of B. ] a< or nemr 5. , v. 6. 4 : — of time, 
 in, at, on, during, wUkia ; iv roirif 
 [sc. xp'^'v] in or during this time, 
 meanwhile; i:! j during lohiclo time, 
 )r [in the time when, 557 a] while, 
 frJiUM : i. 2. 20 ; 5. 15s ; 7. 18 ; 10. 10 : 
 — of state, manner, iiii';in.i, instru- 
 
iv 
 
 45 
 
 Mtv 
 
 ment, &c., in, under, with, i. 3. 21 ; 
 7. 20 ; 9. 1 : iv. 3. 7 s. In compos. (4(1.- 
 before a labial, and iy- bef. a palatal, 
 150), in, into (698 d'), among, upon, at. 
 
 iv, €V05, ivC, see eU, i. 9. 12 : vli. 5. 4. 
 
 iv-aYCtiXdw, 4^u, (d7,ti>\5;, see Siay- 
 Kv\6ofmi) to [put in a] Jit with a thong, 
 iv. 2. 28. 
 
 t4vavTi6o|jLaL, titrofiat, iivavriibfiaL, to 
 oppose, witlistand, D. irepl or o. , vii. 6.5. 
 
 «v-ovtIos, a, OK, are the opposite side, 
 opposite, opposed to, contrary, hostile 
 to ; in an opposite direction ; over 
 aj dnst, against, in front of, before, in 
 one's face ; often w. an adv. force : 
 oi ifdvTioL the eiiemy : iK rod ii/avriov 
 [from] on tlie opposite side: T&vavTla, 
 ( = Tci ivain-la) in tlie opposite direc- 
 tion, &c. : TO&rov ivavriov in this man's 
 presence : D., G., ^ : i. 8. 23 ? iii. 2. 10 : 
 iv. 3. 28, 32 ; 7. 5 : V. 8. 24 : vii. 6. 23. 
 
 iv-6.wni, iS^u, to set on fire, set fire 
 to, kindle. A., v. 2. 24s? 
 
 £vaTOS, later ^vvaros, ri, ov, {hvia, 
 q. V.) ninth, iv. 5. 24. 
 
 4v-avXC£o|xai, ItroiMi, riSXuTfmi 1., a. 
 p. Tfi'KlcrBriv, to en-camp, lodge for the 
 night., vii. 7. 8. 
 
 SvSeia, ai, (iv-Mw) need, want, poo- 
 erty, lack of provisions, i. 10. 18. 
 
 lv-8elKyv|u,* Scl^u, SiSeix"-, in-dico, 
 to in-dicate, express-; iH. to show or ex- 
 press one's own feelings, A., vi. ]. 19. 
 
 «v-8^KaTOs, 5), OK, (fK-5e,.-a eleven) 
 eleventh, i. 7. 18. 
 
 tv-Sla,* Seiiffui, SeSiriKa, to lack in 
 anything : impers. iv-Sel there is lack 
 or need of, G. D. ; iJipa TrXcloms h&iov 
 he saw there [being] was need of more 
 explicitiiess : M. to lack for one's own 
 support, G. : vi. 1. 31 : vii. 1 . 41 ; 3.3? 
 
 ^v-Sr|Xos, OK, among evident things, 
 evident, manifest, 2)lain; used like 
 S )\os w. a participle ; ii. 4. 2 ; 6. 18. 
 
 Sv-8>|fi.o$, OK, within a nation, at 
 home ; ri, (i>5Ti/jia the hom£ revenues, 
 vii. 1. 27. Der. endemic. 
 
 |y.8((j>pi,os, OK, (Si0/>os) sitting on the 
 sam-e seat, or at table, with another 
 (the Thracians sitting at their meals): 
 ivSltppMs subst., a table-companion: 
 vii. 2. 33, 38. 
 t^vSoSev adv., /rom within, v. 2. 22. 
 
 iviov adv., (4v) within, ii. 5. 32. 
 
 {v-So|os, OK, (56fa) in repute, honor- 
 able, glorious, betokening Iwnor, vi. 1. 
 23. 
 
 4v-8^v<i> & 4v-SJo|iai.,* Svropuii, S4- 
 SvKo,, 2 a. Idvu, (cf. in-dno) to put on 
 one's selff A. . plup. hadjnU on, wore: 
 i. 8. 3 ; V. 4. 13. 
 
 iv-i- : for augmented forms thus be- 
 ginning, look under iy- before a pala- 
 tal, and under i\i- before a labial. 
 
 ev-4PaXov, see i/i-^dWu, i. 5. 11. 
 
 4v-4Spa,as, {Idpa a seal) a seat with- 
 in (in a hidden place), ambush, am- 
 buscade, Lat. in-sidiue, iv. 7. 22. 
 4.4ve8pEv(i>, ciffia, a. iv-riSpev<Ta, toform 
 or place an ambush, lie in wait, i. 9. 2. 
 
 {v-ci|i.i,* (jo/iai, (ei,:U) to be in or on, 
 iv : to be [in a place] t/iere .• i. 5. 1 s ; 
 6. 3: ii. 4. 21s, 27. See hi. 
 
 ivfKa,* sometimes ^vckcv (esp. be- 
 fore a vowel), adv., for tlie s.ike of, on 
 account- of, for the purpose of, for, a. ; 
 conini. following, but sometimes pre- 
 ceding or dividing its complement : 
 Toirov SveKa on this account : i. 4. 5, 8 : 
 ii. 3. 13, 20; 5. 14: v. 1. 12; 8. 13. 
 
 lv-EKeC)i.i|v, see ey-xei:xai, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 ivev'f\Kovra indecl., (^kk^o) ninety, 
 i. 5. 5 ; 7. 12. 
 
 Iv£c5s {v. I. 4vv€js), d, 6v, deaf and 
 dumb, iv, 5. 33. 
 
 lv-«irX'^<r6i|v, see in-TiirXij/ii. 
 
 cv-^irpT|<ra, see ifi-TlTrpTi/jii,iv. 4. 14. 
 
 iv-fTos, •fi, 6k, (ili)jui) sent in, incited, 
 prompted, iirb, vii. 6. 41 ? 
 
 Iv-txttpiTtti see iy-xeipit<^, iii. 2. 8. 
 
 iv-i)^vfOV, ov, (^u/)(5s) a pledge in 
 hand, security, vii. 6. 23. 
 
 4v-4x,<» or iv-ltr\u>,* f^a or tsxh<"^i 
 eax'^i"'; to hold fast in, catch or en- 
 tangle in, A. D., vii. 4. 17. 
 
 iv-r\v, see fv-eifii, i. 5. 1 : ii. 4. 27. 
 • ?v9a adv. demonst., rel., and com- 
 plem., (ck) of place, t/iere, here, where : 
 sometimes of time (esp. w. 5ij), there- 
 upon, then, when : i. 5. 8 ; 8. 1 s, 4 : 
 iv. 1. J ; 5. 22, 29 : v. 1. 1. 
 
 .^4v6d Se (Se adding demonstr. force, 
 cf. 252 a) there, here : (Se signifying 
 to, 688 e) thither, hither: ii. 1. 4; 3. 
 21 : iii. 3, 2 : v. 1. 10. 
 J.^vOa-irep in the very place where, just 
 where, wliere, iv. 8. 25 : vi. 4. 9. 
 
 tv-96£i]v, -04|i€vos, &c., see ev-Tidrj-M. 
 
 ?v9ev adv. , (ev, cf. Ma) thence, lience, 
 whence (sc. exelire ii. 3. 6 ; sc. rairas 
 iii. 5. 13): Mei/ ixh . . evffev di hinc 
 . . illinc, Jience . . thence, [from] on 
 this side . . and on tluit : Men xal cv- 
 0ev on each side, G. : i. 10. 1 : ii. 4. 22. 
 
^eivSe 
 
 46 
 
 IvufioTCa 
 
 j.lv8^v-8e {-Se adding deraonst. force) 
 from this very spot, from this place, 
 hence (for &tfi inS>v,yii. 7. 17J: v. d. 10. 
 
 a. p. kv-edvii,ii6riii, {Sv/xis) to Jiave or 
 bear in mind, reflect, consider, ponder, 
 A. ci'., ii. 4. 5 : iii. 1. 20, 43 ; 2. 18. 
 
 44v-6v|i.T]|ia, aros, t6, a tlwwjht, con- 
 sideralion, conception, device, plan, 
 iii. 5. 12 : vi. 1. 21. Der. enthymemis. 
 
 4v-6upaK(£a>, liTU, pf. p. reSupdu- 
 aiuu, to put in a cuirass or corselet, 
 to clothe in mail, fully arm, a., vii. 
 4.16. 
 
 ivi a prolonged poet, form for h> in; 
 also used, eveu in prose, with the ac- 
 cent drawn back (In), for (n-etm or 
 Iv-cuTi, fr. Iv-eiiu, 6996, 785, V. 3. 11. 
 
 M, iv6% see eh, i. 9. 12 : iii. 2. 19. 
 
 4vi.-avT6$, ov, 6, {ipl, oilris, or fr. 
 Ims annus, year) a period returning 
 into itself, a cycle, year ; ii. 6. 29 : 
 iii. 2. 12 : vii. 8. 26. See xari. 
 
 cv-iSiiy, see h-op6,u>, vii. 7. 45. 
 
 8vi-oi, 01, a, (hi o'i there are who, 
 5590) some, i. 5. 8 ; 7. 5 : ii. 4. 1. 
 
 iv£-0Te (tvi Sre there is when, 559 o), 
 sometimes, at times, 1. 5. 2 : ii. 6. 9. 
 
 iv-liryja, see h-ix'^y vii. 4. 17 ? 
 
 kwio, indecl., nine, i. 4. 19. In its 
 derivatives, Ivva-, for em-, is a less 
 classic form. Der. ennea-gon. 
 
 iv-vstia, i}iru, vevbTiKa, A. h M. (w. 
 a. p.) to have or hear in mind, consider, 
 reflect, ponder, think, devise; to take 
 thought, be anaaous or apprehensive, 
 apprehend: A. cp., jm) : ii. 2. 10 ; 4. 5, 
 19: iii. 1.2 s, 41; 5. 3: iv. 2. 13. 
 I^vvoia, OS, a thought, reflection, con- 
 sideration, iii. 1. 13. 
 
 'Ev-o8las, ov, Enodias, a lochage, 
 vii. 4. 18 ? 
 
 Iv-oiK^u, ij(r(ii, l^xriKa, to dwell in, 
 in-habit : ol (voiKoOvres the inhabitants ; 
 i. 2. 24 ; 3. 4 ; 5. 5 : v. 6. 25. 
 
 iv-ovrav, see tv-eiju, ii. 4. 22. 
 
 ev-oirXios, OK, (SirXov) in arms, mar- 
 tial, adapted to movements in armor, 
 vi. 1. 11. 
 
 iv-op6M,* 6\j/opuu, iiipaxa or iipaxa, 
 2 a. 6i5oi>, to see or discern in a person 
 or thing, A. u., i. 3. 15 : vii. 7. 45. 
 
 ivm, ri, ov, last year's, v. 4. 27 ? 
 
 to crowd upon, disturb, annoy, inter- 
 fere with, D., ii. 5. 13 : iii. 4. 21. 
 iv-T&rra,* rd^u, riraxa, to post 
 
 aTnong other troops ; to enrol ; iii. 3. 
 18 r 
 
 IvraiOa adv., (by metath. for Ion. 
 hff-aura, fr. tfSa k airos) in this or 
 that very place, here, there ; sometimes 
 hither, thither : of time, hereupon, 
 upmi this, thereupon, then .• i. 2. 1, 6 s ; 
 3. 21; 10. 1, 4, 12s, I6s: v. 5.4. 
 
 Iv-T6(\acr6ai, see iv-riWo/iat. 
 
 iv-rflva,* T«i'w, Tirana, in-tendo, 
 to stretch out upon, inflict upon, A. 11. ■, 
 7rXj;7ds hiruvov came to blows, ii. 4.11. 
 
 4v-T(X<is, h, (ri'KQs) at its end, com- 
 plete, full, i. 4. 13. 
 
 iv-T4XX0H(U,* TcXoC/iOl, T^ToXjUOl, 
 
 a. trei^-dp-Tiv, (tAXu to raise) to put 
 upon, enjoin upon, cliarge, cmnmand, 
 D. I., V. 1. 13. _ 
 
 tvrepov, ov, (evris) an intestine ; pi. 
 intestines, entrails, bowels, ii. 5. 33. 
 
 4vTEv6cv (fr. Ivffev, after the analogy 
 of evravBa it. hda) from this or that 
 very place or time, Jience., thence ; af- 
 ter this, aftenvards, hereupon,, there- 
 upon ; sometimes from or in conse- 
 quence of this, therefore; i. 2. 7, 10 : 
 iii. 1. 31 : iv. 4. 10 :' vii. 1. 25. 
 
 Iv-t£9i]|jh,* 0i}(ru, rideiaa, a. effijito 
 (Sd, 6d-qv, &c.) to put in, iiispire in, 
 A. D., vii. 4. 1 : M. to put on board for 
 one's self, A., i. 4. 7 : v. 1. 15. 
 
 {v-Ti|jLos, OK, c. , s. , (ri/ii}) held in hon- 
 or, honored, respected, v.e.32 : vi. 3.18. 
 ^iv-ft\um in honor, ii. 1. 7. 
 
 4v-T<Svus (enTovos strained,strenuous, 
 fr. ev-relvw) stretiu^usly, vii. 5. 7. 
 
 ivr6s adv., (ev) within, of place or 
 time, G. : evrhs airSiii within their line : 
 i. 10. 3 : ii. 1. 11 : vii. 5. 9 ; 8. 16. 
 
 4v-TVYX^va,* rei^o/Mi, TeTi/^ijico, 
 2 a. Itvxov, to happen or ligJit upon, 
 fall in or meet with, flnd, D., i. 2. 27; 
 8. 1, 10 : ii. 3. 10. 
 
 '£vvd\io$, ou, ('EkiJu Bellona, god- 
 dess of war) Enyalius (the warlike), 
 another name for Mars ('Aptis), the 
 god of war ; a sonorous word specially 
 used in the battle-cry ; i.8.18 : v.2.14. 
 
 4v-inrvtov, ou, (Citkos) a thing seen 
 in sleep, a dream, vii. 8. 1 : n. I. tu 
 emlKia the interior; Toup conjectured 
 rd ivjiria the inner walls. 
 tiVou.oT-dpx'ns or 4v<i>|uST-apxoSi <>"> 
 (ftpxw) a leader of an iviupjyrla, enomo- 
 iarch, iii. 4. 21 : iv. 3. 26. 
 
 4v-0)|iOT£a, as, {iv-fhp.oTOi sv)orn in, 
 fr. 6fiyv/u) a band of sworn soldiers. 
 
47 
 
 t£e.TXd-y>|v 
 
 wii cnomZty ; comm. of about 25 men, 
 the fourth part of a \6xoi ; iii. 4. 22. 
 
 4J,*. before a cons, tic, prep., o^U of: 
 w. Gen. of place, out of, forth from, 
 from, ; ex tuv ToAx'""' from the land 
 of Om Taochi; ef dptirrEpas [from] on 
 the left; i. 2. 1, 3, 7, 18 : iv. 7. 17; 8. 2 : 
 — of time, from, after, upon, often 
 denoting not mere succession of time, 
 but also consequence ; ix roirov from 
 this time, upon or after thia, hcreupdh, 
 in consequence of this ; Ik tthISwi' frmu 
 boyhood; i. 2. 17; ii. 5. 27 ; 6. 4: iy. 
 6. 14, 21 : e'f o5 or Srou from [what 
 time] tliAi time when, siiice, 557a, v. 7. 
 34 : vii. 8.4: — of source, cause, agent, 
 means, manner, &c., from, of, in eou- 
 tequeivce of, on account of, by, by means 
 of, with, according to, &u., i. 1. 6 ; 9. 
 16, 19, 28 : iii. 1. 11 s, 43 : ex roiruv 
 ft'om this state of affairs, in tliese cir- 
 cumstances, i. 3. 11. In compos., out, 
 forth, off, from ; sometimes implying 
 completeness (cf. utterly). 
 
 I| indecl., sex, six, i. 1. 10: ii. 4. 27. 
 
 ^.ayY^XXu, eXu, ijyyeXKa, a. IJYY^^- 
 \o, to bring out word, report, repeal, 
 state, A. D., CI"., i. 6. 5; 7.8: ii. 4. 24. 
 
 i^-6.ya,* 4f u, ^x". 2 a. fiyayop, a. p. 
 iixfiriv, to lead otU or forth ; to induce ; 
 A. I., exj, irplis, kc; i. 6. 10 ; 8. 21. 
 t4|-a(peros, ok, picked out, select, 
 choice, vii. 8. 23 : cf. Lat. cximius fr. 
 ex-imo. 
 
 l^-axpla,* •fiaw, Spva, 2 a. tt\ov, 
 a. p. ■gp48rii>, to take out, remove, set 
 apart, A. a., D. : M. to take out for 
 one's own benefit, select, choose. A., 
 ex : ii. 1.9; 3. 16 ; 5. 4, 20 : v. 3. 4. 
 
 4£-aiT^<i>, ■^aa, ■griiKa L, to de-mand: 
 M. to beg off as a fe.vor to one's self, 
 to rescue by entreaty .- a. : i. 1. 3 : vi 
 6. 11 (i). I. {■rrrdu). 
 
 ^-aC().vi)S, softer but less Att. form 
 {|airlv>|5, {al<f)i'ris suddenly, fr. d- & 
 0afKii>) of a sudden, suddenly, unex- 
 pectedly, 380 b, iii. 3. 7 : v. 6. 19 s. 
 
 i^oKur-xCXioi, at, a, (f f ducu six tiines, 
 fr. ii) six thousand, i. 7. 11 : ii. 2. 6. 
 
 4S-aKOVT({u, l<roi id, to shoot forth 
 with darts, D. of instrument, v. 4. 25. 
 
 llaKocnoi, ai, a, (ti, ixariv) six 
 huvdrcil, i. 8. 6, 24. 
 
 ^-aXair(!i^u, dfw, poet., (dXairdfia 
 to plunder) to saek, desolate, A. , vii. 1. 29. 
 
 i(-AXXo|xat,* dXoS/iai, a. T)\6,inir & 
 4X6/ti)i>, to spring aside, vii. 3. 33. 
 
 c$-a|iapTdvu,* Tiyvo/uu, iiiidpTriKa,^ 
 to err from the right, do wrong, offend, 
 sin, AE. inpl : roiadra eiapaprimmes 
 [sinning such sins]so sinning or offend- 
 ing, guilty of such misconduct, v. 7. 33. 
 
 4|-ov-£an|Hi,* itttJitu, larriKo, 2 a. 
 Itrrrir, to raise up out of one's seat, 
 &c.. A.: M., w. pf. & 2 a. a., to stand, 
 rise, or start up, iv. 5. 18 : vi. 1. 10 ? 
 t^j-oiraTdw, liirw, ■^wdrrjKa, (f. »«.. as 
 p., 576 a, vii. 3. 3) to deceive utterly ot 
 gi'o.ssly, mislead, cheat, impose upon, 
 A. AE. <ij, Skttc, ii. 6. 22: v. 7. 6s, 9. 
 
 i|-affdTt|, t;!, (dxirj; deceit) gross 
 deceit, iin/positio)i, vii. 1. 25. 
 
 c|-4-in|\iis, V, g. COS, six cubits long, 
 V. 4. 12 : V. I. if-jrijx"!. 
 
 l£air(vT|S, sec efal^Kijs, iii. 3. 7; 5. 2. 
 
 4|-i>pK«ii, ^irw, <o suffice fully, vii. 7. 
 54? 
 
 cl'opx"! ^Pi'^t ^flXx^t to ^".d off; 
 lead off in, take the lead in, a. ; v. 4. 
 14: vi. 6. 15. 
 
 c$-avaCv<>>, ayw, to dry up, trans.: 
 M. to dry up, wither away or entirely, 
 intrans., ii. 3. 16 ? 
 
 i|-avXC{0|iU| laopai, ijflXur/uK 1., to 
 leave or (Jumge one's quarters, tls, vii. 
 8.21. 
 
 l^-t- : for augmented forms thus be- 
 ginning, look under bt-. 
 
 4$-ip<iXov, -c^X^Oriv, see ex-pdWa. 
 
 S^-afx,* Ijoiuu, (el/il) to be out of 
 confinement or restraint, to be free or 
 permitted ; only used impers., efeort, 
 iieiri, eirjv, kc, it is permitted or al- 
 lowed, it is in one's power, one may, 
 i>. I. ; pt. abs. ef Sk, it being permitted, 
 when it is or was permitted or in one's 
 power, when he may or miaht ; ii. 3. 
 26 ; 5. 18, 22 s ; 6. 6, 12, 28:" iii. 1. 22. 
 
 £|-ci|ti,* ipf. Beiy, (eXiu q. v.) to go or 
 come out or forth, march out ov forth, 
 iii. 5. 13 : v. l._ 8, 17 :_ vi. 6. 1 s. 
 
 4^-c\avvu,* €\da-u eXu, fX^Xaica, to 
 drive out, expel, A. ef : intrans. or w. 
 A. understood (see eKaivu), to drive or 
 ride forth, advanee, proceed, march, 
 Scd, kc: i. 2. 5 s ; 4. 4 : vii. 7. 7. 
 
 ^-A^YXM,* ^jw, to prove fully, 
 convict, A. P., ii. 5. 27? 
 
 4$-cX^\v6a, -cX8eiv, see ki-4px,oiuu. 
 
 4|-^irov, see e(c-Xc(iru, i. 2. 24. 
 
 4£-Aoi)u, -cXoC|iT|V, see ii-aipia. 
 
 ^-cveyKttv, see ix-ipipia, iii. 2. 29. 
 
 ^cvCirfiiu, see ievliw, vii. 3. 8 ? 
 
 i|-«rXdifi]v, see «-xX^ria, ii. 2. 18. 
 
i^^Xa 
 
 48 
 
 limv{p\o\Liu. 
 
 e^-eirXo, see eic-TrX^u, ii. 6. 2. 
 l|-4piru, ?p^u, (JpjTw serpo, to creep) 
 to creep 0M< or forth, vii. 1. 8. 
 
 2 a. ^aSoi', to coTTie or go out or forth, 
 depart, escape, e^ : of time, to expire, 
 elapse: i. 3. 17 : iii. 1. 12 : vii. 5. 4. 
 
 ^-€<m, -^irrtu, see l^-ci/ii (et/u). 
 
 c|-erdju, dffu, e£-^aKO, {ereis inte) 
 to search out the tmtb of, examine, 
 inspect: M. to present one's self far in- 
 spection, pass review, v. 4. 12 ? 
 
 ^il-irao-is, cois, 4 inspection or re- 
 view of troops, i. 2. 9, 14 ; 7, 1 s. 
 
 ^-erpd^niv, see cK-rpiipui, vii. 2. 32. 
 
 cl-eu-iropC^o, £(rw uo, •jreirbpi.Ka, to 
 provide well ov fully, y. 6. 19 ? 
 
 I|-^()n|va, see iK-(j>alvu>, iii. 1. 16. 
 
 c|-i4>^'"') see iK-(j>eirfa, i. 3. 2. 
 
 e£-T|7^0|tai, :^iro/!iaE, ffT/Tiixai, to lead 
 forth: to In-ing out to another, com- 
 mvMicate, impart ; iyaSiv n i. to ren- 
 der some service,, esp. by ijifonnation 
 or guidance: A. D., eZs: iy. 5. 28: vi. 
 6. 34. Der. exegesls. 
 
 i$-JEiy, -|j«ray or 'girav, see lf-e(/u. 
 
 c^^Kovraindecl., (?f) sexaginta, six- 
 ty, ii. 2. 6: iv. 8. 27. 
 
 ll-^Ku, ;5fw, ?ifo 1., to come or hare 
 come out; of time, to have run o^it, 
 expired, or passed by, pr. as pf., 6i2, 
 vi. 3. 26. 
 
 l^ilXBov, see li-ipxofioi, i. 6. 5. 
 
 I|-^v, see l^-eifu (ci/u), vi. 6. 2. 
 
 €|-<iveYKO) -ov, see ix-^ipa, v. 6. 29. 
 
 ^i-^BC"!", see ^f-d7u, i. 8. 21. 
 
 I|-iev(u, -ii4v, see ?j-ei/« (el/u), v. 1. 8. 
 
 ^-ikWo|uiI)* Z^o/iat, Tytiai, to come 
 out to ; to fly or send far enough to 
 hit, to reach, of both missiles and 
 senders, G. ; to am,ount to, suffice, els : 
 i. 8. 19 : iii. 3. 7, 15, 17: vii. 7. 54. 
 
 45-CirTt!|u,* criiau), IffrriKa, to place 
 out of: M. to stand out of, loithdraw 
 <« froin, ii, i. 5. 14. 
 
 ^-oSos, ov, 7], a way out, outlet ; 
 egress, dspartv/re, excursion, expedi- 
 tion; V. 2. 9: vii. 4. 17. Der. Exodus. 
 
 {|o|i«v, ^ojuii, see ^id, i. 3. 11. 
 
 4|-6v, see If-ei^ui (cJ^),ii. 5. 22; 6. 6. 
 
 4|-oirXlJoi, lau> lE>, SiirXiKa 1., to arm 
 fully or completely : M. so to arm or 
 accoutre one's self: iiiairXurfiinos in 
 full armor : i. 8. 3 : ii. 1. 2 : iii. 1. 28. 
 
 4.E£-oxXifr£a, as, the arming, military 
 ejuipment or array, i. 7. 10. 
 
 l|-op|idta, ^(Tu, &piiiiKa, t-o urge forth, 
 
 incite, animate, A. iwl : J. & M. in- 
 trans., to start or set out or forth, go 
 forth, ivl: iii. 1. 24s: v. 2. 4; 7. 17. 
 
 4J-o«ir£o, ds, (tf-tt/u fr. fi/i/) ^cr- 
 m,issiooi, license, authority : i^uvalav 
 iroieiv to give license, D., v. 8. 22. 
 
 ^-in)X«S, w, g. eos, = V. I. i^-d-jTTixvs. 
 
 e|« adv., (ef) out, out of, witlwut, 
 out^de, on, the outer side of, airoad ; 
 beyond, beyond the reach of; besides : 
 t6 ifu <Ae outer: G.; i. 4. 4s ; 8. 13 ; 
 ii. 2. 4; 6. 3, 12: iii. 4. 15 : vii. 3. 10. 
 4.l$ii)6EV from without, outside of, iii. 
 4.21: V. 7. 21. 
 
 foiKO, see clxdi'a, ii. 1. 13. 
 
 cdpoKa or liipaKa, see 6pia, ii. 1. 6. 
 
 copT^, f,s, {Spjw/Jii to stir, excite !) a 
 festival, feast, v. 3. 9 s. 
 
 iv- or l<|>-, by apostr. for ivl, i. 2. 2. 
 
 hr-ayyusXa, eXuj, ijyye\Ka, to an- 
 nounce to : M. to announce or declare 
 one's self, to promise, offer, cmisent, 
 propose mie's self, d. i., ii. 1. 4: iv. 7. 
 20 : vii. 1. 33. 
 
 iw-d-jw,* Sf M, iJxa, to bring or pro- 
 pose against, A. D. irtpl, vii. 7. 57. 
 
 4'iraBoV, see ird/rx.ui, i. 3. 4 ; 9. 6. 
 tJir-oiv^M,* ^ffu & iaoiui,i,^veKa,(alv{u) 
 to speak) to speak for or in favor of, 
 applaud, approve, commend, praise; 
 to thank, acknowledge gratefully (even 
 in civilly declining) ; A. iirl : i. 3. 7; 
 4. 16 : ii. 6. 20 : iii. 1. 45 : vii. 7. 52. 
 
 «v-aivos, ov, 6, {all/OS speech) praise, 
 commendation, applause, v. 7. 33. 
 
 etr-aipa,* apw, ^pxa, a. iipa, to raise 
 to, stir up, excite, induce, influence, 
 A. I., vi. 1. 21 : vii. 7. 25. 
 
 Iir-alnos, ov, charged against, D. : 
 iwalriiv ri [something charged against] 
 n ground of accusation, iii. 1. 5 ? 
 
 ^-aKoXovSlo, ijaio, to follow upon 
 or after, pursue, D., iii. 2. 35 : iv. 1. 1. 
 
 eir-aKOtica,* oiffopui, dxi^Koa, a. i^Kov- 
 <ra, to listen to, overhear. A., vii. 1.14. 
 
 tvCv or lir^jv, (iirei &v, 6l9h) rel. 
 adv. or uonj. w. subj., v:hen-emr,wh,en, 
 lifter, as somi as: iirav rAx'-^ra as somi 
 as, 553 b : i. 4. 13 : ii. 4. 3 ? iv. 6. 9. 
 
 iTT-ovo-Tttvw,* Tei>w, T^TaKa, a. Irei- 
 va, to stretch up for another to strike, 
 to present iipstretched. A., vii. 4. 9 ? 
 
 4ir-ava-x<up^Q>, '^irot, Kex^PV^f^^^ to go 
 back to, retreat, return, tis, iii. 3. 10. 
 
 lir-ov-^pXO|«ii,* iXevao/mt, eX-^\v8a, 
 2 a. ^\8ov, to go up or back to, return, 
 els, vi. 5. 32: vii. 3. 4 s. 
 
iirdvdt 
 
 49 
 
 M 
 
 lir-dvci), on the upper side, above : t4 
 ircLvui the preceding narrative, vi. 3. 1 . 
 
 lir-airciXlu, ^au, to threaten besides, 
 add threats, vi. 2. 7. 
 
 iir-cy-'yeXdu, da-ofiai, to laugh at in 
 one's fac, to insult, D., ii. i. 27. 
 
 iv-iyflpia,* epSi, tyi/uepKa\. , a. ^ei- 
 pa, to rouse to, awaken, wake up, 
 trans., iv. 3. 10. 
 
 lir-eSliiiv, ^ir- ^Sccrav, see eiri-Tl$iiiu. 
 
 Itrel rel. adv. or conj. (upon this 
 that, eirl) : of time, nfter, when, now 
 t!mt, since ; whenever, as often a,s ; 
 iwd Tdx'ffTO as soon as, SSjb : causal, 
 Hnce, inasmuch as, for ; en-ci ye cer- 
 tainly or of course since : i.1.1; 3. 1 s, 
 5s, 9; 5.2; 8.20: iii. 1.31: vi. 3. 21. 
 jiireiSAv (eTe(.-S>i dv) rel. adv. or conj. 
 w. subj., whenever now or indeed, 
 when indeed, when, after, as soon as : 
 eireidav rdxttrra as soon as : i. i. 8 : 
 ii. 2. 4 ; 3. 29 : iii. 1. 9. 
 4.lirei-8'f| rel. adv. or conj. : of time, 
 when now or indeed, after, as soon as; 
 causal, since now or indeed; eweiS^/i ye 
 certainly since, inasmuch as ; i. 1. 3 ? 
 
 2. 17; 7.16; 9.24: iii.5.18: vii.7.18. 
 ^ir-ciSov, see eip-opdio, vii. 6. 31. 
 i'lr-eiiii,* Iropai, {elful) to be upon or 
 
 over, eVi, i. 2. 5 ; 7. 15 : iv. 4. 2. 
 
 i'Tr-eijii,* ipf. ijeiK, {eZ/u q. v.) to go 
 or come upon or against, advance 
 a'jainst, attack, D. ; to advance, pro- 
 ceed, eom£ up or forward : of time, to 
 follow, succeed; ii ivlovaa ?us (ijiiipa, 
 vi^) the coming, follov>ing, at next 
 morning, &c. : i. 2. 17 ; 7. 1 s, 4 ; iv. 
 
 3. 23, 27; 7. 23: v. 7. 12. 
 
 rireC-TTcp conj., sin^ indeed, inas- 
 much as, ii. 2. 10 : 5. 38, 41 ; iv. 1. 8. 
 
 i'lTEio-a, iittl<r9i\v, see ireiBw, i.2.26. 
 
 eir-et«ri{v), see ^ir-etfu (elfil), i. 7. 15: 
 see eTr-€Lfu {elfii), v. 7. 12. 
 
 4'ireiTa adv. (eire! rd when or sina 
 those things are, of. eXra ; or fr. kwi and 
 dra), tliereupon, thereafter, tlien, after- 
 wards, next ; then also, moreover, fur- 
 ther: 6 IweiTO. xpixos the coming lime: 
 i. 3. 10 ; 9. 5, 14 : ii. 1. 17; 4. 13 ; 5. 20.^ 
 
 ^ir-^KEiva adv., (also written en 
 cKe\va.) upon yonder side, beyond : eK 
 Toj '. from the region beyond, v. i. 3. 
 
 hr-tK-6ia,* 6eii7o,iw.i, to run out 
 against, sally out upon, v. 2. 22. 
 
 lir-^\nrov, see eiri-XeiTui, i 5. 6. 
 
 iir-4|-«[ii.,* ipf. »£«', to go out against, 
 vi. 5. 4 ? 
 
 lir-eJ-^pXO(iai,* i\e6<ro'j.at, A/J\uOa, 
 to come or sally out ajiiinst, v. 2. 7. 
 
 lir-E|a8i.os, ov, (l^-oSos) rdaLing to 
 an expedition : iire^iSia [sc. iepd] sac- 
 rifices respecting an excursion, vi . 5. 2: 
 V, I. ir ^Jj3i(> {-oSelf or -oStq,), i!i7re|j5io. 
 
 iireird^iTfv, see Tdofuu, i. 9. 19. 
 
 eir-^irtcrov, see eTi-irlirTu, iv. 1. 10. 
 
 I7r£irpd7)it|v, see irpdrria, vii. 6. 32. 
 
 €TrejrpdK6iv, see viirpdaKW, vii. 2. 6. 
 
 4ir-^p\oji.ai,* i\eii>aoij,aL, i\Ti\v0a, 
 2 a. ^.xBof, to go to or upon, traoerao, 
 A., vii. 8. 25. 
 
 en'-epci>rdo»,* iptiiT^attj & ipTf/ffofiai, 
 7ipJ;T7jKa, 2 a. ■fjplip.Tjv, to put a question 
 to, inquire of, question, ask ; to ques- 
 tion further, again to ask; A. CP. ; iii. 
 1. 6: V. 8. 5: vii. 3. 12; 4. 10. 
 
 imtrov, see tt/tttu, vi. 1. 5 ; 4. 9. 
 
 lir-4o-n]v, -i(irTri<ro, -e<rTd9t]v, see 
 ((p-iffTTip.:, i. 5. 7 : iii. 4. 21 ; 3. 20. 
 
 iir-i<r)ifiv, see tir-ix'^t i"- *■ 36. 
 
 lir-6Terd7(iiiv, see in-Tdrrdi, ii.3.6. 
 
 iir-Evxo|iai, ei^oiiM, edyfmi. or t/jS- 
 ypai, to imprecate upon one's self, ap- 
 peal to the gods, v. 6. 3. 
 
 4ir-«|idvi)V, see ^Tri-^aCvu, ii. 4. 24. 
 
 4Tre(J>eirY«iv, see <l>eiya, v. 4. 18. 
 
 eir-^x*",* ^ftJ or irx^o-w, iaxni^O; 2 a. 
 ^o-Xox, to hold upon, hold back from, 
 delay, refrain from, G., iii. 4. 36. Der. 
 EPOCH. 
 
 4ir-^'«iv, -ijeirttv or -^o-ov, see Iw-eifii 
 (e'lp-i), i. 2. 17; 5. 15; 10.10. 
 
 4ir-'^KOos, ov, (dKoi5w) listening to ; 
 favorable for hearing : eli iirriKoov [so. 
 Xupioi'] into a hearing place, within 
 hearing distance (so ip iiriiKbif), ii. 5. 
 38 : iii. 3. 1 : vii. 6. 8. 
 
 4ir-fiKT0, see iw-dyia, vii. 7. 57. 
 
 eir^v, see iirdv, ii. 4. 3. 
 
 4ir-Tiv, see Ijr-ei/ii {el/ii), i. 2. 5. 
 
 4ir-^v6cf av, see iTr-aLf^oi, i. 3. 7. 
 
 iTr-Tjpo, see iir-alpu, vi. 1. 21. 
 
 €7r-'npiip.Tiv, see ^.r-epwrdw, iii. 1. 6. 
 
 lirJ* prep., by apost. eir' or 4:|)', 
 ore, upon, or against (as in cases of 
 resting, leaning, prebsinj, kc, on or 
 against) : (a) w. Gen, of place, on or 
 Mpmi (the relation often closer than 
 that indicated by the dat.), in, on 
 hiard of; on the bank or borders of a 
 river or country ; upon a place as an 
 obj 'ct of aim, for, tow.irds ; i. 4. 3; 
 7. 20 : ii. 1. 3: iv. 3. ri, 28:— of military 
 or other support, and hence of associa- 
 tion in place or ti;n.^, by, with, 
 
cirUuriv 
 
 50 
 
 IrnKvirriD 
 
 deep, at, in, in or at the time of; iirl 
 TCTT&pav upon lour ranks as the sup- 
 port of the line, four deep, i. 2. 15 ; 
 it(> his one by one, v. 2. 6 ; i<f) iavruiv 
 by themselves, ii. 4. 10 ; iirl ^iXayyos 
 in line of battle, iv. 6. 6 ; i<f rifiSv in 
 our timz, i. 9. 12 : — (b) w. Dat. of 
 place, on, upmi, at, near, by, i. 2. 8 ; 4. 
 1.4s: — of purpose, end, object, con- 
 dition, terms, occasion, or cause, for, 
 on account of, in respect to, on, at, in, 
 i.3.1; 6.10: ii. 4. 5 ; iii. 1.27,45; i<f 
 If on condition thit, e0 ijre in order 
 that, I., S57a, iv. 2. 1» : vi. 6. 22 : — 
 of persons or things on which one dsr 
 pends or exeils anthority, in the power 
 of (Lat. penes), dependent upon, sub- 
 ject to ; over, in charge or command 
 of; i. 1. 4 ; 4.2 : — denoting succession, 
 vpon, after, in addition to, in reply to, 
 ii. 2. 4 ; 5. 41 : iii. 2. 4 : — (o) w. Ace. 
 of place or person, on or upon (im- 
 plying motion), to, at, against; iwi 
 t6i> MalavSpov [upon the bank of] to 
 the Mceander (so often, where water is 
 spoken of); i.1.3; 2. 4s, 17, 22: — of 
 extent in space, time, &c. , to the ex- 
 tent of, to, over, through, till, i. 7. 15 : 
 vi. 6. 36 ; M iroXi (ird/iTroXu, (Spaxii, 
 wXiov, Saov, &c. ) to or over a great or 
 wide extent or distance, &c., i. 8. 8 ; 
 iirl Iran A9o( would go to all lengths, 
 resort to every expedient, iii. 1. 18 ; ivl 
 TToXXoAs reray/iimi arranged to the 
 depth of many ranks, drawn up many 
 deep (where gen. more comm.), iv. 8. 
 11 ; — of the object to be reached, ob- 
 tained, or affected, to, for, after, to ob- 
 tain, i. 2. 2; 6.10: iv. 3, 11: v. 1. 8: 
 — (d) in compos., on, upon, to, for, 
 at, against, over, after, besides; often 
 rather strengthening the sense of the 
 simple, than adding a new idea. 
 
 iir-laiiriv, see (Tr-ei/u {elui), i, 7. 4. 
 
 {iri-pdX\(i>,* /3aXu), ^4p\r)Ka, to throw 
 or put on, A., iii. 5. 10 ; M. pf. to have 
 [put] one's arrow on the string (pt. 
 with one's arrow on the string), iirl, 
 iv. 3. 28 : v. 2. 12. 
 
 1x1-^07) 6^ii>, ijffw, p^po'/iBriKa, to come 
 to the aidnf, give support to, D., vi. 5. 9. 
 t liri-povXsiloi.f liffd), /3e^oi5\tuica, to plan 
 orp^ot against, plot,conspire or intrigue 
 against, form designs against or to get, 
 D., 1., i.'l. 3: ii. 6. 23 s: v. 6. 29. 
 
 eiri-pouX^, ^s, a design against, plot, 
 D., Tfl'ji, \.\.": ii. 5.1, 38 : v. 6. 29. 
 
 iiri-^t'yvonai,* ycniiaoiMi, yeyhtuuu 
 & 2 pf. yiyova, 2 a. iyevjfi-qv, to come or 
 fall upon, attack, D., iii.4.25: vi.4.26. 
 
 cirL-Ypd<|»ii, d^b}, y^paipa., to write 
 upon, inscribe, v. 3. 5. Der. epigkam. 
 
 liri-S;CKV<J)i.L & SciKVuu,* 5ri|u, W- 
 Setxa, to point out, shoii), display, or 
 exhihii to others : M. to show, dis- 
 play, or exhibit one's self or in one's 
 self: A.n., CP. : i.2.14; 3.13,16; 9. 
 7, 10, 16: iv. 6. 15 s: v. 4. 34. 
 
 itr-i^iiv, -l8.1v, see i4>-opa<o, iii. 1. 13. 
 
 iTi-SiiiKu, (i^oi, oftener (6|o/uu, Sc- 
 Sidixa, to follow upon the steps of, 
 pursue, give chase, i. 10. 11 : iv. 1. 16. 
 
 4iri-Spa)JL^v, see iTi-Tpix", iv. 3. 31. 
 
 liri^6u,i\v, see Tri^fu, iii. 4. 48. 
 
 i7ri-6aAdTTi.os, ov, (SiXaTra) lying 
 upon tlie sea, on the sea-coast, mari- 
 tiine, V. 5. 23. 
 
 4in-6etvai, -im, -6^o-6ai, -6a|uu, 
 -9o£|iT|V, -B^ira, &c., see iiri-HOTjiu. 
 4.M-6«ris, (01?, Ti, an attack, assault, 
 iv. 4. 22 : vii. 4. 23. 
 
 iiri-6vp<^(i>, i)<riii, -TeOip.riKa, (Bv/jUis) 
 to set one's heart upon, to desire, long 
 for, viish, covet, G., I., i. 9. 12, 21. 
 |4iri.-Sv|i,Ca, as, desire, ii. 6. 16. 
 
 4iri-KaCpioSi ov, (Kaip^s) oppoi-tiinus, 
 proper for the occasion, appropriate, 
 suitable, important, chief, vii. 1. 6. 
 
 inn.-K&,f.Tira* Kau.\(iui, (KinTTu to 
 bend) to wheel [against] forward, bend 
 one's line of battle, i. 8. 23. 
 
 4iri-KOTa ^-pCirra or -fivirria,'' pl\j/(j, 
 (plii^a., to throw down upon, A. , iv. 7 . 1 3. 
 
 4irC-KEi|iai.,* Keiffo/iai, (cf. iu-sto) to 
 press upon, attack, assault, D., iv. 1. 
 16; 3. 7,30: v. 2. 5, 26. 
 
 Iti-'kCvSvvos, ov, i;., dangerous, per- 
 ilous, D. : itnKivSvv'jv ianv tlicre is 
 danger: i. 3. 19: ji. 5. 20: vii. 7. 04. 
 
 iTri-Kovpiio, iiaw, (iiri-Kovpos an aux- 
 iliary, Kovpos young man) to assist, de- 
 fend, protect against ; to relieve, avert; 
 D. A., V. 8. 21, g5. 
 j.l7ri-Ko{pi||i.a, oToj, TJ, a protection, 
 defence, relief, G., iv, 5. 13. 
 
 liri-KpdTcia, «i, (iirk-KpaTfii in power 
 over, Kpiros) power over, control, mm- 
 mand, m.astery, vi. 4. 4 ; yii. 6. 42. 
 
 iiri-Kfinrra,* li^oi, K^xpv^a, to throw 
 a veil over, conceal : M. to conceal one's 
 self or one's own doings, hence pt. 
 secretly, 674 b, d, i. 1. 6. 
 
 4ti-kWtu, Ki\j/a, KiKv<t)a, to bend or 
 stoop to or over, iv. 5. 32 1 
 
liriKvpoo 
 
 ' 51 
 
 ^ir(<rTa|uu 
 
 tir^KZpia, Ciaa, (xupos aullwrily) to 
 add authorUy, confirm, xote, iii. 2. 32. 
 
 eiri-xu\vu v. I. = awo-KuMm, iii. 3.3. 
 
 iiri-Xa)ipdvu,* Mffoiiax, clXriipa,, 2 a. 
 tXa^ov, to reach, or extend to, take in,\.: 
 M. to seise upon, lay hold of, G. : iv. 
 7. 12s: vi. 6. 5 8. Der. epi-lef.sv. 
 
 Im-Xav6dv0)uu, * X-tfrojiai, \ik\i\aiuu, 
 2 a. tXaStiiiif), to let a thing lie hid 
 for OP escape one's self, to forget, a., 
 iii. 2. 25. 
 
 {in-Xfyu, \i^ii}, to say in addition, 
 say besides or also. A., i. 9. 26. Der. 
 
 EPI-LOGUE. 
 
 liri-XeCir<i),* Xelxpu, X^Xoira, 2 a. l\t- 
 irov, to leave behind; of things, to /a ji, 
 gioe out, be wanting : A.; i.5.6; 8.18? 
 
 IitI-Xektos, ov, {\iya to pick, choose) 
 picked for service, select, diosen, iii. 4. 
 43: vii. 4. 11. 
 
 iiri-|iapT(Spo|tai., SpoOiiai I., a. ^/iz/>- 
 TupioHix, (^i/wus) to coM to witness, 
 appeal to, A., iv. 8. 7. 
 
 iirl-|iaxos, ov, s., {fidxofuu) that 
 may be fought against, opeTi to attack, 
 assailable, v. 4. 14. 
 
 tiiri-|i£XEia, as, care bestowed upon, 
 attention, diligence, thoughlfulness, i. 
 9. 24, 27. 
 
 t Eiri-|LcX^S, h, c. drrepos, caring for, 
 carefid, attentive, vigilant, iii. 2. 30. 
 
 iiri-|i£Xo|iiai or -|i,^ca|iat,* meX^ito- 
 /uii, fie/iiXii/iai, a. p. i/ieX'^-qv, to care 
 for, to talce cure or charge of, attend 
 to, give attention to, lake tiMujht, ob- 
 serve or loatch carefully, a. up., i. 1. 
 5 ; 8. 21 : iii. 1. 38 ; 2. 37 : iv. 3. 30. 
 
 ivi-^ivta,* fie-'oJ, fiefi^Tjxa, a. i/ieufa, 
 to wait for, wait, tarry : to remain 
 over or in charge of, abide by, iirl : v. 
 5. 2 : vii. 2. 1. 
 
 m/u misceo, to mix) A. or M. to min- 
 gle or associate with, have intercourse 
 or dealings with, irp6s, iii. 5. 16. 
 
 4irC|iirXi)V, see iri/«rXi)/u, i. 5. 10. 
 
 Iiri-vo^u, i)(7«, veviTiKa, (oAos) to think 
 upon or of, have in mind, intend, pur- 
 pose, propose. A., I., ii. 2. 11 ; 5. 4. 
 
 tliriopK^u, ijirw, iiriiipKriKa, toperjure 
 or forswear one's self, commit perjury; 
 swear falsely by, A. : t4 iinopieir per- 
 jury : ii. 4. 7; 5. 38, 41; 6. 22 : iu. 1. 
 
 Hvi.opKCii,as, perjury, falseswearing, 
 rp'js, ii. 5. 21 : iii. 2. 4, 8. 
 
 tttC-opKos, ov, (ipKot) against an 
 
 oath, perjured, swearing falsely, ad- 
 dicted to perjury, ii. 6. 25. 
 
 cin-ir^-a|u,* lnofxai, (eliil) to be 
 present in addition, to be also at hand, 
 iii. 4. 23 ? 
 
 Iiri-ira^i-eiiu,* ipf. ■Q€iv, (iXiit) to come 
 up or mirch by the side or abreast (in 
 addition to or in support of others, 
 also or higher up), iii. 4. 23 ? 30. 
 
 em^vfirrco,* ireffgQfiat, if^TioKa, 2 a. 
 lircffav, of snow, to fall upon; of men, 
 to fall upon, make a descent upon, at- 
 tack, j).; i.8.2: iv. 1.10; 4. 11; 5. 17. 
 
 ImiroX^i as adv., better written iw\ 
 ito\i, i. 8. 8 : see iwi, 
 
 lirC-irovos, ov, c, for toil, toilsome, 
 laborious ; portending toil ; i. 3. 19 : 
 vi. 1. 23. 
 
 4m-^-plirT(ii or piirria,* pl^m, ffpi- 
 0a, to throw upon others, throw down, 
 A., V. 2. 23. 
 
 ivrC-pipnm^, ov, {ji4io) flowed upon, 
 well-watered, i. %. 22. 
 
 Itti-itAttoi, a. ?<ro|a, (<yi.TTu to pack) 
 to put a pack on, to saddle. A., iii. 4.35. 
 
 '£!in-<rS^i1$, eo;, Episthenes, from 
 Amphipolis in Thrace, a commander 
 of targeteens, discreet and trustworthy, 
 i. 10. 7 : iv. 6. 1. — 2. An Olynthian 
 lochage, not«d for his love of hand- 
 some boys, vii. 4. 7 s. 
 
 4ir^irlTl^O|iai, Iffopuii loC/uai, ffeffi- 
 riir/w, (aiTos) to add to one's stock of 
 provisions, to collect, obtain, or lay in 
 provisions; to provision one's self, pro- 
 cure food, forage; i. 4. 19 ; 5. 4. 
 
 4.im-(rtTi(r|iiSs, ov, i, obtaining pro- 
 visions, provisioning ; a supply of pro- 
 visions ; i. 5. 9 : vii. 1. 9. 
 
 4nx-(rK^irT0|iai, comm.iricoir^ci),* itkI- 
 ^oiuu, ItrKc/ifiai, to in-specl, review, A. ; 
 to ascertain by inspection, CP.; ii. 3. 
 2 : iii. 3. 18. 
 
 cin-irKeua^(i>, daa, to repair, keep in 
 repair, v. 3. 13. 
 
 Im-o-Koir^iii, see liri-(TK(irToiiAii, ii. 3. 2. 
 
 firt-o-irdai,* airiau, tjiraKa, to draw 
 to or upon; M. to draw upon one's 
 self, drag along or after. A., iv. 7. 14. 
 
 iiri-<nro£|j.iiiv, see i^-iTroiiai, iv. 1. 6. 
 
 iw-Urrafuu,'' iiri-<rr'^ofuu, ipf. ^ttj- 
 iTTiifjLTtv, {ivi, iffrafiai, 167 a) to stand 
 upon a siibject as mastering it, while 
 in Eng. we say "to ujtder-stand it," 
 as able to carry it in the mind ; to 
 understand, know, know about, be 
 aware, be acquainted with, be assured, 
 
^irurrds 
 
 52 
 
 'Ijirva|a 
 
 A. P., CP. ; to know how, l. ; i. 3. 12, 1 5 ; 
 i. 8, 15 : iii. 2. 23 : vi. 6. 17. See opdu. 
 
 lin.-frTd.Si -crra^v, see i^-iffTijfu, 
 
 4.lir£-irTtt(ris, ews, ii, a stopping, halt, 
 ii. 4. 26. 
 
 4.eirL-crTaTla), i^ffu, (iTn-ardrTis one 
 who stands over, in command oi- 
 charge, tjTTiiii) to act as amimander, 
 command, take the charge, ii. 3. 11. 
 
 firi-OT^XXw,* ffTcAw, ^(rraX/ca, a. 
 taraXa, to send to, D. A., CP.; to com- 
 mamd, enjoin, clmrijc, D. I.; v. 3. ti ; 
 vii. 2. (i ; tj. 4i. 
 
 firurr^|ii*v, \jV, ^. Oi/us, (^Tr-tffTa/Mtt^ 
 acqvainted or C07ti;(!raam£ wiVA, skilled 
 or Bcrscd to, «., ii. 1. 7. 
 
 4m.-crT^iros, &c., see iip-lffTijfu. 
 
 eirt<rro\'<i, tjs, (^iri-orAXu) a» EPIS- 
 TLE, letter, i. 6. 3 : iii. 1. 5. 
 tliri-irrpaTcCa, as, an expedition 
 against, ii. 4. 1. 
 
 eirL-frTpaTCVftf, eiffta, earpdrevKa, to 
 march or inake an expedition against, 
 make war upmi, ii. 3. 19. 
 
 kin-<r^a.-rra' d|<<), to slay upon: M. 
 to slay one's self upon : A. D. : i. 8. 29. 
 
 Jirir^aTTO),* Tdfu, riraxa, to lay 
 upon, COTre7?ia7J(?, enjoin, commit, D. I. : 
 Jf. to station behind one's own line, 
 A. D.: ii. 3. 6 : vi. 5. 9 : vii. 6. 14. 
 
 «ri-TeX^a>, ^trw w, rer^XtKa, to bring 
 to an end, complete, accoti plish, con- 
 summate, A., iv. 3. 13. 
 
 4in.T^8ci05, a, ov, s., {iinTTjddi to the 
 purpose) suited to a purpose, suitable, 
 appropriate, proper, fitting, fit, suited 
 to one's needs, i., i. 3. 18: ii. 3. 11 ; 5. 
 18 : rh iwir-fiSeia (art. sometimes om.) 
 the things suited to the su7iport ol 
 life, the necessa/ries of life, provisions, 
 supplies, i. 3. 11 : iv. 4. 17 : oi iirir-^- 
 Sewi the suitable or proper persons; 
 sometimes the persons suited to one, 
 i. e. his friends; vii. 7. 13, 57. 
 
 €in-TC6t|(ri,* Sijtru, r^ffeiKa, a. (Bijica 
 (Bui, kc:) to put or place upon, inflict, 
 A. D., i. S. 10, 20 : vi. 4. 9 : M. to put 
 one's self \x\>on, fall or ]rress 7ipon, at- 
 tack, assail, D., ii. 4. 3. Der. epithet. 
 
 hnrviroKi as adv., better written 
 eirl rh iroXv, iii. 1. 42 : see TroXis. 
 
 iTn-rpeircii,* rp^^J/w, rh-po^a, to turn 
 or give over to, commit, entrust, confide 
 {iiriTpfiri/Mei'ai committed or com.mitting 
 themselves to his charge, i. 9. 8), A. D. 
 1.; to permit, suffer, allow, direct, D. 
 (or A. ) I. ; to refer or leave it to, D. cp. ; 
 
 i. 2. 19: iu. 2. 31 ; 5. 12: vi. 1. 31 ; 5. 
 11? vii. 7. 3, 8, 18. 
 
 4iri-Tp^«,* SpaiwSp.ai, d€Sp&p[.tjKa, 
 2 a. Idpafiov, to run upon a foe, to make 
 a quick attack or rajyid onset, iv. 3.31. 
 
 €iri-Tii7)^dvcii,* rei^oiiai, rerixva, 
 2 a. eruxov, to happen or light upon, 
 fall in or meet with, find, D., i. 9. 25. 
 
 im-^alvo,* ^avS, iriipayKa, 2 a. p. 
 as m. itpdvTiv, to shme to : M. to show 
 one's self to, appear, make one's ap- 
 pearance, come in view, bs in sight, D., 
 ii. 4. 24: iii. 4. 13, 39 s; 5. 2. 
 
 4Tri-(j)4pa.^* otau, itf^voxa, to bring 
 upon : M. to bear one's self onward, 
 rush upon, i. 9. 6 : v. 8. 20. 
 
 e~i-<[ P^^Y'C*"'? ^Vlo/'o'i '<t>6tyimi, 
 to to. .ml [onwaKr the charge, iv. 2. 7 ? 
 
 tvL-<^op^ci>, ■i',irtji,ire<t>(ipT)Ka\., to carry 
 or Ir'mg vpmi, a., iii. 5. 10. 
 
 4irC-xapi.s, 1, g. iTos, agreeable, pleas- 
 ing, gracious, winning, in one's man- 
 ner, ii. 6. 12. 
 
 kKi^\iipia, ■flaw, in-KexetpriKa, (x^lp) 
 to Iny hand to, undertake, attempt, try, 
 endeavor, i., i. 9. 29 : ii. 5. 10 ; 6. 26. 
 
 lv\,-\ia,* x^w orxEiS, Kix"i^a l.j ix^'" 
 to pour) to pour upon or in, add hy 
 pouring. A., iv. 5. 27. 
 
 tiri-)(^<i)pi[(i>, i}i7u, Kexilipva, to move 
 upon or against, to advance, i. 2. 17. 
 
 Iiri-i|n|if){^<ii, l(ru iw, i^f/^^ma, to put 
 to vote, put the question, call the vote, 
 A. : M. to vote for, vole, A. : v. 1. 14 ; 
 6. 35: vi. 1. 25: vii. 3. 14; 6.14? 
 
 itr-iiiv, -Uvat, see eirei/u (ei/jn), i. 7. 2. 
 
 81^Xe^<^a, see irX^u, i. 9. 17. 
 
 lirX^iTriv, see ttMittw, v. 8. 2, 12. 
 
 4ir-aiKoSc |U(i>, ■^(Tw, pf. p. ifKoSSpLi]- 
 /mi, to build upon, A. iirl, iii. 4. 11. 
 
 2irc|iai,* l\fopai, ipf. tlirbtittv, 2 a. 
 ia'-TTofiriv, sequoTj to follow as a friend 
 or as an enemy ; to purS7ie; to attend, 
 nccbmpavy ; D., aiv, iirl: i. 3. 6, 17 s; 
 4. 13s; 8. 19: ii. 3. 17; 6. 13. 
 
 ^-(fp.vvp.1,* dfioOpat, dfji.wfioKa,a..&fw- 
 (ra, to swear to a statement, add an 
 oath, vii. 5. 5 ; 8. 2. 
 
 4Trpdx9iiv, see irpdmo, ii. 1. 1. 
 
 Iirrd indecl., septem, kevi;n, i. 2. 
 5s; 6. 4. Der. iiept-arohy. 
 Icirra-KaC-ScKa indecl., also written 
 hrrd. KaV B^Ka, seventeen, ii. 2. 11. 
 
 4.EirTaKo<rioi, oi, a, {eKaTlii>) seven 
 hundred, i. 2. 3 ? 4. 3. 
 
 "Eiriictga, ijs, Epyaxa, queen of the 
 Lilieians, friendly to Cyrus, i. 2. 12. 
 
tm96^r[V 
 
 53 
 
 itrxflTOS 
 
 hni66f,r\v, see irmBdmiiai, i. 5. 15. 
 
 ipaia & M. poet. £pa|i,ai,* a. p. as m. 
 ilpdaOTp', to love, desire ai'dently, lo7iy 
 for, a., iii. 1. 29 : iv. 6. 3. Uf. <j>i\4u. 
 tlpyitojiai,* d<Toui,i, etpya<Tfjuu, to 
 work, labor, perform, do,2\.; to work 
 upon land, &c., till; ii. 4. 22 : v. 6. 11. 
 
 {p^ov, ov, {Fepry-) WOKK, deed, act, 
 actiort, ; operation, execution ; fact, 
 cv'-iit, result : ri ejs t&v it JXejiov ^pya, 
 inilitnry or warlike exercises : i. 9. 5, 
 10, 18: iii. 2. 32; 3. 12; 5. 12. Der. 
 K.N-KltGY. 
 
 ^€1, 4psiy, &c., see <t"lid, i. 3. 5. 
 
 Ip^ir3at, see ipiardu, ii. 3. 20. 
 
 'fipcrputis, iias, i, an Eretrian. 
 Eretria, an Ionian city on the south- 
 west shore of Eiiboea (now Negropont), 
 was, next to Chalcls, the chief city on 
 the island. It was destroyed by the 
 Persians, B. 0. 490, but rebuilt on a 
 ni'vv site (now Kastri). vii. 8. 8. 
 
 tepilliCa, as, solitude, loneliness, isola- 
 tion,, privacy, ii. 5. 9 : v. 4. 34. Der. 
 EREMITE, HERMIT. 
 
 ipri^Los,ov,OY OS, Tj,ov,c., devoid of 7nen. 
 deserted, desert, desolate, icittii/tibit^i.l, 
 unoccupied ; without in/uijitants, oc- 
 cupants, drivers, defenders, persons 
 near or around, ha. ; destitute or void 
 of, deprived of, G. : irraBfjiis IpTjMS a 
 desert inarch, i. e. through a region 
 without inhabitants : i. 3. 6? 5.1.4s: 
 ii. 1.6: iii. 4. 40: iv. 6. 11, 13. 
 
 4.£pT||i.iSci>, Jicru, to make lonely or deso- 
 late, deprive q/' company, A. G., i. 3. 6? 
 
 ipt^u, l(TU 1. , ijpiKa I. , (Ipis strife) to 
 contend ox. vie with, D., i.2.8: iv.7.12. 
 
 ipCi^aos, ov, ((ptipos kid) of a kid, 
 kids', iv. 5. 31. 
 
 Ipi»)veus, ^us, i, t^iipii.?)S Mercury, 
 the god of speech) an interpreter, i. 2. 
 17 t iv. 5. 10, 34. 
 ^ipp.T|vcv(i>, fi(Tu>, to interpret, v. 4. 4. 
 
 Der. HERMENEITTIC. 
 
 IpovvTO, -Tis, &c. , see tpriiil, ii. 5. 2. 
 
 ipjtafAvoi, 7), ov, c. i^pwiixviarepos, 
 ^pf. pt. oipihniviu to strengthen) strength- 
 ened, strong, resohUe ; neut. sutot., 
 energy, resoltUion; wpis: ii. 6. 11: iii. 
 1.42. 
 
 ^|ppa)p,lvus energetically, resolutely, 
 vi. 3. 6. 
 
 ipitua eh. poet. & Ion., iJ|u Ep., a. 
 ijpv^a, to keep or loard off, A. diri, iii. 
 1. 25: aki'i to 
 
 Spvp.a, arcs, ro, (ipiofiai to defend) 
 
 a defence, protection; fortification, for- 
 tress, rampart; i. 7. 16 : iv. 5. 9s. 
 
 'Epv-|iaxo5, see Eipi-paxos, v. 6. 21 . 
 
 4pv|ivos, v, 6v, (ipioiiai to defend) 
 fortifAid, defen^sible, strong for defence : 
 tA, ipv/xvd tlie strmigholds : i. 2. 8 : iii. 
 2. 23 :, V. 5. 2. 
 
 ^\o|MU,* iXeiaoiuu, ^XiJXidj, 2 a. 
 ^\9oi>, to come, go, ae. , d. cts, iirl, irapd, 
 wpis, &c., i. 1. 10s; 3. 20 ; 7. 4 : iii. 
 1. 6, 18. For the pres. except in the 
 ind., the ipf., and the fut., the Att. 
 coinm. used other veibs, esp. elytu. 
 
 Ipu, ci!pT|Ka, see <p-nfil, i.4.8: ii.5.12. 
 
 ^puvres, see ipda, iii. 1. 29. 
 4.Spus, uros, 6, love, ardent desire or 
 wish, I. as A. or o., ii. 5. 22. Der. 
 EKoric. 
 
 epurdcii,^ ipuT'tjffta & ip-fttyopxit, 'fjpjj- 
 TTjKa, a. TipJyn)a-a or 2 a. in. '^pit,o.Tjv, to 
 inquire, ask, question, interrogate (di- 
 rectly or through another, v. 4. 2), 2 A., 
 CP., i. 3. 18, 20 ; 7. 9 : iv. 4. 5, 17. 
 
 ii = the more comm. els, 688 d. 
 
 ¥<r6' by apostr. for IotC, fr. elii.1. 
 
 ItS^S, Tjrros, T), {Ivvvfu to clothe) ves- 
 tis, clothing, raiment, apparel, iii. 1. 
 19 : iv. 3. 25. 
 
 ^trBUo,* f. ^SopxLL, idrjSaKa, 2 a. ^tpa- 
 yov, to eat, feed upon. A., G. partitive, 
 i. 5. 6 : ii. 3. 16 : iv. 8. 20. Cf. edo. 
 
 £iro|itu, io-olp.i)v, see elp,l, i. 4. 11. 
 
 l<nrcurd|iT]V, see airivSw, iv. 4. 6. 
 
 t'EirircpiTai, uv, ol, the Hesperltce, 
 
 or the inhabitants of western Ai-menia, 
 
 subject to Tiribazixs, iv. 4. 4 : vii. 8. 25. 
 
 Simpos, o, ov, of evening : subst. 
 iatripa, as, [sc. Spa] vespera, the even- 
 ing ; [so. x'ip"] '^ west, cf. Germ. 
 Abend .- iii. 1. 3 ; 5. 15 : iv. 4. 4 ; 7. 27. 
 Der. VESPER. 
 
 {(TTai, iirri, e<rTl(v), Utrra, see elfit. 
 
 4<rTaX|i^vos, see eriWu, iii. 2. 7. 
 
 icrTaficv, -T6, -<rav, -vai, see tartyu. 
 
 Itr-T£,* by apostr. ?<rT, adv., as far 
 as, as long as, even, iTrl,iv. 5. 6 : conj., 
 unto this that, until, till ; while, 
 whilst, as long as ; i. 9. 11 : ii. 3. 9 ; 
 5. 30 : iii. 1. 19 ; 3. 5. 
 
 £(m|Ka, -K61V, ktrriis, ixm\v, see 
 lar-niu, i. 3. 2; 5. 8; 8. 5. 
 
 kmyfivoi, see arlj^oi, v. 4. 32. 
 
 £irTpa|i)Uvas, see arpiipii), iv. 7. 15. 
 
 Jirxaros,* ?;, ov, (sup. fr. i^) extre- 
 mus, laM, fa.Ttlv.st, frontier ; utter- 
 most, utm/)st, extrem-c, severest, worst: 
 i. 2. 10, 19 : ii. 5. 24 : iii. 1. 18. 
 
l<r\&Tas 54 
 
 j iayfiToi to the last degree, extremely, 
 ]\. 6. 1. 
 Strxov, see ?x"' i- 8. 4. 
 itrw adv., within, see efirii. Der. 
 
 ESOTERIC. 
 
 ^ia-iaiev adv., /toto «)iiAm, oti the 
 inner side ; within, inside : rb laaSev 
 the inner, i. 4. 4. 
 
 IraKTo, see <ri4fa>, i. 10. 3. 
 flraCpo, as, as female companion, 
 concubine, mistress, courtesan, iv. 3. 19. 
 
 Iratpos, ov, 0, (akin to ft-ijs elans- 
 man) a companion, comrade, associate, 
 iv. 7. 11 ; 8. 27 ? vii. 3. 30. 
 
 iTa|a, ir&.yjii\v, see tcIttu, i. 2. 1.5. 
 
 'Etco-vIkos, ou, Meoaiais, a Spartan 
 officer, ]jrob. the same that had bi'en 
 harmost in Thasos, and afterwards 
 held this office in Mgiiia., vii. 1. 12. 
 
 irtpoi,* a, ov, (a conipar. form, ef. 
 Lat. alter, Germ, ander, Kng. either, 
 other) alter, the othkr of two, one of 
 two, the next, in this sense coram, 
 taking the art., and used in the pliir. 
 with reference to two classes, parties, 
 or sets ; other than, different from, 
 differently situated from, a.; other, 
 much like dWos, but with a sense oi 
 difference ; besides : th ttiv iripav ix 
 Tr/s irifxii w&Xeus to one city from the 
 next : i. 2. 20 ; 4. 2 : iv. 1. 23 : v. 4. 31 : 
 vi. 1. 5 ; 4. 8. See Odrepa & injdirepBS. 
 
 4TCTt)i^|iT|v, see TipAia, i. 8. 29. 
 
 iT«tp&\f.i\v, see TirpdaKu, ii. 2. 14. 
 
 iri adv., YET, still, further, still 
 further ; furthermore,moreover; hence- 
 forth, hereafter, afterwards, a/iiy more 
 or longer (w. neg. n/> more, no longer), 
 in future; w. compar., intensive, still, 
 even / i. 1. 4 ; 3. 9 ; 6. 8 ; 7. 18 ; 9. 10 ; 
 10. 10 : iii. 1. 23 ; 2. 2. 
 
 ^ot|xos, II, ov, OT 0!, ov, (prob. akin 
 to Irv/ios & irebs real, & tlfU) ready, 
 prepared; ready to one's ha/iid; D. , I. ; 
 i. 6. 3 : iv. 6. 17 : vi. 1. 2 : vii. 8. 11. 
 4.ItoC|u«s readily, promptly, at once, 
 ii. .5. 2 : V. 7. 4. 
 
 tros, eos, r6, a year : Tpi&KOvra Irri 
 yeyavlrrei, or Iroiv rpiiKovra, 30 years 
 old: ii. 3. 12 ; 6. 20. Der. ETESIAN. 
 
 iTpair^|i7|V, see rpiwa, ii. 6. 5. 
 
 lTpd(fiT|v, see Tpi(j)u>, iii. 2. 13. 
 
 {rpucra, £Tpi&Br|V, .see TiTpi<r/cw. 
 
 8tux6v, see rvyx&vw, i. 5. 8. 
 
 «S adv., (fr. neut. of Ep. ^Ss good, 
 but compared as if uent. of 6.ya0Li) 
 well, fortunately, happily, prosperaus- 
 
 tiOii 
 
 hj, successfully, rightly ; kindly, hene- 
 ficiaJ.ly; easily; sometimes, in comjios., 
 very; i. 3. 4; 7. 5. Der. ElT-LOOY. 
 tcv-8ai|tov(0| OS, prosperity, happi- 
 ness, ii. 5. 13. 
 
 tcJ>-Sai|iovl{u, ItTu lu, to call or esleoii, 
 happy, congratulate, a.g. or vrdp, i.7.3. 
 tcv-Sai^6vw5, c. viarepov, a. viffrara, 
 happily, iii. 1. 43. 
 
 cv-Si^l|iciiv, ov, g. eras, c. oviarepos, 
 s. oviararoi, {dal/uav daimon, fortune) of 
 good fortune, fortuiMte, happy ; pros- 
 perous, flourishing, opulent, wealthy, 
 rich ; i. 2. 6 s ; 5.' 7; 9. 15 : iii. 5. 17. 
 ei!-ST|Xo5, ov, very clmr, quite evi- 
 dent, iii. 1. 2 : v. 6. 13. 
 
 ci-Slo, as, (Zeii!, Aiis) when Zens is 
 kind, fine weather, a calm; hence, 
 quiet, security ; v. 8. 19. 
 
 eS-Sofoe, ov, (Si|a) of good fame, 
 portending glory, vi. 1. 23 ? 
 
 ci-»Sifjs, ii, c. iarepos, s. iffrarot, 
 (eiSos) of good appearance, fine-look- 
 ing, well-formed, liandsome, ii. 3. 3. 
 
 cS-cXiris, 1, g. iSos, of good hope, 
 hopeful, confident, ii. 1. 18. 
 
 ££-eirl-6cTOs, ov, {iiri-rWimiyeasy of 
 attack, D. : cieirlScrov tjv (impers.) toii 
 jroXe/tiois it was en«/ /""■ ^^ enemy to 
 make an attack, iii . 4. 20. 
 tEiepyarfa, os, well-doing, good ser- 
 vice, beneficence ; a benefit, kindness, 
 favor ; ii. S. 22 ; 6. 27. 
 
 ttiepYtT^ai, ijiru, eiepyirriKa or erJijp- 
 yiriiKa, to do a favor, confer benefits, 
 ii. 6. 17. 
 
 €4-tpY^Ti]s, ov, {fpyov) a well-doer, 
 benefactor, ii.5.10: vii. 7. 23 (as adj.). 
 c8-£ii)Vos, ov, s., (fiiKi?) well-girt as 
 for exercise, prepared for active move- 
 ment,, lightly equipped ; hence, active, 
 agile, nimble : iii. 3. 6 : iv. 2. 7 ; 3. 20. 
 tct^Scia, as, simplicity, folly, stu- 
 pidity, i. 3. 16. 
 
 ei-ifirp, «, (^flos disposition) well- 
 dispositioned, guileless; simple, fool- 
 ish, stupid; i. 3. 16. 
 
 tiOias adv., {eiSis) straightway, im- 
 mediately, iv. 7. 7 ? 
 ^tiK)Ua, ^o-w, to make cheerful: M. 
 to be in good spirits, enjoy otie's self, 
 iv. 5. 30. 
 
 c<i-Gv)i.os, ov, c, in good spirits, 
 cheerful, iii. 1. 41. 
 
 cvOiisi «o, li, straight, direct : hence 
 adv. euBis straightway, directly, forth- 
 with, immediately ; at the oviset . 
 
cvOOopov 
 
 55 
 
 c{!to\|i.os 
 
 sometimes joined with a part, instead 
 of the leading verb, 662 ; e66is iraTSes 
 inres inimediateli/ [being] while chil- 
 dren, from, their very childhood {= ei- 
 9i>s iK iralSui' iv. 6. 14): ei8ds iTeiSij 
 dpriyipBi) iminediatelylyfiien'hea.vioke] 
 on his awaking, or as soun as he awoke : 
 i. 5. 8, 13, 15; 9. 4: ill. 1. 13; 5.12. 
 4.ii6ii-upov adv., (&pa 1) straightfor- 
 ward, right onward, ii. 2. 16. 
 
 c{i-K\cia, as, (k\^os) good fame, glo- 
 ry, limwr, vii. 6. 32 3. 
 4.EvK\€C8r|$, ov, Euclides, a sooth- 
 sayer from Phlius in Peloponnesus, 
 and a friend of Xenophon. Ace. to 
 most niss. , the same man or another 
 of the same name was associated with 
 Bi[t]on in his agency, vii. 8. 1, 3, 6 i 
 
 . «OkX(u)S (ei)-K\ei)s glorious, fr. K\ioi) 
 g^urioiisly, with glory, vi. 3. 17. 
 
 ti-fiivi\s, 4s, c. irrepus, (jiiyos tem- 
 per) well-disposed, kiiid, gentle, favor- 
 able, 2 D., iv. 6. 12. 
 
 <i-)i?ra-xcCpurTOS, ov, {fiera-xeiplt'^ 
 to hiind'e, fr. x^^p) easily handled, easy 
 to mann^ge or impose upon, ii. 6. 20. 
 tcSvoia, as, good-will towards, G.; 
 affection, fiddity ; i. 8. 29 : iv. 7. 20. 
 ttivoiicis with good-will, affectionate- 
 ly : eu. ^X"" lo be attached, D. , i. 1. 5. 
 
 cO-voos, ov, contr. cSvovs, ow, c. 
 oisrepoi, well-minded, well-disposed, 
 friendly, affectionate, attached, D., i. 
 y. 20, 30 : ii. 4. 16 : vii. 7. 30. 
 
 ci|d)i.7]v, see e0x°.<''"i ii'- 2' ^■ 
 
 eO-Sevos, Ion. e!I-$»vos, {^ivoi) hos- 
 pitable: IIiSvTos Ejl|<ivos tlie Euxiiie 
 or Black Sea, a sea whose early navi- 
 gation was attended with so many dan- 
 gers that it was called Uivros "Af etxos, 
 tJie inhospitable sea. The establish- 
 ment of Greek, chiefly Milesian, col- 
 onies upon its shores removing some 
 of these dangers, its name was changed 
 on this account, or for better omen 
 (cf. ei^vvfws), to niKTO! ES^eims, the 
 hospitable sea. The Greeks carried on 
 an extensive commerce with the Eux- 
 ine, exchanging their manufactures, 
 wine, oil, works of art, &c., for corn, 
 honey, wax, timber, salt-tish, slaves, 
 &c. iv. 8. 22 : v. 1. 1. 
 t£v-oScv$, iias, either a proper name, 
 JEuodeus; or a patrial, a Euodinn, 
 from the name of some place in Klis 
 if the Hieronymus before mentioned 
 is here meant ; vii. <. 18 : v. l.'UmSias. 
 
 cD-o8os, ov, 8., easy of travel or ac- 
 cess, practicable, accessible, D. : impers. 
 tSobliv iariv the access is easy: iv. 2. 9; 
 8. 10, 12. 
 
 tJi-oirXos, ov, 8., {SirXov) well-armed, 
 ii. 3. 3. 
 
 ci-ircTus adv., {ei-ireri^s falling 
 well, of dice, &c., fr. tIwtu) wUhout 
 trouble, easily, with ease, ii. 5. 23. 
 iti-tropla, OS, ease of passage, tran- 
 sit, or provision; ab-andance, plenty 
 of means, sufficiency; v. 1. 6 ? vii. ti. 37. 
 
 cil-ir6pos, ov, easily passable, easy of 
 passage OT to pass,easy, ii.5.9 : iii.5.17. 
 
 cO-irpaKTos, ov, c, (irpirTw) easy to 
 effect, practicaMe, ii. 3. 20. 
 
 e4-irpeir(js, ^s, {wp^iru) well-looking, 
 comely, handsome, iv. 1. 14. 
 
 ci-irp6ir-oSo$, ov, a., easy of access, 
 accessible, v. 4. 30. 
 
 tEvpT])ia, aros, rd, something found, 
 aii uncollected good fortune, a god- 
 send, windfall : eiipTjp.a iirontadp.Tjv I 
 esteemed it a piece of good fortune : ii. 
 3. 18; vii. 3. 13. 
 
 iifpltTKoi,* eitp-^truj, eOprjKa or rjOpTjKa, 
 2 a. eSpov or TjSpov, to find, discover, 
 invent, devise, A. P. : M. to find for 
 one's self, obtain, A. vapd : i. 2. 25 : 
 ii. 1. 8; 3. 21: iv. 1. 14: vi. 1. 29. 
 teSpos, eos, t4, width, breadth ; often 
 in nom. with icrrl understood, or to 
 be supplied w. ivrl • or in ace. of 
 specif. , both w. and without the art. ; 
 i. 2. 5,8, 23; 4.1, 4,10 s; 7. 14s. 
 tEipv-Xoxos, ov, Eurylochus, a loch- 
 age from Lusi in Arcadia, eminent for 
 valor and enterpri.se, iv. 2. 21 ; 7. 11. 
 t £!vpv-|iiaxos or'Spu-jiaxos, ov, Elu}- 
 rymnchus, a Dardanian, a messenger 
 for Timasion, v. 6. 21. 
 
 cipvs, £~a, i, wide, broad, spacious, 
 iv. 5. 25 : v. 2. 5. 
 4.Evp-(iin|, 7;s, Europe, a name in 
 Hom. (ApoU. 251) for the main land 
 north of the Peloponnesus, but in 
 Hdt. and henceforth for the north- 
 west division of the Old World, vii. 1. 
 27 ; 6. 32. 
 
 {{l-TOKTos, 01', c, (t(£ttu) well-or- 
 dered, well-disciplined, well-behaved, 
 orderly, ii. 6. 14: iii. 2. 30. 
 
 4.£4-Ta.KTci)S in an orderly mamner, in 
 good order, vi. 6. 35, 
 
 «v-Ta|(a, as, (tcSttu) good order, 
 discipline, i. 5. 8 ; iii. 1. 38. 
 
 Eil-To\|iDSt OV, (t!)Kiui courage) of 
 
€1JTV\^W 
 
 ce 
 
 i.yicrTT|JM. 
 
 good courage, caurageous, spirited, 
 bravi, i. 7. 4. 
 
 ei-TV\^tD, ijiru, ei)Ti)xi7'ni or TiirixV- 
 Ka, (t&x.i'i to bs fortunate or successful, 
 tu succeed, AE. , i. 4. 17 : vi. 3. 6. 
 
 4.6ij-Tixt|H.a, OTOS, Tj, a success: ei- 
 Tu^e " coTiixw ^0 SffliJi or obtain a 
 success, vi. B. 6. 
 
 £jvif>pdT. s, ou, tJu! Euphrates, a 
 noted liver of western Asia, linked 
 with the very dawn of history, and 
 with some of its greatest empires and 
 most signal events. It rises by two 
 great branches in the mountains of 
 Armenia ; and, after an estimated 
 course of 1780 mile^, enters the Per- 
 sian Gulf, having formed with the Ti- 
 giis a large alluvial tract, which is 
 still rapidly increasing. Tlic CyreaLs 
 fordeil the main river at Thapsacus, 
 and the eastern branch not iar from 
 its source in Armenia, i. 3. 20 ; 4. 11 : 
 iv. 6. 2. II Frat ; below the junction 
 of the Tigris, Shat-el-A'rab; the north- 
 ern branch, Kard-Su (Ulack Watei) ; 
 the eastern and greater branch, i!it- 
 rdd-Su (Water of Desire), 
 tevx'^, ijs, prayer, wish, i. 9. 11. 
 
 cSXOpai, eO^ofmi, elryfiui or TiSy/xai, 
 to pray, vow, make or offer one's prayers 
 or vows ; to express a wish, to wish ; 
 I. (a.) D. , A. : etixomo airby cirvx'i'iCa'- 
 wished him success: i. 4. 7, 17; 9. 11 : 
 iii. 2. 9, 12 : iv. 3. 13 ; 8. 16, 25. 
 
 ii-i)Sj\i, es, (ifu, pf. 6SaSa, to smell) 
 sweet-smeHing, fragrant, odoriferous, 
 i. 5. 1 : iv. 4. 9 : v. 4. 29. 
 
 cv-uvv|io$, ov, {Svofia) of good name 
 or omen, Irft : rb eiiivv/iov (n^pas) the 
 left (wing) of an army. In the Greek 
 system of augury (here unlike the Ro- 
 man), indications from the left were 
 deemed inauspicious. Hence, to avert 
 any ill omen from mentioning this un- 
 lucky quarter, the Greeks applied to 
 it, by euphemism, the term efiiiw^o!, 
 just as they named the Furies EiijueKi- 
 5es, the grneious goddesses ; cf. ipurre- 
 p'js, Bfifeixos. i. 2. 15 ; 8. 4s, 9, 13, 23. 
 
 ev-a\ia, ijau, (fx"*) ^ entertain or 
 
 feed another well or generou.<i'y : M. to 
 
 feed one's self or fare generously, to 
 
 feast: iv. 5. 30: v. 3! I'l. [1. 4. 
 
 4.ev-caxla, a^, feast, enterlainmcut, vi. 
 
 6<f>' by apost. for eirC, i. 2. 16. 
 
 8( )a70v, see icrdia, ii. 3. 16. 
 
 I<)>dvi)v, see (palpui, i. 10. 19. 
 
 i^c-cv, see <priij.l, i. 4. 12. 
 
 S^-£8pos, ov, (ISpa seat) sitting by : 
 subst. Sif>eSpcs, ov, o, an athlete sittii; ; 
 by when two were contending, ready 
 to contest the prize with the con- 
 ([ueror ; hence, successor in the contest, 
 avenger, ii. 5. 10: v. I. lipopos. 
 
 e^-4iro\Lai,* ^rf/ofiat, ipf. elir^fiTjv, 
 
 2 a. ia-iro/xTiv, to follow upon or aitei-, 
 
 accompany ; to jjursue as a foe, press 
 
 upon; D.; ii. 2. 12 : iv. 1. 6s ; 6. 25. 
 
 t'Eij)^o-ios, a, ov, Ephesian, v. 3. 4, 6. 
 
 "EiJKo-os, ov, ri, Ephcsus, a famed 
 city of Ionia in Asia Minor, at the 
 mouth of the C'ayster. It was special- 
 ly devoted to the worship of Diana 
 {'Aprefus), which attracted to it hosts 
 of worshippers, and gave to it a kind 
 of sacred character that brought it 
 favor and saved it from many of the 
 evils of war. Its great temple of the 
 £;oddess was burned, for the sake of 
 notoriety, by Herostratus, on the night 
 in which Alexander the Great was 
 born ; but by the contributions of the 
 Ionian and other cities it rose with 
 more than its former splendor, and 
 was then the largest of all the Greek 
 temjilis, and accounted one of the 
 wonders of the world. Ephesus was 
 afterwards the seat of one of the most 
 influential of the Christian churches, 
 where Paul, Timothy, and John la- 
 bored. It was a common landing- 
 place for passengers on the way to 
 Sardis, like the Cyrean Greeks ; ai:d 
 Xenophon here begins his computa- 
 tion of the length of the march to 
 Cunaxa. i. 4. 2 : ii. 2. 6. IjAyasalnk. 
 
 i^-urTi\Kt(rav, i^-airri\Ki<rav, c r 
 |<j)-i<rro<rav, see i<p-iffTriiii, i. 4. 4. 
 
 S(|>T|v, ?<jiT,ir0a, 'i^, see 0i;Mf, i. B. 7. 
 ■ 4(|i6<Ss, ^, 6v, (f ^w) boi ed, cool cil, 
 V. 4. 32. 
 
 l<j)-tr,p,L,* ijjuj, et a, a. ^Ka ((S, &('.), 
 to send to : M. to yield one's te f to, 
 permit, n. i., vi. 6. 31 ? 
 
 B|)-t<rTT||ii,* OTijffoi, 'i(TTr]i:a, 1 a. 
 ^cTTifffa., 2 a. SaTi)v, a. p. cffrdd-qv, to 
 bring to a stand, A. ; hence, to stop or 
 halt an army; to check a horse [sc. rbv 
 twTov, i. 8. 15] ; to place, set, or uppoint 
 over, A. D. ; ii. 4. 25. v. 1. 15s: — M. 
 (w. pf., l)lp., & 2 a. act.) to stuiid upon, 
 by, or over, iA • hence, to stop or halt, 
 intrans. ; to command, n. ; i. 4. 4 ; 5. 7 ' 
 ii. 4. 26: iv. 7. 9; vi. 5. 11. 
 
4<|hS8iov 
 
 57 
 
 liii. 
 
 i^6iiov, ov, (oSis) viaticum, pro- 
 vision for the way or journey, travel- 
 ling-money, vii. 3. 20 ; 8. 2. 
 
 {(j).oSos, ov, ii, a way to or upon, 
 access, approach, iirl, ii.2.18 : iii.4.41. 
 |(j).op4(i>,* i<jioiuu, iiipana or iipaKa, 
 2 a. fldov, to look upon, view, behold, 
 witness; to keep in view or cliarge, 
 watch over, guard; A. ; iii. 1. 13 : vi. 
 3. 14 : vii. 1. 30 ; 6. 31. 
 
 l<(i-ap|Uii>,i^a'fi),to lie moored against, 
 to blockade, vii. 6. 25. 
 
 i-opos, on, 6, (e^-opAia) an overseer, 
 dian ; an Ephor, a popular ma- 
 gistrate in some of tlie Doric states. 
 The Spartan Ephori, live in number, 
 were elected annually from the whole 
 body of citizens as their especial rej)- 
 resentatives, and as general overseers 
 of the state. During their brief tenn 
 of ofRce, they were endowed with great 
 powers, administrative, judicial, and 
 censonal, even above those of the 
 kings, ii. 6. 2s: 5. 10? 
 
 {(pvyov, see (pe&ya, i. 2. 18 ; 9. 31. 
 i)^8ts = x^^s yesterday, vi. 4. 18 ? 
 [^6os, eos, tA, Tiate, hatred.'\ 
 ti\9f»x, OS, inimicitia, enmity, hos- 
 tility, animosity, ii. 4. 11. 
 
 |lx9p<is,* d, i", c. ^flioii' & s. ?x*'- 
 (TTos as fr. root ix8-, inimicus, inimi- 
 cal, hostile : subst. ex^P^Sj "■'t ""^ enemy 
 ov foe, esp. a private or personal ene- 
 my, one chemhing feelings of person- 
 al hatred or enmity ; while iro\i/uos 
 (hostis) denotes rather a public enemy, 
 one who is at war with another : oi 
 ^X^'fTot the bitterest foes, worst ene- 
 mies: i. 3. 12, 20 : iii. 2. 3, 5. 
 
 tcxvp^s, a. A", iit for holding, strong, 
 fortified, secure, ii. 5. 7 : cf ixvpis. 
 
 i\« & t<r\<i),* ?|(<) & o-xiiTu, etrxijita, 
 ipf. Eixo" & J^X"". 2 a. eaxov (o^xiS, 
 trxplriv, ffx^s, &c.) to have or hold (have 
 belonging rather to Ix'^t ^f". ^nd hold 
 to iax'^, ffxijo''"' ; but the translation 
 often varying according to the gram- 
 matical object, while this object w. 
 exu often forms a periphrasis for a 
 corresponding verb), A. ; hence, to pos- 
 sess, occupy, contain, obtain, retain; 
 to wear or carry ; to feel ; to detain, 
 witlistand, restrain, keep from, A. G. ; 
 to have the ability or power [sc. Siixa- 
 luv], be able (can), 1. : ex'^" having, 
 often where we use icith : i. 1 . 2, 8 ; 
 2. 6, 15s; 4. 7; 5. 8 : iii. 5. 11 : eip^-l 
 LEX. AN'. 3* 
 
 VTjv Ix"" ^o ^*''« *™ peace, 'vSriKov e. to 
 make evident, T](rvxio.v *. to remain 
 quiet, keep still, ii. 6. 6, 18: iv. 5. 13. 
 'EX" is sometimesused w. a part., as 
 a stronger form of expression than the 
 simple verb, 679 b, i. 3. 14 : iv. 7. 1. 
 'Exu re'fl. or iutrans., to have one's 
 self, hence to be (w. an adv. comm. 
 = el/il w. an adj., 577 d), be affected 
 or related, be sititated, stand, lie, fare ; 
 iiffirep elxev just as he [had himself] 
 was ; oCtws ex" impers. , so it is, thus 
 the matter stands; Kandi or /caXu: ex^ O' 
 to be or go ill or well ; ivrijitoi e. to be 
 hf.ld in honor ; i. 1. 5 ; 3. 9 ; 5. 16 : 
 iii. 1. 3, 31, 40 : iv. 1. 19 ; 5. 22. — P. 
 to be occupied, Jwld as prisoners, &c. ; 
 (h) ivdyKji ex^ffBai to be bound Inj neces- 
 sity; ii, 5. 21: iv. ti. 22. — Af. fx"/"" 
 to /uive or lay hold of, hold Jail 1 1, 
 cling to, struggle for; hence, to /oVm.' 
 closely, come or be next lo, aijoin ; a. ; 
 i. 8. 4, 9 : vi. 3. 17 : vii. 6. 41. — Se : 
 tax'^- 
 
 €<|niTos, 1), Ak, (?i/'w) boi'ed, obtained 
 by boiling, ii. 3. 14. 
 
 £i|(a|iai, see hrojuu, i. 3. 6. 
 
 &j/o),* i^fi-qaw, to boil, cook, ii. 1. 6. 
 
 SuiOev adv., (Jus) from dawn, at day- 
 break, early in the morning, iv. 4. 8. 
 
 cioKciv, see ehiiu}, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 Iwv, euo-i, see idw, v. 8. 22. 
 
 iiStpav, liapoKO, see bpata, i. 9. 1 4. 
 
 8o)B,* 2u, itji, la (199. 3), ii, d/iwn, 
 daybreak, early morning ; the east ; 
 i. 7. 1 : ii. 4. 24 : iii. 5. 15 : iv. 3. 9. 
 
 Sws adv. or eonj., (Ss) as long as, 
 while, whilst, unlU, i. 3. 11 ; 4. 8 : ii. 
 1.2: lus o5 until the time when, 557 a, 
 iv. 8. 8 ? 
 
 ZdParos or Zairdras, ov, 6, the Zaba- 
 tus or Zapatas, a large affluent enter- 
 ing the Tigris a little below the site 
 of Nineveh. Its oriental name Zaba 
 was sometimestranslated by the Greeks 
 into Ai/icos, wolf. ii. 5. 1 : iii. 3. 6. 
 II The Great Zab. 
 
 l&m* (fdets ifs, inf. ivv,kc., I20g), 
 f ^o-u, e^rfKa, ipf '^av, to live : fuK liv- 
 ing, alive : \. of extent, P. of means, 
 dTrA : i. 5. 5 ; 6. 2 ; 9. 11 : iu. 2. 25, 39 : 
 vi. 1. 1. 
 
 Jeid, 2s, comm. pi., Lat. far, spelt, 
 a kind of grain, v. 4. 27. 
 
Jeipa 
 
 58 
 
 {JY^ofiai 
 
 Jctpa, as, a \ongovercoat or wrapper, 
 worn by the Thracians, vii. 4. 4. 
 t^e\ryT|\aT{u, ijcrui, <o rfriw a team, 
 vi. 1. 8. 
 
 tJeuY-nXiTi)s, ov, {eXaiva) the driver 
 of a tea7ii, a teamster, vi. 1. 8. 
 
 j€«Yvini,* fei)|ij, e^evxa 1., pf. p. 
 efeiry^oi, to yoke, join, connect, fasten; 
 to span, form by tlie union of; A. D. 
 of means, irapi, trpbi : 1. 2. 5 : ii. 4. 
 13, 24 : iii. 5. 10: vi. 1.8. Cf. jungo. 
 4. Jej^yos, cos, rb, jugum, a yoke, spaji, 
 or team, of oxen, horses, &c., iii. 2. 27. 
 
 Zeis,* AiAs, Alt, A(o, ZeC, ^eiM or 
 Jupiter (cf. ZcC irirep), son of Kronos 
 (Saturn) and Ehea, king of gods and 
 men, ruling especially over the heav- 
 ens and solid earth, i. 7. 9. His name 
 appears in the Anabasis with the sur- 
 names aiirrip, as protector frojn dan- 
 ger, i. 8. 16 ; /3offiXe()s, as king, and 
 patron of kings, iii. 1. 12 ; ^ivios, as 
 the gpd of hospitality and maintainer 
 of its rights, iii. 2. 4 ; luMxtos, as 
 gracious to those who propitiate him 
 by offerings, vii. 8. 4. Xenophon was 
 directed by the Delphic oracle to Zeis 
 BairiXeiis for special guidance and pro- 
 tection in his Asiatic journey ; and 
 was advised by Euclides to propitiate 
 Zeils MeiXix'os, as a deity oflended by 
 neglect. 
 
 tji, li\v, see fdu, i. 9. 11 : ii. 1. 1. 
 
 2KjX-apxos, oil, Zelarchus, a director 
 of the market, who was believed by 
 the Cyreans to have wronged them, 
 V. 7. 24, 29. 
 
 {t|X(»tiSs, 1), b», {iiXbu to envy, fr. 
 ^Xos ZEAL, emulation) enviable, to be 
 envied; of a person, an object of envy , 
 D.;i. 7. 4. 
 
 jT||it<Scii, liaa, iiyi/diiiKa, (^fda loss, 
 penalty) to punish, A. D. of penalty, 
 vi. 4. 11. 
 
 Ji]T^«, ijo'a), efi}T7)Ka, to seek, inquire 
 or ask for, A., i., ii. 3. 2 : v. 4. 33. 
 
 Jiin{TT]S, ov, (iiii.ri leaven, ^iw to bub- 
 ble up) adj., leavened, vii. 3. 21 : v. I. 
 
 i^p.'flS, ^TOS, or ^IlifTTfli, ov. 
 
 tyyyiplia, ijaui, (fwis, dypiio to catch) 
 to take alive, to take captive or prison- 
 er, A., iv. 7. 22. 
 
 Juv, X/avres, "l/^v, see fau, ii. 6. 29. 
 
 JcivT], ?)s, (I^Jimv/u to gird) a girdle, 
 belt, ZONE. The girdle was important 
 to the ancients for confining their 
 loose dresses, and raising them when 
 
 too long for convenience (as in work); 
 and also for sustaining weapons, 
 pouches, &c. It was sometimes high- 
 ly ornamented and costly ; so that 
 the Persian queens had the income 
 of villages appropriated for their gir- 
 dles (ris fiiKT/K for girdle-money, cf. 
 "pin-money"), i. 4. 9 ; 6.10. 
 
 {<i>6s, 1), bv, (^du) alive, living, iii, 
 4. 5. Der. zodiac, zoo-logy. 
 
 H. 
 
 <i * alternative conj., aut, vel, or: 
 f) • . ij either ..or: irbrtpov . . ij, irb- 
 repa . . ij, or sometimes el . . ij, utrum 
 . . an, whether ..or: i. 3. 5 ; 4. 13, 
 16 (= otherwise) ; 10. 5 : ii. 4. 3 ; 5. 
 17: — comparative conj. (after com- 
 paratives, and some other words of 
 distinction, as £XXos, £XXciis, dvTlos, 
 iia(t>ipw, irpbaBev), quam, than, i. 1. 4s: 
 ii. 2. 13 : iii. 1. 20 ; 4. 33. See dXX' 1j. 
 
 ■fj* adv., indeed, truly, surely, cer- 
 tainly, assuredly; sometimes intro- 
 ducing a direct question ; i. 6. 8 : v. 
 8. 6 : vii. 4. 9 ; 6. 4. 
 
 <j, see o. — i\, ■^s, ■3 (often as adv., 
 where, which way), ■fjv, see Ss. — •j, 
 see elij.1, i. 3. 20. 
 
 'flPdcTKCD, in pr. & ipf., (inceptive 
 of ^jSdo) to be of age, fr. ^/Si; yonithful 
 prime) to become of age, come to man- 
 hood, iv. 6. 1 : vii. 4. 7. 
 
 <l7aYov, see dyu, iv. 6. 21. 
 
 ■flYOfffllv, see dyafuu, i. 1. 9. 
 
 IjYyaXa, IjyyeXXov, see d77AXiii. 
 
 ^YYiKi|ii)v, see eyyvda, vii. 4. 18. 
 t riYtliovfo, OS, leadership, lead, fore- 
 nwst place, precedence, o., iv. 7. 8. 
 
 triYCiuSonivos, ov, relaxing to guid- 
 ance ." ifyepLbavva [so. lep&\ thank-offer- 
 ings for safe guidance or conduct, iv. 
 8. 25. 
 
 ^r\yef.iv, bvos, 6, a leader ; a guide, 
 conductor, whether human or divine 
 (as Hercules for the Greeks, vi. 5. 24s) ; 
 a leader in war, commander, chief; a 
 superior or sovereign, apjilied to a con- 
 trolling state; G.; i. 3. 14, 16s; 6. 2; 
 7.12: vi. 1. 27; 2. 15. 
 
 T|7io|iai, iiaopuu, ijyrifmi, {&yu) to 
 lead, go before ; to guide, emiduct ; to 
 take the lead or advance, lead the way, 
 be ill the advance or van ; to lead in 
 war, command; o., D., ae., els, evl. 
 
'Hy^ir^vSpos 
 
 59 
 
 ^ipiiSapciKov 
 
 &c. : mentally, to lead to a conclusion 
 (cf. Lat. duco), think, consider, deem, 
 suppose, believe, l. (a.): 6 Tjyoujievoi ttte 
 leader : rb riyoA/ienoii the leading divis- 
 ion of an army, the van, advance, or 
 front .- i. 2. 4 ; 4. 2 ; 7. 1 ; 9. 31: ii. 1. 
 11 ; 2. 4, 8 ; 4. 5, 26 : v. 4. 10, 20. 
 VHT^ir-ovSpos, on, Hegesander, one 
 of the 10 commanders chosen by the 
 Arcadians and Achaeans, vi. 3. 5. 
 
 ^Jciv, 'ii'Sorav, see opiu>, i. 8. 21. 
 
 ^S^us adv., c. ijBlov, s. ijSurTa, {ijSis) 
 agreeably, pleasantly, at ease; with 
 pleasure, gladly, cheerfully, cordially : 
 c. more cheerfully, rather: ijSurT B,v 
 iKoOcrai/u I should most gladly hear, 
 or be most glad to hear, i. 2. 2 ; 4. 9 ; 
 9. 19 : u. 5. 15 : vi. 5. 17 : vii. 7. 46. 
 
 IJ-Bt) adv. , (^ 5^ surely now) comm. 
 referring to the present with- the 
 recent past, or in strong distinction 
 from the past ; but sometimes to tlie 
 present with the immediate future, in 
 distinction from a more distant fu- 
 ture : jam, already, by this time, just 
 now, now, recently, at length ; present- 
 ly, forthwith : rb ijSr] /coXdfeiK the im- 
 mediate cliastisement : i. 2. 1 ; 3. 1, 11 ; 
 8. 1 : ii. 2. 1 : vi. 1. 17: vii. 1. 4 ; 7. 24. 
 
 ^Sov^, i}!, pleasure, delight, enjoy- 
 ment; an object of pleasure, gratifica- 
 tion; delicious flavor ; ii. 3. 16; 6.6: 
 iv. 4. 14. From i^Su. 
 
 'f|Suvd)M)v, -'ffiy\v, see Sivaitai. 
 t T|8«-oivos, ov, p'oducing sweet wine, 
 vi. 4. 6. 
 
 ijSvs, CIO, i, c. riLiuv, s. ^Siffros, (fj5w) 
 sweet, delicious, pleasing, pleasant, 
 agreeable, i. 5. 3 ; 9. 25 : vi. 5. 24. 
 
 ijSoi, ^(TW 1., to please: P. & M. (f. 
 ijadrfffoiuu, a. ^irBriv) to be pleased, de- 
 lighted, or gratified ; to delight in, be 
 fondof; D., P.; i.2.18; 4.16: ii.6.28. 
 
 fl'eiv, ■fjeo-av, or ■jo-av, see el/4i. 
 
 ^OcXov, ^6£VT|ira, see eiiXio, i. 8. 13. 
 
 nica, see timi, iv. 5. 18. 
 
 flKurra, see iJTToni, i. 9. 19. 
 
 Hko, ^ju, fJKal., to come: to come 
 return; often as pf., to have 
 come or arrived (cf. / am come), be 
 here, 6i2 ; i. 2. 1, 6 ; 5. 12, 15 ; 6. 3 : 
 ii. 1. 9, 15. Cf. ofxoMOi. 
 
 I^acro, ijXavvov, see e\a,6va, i. 2. 23. 
 
 lIXcTX""! ^^ ^^^X"> iii- 5. 14. 
 
 'HXclos, ov, o, ('UXis) an Elean. 
 Elis wa.1 the most western province of 
 I'eloponnesus, containing a city of the 
 
 ba£i 
 
 same name, and also Olympia, famed 
 for the temple and great games in 
 honor of Jupiter. It was hence re- 
 garded as a sacred territory ; and wtis 
 thus mainly protected, even in its un- 
 walled towns, from invasion and rav- 
 age. Permitted and disposed to take 
 little part in the quarrels of Greece, 
 it enjoyed a long period of quiet and 
 prosperity. It was natural and wise 
 in Xenophon to choose it for residence, 
 on his withdrawal from military and 
 civil life. ii. 2. 20 : iii. 1. 34. 
 
 i)XcKTpov, OV, (iXt) brightness) am- 
 ber ; electrum, an alloy of about four 
 parts gold to one of silver ; ii. 3. 15. 
 Der. ELEOTRicrrv. 
 
 {jXOov, see ^px<>/""> i- 2. 18. 
 t-^iXl-PaTos, ov, poet., {^alvia) in"c- 
 cessible, precipitous, i. 4. 4. 
 
 [IfXiSa Ep. adv., (4\i; wandering) in 
 vain.] 
 4.f|\Ulios, a, ov, foolish, silly, sense- 
 less, stupid, stolid : rb ijKWtov folly, 
 stupidity : ii. 5. 21 ; 6. 22 : v. 7. 10. 
 
 ^XikCo, OS, CqXlKos how old) time of 
 life, age, i. 9. 6 : iii. 1. 14, 25. 
 4.'fjXi.KU&n]$, ov, (v. I, ^\(|, (icos) an 
 equal in age, comrade, i. 9. 5. 
 
 'fiXios, ov, i, (akin to i\ri brightness) 
 sol, the sun, an object of religious 
 worship among the Greeks, and still 
 more among the Persians, i. 10. 15 : 
 iv. 5. 35. See fi^o. Der. helio-trope. 
 
 f\\intf>v, see eXrlfoi, vii. 6. 34. 
 
 -nXuKa, ijXuv, see iXlamiuii, iv. 2. 13. 
 
 [t]|ioi," flcro, JjaBai, &c., pret., to sit.] 
 
 T|p,6is we, pi. of tytb, i. 3. 9 s, 18. 
 
 flluXTUjUvus, (fr. pf. p. pt. of d/teWo)) 
 carelessly, incautiously, i. 7. 19. 
 
 {jlicv, ^Tc, {jaav, see eipd, vii. 6. 9. 
 
 {jli^pa, OS, (as if from ijiiepos, sc. 
 Sipa, the mild time) the day (w. the 
 art. often om., 533 d), a day, i. 2. 6 ; 
 7. 2, 14, 18 : ii. 1. 2s ; 6. 7. See fi/to, 
 jneTd. Der. eph-emeral. 
 
 -iflicpos, ov, mild, tavie ; cultivated 
 or garden (trees), v. 3. 12. 
 
 T|)UTEpos, o, ov, (Vf's) our: ■% ^/is- 
 ripa, sc. x'^/'o, our territory : rk r}ij,4- 
 Ttpa our affairs, sometimes by periphr. 
 for i)iifi : i. 3. 9 : iii. 5. 5 s : iv. 8. 6. 
 
 T|p,i- in compos., semi-, half-, 
 
 HEMI-. 
 
 TJiit-PpuTos, ov, half-eaten, i. 9. 26. 
 
 'ijpLi-SapciKov, ov, (Sapimbs) a half- 
 daric, i. 3. 21. 
 
't||u8E'<is 
 
 60 
 
 <lx«nv 
 
 TJiii-Sc/js, h, {Siiii to want) wanting 
 half, Juilj -emptied, half-full, i. 9. 25. 
 
 T,|u-op6Xu>v, ou, (iySoXis) u, half- 
 obol, i. 5. 6 ? 
 
 iri|jLi-6Xias, a, ov, (SXos) half as much 
 again : neut. suhst., tlie whole and a 
 half, a half more, a., i. 3. 21. 
 tf||i.ioviK<is, v, 6v, of mules, vii. 5. 2. 
 
 i||jLi-ovo5, ov, ri, & half-ass, a mule, 
 V. 8. 5. 
 
 t|HC-irXe9pov, ov, a half-plethrum, 
 about 50 feet, iv. 7. 6. 
 
 {jfiiirvs, eia, v, (rnxi-) semis, half: 
 rb ^fj.i<rv [sc. ii^poi] the half [part] : 
 ilfdaea &pTwv ha f -loaves of bread: i. 
 8. 22 ; 9. 26 : iv. 2. 9; 3. 15. 
 
 ^)u-ii>PiSXi.ov = Tifu-opiXiov, i. 5. 6 ? 
 
 tl)U>vv, see ifiiw, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 ^|ji<|>rYV(iovv, see djH0i-7;'o^u,ii.5.33? 
 
 1l\v, contr. fr. edi", t/, i. 1. 4 ; 4. 15. 
 
 {jv, ■^<r6a, Ijv, see ei/ii. iii. 1. 27. 
 
 ■fjv, ijv-ir«p, see Ss, Sa-vep, ii. 2. 10. 
 
 f|veix<Sf'ilv, i\vajyfif.T[V, see iv-ixi^- 
 
 •f|V^6r|, see f!>^/}iD, iv. 7. 12. 
 
 ^vCKa rel. adv., (Ss) when, ch. w. 
 ind. , and more .specific than Sre, 53 ; 
 i. 8. 1 , 8, 17 : iii. 5.' 18 (r. , see &pa) ? 
 
 TJvC-oxos, ov, 6, {ijvla rein, exi^) a rein- 
 holder, driver of a chariot, i. 8. 20. 
 
 f^v-TVfp, contr. fr. Idv-irep, if indeed, 
 if only, ii. 4. 17 ? iii. 2. 21 : iv. 6. 17 ? 
 
 Weiv, 'fj^oifu, see ^ku, r. 7. 1 ; 6. 3. 
 
 i|ir«p just as, jiist where, see Ss-irfp. 
 
 ■flirKrrdiitiv, see tir-lffTanai, v. 1. 10. 
 t'HpdKXEia, OS, Heraclea (city of 
 Hercules), a prosperous commercial 
 city on the Bithynian coast .of the 
 Euxine, a Megarian colony, v. 6. 10 : 
 vi. 2. 1 ; 4. 2. 1| Herakli, or Eregli. 
 
 t'HpaKXeCSris, 01', Heraclldes, from 
 Maronea in Thrace, an unprincipled 
 and trickish agentofSeuthes, vii.3.16. 
 t'HpaKX«4Ti]s, ov, (a man of 'Bpa.- 
 K\iLa) a Heracleol or Heraclean, v. 6. 
 19: vi. 2. 3, 17 s. 
 fRpaKXeuTis, i5os, ■%, (sc. 7^) Hera- 
 clenlis, the territory belonging to He- 
 raclea, vi. 2. 19. 
 
 'Hpa-KXTJs,* iovs, ei, 4a, cit, Herncles 
 or Hercides, sou of Jupiter and Alc- 
 mene, the most celebrated of all the 
 heroes of antiquity. The greatest of 
 the twelve labors which he performed 
 at the hiddinc; of Euiystheus, was his 
 descent into Hades and bringing 
 thence the monster Cerberus, whom 
 he showed to his taskma.ster and then 
 
 restored. Tradition connected this 
 descent with various loualitiee, most 
 commonly with a cave near Cape 
 Taenarum in Laconia. His exploits 
 in removing the dangers of travel 
 from wild beasts and robbers, led to 
 his especial worship as a conductor 
 in perilous journeys (ityeiubv). iv. 8. 
 25 : vi. 2. 2 ; 5. 24 s. 
 
 'Ap(icr6r)V, sec tpafiai, iv. 6. 3. 
 
 t|p^6t|V, up'/jjiTiv, see alpiui, iii. 1 . 47 s. 
 
 ijpu'^vcuov, see ipixr/veiu, v. 4. 4. 
 
 ■i^pgi.^^v, ^px<S|mv, see S.pxo!. 
 
 i\p6^r\v, ^pcGruv, ^pi^rqcra, see epoj- 
 riu, i. 3. 20 ; 6. 7s ; 7. 9. 
 
 i',s, f\<r-irfp, see 6s, Sa-irep, iii. 2.21. 
 
 ^<rov, fjo-Ba, <^<m]V, see el/d, i. 1. 6. 
 
 flOTttv or fi'to-ov, see el/u, iv. 4. 14. 
 
 i[jo-8T;|j,ai., ■gcrBop.iiv, see ala8i.voii.ai. 
 
 <jcr6i]v, see t^Bo/mi, i. 2. 18. 
 
 iJo-Btov, see iaBLw, ii. 1. Ii. 
 ttjtrvxdjo), dcrw, to keep quid or still, 
 keep one's pla.ce, v. 4. 16. 
 
 ttjOTiXTi or ri<r«xii, quietly, stilly, 
 noiselessly, i. 8. 11. 
 
 tT|OT))(£a, as, ease, quiet, rest, tran- 
 quillity : Kaff' T)(TVxlav at one's ease, 
 in quiet, quietly, peaceably, witliout 
 •molestation : ii. 3. 8. See 1S7U & 'x<^. 
 
 ■f(<rvxos, ov, (fj/Mi ?) still, quiet, with- 
 out chnnur, vi. 5. 11 ? [5. 11 ? 
 4.Tiirilx<i)s quietly, without clamor, vi. 
 
 f|T«, Tr)T£, see dpi, etp.1, ii. 5. 39. 
 
 TJTr|o-a, ■^Tovp.'qv, see a'trioi, ii. 4. 2- 
 
 fJTpov, OH, (^Top heart) the abdomen, 
 esp. below the navel : M^xpi toC ijrpou 
 as far as the groin, iv. 7. 15. 
 
 t TiTTdojiai, iiTTi^ffo/mi, oftener jo. tjt- 
 TT]$Tiaofiat, ^TTjfjiat, a. ifTT^6T}v, to be 
 inferior, surpassed, or worsted, o. p.; 
 to be conquered,defeatcd,OT vanquished, 
 as pass, of xucdu and sometimes, like 
 this, w. the pres. as ^f., 612 ; i. 2. 9 : 
 ii. 3. 23 ; 4. 6, 19 ; 6. 17: iii. 2. 39. 
 
 ■fJTTwv, ■fJKioTos, c. &8.(asfr.Ep. adv. 
 ^Ka slightly, aspirated) refeiTed to p.i.- 
 Kp6i or Ka/cAs, less, least, or worse, 
 worst: c. weaker, inferior, v. 6. 13, 
 32 : neut. as adv., c. ^rrov less, the 
 less, less likely or a^ly, ii. 4.2: vi. 1. 
 18 : vii. 5. 9 ; s. (otherwise rare) ifKiara 
 least, tile least, lea.1t of all, i. 9. 19. 
 
 ■i]i5d|ir|V, r]vxd|».T| V, T)iipi,<rKOv, i]4pov, 
 T]iTUXT]<ra, see euxo/tat, eupiffKCO, edrv- 
 x4(o, i. 4.7? 9. 29? iv.8. 25' vi. 3. 6? 
 
 ■flxB^TBijv, ■#|x9i5[nriv. sec Ax^o/MU. 
 
 ^X^^i s*^^ ^y"! ^'- 3. 10. 
 
61 
 
 Qcoiroftxos 
 
 6' for ri, by apostr. before au aspi- 
 rateii vowel, i. 3. 9. 
 
 BoXaTTa (-o-o-o), ijs (fiXs sal, salt !) the 
 aea, a general iiaiiie for the great con- 
 nected body of salt- or sea-water (often 
 without the art. 533 d): OdXaxTa fieyd- 
 Xi) a great or heavy sen, i. e. a gi'eat or 
 violent nish of the sea (ef: magnum 
 mare, Lucr. 2. 553): i. 1.7; 2. 22; 4. 
 ], 4: iv. 7. 24 ; v. 8. 20. Cf. TriiTos. 
 
 6ii\ip>s, cos, ri, warmth, heat ; pi. 
 calores, attacks of heat, lieat, iii. 1 . 23. 
 
 Oa|i,ivd ailv. = Saad (fiaa) often, 
 frcqasntly, iv. 1. 16. 
 
 OilvaTos, ov, i, {8i'ri{TK'ji) death; kind 
 of death, mode of eeccution : iirl Savd- 
 Tij) for death, in token of death, as a 
 siiiu of execution : i. 6. 10 : ii. 6. 29 : 
 iii. 1. 43. Der. eu-thana.sy. 
 4.9avttTici», liju, to condemn to death, 
 A., ii. 6. 4. 
 
 OiiirTO),' Bdfa, 2 a. p. eTd<l>riv, to 
 bury, inter, A., iv. 1. 19 : v. 7. 20. 
 tSa^paX^os, a, oi', c, courageous, 
 bo'd, daring, confident, Trpis, iii. 2. 16. 
 ^BalipaXiascourageoutili/, boldly, fear- 
 lessly, confidently, with confidence, irpis: 
 t6 Ix^iv B. to have one's self confident- 
 ly, a feeling of confidence, fearlessness: 
 \. 9. 19 : ii'. 6. 14 : vii. 3.29 ; 6. 29. 
 
 tSap^^u), ijcrw, Tc8dl>l>T)Ka, to be cour- 
 ageous or of good courage ; to be bold, 
 fearless, or confident ; to take heart; 
 to h'lve no fear of. A.: pt. as adv., 
 confidently, with confidence, without 
 fear, 674 d : i. 3. 8 : iii. 2. 20 ; 4. 3. 
 
 Oappos, (0$, t6, courage, confidence, 
 
 vi. 5. 17. " [7. 2. 
 
 .|.6a^povii>, uyQ, to encourage, cheer, i. 
 
 Sapo-- V. I. for 9app- in ffdfi^o!, &c. 
 
 0apviras, ov, Tharypas, a favorite 
 of Menon, ii. 6. 28. 
 
 S&repav or Odrepov, &c., by cvasis 
 for t6 Ircpov, &c., 125b; pi. ix tou 
 
 Ssc. xw/'Iou] iirl Birepa [sc. fiiprj], from 
 the region upon] tlie otlier or fartlier 
 side, V. 4. 10. 
 
 fldTTwv, ox, c. of Tail's, i. 2. 17. 
 OaOfia, aros, to, {6do;xaL to gaze 
 upon) wonder or a subject of wonder, 
 a marrrl, vi. 3. 23. 
 
 |0av|iat<'i) dffotiai, less Att. daw, re- 
 $a6fJLaKa, a. iSaifiaaa, to icimd^'r, tnar- 
 ik'l, admire, be surprised ox astonished. 
 
 CP., A., G., 472 e, i. 2. 18 ; 3. 2s ; 8. 
 16; 10. 16: vi. 2. 4. 
 46av)id(rios, a, ov, s., wonderful, 
 marvellous, admirable, G.? ii.3.15: iii. 
 
 I. 27. 
 
 .|.0avp.tt<rr(Ss, 7}, bv, s., to be wondered 
 at, wonderful, wondrous, strange, sur- 
 prising, v., i. 9. 24 ? ii. 5. 15 : iv. 2. 15. 
 
 t ©atpairn v^s, ov, 6, a Thapsacenc, 
 a man of Thapsacus, i. 4. 18. 
 
 0di|/aKO$, ou, ii, Thapsacus (Tiph- 
 sah, i. e. passage or ford, 1 Kings 4. 
 24), a city near a much-freiiuenteJ ford 
 of the Euphrates, though the Thap- 
 Sicenes tlattereil Cyrus by saying tliat 
 the river had never before been fordable 
 at that point. Alexander here crossed 
 by two bridges, doubtless of boats ; 
 but LucuUus forded the stream with 
 his army, and Ainsworth states that 
 the depth of the water was reduced to 
 20 inches in the autunni of 1841. i. 4. 
 
 II. II Ruins near the Ford of theAnese- 
 Beduins. 
 
 6ea, as, (akin to Bdofiai. to gaze upon) 
 a sight, spectacle, iv. 8. 27. 
 
 Bed, as, (Bi'js) a goddess, vi. 6. 17 
 (elsewhere ■^ Bebs, 174 b, v. 3. 6 s, 13). 
 J.Qea-'Y&iis, eos, see Qeo-yinris. 
 t64d)ia, avos, t6, a sight, spectacle, 
 iv. 7. 13. 
 
 0edo)iii, daonat, TeBid/Mii, (Bda) to 
 look on, gaze at, behold, observe, wit- 
 ness, watch, perceive, see, with sur- 
 prise, wonder, 01 admiration often im- 
 plied, A. v., CP., i. 5. 8 : V. 7. 26 : vi. 
 5. 16. Cf. opdw. Der. theatre. 
 
 Beiv to run, see B^ia, i. 8. 18. 
 
 6€ios, a, ov, (Bebs) divine, by divine 
 interposition, supernatural, miracu- 
 lous, i. 4. 18. 
 
 ^i\a to wish, will, see iSiXoi. 
 
 6^p,cvas, Bftres, &c., see rlBri/u. 
 1 06O--Y£VT|S, eos, Tlicogenes, a lochage 
 from Loeris, vii. 4. 18 : v. I. Qea-yiv-qs. 
 + 0«(5-iro(i.-iros, ov, Theopompus, an 
 Athenian, only mentioned hy some 
 mss., ii. 1. 12. Other mss. have here 
 ^evotpuiv, and two havti ^evoipwv in the 
 text, and SejTre/iTros in the margin. 
 We cannot suppose that there was a 
 general named Theopompus, and it is 
 extremely improbable that a person 
 of inferior rank, so (|uiet and insig- 
 nificant as to be nowhere else men- 
 tioned, should have interfered in an 
 interview of the generals with the 
 
itis 
 
 62 
 
 e^pt, 
 
 king's heralds. But Xenophon, who 
 was with the army simply as the in- 
 timate friend of Proxenus, and by the 
 special invitation of Cyrus, held no 
 position of inferiority. With entire 
 propriety, he might be invited by 
 Proxenus to attend him in the inter- 
 view as a friend ; and might take pai-t 
 in the conversation to support him, 
 if a fit occasion should arise. Com- 
 pare i. 8. 15 ; ii. 5. 37. Hence, also, 
 Diodorus might naturally ascribe to 
 Proxenus himself (xiv. 25) the words 
 spoken by one who was present as 
 his companion. How then could the 
 change of name have arisen in some 
 •of the best rass. ? Perhaps as follows : 
 in view of the subsequent preservation 
 of the army through Xenophon, an 
 enthusiastic reader may have written 
 in the margin, by the side of his name, 
 SeiTTo/tTTos, the heaven-sent ( = SeS-irc/j^ 
 irros, while in the marghial Oejire/j,xos 
 the two forms seem blended) ; and, 
 through a common mistake, a sub- 
 sequent copyist may have understood 
 as a coiTection what was simply meant 
 as a comment, and have sub-stituted 
 it in the text. 
 
 BfoSjoSyoijjdiinaiagodydeityydivinity, 
 {il Beis goddess, iii. 2. 12 : v. 3. 6 s): aiv 
 Tots OeoU with tlie help of the gods, oi' 
 by their will or favor : irpAs 0eu,v be- 
 fore or by the gods. The art. is often 
 omitted w. Beol, 533 c. The Anabasis 
 abounds in appeal or reference to "the 
 gods," as a general expression for the 
 Divine and Supreme Power (so o fleis 
 the Deity, vi. 3. 18); but makes com- 
 paratively little mention of any par- 
 ticular god, showing how far x^oly- 
 theism had lost its hold upon the 
 Greek mind. i. 4. 8 ; 6. 6 : ii. 3. 22 s : 
 iii. 1.5s, 23s. Der. theism, atheist. 
 4.6eo-(r^P€i.a, as, [ai^a to revere) piety, 
 religion, ii. 6. 26. 
 
 tSepaircvu, ciffu, TeSepdirevKa, to take 
 care of, provide for, cherish, court. A., 
 i. 9. 20 : ii. 6. 27. Der. therapeutic. 
 
 Scpdiruv, ovTos, 6, {Bipia to warm) 
 an cUtendant, waiter, servant, i. 8. 28 ? 
 
 Ofplt,a, l<ra id, {Bipos shimmer, fr. 
 $4pa to warm) to spend or pass the 
 sicmmer, iii. 5. 15. 
 
 ScpiiairCa, as, {Bep/iSs warm, fr. Bipu 
 to warm) warmth, v. 8. 15. 
 
 0^|i<iSuv, ovTos, 6, the Thermodon, 
 
 a river of Asia Minor, flowing into the 
 Euxine. Its banks were the fabled 
 abode of the Amazons, v. 6. 9 : vi. 2. 
 1. II Thermeh-Chai. 
 
 6(<r0ai, 6e<r6e, see tIBhi/u, i. 6. 4. 
 i&erraXia, (older Oe<raa\la), as, TlifS- 
 saly, a large, fertile, and populous, 
 but mde province in the northeast of 
 Greece. It consists mostly of the 
 rich basin of the Peneus, surrounded 
 by mountains, among which are the 
 famed Olympus and Ossa (with the 
 beauties of Tenipe between), and Pe- 
 lion. Its institutions were mostly 
 oligarchic, a few noble families dom- 
 ineering. Its rank was highest in the 
 early history of Greece, when it con- 
 tained the original Hellas, and sent 
 Jason to the Argonautic adventure, 
 and Achilles to Troy. i. 1. 10. 
 
 0eTTo\os (older QiaaaXoi), on, i, a 
 man of Thessaly, a Thessalian, i. 1. 10. 
 
 flt'w,* deiaopmu, ipf. (Biov, (other 
 tenses supplied by rpixui) to run, Spl>- 
 p.ifi, els, iirl, Tpiis, &e., i. 8. 18 : ii. 2. 
 14: iv. 3. 21, 29. 
 
 Sfupia, ■ri<ra, TeBeJipi)Ka, (BeapLs spec- 
 tator, fr. Beiopai) to view, behold, ob- 
 serve, witness ; to inspect or review an 
 anny; to attend games or rites as a 
 soared deputy ; A. ; i. 2. 10, 16 : ii. 4- 
 25s : V. 3. 7. Der. theorem, theoky. 
 
 0i]PatO5, ov, 0, a man of Thebes, a 
 Theban,ii. 1. 10. Thebes (e:,;8aO was 
 the chief city of Bceotia, said to have 
 been founded by the Phoenician Cad- 
 mus and walled to the music of Ani- 
 phion. It was wonderfully rich in 
 legendaiy story, e. g. as the birthplace 
 of Bacchus and Hercules.and the scene 
 of the tragic fortunes of CEdipus and 
 Niobe. In the historical age, it com- 
 monly held the rank of the third city 
 in Greece ; but, for a short period after 
 the battle of Leuctra, of the first. 
 
 0^Pt|, 1;!, Thebe, a town of western 
 Mysia (also assigned to Lydia, as early 
 occupied by the Lydians), under Mt. 
 Placus. According to Homer, An- 
 dromache was the daughter of its 
 king ; and the capture of the beauti- 
 ful Chiyseis, in connection with its 
 sack by Achille.s, gave occasion to the 
 action of the Iliad. Perishing itself, 
 it left its name to a fertile plain in 
 the vicinity of Adramyttium. vii. 
 8.7. 
 
^p 6 
 
 [94jp, Sripis, i, fera, a wild beast ; cf. 
 Germ, thier, Eng. deer.] 
 ^6^pa, as, a hunt or chase of wild 
 beasts, v. 3. 8, 10. 
 
 jSi^pdu, dja, TeBqpdKa, to hunt, chase, 
 or pursue wild beasts ; to prey upon ; 
 A.; i. 5. 2: iv. 5. 24: v. 1. 9. 
 
 46r,pci)(a, eidb), TtBiipevKa, to hunt or 
 ciuise wil(i beasts ; to catch or tafe, as 
 a hunter his prey ; A. ; i. 2. 7, 13. 
 
 4.0qp(ov, ou, dim. of Si)p, but comm. 
 used ill prose for it, 371 f; a wild 
 beast, or animal, i. 2. 7 ; 5. 2 ; 9. 6. 
 
 6i|iraiip(Ss, off, b, (rlSruu) thesaurus, 
 a store laid up, tkeasukb; treasury; 
 V. 3. 5 ; 4. 27. 
 
 ®^X1Si o". Theches, a mountain 
 from which the Cyreans obtained their 
 lir.st and transporting view of the Eux- 
 ine, iv. 7. 21. || Ace. to Strecker, Kolat- 
 Dagh ; to others, Tekieh-Dagh, &c. 
 
 0CPp(i>v, loKos, Thibron, a Spartan 
 general who was seut in tlie winter of 
 400 - 399 B. c, to protect the Ionian 
 cities from the Persians, and who took 
 the returned Cyreans into his service. 
 From want of efficiency and good dis- 
 cipline, he was superseded, in about 
 a year, by Deroyllidas. In a later 
 command against the Persians, h. c. 
 391, his carelessness cost him his life, 
 vii. 6. 1 ; 8. 24 : v. I. Qip-^pav. 
 
 M\<rKia * (oftener &Tro-dviiiiKw, exc. 
 in the complete tenses), BavoOfuu, ri- 
 OvTjKa, 2 a. (Savor, 2 pf. pi. riSiiaiuv, 
 &c., inf. TcBvAvai, pt. TeBveths, to die, 
 fall in battle ; as pass, of Kr^ivta, to be 
 s'ain ; pf. pret., to [have died] be dead, 
 pt. dead; reBrdvai ^irTjyyiWeTo he of- 
 fered or consented to be a dead inan, 
 i. e. to die or be put to death immedi- 
 »/«/;/.i. 6. 11: ii.1.3; iv.1.19; 7.20. 
 |3viiTos, 1), bv, irwrtal, liable or ex- 
 posed to death, iii. 1. 23. 
 
 Ooava V. I. for Adva, i. 2. 20. 
 
 SJpvPos, ov, 0, (akin to Bpiofitu to 
 cry, and Lat. turba) noise, outcry, up- 
 roar, tumult, alarm, murmur, i. 8.16 : 
 ii. 2. 19: iii. 4. 35 s: iv. 2. 20. 
 
 0oipio$, ou, 6, a Thurian, a man of 
 Thurii, a flourishing city founded by 
 an Athenian colony, B. c. 443, near the 
 ruins of Sybaris on the Tarentine Gulf 
 in southern Italy. Among the colo- 
 nists were the historian Herodotus and 
 the orator Lysias. v. 1. 2. {| Ruins 
 nea- Terra-Nuova. 
 
 0p4kt|, 175, (Qpq-i) Thrace, a ruda 
 country in southeastern Europe, north 
 of the JJgean and Propontis. If this 
 region was occupied early by more 
 civilized tribes, to which Orpheus, Mu- 
 sseus, Thamyris, &c., belonged, they 
 prob. moved southward into Greece. 
 V. 1. 15. II Rumelia. — 2. A neighbor- 
 ing district in Asia, across the Bos- 
 phorus, so called as occupied by Thra- 
 uian tribes ; oftener called Bithynia, 
 from the chief of these tribes ; vi. 4. 1. 
 tOpijxiov, ov, Thracium, or the Thra- 
 cian Area, in Byzantium, probably 
 near the Thracian Gate, vii. 1. 24. 
 |0p4Kias, a. Of, Thracian, vii. 1.13. 
 
 0pavCi|(ai V. I. for Tpa.yl\fai. 
 
 0p^, Qpfxbs, 6, a Thracian, a man 
 of Thrace (iu Europe or Asia); as adj., 
 Thracian. The Thracians were not 
 wanting in activity, energy, or cour- 
 sige ; but, though claiming relation- 
 ship to their Greek neighbors, they 
 partook but scantily of the Greek cul- 
 ture. Among their too prevalent char- 
 acteristics were ferocity, cruelty, in- 
 temperance, and faithlessness, i. 1. 9 ; 
 2. 9 : vi. 4. 2 : vii. 1. 5 ; 3. 26. 
 tOpao-lus adv., boldly, iv. 3. 30. 
 
 Opcurvs, £10, 1), c. irepos, (having the 
 same stem w.^pdiros = Bdptros or Bd^pos) 
 bold, daring, spirited, v. 4. 18 ; 8. 19. 
 
 6p^o|i(u, see rpeipio, vi. 5. 20. 
 
 Spovosi ou, 6, a seat, esp. the ele- 
 vated seat of a niler, a THKONE, ii.1.4. 
 
 6u7dTi)p,* (ripos) rpis, rpl, ripa, Bi- 
 yarcp, 71, Germ, tochter, a daughter, 
 ii. 4. 8 : iv. 5. 24. 
 
 6o\aKOs, ov, 0, a sack, bag, vi. 4. 23. 
 
 6v|i,a, aros, t4, (fliioi) a victim, sacri- 
 fice, vi. 4. 20 : vii. 8. 19. 
 
 0up,Ppiov, ov, Thymbrium, a city 
 of Pnrygia, now represented aco. to 
 some by Akshehr (i. e. white city), and 
 ace. to others by Ishakli ; while the 
 copious fountain Olu-Bunar (i. e. gren,t 
 fountain), between these towns, has 
 been regarded by some as the famed 
 spring of Midas, i. 2. 13. 
 
 1 60}io-6i8^s, h, or63|i..i8T|s, ts, c.^Txe- 
 
 pos, (etSos) spirited, metthsome, iv. 5. 36. 
 
 t Oi)p.dopai, tbffo lai, T€6dp.u lat, to be 
 
 angry, provoked, incensed, or enraged, 
 
 D., ii. 5. 13. 
 
 6Cp.os, ou, 6, (flrfu to rush) the rush 
 of feeling, spirit, anger, passion, resent/ 
 ment, vii. 1. 25. 
 
0vya( 
 
 Gi 
 
 li7;ni 
 
 &vvoi, Civ, ol, the Thyni, a Thi-acian 
 tribe near Byzantium, especially for- 
 midable in the night. A part of this 
 tribe crossed, like the Bithyni, into 
 Asia. vii. 2. 22, 32 ; 4. 14. 
 
 6vpa, as, (cf. Lat. foiis. Germ, thilr) 
 a uooii, often in the plur., even when 
 d single entrance is spoken of : pi. 
 door or doors, gains, quarters, residence, 
 court (cf. sublime parte) : iirl rais 66- 
 pais at the very door or gates, some- 
 times used as a strong expression for 
 nearness :• i. 2. 11 ; 9. 3 : ii. 4. 4 ; 5. 31. 
 4.bip£Tpov, ov, a door, gate, v. 2. 17. 
 •ftfuiria, as, a sacrifice, offering to a 
 god, iv. 8. 25 s ; v. 3. 9 : vi. 4. 15. 
 
 6viD (v), SiiTQ), riBvKa, to sa/yrifice, 
 offer to a god, D. A., ae. : to AiKaia 
 I6u(rc offered tlie Lyccean sacrifices, 
 celebrated the Lyccean rites or festival: 
 i. 2. 10 : iii. 2. 9, 12 : M. to sacrifice 
 for learning the will of the gods or 
 future events, to take or cmisuU the 
 auspices, ae., d. (of the god, or of the 
 person for whom), cp., i., im, irepl, 
 inrip, ii. 2. 3 : v. 6. 22, 27 s : vii. 8. 4s. 
 t OoipaKtJoi, lau, to arm with a cuirass ; 
 TcBupaKiffiihios equippedwilh a corselet, 
 clad in armor : M. tx> put on one's own 
 cuirass or armor, arm one's self : ii. 2. 
 14 ; 5. 35 : iii. 4. 3S. 
 
 6iipa^, dicos, 6, a cuirass, corselet, 
 breastplate. The Greek cuirass conun. 
 consisted of two metallic plates, 
 adajited to the shape of the body, one 
 for the front, and the other for the 
 back. These were ch. united by 
 shoulder-pieces, the belt, and hinges 
 or buckles at the sides. The cavalry 
 cuirass was esp. heavy. Some nations 
 wore corselets of thick, firm layers of 
 flaxen cloth or felting, i. 8. 3, 26: iii. 
 4. 48 : iv. 7. 15. Der. thorax. 
 
 0(ipa|, d/cos, an officer from Boeotia, 
 who often contended with Xenophon, 
 V. 6. 19, 25, 35. 
 
 ldo|iai., dtro/uu, ta/uu 1., to heal, 
 cwre, dress a wound, i. 8. 26. 
 
 'ldo*<$vu>s, u, ov, (Idtrujv Jason) Ja- 
 sonian : 'laa-ovta dKr-rj the Jasonian 
 Shore, a promontory not far from Co- 
 tyora, where Jason was supposed to 
 have landed in the Argonautic Ex- 
 
 pedition, vi. 2. 1. II Yasun-Burun, oi 
 Cape Bona. 
 
 larpds, 00, o, (Ido^ci) a liealcr, sur- 
 geon, physician, i.8.26: iii. 4. 30. 
 
 ISclv, IfSoLfii, tSu, IS^v, see cpdu, i. 
 2. 18 ; 9. 13 : ii. 1. 9. Der. idea. 
 
 "IBrj, r/s, Ida, a mountain-range in 
 Mysia, south of Troy. Here, in the 
 old myths, Paris awarded the prize to 
 Venus, and the gods sat to watch tl.e 
 stiife about Troy. Its highest point, 
 Gargaron (now Kiiz-Dagh), is about 
 4650 feet high. vii. 8. 7. 
 
 iSios, a, oj, one's own, private, per- 
 sonal-: ci's TO lluiov for one's private or 
 personal use cr benefit, for one's self: 
 ISiq,, as adv., privately, in privalc, 
 personally, by on£s self, on orui's own 
 account : i. 3. 3 ; v. 6. 27. Der. IDIOM. 
 4.18i<5tiis, tjtos, ij, peculiarity, ii. 3. 16. 
 ii8iuTT]s, ov, a private or common 
 person or soldier, a private, i. 3. 11 : 
 vi. 1. 31 : vii. 7. 28. Der. idiot. 
 4.lSio>Ti.KiSs, 4 ""> relating to a private 
 person, or denoting u, private station, 
 vi. 1. 23. 
 
 i8p<S(i>,* liau, tdpuKa 1., (ISos sweat) 
 sudo, to sweat, perspire, i. 8. 1. 
 
 (S<i>, ISiuv, see 6pd<a, i. 2. 18. 
 
 tcftai or Uf.a,i, see Irifu, i. 5. 8. 
 
 Uvai, t6i, ICoL|u, Co), l<&v, see eT/u. 
 tUpttov, ov, a victim for sacrifice, an 
 animal such as were used for sacrifice 
 or food (since the two uses were so 
 intimately united); pi. cattle; iv. 4. 
 9 : vi. 1. 4, 22 ; 5. 1 s. 
 t'I«p!>v 8pos, rd, the Sacred Mountain 
 (Mons Sacer), a mountain west of the 
 Propontis, on the direct route from 
 Byzantium to the Chei'sonese, vii. 1. 
 14 ; 3. 3. II Tekir-Dagh. 
 
 icpds, d, bv, sacred, consecrated, holy, 
 hallo^red, G. 437 b : rb lepbv [sc. 5u>^a] 
 the temple : ret Upd the sacred rites, 
 sacrifices, auspices; from their esp. use 
 in divination, the entrails[sacred. parts] 
 of the victim." rd iepd yLyverai the 
 sacrifices take effect, are auspicious: 
 i. 8. 15 : ii. 1.9; 2. 3: iv. 3. 9; 5. 35: 
 v. 3. 9s, .11, 13. Der. HIEIIO-GI.YPHIC. 
 I'ltp-civTiiios, ov, Ifieronymus, an 
 Elean, the oldest lochage in the di- 
 vision of Proxenus, and influential foi 
 good, iii. 1. 34 ; vi. 4. 10. 
 
 t7]|ii,* -flew, elKa, a. ^Ka {eTfiev, (5, 
 e'irjp, &c.) to send, throw, hwrl, shom^ 
 let. fly. A., D. of missile, Kard, ih, i. i 
 
lUTt 
 
 65 
 
 tOTlllU 
 
 12 : iv. 5. 18. M. Tc/tai (v. I. teimi, 
 refeiTed to eTiit, 45 p) to send one's 
 self, Imsteti, hurry on, rtish, spring, 
 ivi, &o., i. 6. 8 ; 8. 26 : iv. 2. 7 s, 20. 
 
 lr]T£, 101, see diu, vii. 2. 2tj ; 3. 4. 
 
 iKavds, t), bv, v.., (?kw) reaching the 
 desired euil, sujficienl, enough; ade- 
 quate, re/ aired; able, capab'.e, com- 
 petent, qu ilified, adapted : Uaviv [sc. 
 X<^pioi>] a sufficient distance: i., d., Ss, 
 (is, Sxrre : i. 1. 5 ; 2. 1 ; 3. 6 ; 7.7: ii. 
 3. 4: V. 2. 30; 6.12, 30: vi. 4. 3. 
 jiKovws sufficiently, adequately, iv. 
 3. 31. 
 
 t iKCTeici), eicria, to supplicn.te, entreat, 
 beseech, A. I., vii. 4. 7, 10, 22. 
 
 Ik^ti]s, ov, (iKu) one who comes for 
 aid, a suppliant, vii. 2. 33. 
 
 'IkiSviov, ov, leonium, an old city 
 of Phrygia, near Lyoaonia, in which 
 it was afterwards included. Paul 
 visited the city more than once, and 
 made many oouverts. In the eleventh 
 century, it became, the capital of a 
 powerful Seljuk sovereignty, which 
 gave it a prominent jilace in the his 
 tory of the Crusailes. It is still an 
 important city, and the capital of a 
 pashalic. i. 2. 19. ||Konieh. 
 
 ["iK<o* poet., to come, arrive, reach, 
 akin to fiKoi, 114 d.] 
 
 "iXcois, '""', Att. contr. fr. "TKdas, oj", 
 propitious, gracious, kind, vi. 6. 32. 
 
 "iXi], 17s, a troop, esp. of hoise, often 
 set at 64 men, i. 2. 16: fr. ctKatocoil. 
 
 ifids, dcros, 0, a leathern strap or 
 thong, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 'ijidTtov, ou, (limufii to c^ollie) a gar- 
 ment, vestment, esp. an outer garment ; 
 pi. clothes, clothing ; iv. 3. lis. 
 
 tva* final conj., in order t/tat, so 
 tliat, that, coram, w. subj. or opt., i. 
 3. 4, 15; 4.-18; 10.18. 
 
 toini, WvTOS, IdvTuv, &c., see elu.i. 
 tlinr-apxos, ou, 6, {ipx<^) a hipparch, 
 commander of cavalry, master of horse, 
 iii. 3. 20. 
 
 tiinroo-ta, as, riding about, move- 
 ments on horse, ii. 5. 33. 
 ilirmla., as, cavalry, v. 6. 8. 
 tiirireis, ^ws, 6, horseman, knight; 
 pi. cavalry, horse (collectively). The 
 Greek horseman was conini, armed 
 much like the hojilite ; exc. that he 
 usually carried no shield, and hence 
 wore a stonter cuirass. Metallic armor 
 was also provided for the head, breast, 
 
 and sides of the horse. From the 
 mountainous character of their coun- 
 try, however, and their habits of city 
 life, the Greeks used cavalry very 
 much less than the eastern nations, 
 i. 2. 4; 5. 2, 13; 6.2s; 8. 7. 
 
 tiiririK^s, f), iv, of OT for cavalry: 
 subst. iTiriKiv [sc. ffrpdrevfia or irX^- 
 9oi] cavalry [force]; i. 3. 12 ; 9. 31. 
 
 t tinr<5-8pO(i,os, ou, 6, a race-course for 
 hoi-ses, hippodrome, i. 8. 20. 
 
 tinros, ov, 6 ij, a horse, mare : dirb 
 liTTTOv [from a horse] o» horseback: ol 
 IvTToi sometimes = ol lirirds the horse, 
 cavalry : i. 2. 7 ; 8. 3, 18 : vii. 3. 39. 
 Der. Hipi'o-POTAMUs (river-horse). 
 
 'Ipis, loi or tSos, 6, the Iris, a con- 
 siderable river in the northeast part 
 of Asia Minor, Howing into the Eux- 
 ine, V. 6. 9: vi. 2. 1. ||TheYeshiI- 
 Irmak, i. e. Green River. 
 
 to-Bt, Jo-jiiv, toTt, l'(ra<rt, see op&a. 
 
 I(r6|i5s, ou, 6, (ei^O the place to go 
 cm, an isthmus : as a prop, name, the 
 Isthmus of Corinth, the neck of land 
 (about five miles across, where nar- 
 rowest) connecting the Peloponnese w. 
 the mainland of Greece, and separat- 
 ing the Corinthian and Saronic Gulfs. 
 Repeated attempts were made and 
 abandoned, to connect these gulfs by 
 a canal. The famed Isthmian Games 
 were here celebrated in honor of Nep- 
 tune, ii. 6. 3. 
 t iir(i-irXcvpos, ov, (yKevpi) eqital- 
 sided, equi-lateral, iii. 4. 19. 
 
 to-os, 17, ov, equal, D. : iv hifi on an 
 even line, with equal step : i^ taov from 
 eijual gi-onnd, on an equality or par : 
 els t6 Iffov upon equal ground, to » 
 level : Ijov Kpareiv to bear equal sivay 
 or Imve equal jiower : i. 8. 11: ii. 5. 7: 
 iii. 4. 47 : iv. 6. 18 : v. 4. 32. Hence 
 ISO- in many compounds. 
 4.l(ro-x«i.X'/is, is, (x"Xos lip, brim) 
 level with or up to live brim, iv. 5. 26. 
 
 'Icrcrot, (hv, ol, and 'Iwcds, ou, ii, 
 Issus or Issi, an important city in the 
 eastern part of Cilicia, at the head of 
 a gulf bearing its name (now the Gulf 
 of Scanderoon). Near it, B. C. 333, 
 Alexander won a great victory over 
 Darius III. i. 2. 24; 4. 1. || Ruins near 
 the northeast extremity of the gulf. 
 
 X<m, see opdw, i. .5. 16 ; 7. 3. 
 
 io-rrjjii,* (TTiiffijj, iaTTjKa (2 pf. i(TTa- 
 IMv, &c., itrrivai, iaribs), pip. iariiKeai 
 
iotCov 
 
 66 
 
 KoSCSia 
 
 or eUn-ZiKciv, 1 a. tarifaa, 2 a. (ottiv, 
 to set up, STATION ; to make stand or 
 luilt, to stop (trans.); A.; i. 2. 17; 10. 
 14: — M-j^w. act. 2 a. and complBte 
 tensps (used preteritively), sto, to 
 STAND, intrans.; to stand one's ground, 
 mike a stand; but 1 a. m. to set up 
 i'ov one's self, irect, A. ; i. 3. 2 ; 5. 2, 13 ; 
 10. 1, 11 : iv. 6. 27; 7. 9. 
 
 urrlov, 01), (dim. of Ijris web) a sail, 
 i. 5. 3._ 
 
 tl<rx.«pos, d, 6v, a., strong, mighty, 
 powerful ; vehement, severe ; i. 5. 9 : 
 ii. 5. 22:_iv. 5. 20; 7.1: v. 8. 14. 
 
 t icrx«p<Ss, c, lyrepov, stroTigly, forcibly, 
 vigorously; energetically, strenuously, 
 resolutely; vehemently, severely; ex- 
 ceedingly, very ; i.2.21;5.11: iU.2.19. 
 
 \xfyjai,vos,ri,{k\\s,stre')igth) strength, 
 might, force ; a force of soldiers, a 
 strong force ; i. 8. 22 : iii. 1. 42. 
 
 tirxM (strengthened form oilx'^'l''^) 
 to hold, arrest, check. A., vi. 5. 13 : 
 impers. hxero it was held or held it- 
 self^ tJie matter stuck, the negotiation 
 was suspended, vi. 3. 9. 
 
 to-us adv., (ftros) with equal chances, 
 perhaps, probably ; sometimes, from 
 Greek courtesy, where we might rather 
 say doubtless ; ii. 2. 12 : iii. 1. 37. 
 
 Irap^ios, ov, Ilabelius, a Persian 
 commander, who went to the aid of 
 Asidates, vii. 8. 15 : v. I. 'Iraixiv-qs, &e. 
 
 Iriov (fr. tXiu) 4<rrlv it is necessary, 
 proper, or best to go, one must or should 
 go, 682, iii. 1. 7: vi. 5. 30. 
 
 Itvs, tos, t), a rim, as of a shield ; 
 a shield-rim ; iv. 7. 12. 
 
 iTuo-av, see eXiii, i. 4. 8 ? 
 
 IxSvs, uos, 6, a fish, i. 4. 9. Der. 
 ICHTHYO-LOGY. The Syrian gods Da- 
 gon and Derceto (who had also other 
 names) were worshipped in a fonn 
 human above, but fish-like below. 
 
 Ixviov, ov, a track, trace, footstep, i. 6. 
 1 ; 7. 17 : vii. 3. 42. 
 
 'luvla, as, ("lui'es lonians) Ionia, 
 the central part of the western coast 
 of Asia Minor, so named from its early 
 colonization by the lonians, whose 
 descent was traced from Ion, gi-and 
 son of Deucalion. It was the favorite 
 seat (with the adjacent islands) of early 
 Greek letters and art, the home of 
 Epic and Elegiac poetry,of Ionic archi- 
 tecture, &c.; bLi. unfortunately, from 
 
 its position, could not maintain its in- 
 dependence against the Lydians and 
 afterwards the Persians. Assistance 
 given to the lonians was a pretext 
 with the Persians for invading Greece, 
 i. 4. 13 : ii. 1. 3. 
 
 j'loiviKos, 4 bv, Ionian, pertaining 
 to Ionia, i. 1. 6. 
 
 E. 
 
 Ka- often in crasis for Kal i- or Kal i-. 
 
 Kd7a6ds, koLyiS = Kal &yaBbi, Kal iyii. 
 
 K06' by apostr. for Kari, before an 
 aspirated vowel, i. 10. 4. 
 
 KaBd rel. adv., (/ca9' 8) according as, 
 as, vii. 8. 4 ? 
 
 KaOalpo, apw, KexdBapKa, a. iKdffrjpa 
 or ixdOapa, {Ka0ap6s pwre) to cleanse, 
 purge ; to purify in a religious sense ; 
 A.; V. 7. 35. 
 
 Ka6dircp rel. adv., (ko9' drep) just 
 according as, jtist as, even as, v. 4. 28. 
 
 KaOapfjios, ov, i, (KaBalpa) purificck- 
 tion, V. 7. 35. 
 
 Ka9-^^0(J.ai,* f. Kaff-eSovpai, ipf. ^/ta- 
 Be^bp-rpi, (?fo/iai to sit, poet.) to seat 
 one's self, sit down ; to halt, rest; i. 5. 
 9: iii. 1. 33: v. 8. 14. 
 
 Ka6-airT^Ketv, see uaB-lariiiu. 
 
 Ka6-^K(D,* ?XJa>, ipf. cIXkov, to draw 
 or haul doun, as vessels into the sea, 
 to launch, A., vii. 1. 19. 
 
 Ka6-i»Tas, see kaS-irifu, vi. 5. 25. 
 
 KaO-ciSu,* eitd^itroj, ipf. iKddevSov or 
 KaBrivSov, [et-Sto to sleep) to lie down 
 and sleep, to sleep, repose, i. 3. 11. 
 
 Ka6-i]74o)iai, -^o-o^uai, ijyriiiat, to lead 
 down : toDto KaBrfyelcBai to conduct 
 this enterprise, vii. 8. 9. 
 
 Ka6-T]8v-ira6^ii>, ^o-u, (iiSis, vdiTXi>>) 
 to revgl down, to spend, waste, or 
 squander, in luxury or pleasure. A., 
 i. 3. 3. 
 
 KaS-^JKii), ^Ju, ^Ka 1., to come down 
 to, to reach or extend down, eh, ivi, 
 diro : to appertain to, belong as a duty, 
 D. I.: i.4.4; 9.7: iii. 4.24: iv.3.l']. 
 
 KdS-r)|Mu* pf. m. pret., f. pf. icoflij- 
 (To/Mi 1., pip. iKaS-fj/iriv or KaB-n/itiv, 
 (^;tai to sit) to sit down, be seated, be 
 in session, be encamped or stationed, i. 
 3. 12; 7. 20: iv. 2. 5s: vi. 2. 5. 
 
 Ka6T)pai or -apai, see KaBalpa. 
 
 KaS-l^oi,* KaBlaa lui, KexdBiKa 1., a. 
 I iKdBuia and KaSiaa, (?^ui tu seat, poet.) 
 
to make sit down, seat, set, place, A. 
 ris, ii. 1. 4 : iii. 6. 17. 
 
 Ka0-Ci)|u,* ^o-u, ef/ca, a. tJko (<S, e?s, 
 &o.), to let down, as a spear for action, 
 to lower, couch, a. elt, vi. 5. 25, 27. 
 
 Ka9-fo-Tr))U,* ffrVw, ^orijKa, 1 a. 
 ijT-qira, 2 a. (<rTT)v, to fix or s«i (ioiora, 
 settfe, arrange, station, place, establish, 
 restore; bring, render, A,; to constitute 
 or appoint, 2 A., eis, iwl : i. 4. 13 ; 10. 
 10 : iii. 2. 1, 5 : — M., w. act. 2 a. and 
 complete tenses (used pret.), to station, 
 set,placeJix,oxestablishone'sself,totake 
 one's place ov station; to be established, 
 sct,settled,or placed; to result or eventu- 
 ate; els, iirt (to set one's self to, under- 
 take, vi. 1. 22): but 1 a. m. to station, 
 set, or appoint for one's self, A.; i. 1. 
 3; 3. 8; 8. 3 s, 6: iv. 5.19, 21. 
 
 Ka6-apil<i>,* 6\j/otuu, iiJipd:(a or i6pd- 
 Ka, 2 a. elSoii ^lSw, &c.), to look dmon 
 upon, view, inspect, descry, discern, 
 perceive, see. A., i. 8. 26 ; 10. 14. 
 
 KttC* oonj. & adv., (akin to Lat. 
 C[ue) and; often with a strengthened 
 idea, which we expi-ess in tng. by 
 adding an adverb, and also, and even, 
 and indeed, and especially, and the 
 rather, and therefore ; also, even (some- 
 times translated by other adverbs of 
 like force, further, moreover, really, 
 indeed, yet, stilt, onli/, &e.); i. 1. 1 s ; 
 3. 6, 13, 15 ; 6. 10 : iv. 5. 15 : vi. 2. 10 : 
 Koi S>i (Kal) and now (even), in suppo- 
 sition, V. 7. 9 : KoX cl (or idv, &c.), el 
 Kal even if, although (and so Kal w. a 
 part., like Kalirep q. v.), iii. 2. 10, 22, 
 24 : T^ . . Kal, Kal . . Kal, both . . and, 
 i. 3. 3 ; 8. 27; see &XKws. Kal is often 
 used where in Eng. no connective, or 
 one more specifio would be preferred 
 1,1a for, when, but, as, &c.), 702 c, 705, 
 ii. 2.10; 3.18: iv. 6. 2: v. 4. 21. In 
 aiine.\ing several particulars, the Eng. 
 more frequently iises the copulative 
 w. the last only; but the Greek w. 
 all or none, i. 2. 22 : iii. 1. 3. The 
 special relation of Kal to the word fol- 
 lowing (and not to the word preced- 
 ing, as in the case of so many parti- 
 cles) will not fail to be observed. For 
 Kal ydp, Kal ykp odn, see yap, Cf. S4. 
 Kdiicos (i), o", 6, the Caicus, a river 
 in the southwest part of Mysia, flow- 
 ing near Pergamum and through a 
 fertile plain, vii. 8. 8, 18 ? ||The Ba- 
 kir-Chai, 
 
 67 KaKws 
 
 EaivaC, uv, at, Crnnce, a large city 
 on the west bank of the Tigris (per- 
 haps the Canneh of Ezek. 27. 23), ii. 
 4. 28. II Kaleh Shergh3.t, so interesting 
 in its remains, and believed by some 
 to have been, for a long period, the 
 capital of the Assyrian Kmpire. 
 
 Kal-irep adv., even itideed, used w. 
 a part, (as also xal even) to express 
 concession, where the Eng. familiarly 
 uses tluntgh or although with a verb, 
 674 f : Kalirep elSdres even [indeed know- 
 ing] though they knew, i. 6. 10. Cf. ii. 
 3. 25 : iu. 1. 29 : iv. 3. 33 : v. 5. 17 s. 
 Kaipds, ov, i, occasion, opportunity, 
 season, juncture, crisis, a fitting, prop- 
 er, special, or particular time, i. : Kai- 
 pis iarai ii is the proper time, there is 
 occasion; hence, there is need, it is 
 necessary or proper : iv xaiplf in seasvn, 
 opportunely, according to the occasion, 
 to the purpose : vpoauripu toO KaipoO 
 farther than there was occasion, farther 
 than wa,s necessary or expedient .'1.7.9: 
 iii. 1.36, 39, 44: iv.3.34; 6.15. 
 
 KaC-Toi conj., and indeed, and cer- 
 tainly, and yet, however ; though, al- 
 though ; i. 4. 8 : v. 7. 10 : vii. 7. 39. 
 KaUi & Att. Kou,* Kaiirtii, KiKavKa, 
 to burn (trans.), set on fire, consume 
 by tire ; to kind'e, maintain, or keep 
 up a fire, keep a fire burning; of a 
 surgeon, to cauterize; A.: M. or P., 
 to burn, intrans. : i. 6. 1 s : iii. 5. 3, 
 5s: iv. 5. 5s: v. 8. 18. Der. caustic. 
 KaKEivos = Kal iKcivos, ii. 6. 8 ? 
 
 t KaKo-voia, OS, ill-will, irpis, vii. 7. 45. 
 
 tKaK<S-voos, ov, contr. KaKO-vous, ovv, 
 evil-minded, ill-disposed, ill-affected, 
 inimical, d., ii. 5. 16, 27. 
 
 tKaKO-iroUu, i)(r(i), to do evil to, treat 
 ill, maltreat, A. , ii. 5. 4 ? 
 
 KaK<$$, ^, 6v, c. KaKMv, s. Kd/cttrros, 
 bad, evil, ill, wicked, vile, base, worth- 
 less, D., TrepI : bad in war, cowardly : 
 subst. KaKov, ov, an evil, harm, in- 
 jury, mischief: i. 3. 18 ; 4. 8 ; 9. 15 : 
 ii. 5. 5, 16, 39. Der. caco-phony. 
 
 tKoxovpyiu, ijiru, to work evil to, to 
 injure, harm, harass, annoy, a., vi. 1.1. 
 
 4.KaK0vpY0s, ov, {fpyov) working evil, 
 criminal: masc. subst., an evil-doer, 
 malefactor : i. 9. 13. 
 
 |KaK<Su, liiru, pf. p. KexdKiapai, to in- 
 jure, A., iv. 5. 35. 
 
 iKaKus adv., c. xiKiov, s. /cifurra, 
 badly, ill ; injuriously ; wretcliedly. 
 
KdKucris 
 
 68 
 
 Kopirou 
 
 miserably, uncomfortably ; i. 4. 8 ; 5. 
 16 ; 9. 10 : iii. 1. 43 : iv. 4. 14. See 
 
 ^X^J T^^^X^l TTOt^W, Trp&TTtt]. 
 
 4.KdKci)(ris, cus, T), ill-treajtmerU, abuse, 
 a., iv. 6. 3. 
 
 tKaXd|ii], 7;s, straw, v. 4. 27. 
 KdXafios, ov, 6, calamus, a reed; 
 collectively, for plants of this kind ; 
 i. 5. 1 : iv. 5. 26. Der. calamity. 
 
 KoX^ca,* Ka\4(r(a KaXto, K^KXfjKa, a, 
 indXeaa, a. p. ixKifi-riv, calo, to call, 
 summon, invite, A. ivl : to call, name, 
 2 a.: t6 'M.TjHas Ka\o6fi€vov reixos tfie 
 so-called wall of Media : sometimes 
 M., to call to or for one's self, a. ; i. 2. 
 2,8: ii. 4. 12: iii.3.1: vii.3.15; 6.38. 
 KaXiv8^o|i.ai. in pr. & ipf., (akin to 
 KuXiu) to roll, intrans., v. 2. 31 ? 
 
 tKoXX-iEpEiD, ijiria, KeKa\\i4priica,(iep6p) 
 A. k M. to sacrifice favorably or wiih, 
 good omevs, to obtain good auspices in 
 sacrifice, v. 4. 22 : vii. 1. 40 ; 8. 5. 
 
 tKaWl-)iaxos, ov, Callimachus, a 
 brave and ambitious lochage from 
 Panhasia in Arcadia, iv. 1. 27; 7. 8. 
 
 txaXXCuv, KiXXnTTOs, see /caXds. 
 
 tKdXXos, eos, t6, beauty, ii. 3. 16. 
 Der. CALLl-STHENICS. 
 
 J i:aX\-(iiiriir|ji(Ss, ov, 6, [&\// face) fine 
 appearance, ornament, adornment, i. 
 9. 23. 
 
 KoXcSs," i5, b", C. KaWiav, s. KdWi- 
 arcs, beautiful (of botb physical and 
 moral beauty, and also with reference 
 to use or promise), beauteous, haiid- 
 some, fine, fair ; honorable, noble ; 
 favorable, propitious, auspicious ; ex- 
 cellent, good; I.: rb KoXbv Jumorable 
 conduct, honor: eh KoXbv for good, op- 
 portunely : i. 2. 22 ; 8. 15 : ii. 6. 18 s, 
 28 : iv.'7. 3 ; 8. 26. 'kyaBU refers 
 more to the essential quality of an 
 oViject, and KaXbs more to the impres- 
 sion which it ])roduces upon the eye 
 or mind. See S.piiTToi. 
 
 KdXirr], 17s, Caipe, a place with a 
 good harbor, on the Bithynian coast 
 of the Eaxine, where Xenophon evi- 
 dently longed to found a city, vi. 2. 
 13; 3. 24; 4.1. HKirpeh. 
 
 KaXxT|SovCa, KaXxi]S<iv, = XaXxi;- 
 Sovla, XaXKr/biip, 167 b, vi. 6. 38 ? 
 
 KaXus adv., c. KiiXiov, s. KiWurra, 
 (Ka\!^s) beautifulhi, handsomely, fine- 
 ly, hoimrably, properly ; favorably, 
 proxiKraiisly, svccrsufiilly, adva.nta- 
 gcous'y, iccll : KaXuis ^x"" <"' "''<" t" 
 
 be, go, or result well, be right, proper, 
 safe, in good condition, properly ar- 
 ranged, he: i.2. 2; 8.13; 9.17 s, 23: 
 iii. 1. 6 s, 16, 43. See evu, wpdrroj. 
 
 Kd}ivo), Kafiov/j.a.i, K^Kfir/Ka, 2 a. ^Ka- 
 /lov, to labor, toil; to be weary, fa- 
 tigued, exhausted, disabled, sick: ol 
 KdfuiovTes tlie sick or disabled: p. : iii. 
 
 4. 47 : iv. 6.17 s: v. 5. 20. 
 
 Kd|io(, K&v, Kav, KavreiOcv, K&irci.Ta, 
 by crasis for Kal i/jiol, Kai &v, xal iv, xal 
 itrreWcv, Kal lirura, i. 3. 20 : ii. 3. 9. 
 
 KavSvs, vos, 6, an outer garment 
 with large sleeves, worn by the Medes 
 and Persians ; an overcoat, robe; i. 5. 8. 
 
 KairT]Xciov, ov, (xdTnjXos caupo, huck- 
 ster) a huckster's shop, an inn, i. 2. 24. 
 
 Kair(6i], i)s, a capithe, a Persian 
 ineasure = 2 xo'^'^s, i. 6. 6. 
 
 Kairvds, oO, 6, smoke, ii. 2. 15, 18. 
 
 KainraSoKfa, as, Cappadoda, a 
 mountainous region in the eastern part 
 of Asia Minor, north of the Taurus, 
 chiefly pastoral, and noted for its fine 
 horses. Its men were reputed as of 
 little worth, i. 2. 20 ; 9.7: vii. 8. 26. 
 
 Kdirpos, ov, i, aper, a wild boar, ii. 
 2. 9. 
 
 KapPar^vT), ^s, a carbatine or brogue, 
 a i-ude protection for the foot, resem- 
 bling a low moccasin, ai)d said to have 
 been named from its Carian origin, iv. 
 
 5. 14 (777. 2). 
 
 KapSla, OS, cor, the heart, ii. 6. 23. 
 Der. CAKDiAC. 
 
 tKoipSoiXcios or EapSoiixios, a, ov, 
 Carduchian (Koordish), iv. 1. 2 s. 
 
 KapSovxos, ov, 6, a Carduchian. 
 The Oardachi were a race of fierce, 
 independent, and predatory moun- 
 taineers, living east of the Tigris, from 
 whom the modem Koords have de- 
 rived their name, lineage, and charac- 
 ter, iii. 5.15: iv. 1.8 s. \\ A Koord, in 
 Armeniiin Kordu, plur. Kordukh (to 
 the plur. ending of which, the -xoi in 
 KapSoCxot seems analogous). 
 
 EdpKa<roSt ov, 6, Carcasus, a small 
 and otherwise unknown stream, vii. 
 8. 18 : V. I. KdiKOS. 
 
 t Kopirato, OS, tlie Carpwan or [Crop] 
 Farm Tiance, a mimic dance of the 
 Thessalians, vi. 1. 7. 
 
 KapiriSs, ov, 6, the produce, fruits, 
 or cro))s of the earth, ii. 5. 1-9. 
 
 IKOpirdu, diffia, fji bear fruit : M. to 
 gatlter tlic fruits of, reap. A., iii. 2. 23. 
 
Edpo-os 
 
 69 
 
 KaTa9eilo|Ji(U 
 
 K^iros or K^^o-os, on, 6, th^ Car- 
 sus or Gersus, a small stream separat- 
 ing Cilicia from Syria, i. 4. 4. || The 
 Merkez. 
 
 Kdpvov, ov, a nut; in the Anab., 
 the chestnut, which afterwards became 
 so com mon an article of food in south- 
 em Euroijo, V. 4. 29, 32. [i. 5. 10. 
 
 Kd()(|>T|, ijs, (Kdp<j>b) Ep., to dry) hay, 
 
 Ka<rTu\<Ss, ou, 7), Castolus, a town 
 of Lydia, wlijch gave its name to one 
 of the great muster-fields of the Per- 
 sian anny. Kiepert places this field 
 at the junction of the Hermus and 
 Cogamus, a few miles northeast of 
 Sai-dis. i. 1. 2 ; 9. 7. 
 
 Kard* prep., by apostr. Kar or 
 Ka9', down, opp. to ivd : w. Gen. of 
 place, down from, down, i. 5. 8 : iv. 
 2. 17; totA 7^s [down ft-om] under the 
 earth, vii. 1. 30 : — w. Acu. of place 
 or person, down along, along, along 
 aide of; also translated by, over, over 
 against, against, opponte, upon, in, 
 at, about, near, to, throughout, &c. ; 
 i. 5. 10 ; 8. 12, 26 ; 10. 9 : iv. 6. 23 s : 
 vii. 2. 1, 28 ; k. yqv [OdXaTTav) by land 
 (sea), i. 1. 7 ; a. rfji/ yiipvpav along or 
 mxr the bridge, vi. 5. 22 ; k. raOra 
 along this shore, vii. 5. 13 : — denoting 
 conformity, connection, pnipose, man- 
 ner, according to, in respect to, as to, 
 for, in, by, &c., ii. 2. 8 ; 3. 8 : iii. 5. 2 ; 
 K. X'^P"'" [according to place] in the 
 proper places or order, i. 6. 17 : vi. 4. 
 11 ; rb K. TOuTov aval so fur as regards 
 him or lie is concerned; 665 b, i. 6. 9 ; 
 K. raird according to the sami method, 
 in the same way, v. 4. 22 ; Kad' aiirbv 
 by himself, vi. 2. 13 : foiming adv. 
 phrases w. abstract nouns, see ^o-u^la, 
 Kpdros : — distributively, by, among, 
 each or every, &c., w. sing, or plur., 
 i. 2. 16 ; K. I0i>ti or IBnoi, by nations, 
 or iiation by nation, i. 8. 9 : v. 5. 5 ; 
 Ka0' ha oni by one, iv. 7. 8 ; k. rerpa- 
 KuTxi^lovs 4000 at a time,, iii. 5. 8 ; a. 
 inavrhv each year, yearly, annually, 
 iii. 2. 12 ; k. toi>s x''/""" i^ the differ- 
 ent places, through the region, vii. 2. 3. 
 — In compos. , down, downwards, 
 along, against; often strengthening 
 the idea, or implying completeness 
 {dozvnriglii), or rendering the verb 
 transitive. 
 
 KaTO-Pa£vo>,* /3i)iro/M», pi^riKa, 2 a. 
 ^/SijK, to go or come down, descend, as 
 
 from the interior to the sea-coast, from 
 a hill, horse, carriage, into the arena, 
 &c. ; to dismount ; to enter the lists ; 
 els, Tpis, dirb : i. 2. 22s: ii. 2. 14 ; 5. 22 : 
 iv. 2. 20 ; 8. 27. 
 
 I Kard-Pacis, eus, t], the way or pas- 
 sage down, descerU, els, in : return to 
 the sea-coast ; iii. 4. 37 : v. 2. 6 ; 5.4. 
 
 Kara-pXaKEuu, eiau, to treat negli- 
 gently or slothfully. A., vii. 6. 22. 
 
 KaT-a7d7oi|U, see Kar-dyu, i. 2. 2. 
 
 Kar-ayy^Xu, cXi3, ■ fjyyekKa, to in- 
 form against, expose, denounce. A., ii. 
 5.38. 
 
 Kard-Ycios or -yaios, ov, (y^) under- 
 ground, subterranean, iv. 5. 25. 
 
 Kara-'ycXda),* d(ro/.iai, a. iyi\a<ra, 
 to laugh [against] at, jeer at, deride, 
 ridicule, G. ; to mock, exult, triumph; 
 i. 9. 13 : ii^ 4. 4 ; 6. 23, 30. 
 
 KOT-d7vii(ii,* a?&i, 2 pf. pret. in- 
 trans. M7a, a. ?a{o, (dyvvfu to break) 
 to break in pieces, crush. A., iv. 2. 20. 
 
 KOTa-7or)T€vw or '{oi\Te.ia, ciaa, 
 (ybi)S a wizard) to bewitch, spell-bind, 
 A., V. 7. 9. 
 
 KaT-6,ya,* fifw, ^x"'! 2 a. ijyayov, to 
 lead or bring down or back, restore, to 
 bring [down from the high sea] ashore 
 or into port, a.: sc. irXoio, &c., to put 
 in, come ashore : M. to return, arrive, 
 iwl: i.1.7; 2.2: iii. 4. 36: v.l.lls: 
 vi. 6. 3. 
 
 Kara-Sairavdo), iiau, SeSaTdvqKa, to 
 expend to the bottom, wholly consume, 
 trans., ii. 2. 11. 
 
 Kara-SciXidu, dcru, (SeiX'js) to cower 
 down, shrink fro'm through fear, a., 
 vii. 6. 22. 
 
 Kara-StKd^co, dcruj, SedixaKa 1., {8t- 
 /cdfu to judge, SIktj) to give senteiice 
 against, condemn, pass judgment, a. 
 I., Sn, V. 8. 21 : vi. 6. 15. 
 
 Kara-SuiKCi),* c^lu or Ji^ofiai, SeSlu- 
 xa, to cliMse or drive dawn or off. A., 
 iv. 2. 5. 
 
 KaTa-So|d|u, iaii), to judge to any 
 one's discredit, i. (A.), vii. 7. 30. 
 
 KaTa-8pa)iEiv, -c&v, see Kara-rp^u. 
 
 Kara-Sliu,* dutru, d^dvKa, 1 a. ^SOtra, 
 2 a. (Svv, to sink down, drown. A., i. 
 3. 17: J/., w. pf. & 2 a. act., to sink 
 or drown, intrans. , (cord, fi^xPh iii. 5. 
 11: iv. 5. 36: vii. 7. 11. 
 
 Kara-Scdoiiai, diroiuu, Te6id,mt, to 
 look down upon, view or survey, take 
 a view or survey. A., i. 8. 14 : vi. 5.30. 
 
KaTa0^|icyos 
 
 70 
 
 KaTair;]8du 
 
 Kara-SI|MV0S| see Kara-HBTifu. 
 
 Kara-9ia,* Bciaoiiat, to run down, 
 els, ivl, vi. 3. 10 ? vii. 3. 44. 
 
 Kara-SiJiD (v),* Bu(Ta, ridSKo., to lay- 
 down as an offering, to sacrifice, offer, 
 A. v., iii. 2. 12 : iv. 5. 35 : v. 3. 13. 
 
 KaT-aur}(vvcii, wO, to shame down, 
 disgrace, dishonor, put to sliaine, prove 
 unworthy of, a., iii. 1. 30 ; 2. 14. 
 
 Kara-Kaivu,* Kavd, 2 pf. r. KCKova 
 or K^KCwa, 2 a. ^Kavov, (xahta = KTetvuj) 
 to cut down, kill, slay, put to death, 
 A., i. 6. 2 ; 9. 6 : iii. 2. 39 : vii. 6. 36. 
 
 KaTa-Ka£cii & Att. -K^,* Kaiffu, Ki- 
 KavKo., to btirn down or, from a differ- 
 ent form of conception, bum up ; to 
 conswmc, bum, destroy or lay waste by 
 fire ; A. ; i. 4. 10, 18 : iii. 3. 1 ; 5. 13. 
 
 Karc-KEi}tai,* Keltro/uit, to lie down, 
 lie on the ground, lie inactive, lie, re- 
 cline, rest, repose, h, iii. 1. 13 s. 
 
 Kara-KCKiSij/eirSai, see Kara-KlmTU. 
 
 Kara-KT]pvTT<i>, iJ|w, K^Kiipvxa, to en- 
 join by proclamation, A., ii. 2. 20. 
 
 Karo-KAcLa), K\ei<na, KixXeiKa, pf. p. 
 K^KXeLfiat or -eurfjuii, a. p. ^KXelffdtjv, to 
 shut down or, from a different form of 
 conception, to shut up, endose, con- 
 fine, A., els, eltroi, iii. 3. 7 ; 4. 26. 
 
 KaT-aKovrl^o), law la, to shoot doivn 
 or to death, vii. 4. 6. 
 
 KOTO-KOirTM,* Ki^U, K^KOipa, f. pf. 
 
 KeKi^o,Liat, 2 a. p. iKiiwriv, to cut down, 
 off, uv to pieces, to slay, A., i.2.2j; 5.16. 
 
 KaTa-KTaofiai, KT^fyroiMi,, KixTijiiai, 
 to win over, acquire, gain. A., vii. 3. 
 31? 
 
 Karo-KTeCvo), * ktcvu, 2 pf. cKTova, 
 
 1 a. CKTCtva, 2 a. ch. poet, cktovov, a., 
 to cut down, kill, slay, i. 9. 6 ? ii. 5. 
 10: iv. 8. 25: v.__7. 27. 
 
 Kara-KuXvu (v), iaio, KeKiiXUxa, to 
 hinder downright, detain, keep, stop, 
 A., V. 2. 16 : vi. 6. 8. 
 
 KaTa-Xafipdvo),* X^^O/uai, el\Tj<pa, 
 
 2 a. e\a/3ov, pf. p. etXtifi/iai, a. p. ^.\^- 
 tpBTjv, to take down, seize upon, seize, 
 occupy, take possession of, take by sur- 
 prise, overtake, catch, A. ; to light upon, 
 find, A. p. ; i. 3. 14 ; 8. 20 ; 10. 16, IS : 
 ii.2. 12: iii. 1.8; 3.8s: iv.5.7,24,30. 
 
 Kara-XEYu, * \i^a, to reckon or charge 
 against one, account, A. Sri, ii. 6. 27. 
 
 KaTo-Xetiroi,* \el\po), 2 pf. \4\onra, 
 2 a. 'XiTTov, a. p. i\el<j>Briii, to leave 
 down in its place, leave behind, leave, 
 abandon, desert, A. -. M. to remain be- 
 
 hind: i. 2. 18; 8. 25 : iii. 1. 2; 2. 17; 
 5. 5 : V. 6., 12. 
 
 Kara-Xeiiu, Xciiru, a. p. iXeirBrjv, 
 (Xeiio to stone) to stone [down] to death, 
 A., i. 5. 14 : V. 7. 2, 19, 80. 
 
 KaTa-X^i|(a)i.ai, -Xi]4>6u, see Kara- 
 \aiiPiivu, i. 10. 16 : iv. 7. 4. 
 
 Kara-Xiireiv, -Xixdvi see Kara-Xfliru. 
 
 KaT-aXXdTT<D,* d|u, ^XXoxo, 2 a. p. 
 ■ijWdyijv, (dXXdTTU to change, iXXos) 
 to change to a settled «r calm state, 
 as from enmity to ft'iendship, to rec- 
 oncile : P. to be or become reconciled, 
 i. 6. 1. 
 
 KwTa-XoYl^opiai, laofuu loCjuai, XeXj- 
 yiffjxai, to set down to one's account, 
 compute, reckon, consider. A., v. 6. 16. 
 
 KaTO-Xc'ia,* Xiffu, \i\vKa, to loose 
 from under, unyoke; hence, to halt, 
 rest ; to dissolve, terminate, A. ; to cease 
 from action or co-ntest, inake peace, 
 Tpbs : i. 1. 10 ; 8. 1 ; 10. 19 : vi. 2. 12. 
 
 Kara-fiavSdvu,* liaBijffofuii, /ic/ii- 
 BriKa, 2 a. I/mBov, to learn thoroughly, 
 observe well, understand, perceive, find, 
 A. cp., p., i. 9. 3 : ii. 3. 11 : v. 8. 14. 
 
 KaT-a|icXia), ■^ffu, ■li/ii\7iKa, to be 
 quite negligenk, v. 8. 1. 
 
 KaTa-|Uv(i), * jneyffl, /ie/iiviiKa, a. Ifiei- 
 va, to remain upon the spot, remain, 
 stay behind, settle down, v. 6. 17, 19, 
 27: vi. 6. 2, 28. 
 
 KaTa-|up(£u, lau lu, to divide into 
 portions, distribute, A. D., vii. 6. 4. 
 
 KaTa-\a\via, rfcu, /ic/i-ZivvKa, to in- 
 form against, expose, make known. A., 
 ii. 2. 20 ? 
 
 KaTa-iitYvviLi or -ia,* id^w, (idyvv- 
 fu misceo, to mix) to mingle down : 
 M. intrans. KaTe/uyviovro els ris wj- 
 Xeis they [mingled down into the cit- 
 ies] settled in the cities, mingling with 
 the inhabitants, vii. 2. 3. 
 
 Kara-vo^u, ijirai, yevdiiKa, to observe, 
 watch, or consider carefully, discern, 
 reflect upon, a., i. 2. 4 : vii. 7. 43, 45. 
 
 Kar-avTi-ir^pos or -ov (also written 
 KUT dvTiiripas or -av) [along the region 
 over against] over against, opposUc, o., 
 i. 1. 9 : iv. 8. 3. 
 
 wx.to.-Tri^ita,* irinyj/w, iriiroiiipa, to 
 send down, as fr. the interior to the 
 sea-coast. A., i. 9. 7. 
 
 Kara-ircirdv, -(iv, see Kara-Tlwra. 
 
 KaTa-Trrrpdu, liau, to stone [down] 
 to death, A. , i. 3. 2. 
 
 KaTa-irT|Sdtt, ■^o/uu, Treir^SijKo, a. 
 
KaTairlirru 
 
 71 
 
 Kar^Xu 
 
 iw^Sjiaa, (rriSdui to leap) to leap or 
 spring doion, iri, i. 8. 3, 28. 
 
 KttTa-irCiTTw,* ireffoS^i, irivTUKa, 
 2 a. Iveaov, to fall down or to the 
 ground, faU ojf from a horse, iii. 2. 19. 
 
 KaTa-iro\<|U<a, ■^aia, ireiroXifiiiKa, to 
 war down, amquer in war, A. , vii. 1.27. 
 
 KttTO-irpdTTW,* Tpi^u, TriirpdxC', to 
 accomplish, achieve, gain : M. to accom- 
 plish, dsa., for one^s self: A. D. : i. 2. 2 : 
 vii. 7. 17, 27, 46. 
 
 KaT-apdo|>ai,* dvoitat, ijpdfuu, {apd- 
 ofiai to pray) to pray against, invoke 
 curses upon, execrate, curse, D., v. 6. 4 : 
 vii. 7. 48. 
 
 KaTa-(rpivyv|U,* a-piria, tir^i/Kot, 
 {(rpivvuiu to quench) to extinguish or 
 put out entirely. A., vi. 3. 21, 25. 
 
 KaTa-<rKcSdvvv|Li,* aKeSdffu <rxfSu, 
 A. OT M. to sprinkle or throw down, 
 as the wine remaining in one's cup, 
 A. G.? vii. 3. 32? 
 
 KaTa-o-K4nTO|Jiai,* irKi^o/121, etyKey.- 
 uai, to look down upon, inspect, ex- 
 amine, A., i. 5. 12. 
 
 Karo-iTKCiia^u, &tra, pf. p. ijKci- 
 aiTjiuK, to prepare fully or we\\,furnish, 
 equip, improve, A. elt : M. to make 
 arrangements: i.9.19: iii.2.24; 3.19. 
 
 Kara-CTKifv^u, ^iria, or -irKT|vi>a>, {iirui, 
 to camp down, en<:amp, h, els, ii. 2. 16 : 
 iii. 4. 32 s: vii. 4. 11. 
 
 Kara-riCOTr^, ijs, (:!aTa.-<rKiirTOfuu) 
 inspection, apionagc, vii. 4. 13. 
 
 KTiTa-criraca, * dffw, ejtraica, a. p. 
 iaviadTiv, to drag or pull down, A., i. 
 9. 6. 
 t KaTd-o-rairis, eui;, 4, condition, con- 
 stitution, V. 7. 26. 
 
 KaTa-crT^roiiai, -o-o, -a-as, see xaS- 
 larrixL, i. 3. 8 ; 4. 13 : iii. 2. 1. 
 
 Kara-a-TpaToircSc^u, eisia, to fix 
 down in camp : M. to encamp, iii. 4. 
 18 : iv. 5. 1 : vi. 3. 20. 
 
 KaTa-«rTp^(^«,* 4^ia, ^jrpoipx I., to 
 bend down, overturn : M. to sutgug'Ue 
 to one's self, subdue, conquer. A., 1. 9. 
 14 : vii. 5. 14 ; 7. 27. 
 
 KOTa-<r<|)dTTii>,* dfu, 2 a. p. i(r<f>d- 
 yqp, to put to death. A., iv. 1. 23. 
 
 Kara-irxciv, see Kar-ixi^, iv. 8. 12. 
 
 KaTO-o-xCJw, lau), to split or hew 
 doum, cut or burst through, a., vii. 1. 
 
 16. 
 
 Kara-TeCvc*,* revw, TiraKa, to stretch 
 tight, striiin, urge, insist, ii. 5. 30. 
 
 KOTa-Tf(tva>,* Tf/iQ, T^r^i/jta, to cut 
 
 down or in pieces; cut or dig ditehoi j 
 A. ; ii. 4. 13 : iv. 7. 26. 
 
 KaTa-Tl6n|ii,* Sliau, TiBetxa, 2 a. 
 m. idifiriji, to put down: M. to pat 
 down or deposit one's own or for one's 
 self, to lay or treasure uv, reserve, 
 secure, A. D., eh, iv, irapi, i. 3. 3: ii. 
 5. 8 : V. 2. 15 : vii. 6. 34. 
 
 Kara-TiTpii<rKw,* rpiiaiij, to wound 
 -severely, A., iii. 4. 26 f iv. 1. 10. 
 
 KaTa-Tp^X**!* Spa/ioupuL, dedpdjj,7]Ka, 
 2 a. iSpap^v, to run doien, v. 4. 23. 
 
 KaT-av\(£o|tai, laopai, i;ff\ur/uu 1., . 
 a. p. TiiXiaBiiv, to camp down, encamp, 
 iv, vii. 5. 15. 
 
 KaTa-4>aY«iv, see irar-eirJiu, iv.8.14. 
 
 K.:.Ta-4>av^$, ii, (<palvu} c' early seen, 
 in p aiu view, conspicuous, visile, in 
 sight, i. 8. 8 : ii. 3. 3 ; 4. 14. 
 
 KCLTOL-^cir/a,* 0ci}|a/uu, riipevya, 
 2 a. e<l)uyov, to flee for refuge, take 
 refuge, escape, els, i.S. 13: iii. 4. 11. 
 
 KaTa-<|>pov^(i>, ■qa-a, veipp!«n)Ka, to 
 think [down] inferior, despise, regard 
 with contempt, iii. 4. 2 : v. 7. 12 ? 
 
 KaTO-xuplI", 'o'u ''>', to [set down] 
 station or arrange separately, assign 
 distinct places to, place. A.., vi. 5. 10. 
 
 KaT-^a{a, see KUT-dympi, iv. 2. 20. 
 
 KaT-^Pi)v, see Kara-paivia. [1. 22. 
 
 Kar-eyyvdu v. I. = irap-eyyvia, vii. 
 
 KaT-cw|ii)V, see KaTa-Tl8iip.i, i. 3. 3. 
 
 Kar-ciSov, see Ka6-opdu>, iv. 6. 6. 
 
 Kar-<(Xi)i^a, -c(Xi||i|iai, -e\'<j4>Si]v, 
 see Kara-Xappivdi, i. 8. 20 : iv. 1. 20 s. 
 
 Kdr-eim,* ipf. jcik, (etpi) to go or 
 come down, descend, v. 7. 13. 
 
 KaT-6txov, see Kar-ixm, iv. 2. 6. 
 
 Kar-EpYd^oiiai,* daopai, elpyairptu, 
 a. elpyardp,Tiv, to work out, accomplish, 
 achieve, gain. A., i. 9. 20 : vi. 2. 10. 
 
 KaT-^pXO|iai.,* i\eiaop.tj.i, i\ijKvBa, 
 2 a. ^\dov, to go or come down or back, 
 return, vii. 2. 2. 
 
 KaT-co-Buii,* cdo;jai, iS-rjSoKa, 2 a. 
 eipayov, to eat down or, from a differ- 
 ent form of conception, eat up, devour, 
 iv. 8. 14. 
 
 KaT-^OTTjv, -^OTi|crtt, see Kad-lvTiiiu. 
 
 KaT-eT€T(ji<i(iT|V, see KUTa-riiwu. 
 
 KaT-^Tpuira, see Kara-TirpdiffKia. 
 
 Ka,r-i\a,* ?|u or axM^^ ^"'XV'^ 
 ipf. eixov, 2 a. effxo^t lo hold down or 
 /osi, retain, restrain. A.; to forbid, 
 compel, A. 1.; to occupy, hold, possess, 
 A. ; to [have one's self or one's vessel] 
 come from the high sea to the shor^ 
 
Kanj'yoplu 
 
 72 
 
 K^pPcpos 
 
 tn arrive by sea, lavd; ii. 6. 13 : iii. 
 1. 20 : iv. 2. 5 s : vi. 1. 33 : vii. 7. 28 s. 
 
 KaT-Ti'yop^oi, ijtrw, Kar-iifY^pTjKai {dyo- 
 
 pciti)) to ipeak against, accuse, charge, 
 
 denounce, G. cp., wpbt, v.7.4 : vii. 7. 44. 
 
 ^Ka,T-i\^opla,,as,anaccusation,c}Mrge, 
 
 V. 8. 1. 
 
 KaT-^pE|i£^<a, law id, or KaT-T|pE|iiu, 
 ■iiaa, {ripi/jia quietly) to quiet down, 
 cairn, tranquillize. A., vii. 1. 22, 24. 
 
 Kar-iSeiv, -CSoifu, -iSuv, see Ka6-o- 
 piu, i.10.14: iv. 3. 11 ; 4. 9. 
 
 Kar-u&V, see Kdr-a^u, v. 7. 13. 
 
 KaT-oiK^m, i)<ru, ^JKT^xa, to dwell as a 
 settled resident, reside, hi, v. 3. 7. 
 
 KaT-oiKCju, lau) id, tofinmd or toi2<2 
 a city. A., V. 6. 15 : vi. 4. 7. 
 
 KaT-opvTTU, lif ID, ipibpvxp; a. jO. lipi;- 
 Xfli)", to sink by digging, hury. A., 
 iv. 5. 29 : v. 8. 9, 11. 
 
 Kdro) adv., (xarii) dovm, dovmwards, 
 in the descent ; below, beneath : tA kA.- 
 Tu [sc. iiApos] the lower pa/rt : iv. 2. 28 ; 
 5. 25 ; 8. 20, 28. 
 
 Kai|ut, aros, ri, (koIo) burning heat, 
 heat, i. 7. 6. 
 
 Kavin,|u>s, oi>, (Kafbi) cmnbustible, vi. 
 3. 15,^19. 
 
 KaviTipov IIeS(ov, Caystii Campus, 
 the Plain of Gayster, a town of Phry- 
 gia, at the cro.s.siiig of two great thor- 
 oughfare!;, (not on the Cayster which 
 flowed by Ephesus, and was noted for 
 its swans), i. 2. 11. || Near Biilavadin. 
 
 KAa an Att. form for Kalw, q: V. 
 
 K^YXpoSi ""» *> niilium (akin to /it- 
 "KlvT) q. v.), a kind of millet, a plant 
 which bears abundantly a small gitiin 
 valned in some countries for food ; or 
 the grain itself ; i. 2. 22. 
 
 K^Kpdya, see x/nifu, vii. 8. 15. 
 
 Kcifuu,* Ke'uToimi, ipf. iKel/iriv, (ef. 
 Lat. cubo) to lie ; to lie dead, or as if 
 dead ; to rest ;to be laid, placed, or 
 gitiutted, sometimes used as a pass, of 
 TWTjfu: iv, iiri, &c. : i. 8. 27 : ii. 4. 12 : 
 iii. 1. 21 ; 4. 10 : iv. 8. 21. 
 
 K^KTT||uii, see icrdo/mi, i. 7. 3. 
 
 KcXaivaC, fix, al, Oeloena;, a city of 
 Phrygia, having a strong citadel and 
 two palaces, i. 2. 7 s. || Dinair. 
 
 KcXcvu, ei<rw, KeKiXevKa, {k4Wio to 
 impel, cf. Lat. cello, celer) to bid (to 
 tell a person to do a thing, whether 
 in the way of command, counsel, re- 
 quest, or permission); to command, 
 order, direct, urge, advise, exhort. 
 
 request, invite; A. I., ae.; i. 1. U ; 
 3.8,16; 5.8; 6.2s: ii.5.2: vi.6.l4. 
 
 KcviSs, ■/), if, empty, void, vacant, 
 unoccupied, vMhout, a.; groundless, 
 idle; i. 8. 20 : ii. 2. 21 : iii. 4. 20. 
 4Kevo-Td<|>iov, ov, (rd^os) an empty 
 tomb, CKNOTAPH, vi. 4. 9. The super- 
 stition of the Greeks respecting the 
 essential importance of burial rites, 
 inclined them especially to pay this 
 tribute to the unrecovered dead. 
 
 KCVT^o, ijcriii, to prick, goad, torture, 
 A., iii. 1. 29. Der. centre. 
 
 Kevrp^s, 01/, Centritcs, a branch 
 of the Tigris, separating Armenia from 
 the land of the Carduchi, iv. 3. 1. 
 II Bnhtan-Chai. 
 
 tKefd|tiov, oil, an earthen jar; as 
 a measure for liquids, the ceramium 
 = about 6 gallons, estimated by Hus- 
 seyat5gall. 7.577pts.; vi.1.15; 2.3. 
 
 Kcpcpos, a, ov, (xipafios clay) made 
 of clay, earthen, iii. 4. 7 : v. I. Kcpapx- 
 ous (a, ovv), Kep&fieios, KepAfuvos. 
 
 Kcpopoiv 'A^opd,, Eonim Ceramo- 
 runi, Market of the Ceramians, a town 
 of Phrj'gia near the confines of Mysia, 
 i. 2. 10. II Near Ushak. See p. 152. 
 
 Kcpdvvtpi,* Kfpiaa 1., KtK^paKa 1., 
 a. iKipaaa, a. p. iKfii0Tjv or iKepdffffijv, 
 to mix, mingle, esp. wine w. water, A. 
 I)., i. 2. 13 : V. 4. 29. 
 
 Kc'pas,* AT^fttTos K^pas, t6, a horn of 
 an animal ; lience, as originally made 
 from this, a horn for blowing or to 
 drink from, a comet, a drinking-cup or 
 beaker; a sharp mountain peak (cf. the 
 Swiss Schreck-hom, &c.); the [horn] 
 wing of an army ; a body of troops 
 marching in column, a column of sol- 
 diers (xard Kipas in column, iv. 6. 6); 
 i. 7. 1 : ii. 2. 4 : v. 6. 7 : vi. 5. 5 : vii. 
 3. 24. Der. rhino-ceI!os. Cf cornu. 
 tKcpoeroiivTioB, ok, 6, a Cerasimtian, 
 V. 5. 10; 7. 17; a man of 
 
 Ecpacrovs, oCitos, i], {abounding in 
 cherries, fr. Kcpaabs ceiasus, chekuy- 
 TiiEE, 375 f, 207 c) Cerasus, a city of 
 Pontus, on the Eu.xine, a Sinopean 
 colony. The cherry was sent to Italy 
 fiom this region by LucuUns, about 
 70 B. c. V. 3. 2. II Kerasun-Dereh. 
 
 Kcpdrivos, 77, o»,(K^pas) made of horn, 
 horn, vi. 1. 4. 
 
 E^Pcpos, ov, 6, Cerhervs, the hnre, 
 fierce, many-headed watch-dog of Ila? 
 des, vi. 2. 2. 
 
KcpSaCvu 
 
 73 
 
 kX^os 
 
 tKepSaCvu,* OKiS, KcxipSriKa, to gain, 
 • A., ii. 6. 21. 
 
 txcpSoXfos, u, OK, c. ilrrepos, gainful, 
 profitable, lucrative, i. 9. 17. 
 
 K^pSoSi eos, t6, gain, profit, wages, 
 pail, i. 9. 17 : vi. 2. 10. 
 
 K^ptros, ^'. i. = KApaos, i. 4. 4. 
 KcpTtDv^s (■^) or -(Sv, oO, Certomis 
 or -Mill, u town in .southwest Mysia, 
 vii. 8. 8 : v. I. KeprJinov, Keprdnov, 
 KvTJiviov. II Aiwaly. 
 t KE:|>aX-a\7^s, ^s, {SXyos pain) apt to 
 aiiise headache, ii. 3. 15 s. 
 
 xei|>aXfj, rji, caput, the head, i. 8. 6 ; 
 10. 1. Der. CEPHALIC. 
 
 K6X- in rediipl. for x^X". '59 *• 
 tKr)Se|tiiv, Ai/os, b, a guardian, pro- 
 tector, intercessor, iii. 1. 17. 
 
 K^Sofiiai* to care or provide for, a., 
 vii. 5. 5. 
 
 KTjpCov, ov, (KTjpis basswaX; cf. Lat. 
 cera) a honeycomb, iv. 8. 20. 
 t KT|pliKaov or Ki\piKiov, ov, oaduceus, 
 a herald's wand or staff, v. 7. 30. 
 
 t K^jpuS or K{)pv|, ii/cos, 6, a herald, 
 whcse office and person were sacred, 
 ii. 1. 7i 2. 20. 
 
 KT|puTTU, i)fu, KCKifpvxO; to pTOclaim, 
 as a herald, or by a herald, d. i. (a.), 
 AE., CP., ii. 2. 21 ; iii. 4. 36 (h-Zipv^e, 
 sc. 6 K^puJ, proclamation was made, 
 S7I b) ; iv. 1. 13 : vii. 1. 7, 36. 
 
 Ki]<|ii(r(!-S(i>pat, ov, 6, Cephisodorus, 
 a lochage from Athens, iv. 2. 13, 17 ; 
 son of 
 
 KT|<j>i;(ro-<j>uv, uiTos, 6, Oephisophon, 
 an Athenian, iv. 2. 13. 
 
 kiPiStiov, oil, (dim. of kipwrbs a 
 wooden box) a chest, vii. 5. 14. 
 
 tKiXiKto, as, Gilicin, the southeast 
 province of Asia Minor, occupying a 
 narrow, but well-watered and fertile 
 space between Mt. Taurus and the 
 Mediterranean. Cicero was proconsul 
 of Cilicia, B. C. 51 ; and here Pompey 
 subdued the pirates, B. c. 67. i. 2. 20s. 
 Its name remains in the present Ichili. 
 KlXi{, iKos, b, a Oilician, i. 2. 12 : 
 4. 4. — Feminine 
 
 jK^Xio-ira, jjs, a Oilician woman (or 
 qiiMn), i. 2. 12, 14. 
 
 tKivSvvevfii, e6ff(o, KeKivd6v€VKa, to be 
 in peril, incur or encounter clanger, 
 AE. ; to be in danger of, to be likely, i. ; 
 KivSweiei as inipers., tlicre is danger: 
 i. 1. 4 : iv. 1. 11 : v. 6. 19 : vii. 6. 36. 
 k(v8vvos, ov, b, danger, peril, risk : 
 LEX. AN. 4 
 
 KlvSwbs (ivTiv) there is danger, I. (a.), 
 /t^ : toBto KluSuvoi this is a danger, 
 there ia danger of this : i.7.5: ii.5.17: 
 iv. 1. 6 : V. 1. 6 : vii. 7. 31. 
 
 kIv^u, liirw, KcKivriKa, to move, stir, 
 remove, keep in inotion, trans. ; but 
 M., w. aor. p., intrans. ; diri, {k: iii. 
 4. 28 : iv. 5. 13 : v. 8. 15 : vi. 3. 8. 
 
 KITTYS, OV, b, the ivy, v. 4. 12. 
 
 K\e-aYiSpaS| ov, Oleagoras, a painter 
 who embellished the Lyceum at Athens 
 with pictures of dreams, prob. from 
 the old myths ; or, as some think, an 
 author who wrote a book entitled 
 ".Dreams In the Lyceum"; vii. 8. 1 : 
 yet see ivdxviov, 
 
 KXc-aCveros, ov, Clecenetus, a" loch- 
 age, V. 1. 17. 
 
 £X4-av8pas, ov. Oleander, a Spartan 
 harmost at Byzantium, for a time prej- 
 udiced against Xenophon, but after- 
 wards his friend ; first disappointing 
 the Cvreans, and theu favoring them ; 
 vi. 2.''l3 ; 6. 1 ; vii. 1. 8 ; 2. 6. 
 
 KXc-dvup, opos, Clednor, of Oreho- 
 menus in Arcadia, one of the oldest 
 and most trusted of the Greek gen- 
 erals ; prob. first commanding troops 
 left by Xeuias or Pasion, afterwards 
 elected to succeed Agias ; ii. 1. 10. 
 
 KXE-dperos, ov, [iperri) Clearetus, a 
 lochage, quite unworthy of his name, 
 V. 7. 14, 16 : V. I. KXedpdTos. 
 
 EX^-apxos, ov, O^earchus, a Spartan 
 commander during the latter part of 
 the Peloponnesiau War, brave, skilful, 
 and much trusted in battle, but ty- 
 rannical as harmost of Byzantium. 
 After the peace, his passion for war 
 led him to disobey the Spartan gov- 
 ernment, and he was sentenced to 
 death. Escaping, he fled to Cyrus, 
 was taken into his eonlidence, raised 
 troops for his expedition, ami was the 
 general most honored and trusted by 
 him. He loved war for its own sake, 
 and this ruling passion threw its ma- 
 lign influence over his whole character. 
 i. 1. 9; 2. 9 : ii. 3. 11; 6. 1. K.Vap- 
 Xoi Clearchuses [men like C], iii. 2. 31. 
 tKXetSpov, ov, a bar or bolt, vii. 1. 17. 
 Older Att. KXyBpov. 
 
 kK^Co), eiauj, /f^/cXei/ca, to shut, close, 
 A.., V. 5. 19 : 4KiK\ei.vTowere kept closed, 
 599 c, vi. 2. 8. Older Att. KX-ija. 
 
 [kX^os, t'j, fame, glory, an element 
 in lu-iny propei" names.] 
 
kX^ittu 
 
 74 
 
 kX^tttcii,* ^^u, K4x\o<pa,, to sl-enJ ; to 
 seize,, occupy, ov kee-p, by stealth or 
 secretly ; tn steal by ivilh, smuggle by: 
 A., G. partitive ; iv. 1. li: 6. los. 
 
 K\c-iiw|ios, ov, coni/mus, a Spar- 
 tan spoken well of, iv. 1. 18. 
 tKXljiaSi "■""h Vi « ladder, iv. 5. 25. 
 Hence ULIMAX. 
 tKX^vti, r/s, a couch, bed, iy. 4. 21. 
 
 [viKtva,* kKXvH, K4KKiKa. 1., clino, to 
 lend, Mi-CLiNE, lean.'i 
 
 kXctt^, ^s, (kX^tttw) ^Ae/l!, stealing, 
 iv. (5. 14. 
 
 IxXuirEJIu or KXairevu, eiaa, to seine 
 or intercept stealthily or fti/ stealth, A., 
 vi. 1. 1. 
 
 kX<Si|>, /cXu7r6s, 6, (icX^Trru) « <Aic/, 
 plunderer, marauder, iv. 6. 17. 
 
 Ky^i|)as, aos, Att. ovs (224 b), dark- 
 ness, dark, dusk, iv. 5. i). 
 
 KVT||it$, iSos, ii, {kt/iuti the leg between 
 the knee and ankle) a greave or leggin, 
 a defence for the lower leg, comm. 
 metallic among the Greeks. The use 
 of such greaves indicated completeness 
 of armor, and hence, in Homer, the 
 ireciaentuse o( ivKv/iiuSes,well-greaved, 
 as an epithet for the Greeks, i. 2. 16. 
 
 KOYX'Hi Vh concha, a muscle or cockle, 
 akindofshell-iish,v.3.8. Der. conch. 
 ■I-KOVX"^''"^'")*! ""j ^^^-t shelly, con- 
 taining petrified shells, iii. 4. 10. 
 
 KotXos, ij, OK, hollow, cut by deep 
 valleys, v. 4. 31. Cf. coelum. 
 
 Koificuo, M'^t (akin to Ke'itai) to put 
 to sleep: M., w. aor. p., to go to deep 
 or rest, to sleep, repose, ii. 1. 1. 
 
 Koivds, 1), i", (li'", of. Lat. con-) 
 communis, common, joint, oiened or 
 shared in common, public, D. : tA kol- 
 vbv the comrnon stock, the public or gen- 
 eral council or authority (so, w. art. 
 om., iirti Kowov): /coot; "^ adv., in 
 common, jointly, aiv, pteri, : iii. 1. 43, 
 45; 3.2: iv.7.27: v.1.12; 7.17s. 
 4. Koivou, ilxru), to make commmi : M. 
 to cimmunicate, consult, D. , v. 6, 27 : 
 vi. 2. 15. 
 
 X Koivuv^u, ^(Td), KCKoivdivriKa, to share 
 in, have tlie comrmn benefit of, G., vii. 
 6. 28. 
 
 J. Koivuvds, oC, 0, a sharer, partaker, 
 partner, a., vii. 2. 38. 
 
 KaipaTa^T)s or -as, ov, Coerafades or 
 -as, a Theban, who commanded Boe- 
 otian troops under Clearchus, when 
 tlij l:itter was harmost at Byzantium, 
 
 B. c. 408. Taken prisoner by the .'Ithe- 
 niaiis, but afterwards escaping, he, 
 niadf himself ridii:ulii,;s by \. aLidering 
 , about Gi'eece in search of military 
 command, vii. 1. 33, 40. 
 I KoiToi, uv, or ICcLvai, Cv, ol, the 
 ■ Cceti or -ce, perhaps another name for 
 the Tioxoi, vii. 8. 25. 
 ! KoXdj^cD, dffu, A. &. M. to chastise, 
 ^punish, A., ii. 5. 13 ; 6. 9: v. 8. 18. 
 
 .|.KdXa<ris, ews, i], chastisement, pwn- 
 ishment, vii. 7. 24. Cf. icAXos clipped. 
 
 KoXoo-o-aC, uiv, al, Colossce, a city 
 in southwest Pliiygia, on tlie Lycus, 
 a branch of the Maeander. It was 
 the seat of one of the early Christian 
 churches, to which Paul wrote an 
 epistle, i. 2. 6. || Ruins near Khon6s. 
 tKoX}(l$, ISos, 4> Colchis, a land 
 southeast of the Euxine, watered by 
 the Phasis and other rivefs, whose 
 golden sands, it has been thoughtj 
 suggested the fable of the golden 
 fleece, iv. 8. 23. As fern, adj., Col- 
 chian, v. 3. 2. 
 
 KcSXxos, ov, 0, a Colchian. The 
 Colnhi were thought by Hdt., from 
 their complexion, language, practice 
 of circumcision, linen manufactures, 
 &c., to be of Egyptian descent, per- 
 haps a colony remaining behind from 
 the army of Sesostris. The C'yreans 
 seem to have met with only a border 
 and weaker tribe of this people, iv. 
 8. 8 s, 24: v. 2.1. 
 
 KoXuvds, ov, 6, collis, a hill, mound, 
 cairn, iv. 7. 25. 
 
 EopavCa, as, Comania, a castle or 
 town in southwest Mysia, not far from 
 Pergamum, vii. 8. 15. 
 tK0|u8^, fis, conveyance, transport, 
 V. 1. 11. 
 
 KO|i,lJ(i), laiii iw, KCKS/jiKa, {npiiAo) to 
 tend) to take care of: to convey, hring, 
 carry : M. to convey, bring, take, ov 
 remove one's own : A. ivl, &c. : iii. 2. 
 26: iv._5. 22; 6. 3: v. 4. 1 ; 5. 20. 
 t KoviaTos, ii, 6v, (Kopla plaster) plas- 
 tered, cemented, iv. 2. 22. 
 
 t Kovi-oprds, ov, 0, (ipvviu to stir up) 
 a cloud or body of dust, i. 8. 8. 
 [kovis, 10s, Att. eus, T], dust.^ 
 
 Koiros, ov, 0, (/ciTrTw) faJtigue, weari- 
 ness, V. 8. 3. 
 
 Koirpos, ov, T\, dung, ordure, i. 6. 1. 
 
 KOTrro),* xb^w, K^Ko^a, to slrike,smite, 
 out, cut down, slaughter; to beat ot- 
 
KlSpi) 
 
 75 
 
 Kp^s 
 
 knock upon, a c'oor or gate for admis- 
 sion ; A. ; ii. 1. 6 : iv. 8. 2 : vii. 1. 16. 
 
 KiSpi], 1)!, (»c5/3o! hoi), lad) a girl, 
 maiden, damsel, iv. 5. 9. 
 
 Koptru'H), ^s, CorsSte, a lar^e city 
 on the north side of the Kuphratea, 
 which the Cyreans found deserted 
 (perhaps only temporarily, on account 
 of the approach of the army). The 
 Mascas, which flowed around it, is 
 supposed to have been a canal that 
 still exists and makes with the Eu- 
 phrates the ishtnd Werdi, on which 
 are extensive ruins, i. 5. 4. 
 
 KopjiXas, ov or a, Corylas, a prince 
 of Paphlagonia, who aspired at in- 
 dependence, and disobeyed the sum- 
 mons of Artaxerxes to join him with 
 his array, of which the cavalry was 
 especially excellent, v. 5. 12 ; 6. 11. 
 
 Kopu(|)fj, ^;, (Kbpvi helmet) the top of 
 the head, of a mountain, &c. ; highest 
 point, summit, peak ; iii. 4. 41. 
 
 Kopi&v£ia, as, Coronea, an ancient 
 city in the western part of Boeotia. 
 On the plain before it, the Bceotians 
 won their independence by defeating 
 the Athenians, B. c. 447 ; and here the 
 Spartans under Agesilaus gained the 
 victory in a hard-fought battle with 
 the Boeotians, Athenians, and their 
 allies, R. c. 394. v. 3. 6 ? || Ruins near 
 Ciiraari. 
 
 t Kotr^iia, •fjCTtii, KeK^fffiJjxa, to regulate, 
 arrawje, order, marshal; to decorate, 
 adorn ; A. ; i. 9. 23 : iii. 2. 36. Der. 
 
 COSMETIC. 
 
 tK3(r|ji.vos, a, ov, orderly, ivell-disci- 
 pliiied, vi. 6. 32. 
 
 Kd<r|jios, ov, 6, (KOfiiu to tend !) order, 
 ejuipmeiil, oriMinent, decoration, gar- 
 niture, D., i. 9. 23 ? iii. 2. 7. Der. co.s- 
 
 MIOAL, MICKO-COSM. 
 
 KoTuoipa, wv, t6., Cotyora, a city on 
 tlie southern shore of the Euxine, a 
 Sinopean colony. Here the long and 
 severe foot-march of the Cyreans was 
 relieved by sailing, v. 5. 3. || Ordu. 
 |KoTU(i)ptn)s, ov, a Cotyorite or Co 
 tyorian, v. 5. 6 s, 19. 
 
 Ko{)(|>os, j;, ov, light (not heavy) : 
 XJ/)Tos /coO0o! [light] dry grass, hay, 
 i. 5. 10 : vi. 1. 12. 
 ^Kaii(|>ii>5 lightly, nimbly, vi. 1. 5. 
 
 Kpd^o) * r., djw 1., 2 pf. pret. xiKpa- 
 ya, to cry or call aloud, inake outcry, 
 vii. 8. 15. 
 
 Kpavos, eat, ri, (xdpa, head) a hehnet 
 or casque ; among the Greeks, comm. 
 of metal, with movable pieces for fuller 
 protection, lined, and fastened under 
 the chin ; among some nations, of 
 leather ; i. 2. 16 ; 8. 6 : v. 4. 13. 
 
 KpaWa, i}i7(i;, KeKpdTTiKa, (k/kItos) to 
 have power over, to rule, control, be 
 superior, be sovereign over ; to master, 
 conquer, worst, vanquish, overcome ; 
 to hold or maintain a military, post ; 
 G., A^; i. 7. 8 : ii. 5. 7 : v. 6. 7, ». 
 
 Kpar^p, ijpos, 6, (w/Miwr/ti) a mixing- 
 vessel, e.sp. for mixing wine and wa- 
 ter ; a large bowl, iv. 6. 26, 32. 
 
 KpaTiirros, Kpanirro, see KpciTTiim, 
 
 KpaTOSi eo J, tA, strength, might,power, 
 force : kutI^ icpdros [according to force] 
 with might and niain, with vigor, by 
 force of arms, i, 8. 19 : vii. 7. 7. Der. 
 AUT0.C114.T. See ivi. 
 
 Kpavy^, ^;, (KpAfu) a loud cry, out- 
 cry, shoift, shouting, noise, clamor, i. 
 2. 17 ; 5. 12 ; 8. 11 : iii. 4. 45. 
 
 Kp^as, (f/j^oos, contr. /ci^iJi, t', caro, 
 flesh: pi. Kp^a pirca of fl2sh, flesh, 
 meat, esp. cookcil, i. 5. 2s : iv. 5, 31. 
 
 KpetTTOJV,* ov, KpaTHTTOS, tj, OV, u. & 
 
 s, of the Ep. K.ooT-iis strong, but comm. 
 i-eferred to iyadjs, D., I.: c. better, 
 superior; stronger, more powerful; 
 more efficient, useful, seroicenble, or 
 valuable ; i. 2. 26 ; 7. 3 : iii. 1.4: s. 
 best, ablest, noblest, highest in rank; 
 most, powerful, distinguished, eminent, 
 useful, or valuable ; i. 5. 8 : 9. 2, 20 s : 
 iii. 4. 41 : — adv. Kpanarra (as s. to 
 et, c. KpeiTTOv) best; most stoutly, 
 bravely, successfully, or advantageous- 
 ly ; to the best advantage ; iii. 2. 6, 27. 
 
 KplfA^ox,* iaoiiaijlohang (rnXxaws.), 
 
 be hung up, iiri, vwip, iii. 2. 19: iv.1.2. 
 
 4.KpE|i.dvvv)i,v,* Kpe/idffia Kpep,ui, a. p. 
 
 iKpcnd(r$riv, to hang up, suspend, A., 
 
 i. 2. 8 : vii. 4. 17. 
 
 Kp'fjvT), i)S, (xipa, K&pi)vov, head f) a 
 fountain, spring of water, i. 2. 13. 
 
 KpT|ir(s, iSos, ij, crepido, a founda- 
 tion, base, iii. 4. 7, 10. 
 
 Kp'^s, KprjTis, 6, a CretOM, a man 
 of Kp-tirri (Crete, now Candia), the large 
 island south of the ^gean, prominent 
 in the early history of Greek civiliza- 
 tion ; where, according to fable, Zeus 
 was born, where Minos reigned and 
 gave laws, which Homer styles ha- 
 tS/iitoXis hundred-dtied, and credits 
 
KplO^ 
 
 76 
 
 Kvpcios 
 
 with 80 vessels sent to the siege of 
 Troy. Its soldiers had a high reputa- 
 tion as light-armed troops, and 200 
 Cretan howmen rendered good service 
 to the Cyreans. i.2.9: iv.2.28; 8.27. 
 
 Der. CRETACEOUS. 
 
 Kpi6^, ■5s, eh. pi., barley, i. 2. 22. 
 jKpiOivos, i;, ov, of barley : olvos k. 
 [barley wine] beer : iv. 5. 26, 31. 
 
 Kpfvtt,* KpXvd, K^KpiKa, a. ^Kpiua, a. 
 p. iKfiBtiv, to distinguish, select; to 
 judge, decide, he of opinion ; to try a 
 person accused ; .v. I.; i. 5. 11 ; 9. 5, 
 20,28,30: vi. 6. 16, 25. Der. CRITIC. 
 
 Kptds, ov, 6, (/c^pas ?) a ram, ii. 2. 9. 
 
 KpliriSi eus, i), (Kpiva) trial, judg- 
 ment, i. 6. 5 : vi. 6. 20. Der. crisis. 
 
 Kpd|i.|i.vov or Kpd|j,vov, ov, an onion, 
 vii. 1. 37. 
 tKpOT&>, ijirw, to strike together. A., 
 vi.J. 10?- 
 txpoTOs, OV, b, clapping, applause, 
 vi. 1. 13. 
 
 Kpoilai, oiaa, xixpovKa, to strike, 
 clash, strike together. A., iv. 5. 18 : vi. 
 1. 10 (». I. Kporiu). 
 
 . KpWroi,* i-fui, KiKpv^a, to hide, con- 
 ceal, 2 A., i. 4. 12; 9. 19: vi. 1. 18. 
 Der. crypt. 
 
 KpoipiiXos or Kpi&pvXas, ov, h, a tuft 
 of hair or leathern thong-s, v. 4. ] 3. 
 
 KTdo|iai.,* KT-rjao/iAii, K^nrripat, to ac- 
 quire, procure, get, gain, win : ttoXc- 
 utovs K. to gain as enemies, to make 
 enemies : pf. pret. to [have acquired] 
 possess, enjoy: A.: i. 7. 3; 9.19: ii. 6. 
 17s, 26: V. 5. 17. 
 
 Kreivo, fcrevui, 2 pf. ?Krova, (usu. 
 Airo-KTeivbi) to Mil, slay, A., ii. 5. 32. 
 tKTij|ia, aros,To,a possess^ion,vii.7 .41. 
 tKTfjvoB, eos, tA, a domestic animal, 
 as property once consisted chiefly of 
 these (cf. cattle, orig. the same with 
 chattel) ; pi. cattle ; iii. 1. 19 : v. 2. 3. 
 
 KT^(ra<r6ai, KT^(ro|iai, see urdopaL. 
 4.KTr|0-£as, ov, Otesias, a celehrated 
 physician and historian from Cnidus 
 in Caria, who passed a number of years 
 at the Per.sian court as the king's phy- 
 sician, and carefully availed himself 
 of this peculiar opportunity of obtain- 
 ing historic infonnation. He was sur- 
 geon to Artaxerxes at the battle of 
 Cnnaxa. i. 8. 26 s. 
 
 KvpEpv^Ti|s, ov, (Kv^epudio gubemo, 
 to steer) a steersman, helmsman, pilot, 
 V. 8. 20. 
 
 [Kv|3i(rrdu, V. (tiJ/Sos CUBE, die, or 
 Ki^Tj head) to throw one's self down 
 head foremost, or as dice are thrown ; 
 while iK-Kvpiaria is strictly to recover 
 from this position.] 
 
 KtiSvos, ov, o, tiw Cydnus, a river 
 of Cilicia, rising in Mt. Taurus, and 
 flowing through the capital Tarsus to 
 the Mediterranean. It was noted for 
 the coldness of its water, which nearly 
 co.st Alexander his life. The luxurious 
 state in which Cleopatra sailed up the 
 Cydnus to meet and eonijuer Antony 
 is depicted in Plutarch and Shakspeare. 
 i. 2. 23. II Mesarlyk-Chai. 
 
 tKw''iio)v6s, ov, 6, (sc. (TTOTi)/)), « Cyzi- 
 rme' [s'ater], a widely current gold 
 coin I'. 0111 till' finned mint of Cyzicus, 
 = 28 Att. dracliii.iB, or about %h\, v. 
 
 6. 23 : vi. 2. 4 : vii. 2. 36. 
 Kv^iKos, ov, 7|, Oyzicus, an old and 
 
 important commercial city beautifully 
 situated on an island, afterwards a 
 peninsula, in the Propontis. It was 
 colonized by the Milesians, vii. 2. 5. 
 II Bal-Kiz (naXoio KittKos). 
 
 kvkXcs, ov, 6, circulus, a circle, 
 ring, round, enclosure ; a circle, group, 
 or laiot of men ; a circular form, or dis- 
 position of troops, presenting shields 
 on eveiy side : KiKKif in a circle or cir- 
 cuit, all around, around, round about 
 (strengthened by irdrrij, as it is some- 
 times used where the circle is not com- 
 plete, iii. 1. 2), irepl : tj kAkXip X^P^ ^^ 
 surrounding co^mtry : i.5.4: iii.1.12; 
 
 4. 7 : V. 7. 2 : vii. 8. 18. Der. cycle. 
 4. KVKXdo, {liaia, KeiciKKuKa., to surround, 
 
 encircle, hem in. A.: M. to stand or 
 gather around, vepl : i.8.13: iv.2.15: 
 vi. 4. 20. 
 
 J. RVKXacris, cus, i), u. surrounding, 
 enclosing, i. 8. 23. 
 
 KvXCvSci) or KvXivS^u, ^o-u 1., (also 
 KvXCo) r. or 1.) to roll, roll down or ojf, 
 trans.; but Jf., intrans. ; iv. 2. 3s, 20; 
 
 7. 6; 8. 28? Der. cylinder. 
 Kvvto-Kos, ov, a Spartan general, 
 
 who canied on war from the Cherso- 
 nese against the Thracians, vii. 1. 13. 
 
 KViroptTTivos, ri, ov, (nviripuraos or 
 -piTTos, cupressus, cypress), 7nade of 
 cypress, v. 3. 12. 
 
 KviTTo), Ki)^w, Kiniiipa, (akin to Lat. 
 cubo) to stoop down, hemd forward, iv. 
 
 5. 32 ? 
 
 Kcpcios or Kupctos, a, ok, (Kvpos) 
 
KvpiOS 
 
 77 
 
 KOlXvU 
 
 CyrSan, of Cyrus, belonging to Cyras, 
 i. 10. 1 : iii. 2. 17 (subst.) : vii. 2. 7. 
 
 Kvpios, a, ov, {Kupos autlwrity) in- 
 vested wUh avthority, possessed of pow- 
 er, I., V. 7. 27. 
 
 KfpoSi ot, (Peis. Khur, s^ln) Cyrus 
 the Great, or the Elder, sou of Cani- 
 byscs, a Persian noble, and Mandine, 
 dmghter of Astyages, king of the 
 Medes. He founded the Peisian nion- 
 avchy by dethroning his tyrannical 
 giandfathcT, B. C. 558 ; and enlarged 
 it hy conquering Crcesus, king of 
 Lvdia, li. c. 554, and taking Babylon, 
 li. c. 53S. He was slain in battle with 
 the Scythians, B. c. 529. Such, in 
 general, is the account of Hdt., from 
 which those of Ctesias and Xenophon 
 vary. i. 9. 1. — 2. Cyrus the Young- 
 er, second son of Darius ii. and Pary- 
 satis, born soon aiter his father's ac- 
 cession to the throne, while his elder 
 brother Arsaces was born before this 
 accession. As, therefore, the first-born 
 of Darius the king, he was the heir to 
 the throne, according to the peculiar 
 principle of succession which gave the 
 crown to Xerxes. Both the ambitious 
 Cyrus and his fond mother seem to 
 have hoped that this precedent would 
 be regarded by Darius. Cyrus was so 
 precocious in the qualities of com- 
 mand, that he was appointed by his 
 father, when a mere youth of seven- 
 teen, B. c. 407, satrap of Lydia, Phryg- 
 ia, and Cappadocia, and instructed 
 to assist Sparta in her war against 
 Athens. This he did so zealously and 
 liberally, that the Spartans afterwards 
 felt under obligation to render him aid 
 in return. Desirous of making liis 
 government a model for order and se- 
 curity, and perhaps more jealousfor his 
 authority than an older ruler would 
 have been, he was not only lavish in 
 rewarding faithful service, but also 
 rigorous in punishing the disobedient 
 and criminal, — we should say, per- 
 haps, too rigorous, but it was the Per- 
 sian habit to be severe in punishment. 
 The better to secure his dignity, he 
 imprudently required in those who ap- 
 proached him an etiquette which had 
 been regarded as due only to royalty ; 
 and when two of his cousins, sous of 
 a sister of his father, refused to ob- 
 serve it, he enforced the rule by put- 
 
 ting them to death. On complaint of 
 their parents, and apprehending the 
 appioiicli of death, Darius sent for the 
 young prince, b. c. 405. Cyrus went 
 to his father, taking with him, as if 
 a friend, Tissaphernes, the wily and 
 treacherous satrap of Caria, — in truth 
 perhaps because he did not wish to 
 leave him behind. Darius died soon 
 after, and disappointed Cyrus by leav- 
 iug the sceptre, " which had glittc'ied 
 before his young imaginings," to his 
 elder brother. Hereupon Tissaphcr- 
 nes, who doubtless hoped thus to add 
 the rich province of Cyrus to his own, 
 and who was capable of any deceit 
 and calumny, brought against him the 
 monstrous charge of designing the as- 
 sassination of the new king during the 
 very rites of coronation. Unfortu- 
 nately this crime, which was so remote 
 from the open and manly, even if ex- 
 cessive, ambition of Cyrus, had pre- 
 cedents in Persian histoiy ; and Arta- 
 xerxes, either believing the charge or 
 willing to make it a pretext, arrested 
 his brother to put him to death. The 
 young prince was only saved from 
 speedy execution by the full power 
 of his mother's prayers and tears, and 
 was sent back to his distant satrapy, 
 burning with the sense of injustice, 
 disgiace, and danger. There was no 
 real reconciliation between the two 
 brothers ; and Cyrus had reason to 
 feel that his danger was only deferred, 
 not |iast, especially with such a neigh- 
 bor as Tissaphernes in the king's con- 
 fidence, and that he must either at 
 length fall a sacrilice to the jealou.sy 
 of Artaxcrxes or reign in his stead. 
 He was thns stimulated, with the en- 
 couragement of his motlier's favor, to 
 attempt the ill-fated expedition of 
 which Xenophon wrote the history, 
 — an expedition which certainly can- 
 not be justified on Christian or even 
 Socratic principles, but which was 
 almost in the regular line of oriental 
 history, i. 1. 1 s ; 9. 1. 
 
 EvTiiviov, ov, Cylonumi, see Kep- 
 Tuvis, vii. 8. 8 ? 
 
 Kvcov, Kvvds, 6 i}, canis, dog, bUck, 
 iii.2.35; v. 7. 26; 8.24: vi.2. 2. Der. 
 
 CYNIC. 
 
 KuXvo (3), vtToj, K€Kit)\vKa, to hinder, 
 prevent, forbid, oppose : rb kuKuov the 
 
KB|i<ipxr,s 
 
 78 
 
 \a(f>vpoiriS\i|S 
 
 liindrance, obstacle : A. G., I. : i. 2. 21 s ; 
 3. 16 ; 6. 2 : ir. 5. 20. Cf. k6\os cli/'ped. 
 
 tKu)iL-apxt]S, ov, (dpx'^) if"' ruler or 
 head-man of a village, village-chief, 
 iv. 5. 10, 24 ; 6. 1 s. 
 
 Kti|iT|, ijs, a village, comm. unforti- 
 fied, i. 4. 9 : iv. 4. 7. Der. COMKDY. 
 
 ^Ka\Li\Ti\^, ov, a villager, iv. 5. 24. 
 KiiiTT], IIS, (cf. Lat. capio) i/ie IiancUe 
 of an oar, &c. ; an oar, vi. 4. 2. 
 
 Xa^Etv, -oi|u, -&v, see Xa/ipdru. 
 
 Xa-yxttvu,* \^fo;«ti, elXrixa, 2 a. 
 IXaxov, to draw or obtain by lot, to ob- 
 tain perchance or by fate, A., iii. 1. 
 11 : iv. 5. 24. 
 
 XaYcis, ill, v, liv or li, o, lepus, a 
 hare, iy. 5. 24 : v. I. \ayCii, w. 
 
 XoBAv, -<4v, see \av8dvu, i. 3. 17. 
 |\uOpa or Xd6pf clam, secretly, wWi- 
 oat the hiowledge of, G., i. 3. 8. 
 
 tAaKcSaifidvios, ov, 6, a Lacedccmo- 
 ■iiiau, u Spartan, the most common 
 term for the citizens of Sparta, i. 1. 9 : 
 ii. 6. 2: iii. 2. 37. See Xwapridrris. 
 
 AaK£Sat|UDv, oms, i), Lacedcemon, 
 Sparta, v. 3. 11. See tiirdpTrj. 
 
 XaKKOs, ov, 6, (cf. Lat. lacus) an 
 underground cistern or cellar, such as 
 are now frequent in Kurdistan and 
 Armenia, iv. 2. 22. 
 
 XaKTC^u, iffu lu, (Xdf with the foot) 
 to kick. A., iii. 2. 18. 
 
 AoLkuv, uikos, d, a Laconian, an in- 
 habitant of Laconia ; a term wider in 
 extent than AaKedaifi6nos, but not un- 
 fre(£uently used in its place ; ii. 1. 3, 
 6; 5. 31 (cf. i. 4. 3; 1.9): v. 1. 15. 
 See ^TrdpTTj, ^TrapriiiTTjs. 
 jAaKuviKiis, i), iv, Laconian: 6 Aa- 
 kuivikIis tlie Laconian: iv. 1. 18 ; 7.16: 
 vii. 2. 29 ; 3. 8. 
 
 \a|iPcLv<o,* X-Zitj/ofuu, elXri<j>a, 2 a. 
 IXapov, a. p. iX-Q^drp/, to take ; to take 
 cajitive or by force, as prisoners, jirey, 
 j)Uinder, a military post, &c., to seise, 
 catch, capture ; to take by gift, bar- 
 gain, or loan, to receive, obtain, pro- 
 cure ; to take as instruments, arms, 
 supplies, pledges, companions,military 
 fortv, &c., to obtain, procure, enlist 
 (Xa/Sji/ luivinii taken = loitli. i. 2. 3); to 
 ov.:rlake, come upon, catch, fvd, detcd : 
 A. <:., (1. pirtitii-p, iir', in, ci's, wa^d. 
 
 &c. ; i. 1. 2, 6, 9 ; 2. 1 .s ; 5. 2 s, 7, 10 ; 
 6. 6 .s, 10 ; 7.13; 10. 18. See Skij, 
 Sii:u:jS, TTfipa. Der. DI-LEMMA. 
 
 t\a|jnrpds, ct, 6v, c, brilliant, illus- 
 trious, glorious, vii. 7. 41. 
 
 IXapirpoTijs, Tp-os, ij, brilliancy, 
 splendor, i. 2. 18. 
 
 Xaiiiru, * ^la, XiXaimra, to make shine, 
 ■light up : M. to shine, blase, be in a 
 blaze : iii. 1. lis. Der. lamp. 
 
 tAa|M|faKi]v^s, ov, 6, u, Lampsacene, 
 vii. 8. 3 ; a man of 
 
 Aii|ji\|/aKos, ov, ri, Lampsacus, a city 
 of Mysia on the Helle.spont, an Ionian 
 colony. On account of its good wine, 
 Artaxerxes i. assigned it to Themisto- 
 cles as a means of his support. It was 
 the reputed birthplace of Priapus, and 
 the especial seat of his worship, vii. 
 8. 1. !| Lamsaki. 
 
 Xav8ci.vo> k, ch. poet., \(\ia,* X^<ro- 
 iuai, Xi\Ti6a, 2 a. IXaBov, to escape the 
 notice or knowledge or elude the obser- 
 vation of any one, lie hid or he con- 
 cealed from liim, be unobserved by 
 him, elude, A. W. a pt., it is often- 
 er translated by an adv., adverbial 
 1 lirasp, or adj., and the pt. by a linite 
 verb, 677 f ; as, Tpitf>biievov iXdvdcwev 
 was [concealed iu being mainfcdned] 
 secretly inaintained, i. 1. 9s; XaBelr 
 airbv dircXdibv to [elude him depart- 
 ing] depart without his knowledge, i. 
 3. 17 ; IXaSov iyyis irpoireXSivrei tiny 
 drew near unobserved, iv. 2. 7 ; ^.\<ti'- 
 6amv airrobs yev!>p.cvoi [were not ob- 
 served by themselves in having come] 
 carne unconsciously to themselves, un- 
 awares, or uiiej:pectedly, vi. 3. 22. See, 
 also, iv. 6. 11 : v. 2. 29 : vi. 3. I4 : vii. 
 3. 38, 43. Der. letiie. Cf. lateo. 
 
 Ad.pi<r<ra, 17s, Larissa, (anciently 
 Calah, while some have traced the 
 name to Resen, Gen. x. lis) a part of 
 the extensive ruins of "gieat Kini- 
 veh," and abounding in the most in- 
 teresting remains, which lay buried 
 more than 2000 years to be recently 
 brought to light and surprise the world, 
 iii. 4. 7. II Nimriid. See M^ffjr»Xa. 
 
 Xdo-ios, a, OK, (akin to Sairiis) bu,shy : 
 
 TdXdna the thickets: v.2.29: vi.4.26. 
 
 Xd<f>vpov, ov, (Xaiipdvw) ch. pi., spo- 
 
 lia, the spoils of war, booty, vi. 6. 38 ? 
 
 4.Xa;j>vpo-7ii>Xe(i>, ijiru, to sell booty, vi. 
 0. 33 ? [salesman of booty, vii. 7. 56. 
 
 4.Xa4>iIpo-w.iXT)s, ov, a booty-seller. 
 
\ox«^ 
 
 79 
 
 AoKpiSs 
 
 Xaxelv, Xaxtuv, see Xa7x<'>''«'- 
 VXdxos, eos, T&, ch. poet., a portion, 
 esp. by lot, share, part, division, v. 3. 
 9 : vi. 3. 2 ? 
 
 Xf'yo),* \4iu, XAexo 1., (classic elpij- 
 ita), a. p. iXix^'ift to say, speak, tell, 
 express, relate, report, state; to speak 
 of, ■mention, name, account ; In bid, 
 propose, advise : A. D., cr., i. (a.), 
 vepl, Tp6i, eli, iv : i. 2. 12, 21 ; 3. 8, 
 13, 15, 19 ; 4. 11 : h. 5. 25. In the 
 jiass. , the personal construction w. the 
 inf., for the impers., is the more com- 
 mon. 573. i. 2. 8 : ii. 2. 6 : cf. i. 8. 6 : 
 iv. 1. 3. Der. lexicon, dia-lect. 
 
 XcCa, as, booty, plunder, spoils, v. 1. 
 8, 17: vii. 4. 2. 
 
 Xeiftiiv, Qvos, 0, (Xef|3iii to pour) a 
 moist place, meadow, v. 3. 11. 
 
 Xetos, o, oy, levis, smooth, 
 sloping, of easy ascent, iv. 4. 1. 
 
 Xe£ir<i>,* \j/io, X^\oura, 2 a. ^Xhtoi', ». 
 p. i\elip0i]v, f. pf. XfXel^oiiat, linquo, 
 to LEAVE, quit, forsake, abcmdon, de- 
 sert ; to leave behind, spare; A.; i. 2. 
 21 : vii. 4. 1 : — F. to be left; hence, to 
 remain, survive; to be left behind, fall 
 behind, be inferior, o. 406I): XtXei^erai 
 ivill [have been left] remain: ii. 4. 5: 
 iii. 1. 2 : vii. 7. 31. Der. el-lipsis. 
 
 XcxT^os, a, ov, {\^oi) to be or that 
 must be said or spoken, v. 6. 5. 
 
 XcXcCibouai, XcXoiiriis, see Xeliru. 
 
 \i^a,\^ov, Xc£i!ltu, see Xi^yu,i. 3.13. 
 
 AeovTivos, ov, 6, a Leontine, a man 
 of Leontini (Acopt-Ikoi, now Lcntini), 
 a city of eastern Sicily, a Clialcidiau 
 colony, situated in a region of extraor- 
 dinaiy fertility, and early prosperous, 
 butot'ershadowedbyitspowerfulDoric 
 neighbor, Syracuse, ii. 6. 16. 
 
 tXoiKO-Siipal, a/v-o:, o ri, with a white 
 corselet, doubtless of linen, i. 8. 9. See 
 Bibpa^. 
 
 XcvKdS) i), bv, (akin to \eiaaiji to see, 
 LOOK, and Lat. luceo) bright, white, 
 i. 8. 8 : V. 4. 32 s. 
 
 Xex^c'S) Xtxflijvai, see \iyii>, iii. 1.1. 
 
 X'fJYO), Joi, (\^ai to lay) to allay; 
 comni. intrans., to abate, cease, end, 
 close, come to an end, iii. 1. 9 : iv. 5. 4. 
 
 XT]t^o|iai, taoiiai, or Att. Xi]^o)iai, 
 XTJjo/iai, XiXjiaiJai., (Xeia) to phiniler, 
 ravage, jnllage, rob ; to seize as booty 
 or spoil, take as prey or by force ; A., 
 iK: iv. 8. 23: v. 1. 9: vi. 1. 1: vii. 3. 
 31. 
 
 Xfjpos, ov, 0, nonsense, trumpery, a 
 
 ifle, vii. 7. 41. 
 
 tX'QirTjta, as, robbery, plunder, pil- 
 lage, vii. 7. 9. 
 
 X'flo-T^s, ov, (\-Q^opAu) u robber, 
 plunderer, pillager, vi. 1. 8 ; 6. 28. 
 
 \t^cra, see \avB6.uiji, vii. 3. 43. 
 
 Xr|<j>6{)V<u, X'^i|/o|uit, see Xa.p.pi.vu}, 
 
 Xtov a.Av.,very, exceedingly, vi. 1. 28. 
 tXCSivos, ri, ov, of stone, iii. 4. 7, 9. 
 
 XI60S, ov, 6, a stone, often such as 
 are used for an attack : stone, the ma- 
 terial : i. 5. 12 : iii. 3. 17 ; 4. 10 ; 5. 
 10 : iv. 7. 4 3. Der. Linio-GRAi'il. 
 
 Xifi'^v, ^vos, d, (akin to Xel^a to 
 pour ?) a liarbor, Imven, port, vi. 2. 1 3. 
 
 Xifids, ou, 0, (Keliru) failure of food, 
 hunger, famine, i. 5. 5 : ii. 2. 11 ; 5.19. 
 
 XCvcos, a, OK, contr, Xivovs, ^, ovv, 
 (\lvop flax) flaxen, LINEN, iv. 7. 15. 
 fXc^C^oiJiai, Iffofuu lOv/Mt, \e\6yuTpuu, 
 to consider, calculate, expect, A., I., ii. 
 2. 13 ; iii. 1. 20. 
 
 XoYos, oil, d, (X^u) a word; speech, 
 discourse ; conversation, discussion ; a 
 statement, narrative, report, rumor; 
 an argument, plea : pi. words, confer- 
 ence, discussion, irpus : els X670US fp- 
 Xe<r0ai, to enter into a conference or 
 come to an interview with, D. : i. 4. 7 ; 
 6.5: ii.1.1; 5.4,16,27; 6.4: v.8.18: 
 vi. 1. 18. Der. logic, -logy, -loghb. 
 
 Xd^r), Tjs, (cf. Lat. lanoea) the point 
 or spike of a spear, the spear-head, 
 early made ty the Greeks of bronze, 
 but afterwards of iron ; comra. fr. 6 in. 
 to u. foot in length : hence often, by 
 synecdoche, a spear or lance (esp. , in 
 the Anab., of tliose u.sed by the bar- 
 barians): i.8. 8: ii.2.0: iv.7.1G; 8.7. 
 
 XoiSoplfo, "/lau, XeXoiSjpTjaa, (Xoldo- 
 pos a railer) to rail at, revile, abuse, 
 reproach, reprove, A., iii. 4. 49. 
 
 Xoiirds, 1;, uv, (XeiTTO?) re-liquu.s, left 
 behind, remaining, tlw rest or renuiin- 
 der of, D., iv. 2. 13 s : Xoiirbv {iariv) it 
 [is left] remains, iii. 2. 29 : t)]v Xotriiv 
 [sc. oS'jv] the rest of the way, iii. 4. 40 : 
 rd Xoiwif th&rest, G. partitive, iii. 4. 6 : 
 Tov XonroO [sc. xpb^o^\ oftener ri Xoi- 
 Triy, in 01' during the rest of the time, mi 
 future, afterwards, henceforth, tJumce- 
 forth, 482 e, ii. 2. 5 : iii. 2. 8 : v. 7. 34. 
 
 AoKpds, ov, 0, a Locrian, a man of 
 Locris, V, central region of Greece in 
 thref separate parts (two north of 
 B jeotia and Phocis, and the third, the 
 
Aov<naTT|S 
 
 80 
 
 \win| 
 
 largiT but rudevpoi'tion.'west of Pho- 
 cit.). The eastern Locrians are cvedit- 
 ed with 40 ships seut to the Trojan 
 War under the lesser Ajax. vii. 4. 18. 
 Aovo~idTT|S or -(&Ti]S| oil, & Aovtrie^S) 
 im, 0, a Lusinn, a man of Lusi (Aou- 
 aoi), a town in the north of Aruadia, 
 having a celebi'ated temple of Artemis 
 (Diana), which was r.'Vei'ed through 
 the Pelopounese as an inviolable asy- 
 lum, iv. 2. 21 ; 7. Us: vii. 6. 40. ||Su- 
 dhend. 
 
 Xd(f>os, on, 0, (X^TTw to rub off, peel) 
 the neck of a lioree or ox, as rubbed 
 by the yoke ; hence, in general, an 
 elevation or erest; an eminence or ridge 
 of land, a hill, height, = yrj-Xoipoi : i, 
 10. 13s (cf. 12): ii'i. 4. 39 (cf. 37). 
 
 tXoxaY^o), ijffu, to be u lochage or 
 captain, vi. 1. 30. 
 
 tXoxdYfa, as, the command of a \6- 
 xos, a captaincy, i. 4. 15 : iii. 1. 30. 
 
 tXox-o7os, ou, 6, (S,yui) the leader of 
 a aA^os, a lochage, centurion, captain, 
 who eomm. received twice the pay of 
 a private. The word has the Dor. 
 form, as a term of war, in which the 
 Doric race so excelled, 386 c. i. 7. 2 : 
 vi. 3. 6 (where the term is applied to 
 the commander of a tenth of the Ar- 
 cadian and Achiean force, also termed 
 CTpaTTiybi) : vii. 2. 36. 
 
 tXoxrTtis, ou, a soldier belonging to 
 a 'Klix"^, a, member of a company, vi. 6. 
 
 7, 17. 
 
 X(5xoSi ou, o, {\iyia to collect) a com- 
 pany or division of soldiers, not fixed 
 in number, but usu. of about 100 men. 
 For the subdivision of the common 
 Xixos, see iii. 4. 21 s. i. 2. 25 : iv. 8. 
 15 : vi. 3. 2, 4s ; 5. 9s. 
 t AvSio, as, Zydia, a fertile province 
 of Asia Minor, west of Phrygia, once 
 a poweiful kingdom. It was early 
 distinguished for its indu.stry, wealth, 
 and progress in the arts ; and exerteil 
 much inliuence in the development of 
 Greek civilization. It reached its acme 
 under CroMus, whose defeat by Cyrus 
 made it a part of the Persian Empire. 
 Its people, before warlike, were then 
 forbidden the use of arms, and nat- 
 urally became both effeminate them- 
 selves and the teachers of effeminacy 
 to their conquerors. 1. 2. 5 ; 9. 7: vii. 
 
 8. 7? 25. 
 
 tAOSios, u, ov, Lydian, i. 5. 6. 
 
 AvSiSs, ou, d, a Lydian, a man of 
 Lydia, iii. 1. 31. 
 
 AvKaios or AvKatos, a, ov, Zycamn, 
 pertaining to Mt. LyciEus, a lofty 
 height iu southwestern Arcadia, pre- 
 senting a view of a large part of the 
 Peloponnese, and sacred to Zeus(hence 
 surnanied Lycaean) and Pan : t& Ai- 
 Kaia [sc. lepd], the Lyccean Mites or 
 Festival, in honor of Lycsean Jove, 
 celebrated by the Arcadians with sac- 
 rifices and games, i. 2. 10. || Diof6rti, 
 4659 feet high. 
 
 t AvKoovfa, as, an elevated region of 
 Asia Minor, north of C'ilicia, occupied 
 by a rude, warlike, independent, and 
 predatory race. It was an early scene 
 of the missionary labors of the apostle 
 Paul, who here found Timothy, i. 2. 
 19 : vii. 8. 25. 
 
 AvK&uv, ofos, 0, a Lycaonian, iii. 
 2. 23. 
 
 AvKciov, ou, the Lyckum, the chief 
 of the Athenian gymnasia, situated 
 without the eastern wall, adorned with 
 fine trees, covered walks, and other 
 embellishments, and consecrated to 
 Lycean Ajiollo. Here Aristotle taught 
 while svalking, from which his jihilos- 
 ophy was named Peripatetic (irepiira- 
 reoi to walk around), vii. 8. 1. 
 
 AvKios, ou, I/ycius, a Syracusan, 
 sent by Clearchus for observation, i. 
 10. 14. — 2. An Athenian, appointed 
 commander of cavalry, and so render- 
 ing good service, iii. 3. 20 : iv. 3. 22, 
 
 XvKos, ov, d, lupus, a wolf, the 
 largest beast of prey in Greece, ii. 2. 1) 
 (prob. sacrificed on this occasion a^i 
 sacred to Ahi iman, the Persian gbd of 
 evil). Der. LYco-runiuM. 
 |AvKos, ou, d, the Lycus or Wulf- 
 River, a name given to several streams, 
 seemingly from their destructive char- 
 acter. A small river so named onteicd 
 the Euxine near Heraclea, vi. 2. 3. 
 I Kilij-Su, i. u. Sword Water. 
 
 AvKuv, itivos, Lycon, a factious 
 Achaean, v. 6. 27 : vi. 2. 4, 9. 
 
 Xu|i.aCva|<.ai, \viJiavovixai,\e\i)i.aapai, 
 (Xinrf outrage) to ruin, spoil, frustrate, 
 A. D., i. 3. 16. 
 
 tXiiirItt), ijo'd), XeXiiTTTj/co, to pain, 
 grieve, trouble, distress, annoy, molest, 
 A., i. 3. 8: ii. 3. 23; 5.14: iii. 1. 11. 
 
 Xiin], i)s, pain, grief, sorrow, dis- 
 tress, iii. 1. 3. 
 
Xvir;f]pos 
 
 81 
 
 |iav6dv(i> 
 
 4.XinrT|p<Ss, d, bv, c, , painful, grievous, 
 distressing, troublesome, annoying, n. , 
 ii. 5^ 13 : vii. 7. 28. 
 
 Xwi-teX^oi, ■/i<ria, (\i)u to pay, tAos 
 es^nse) to pay expenses, to be profita- 
 ble, advantageous, or expedient, D. i. , 
 iii. 4. 36 ? [zy, v. 7. 26. 
 
 Xvo-ira or X^tto, ijs, madness, fren- 
 
 X&i>,* X.Vw, XAuKo, solvo, io LOOSE, 
 let loose, release, set free ; to undo, 
 break, break down, destroy, remove, 
 violate (a treaty or oath) ; A.; ii. 4. 17, 
 ]9s : iii. 1. 21 ; 4. 35 : =v.l. XvcriTeXiw, 
 iii. 4.36: >e\vnci>os unbound, free from 
 bonds, iv. 6. 2 : — M.to ransom, redeem, 
 A., vii. 8. 6. Der. ana-lysis. 
 
 XcoTO-^d'yos, 01^, 0, (Xurjs t/ie lotus, 
 ipayeiv to eat) a lotus-aal,er. Tlie Cy- 
 rcnean lotas (now jujube) was a small 
 sweet date-like fiuit, so lielieioiis tliat, 
 according to the old fable (Hoiu. Od. 
 I. 94), all who ate ol' it forgot their 
 homes, and wished only to remain and 
 feed upon it ; while in Arali poetry it 
 is the fruit of paradise. The Loto- 
 phagi of Homer, upon whose shore 
 Ulysses landed, have been located by 
 mo.st geographers upon the coast of 
 Tripoli and Tunis in North Africa. 
 iii. 2. 25. 
 
 XaM^du, ifTuj, XeXii^T^Ka, {Xbipoi, as IT 
 to withdraw the neck from the yoke !) 
 to rest, cease, iv. 7. 6. 
 
 Xi^v,* contr. fr. c. Xutuv referred 
 to d7ofli5s, more desirable, better, D. I. , 
 iii. 1. 7: for emphasis, X^xh" koI ifixtvov 
 more desirable and adoantageous, pref- 
 erable and better, vi. 2. 15 : vii. 6. 44. 
 
 M. 
 
 ]fA,* by, a.n adv. of swearing, comm. 
 negative, unless preceded by vai, A. , 
 i. 4. 8: V. 8. 6,21. 
 
 |id-yaSis, los, dat. (u) i, 2lS. 2, r), (a 
 foreign word) the mugadis, a kind of 
 harp with 20 strings arranged in oc- 
 taves ; or, ace. to some, a kind of flute ; 
 vii. 2. 32. 
 
 M<i,-yvi]s, TiTos,6,aMagnesian, a man 
 of Magnesia, a narrow mountainous re- 
 gion occupying the ea-st coast of Thes- 
 saly, vi. 1. 7. Cf. magnet. 
 
 ■laOeiv, -u, -oi|u, &c. , see iiavBiva. 
 
 MaCavSpos, ov,6, the Mceander, the 
 largest river entering the JEgean from 
 
 LEX. AN. 4* 
 
 Asia, so remarkable for its winding 
 course through its rich alluvial plain , 
 that it has given a name to the wind- 
 ing of rivers. Its deposit has greatly 
 extended and changed the coast at its 
 month, i. 2. 5, 7 s. || Mendere-Chai. 
 
 fLohiOfUU,,* /mvoSnai v., 2 pf. niix-rjva, 
 2 a. p. i/iivTiv, to be mad, insane, or 
 frenzied, ii. 5. 10, 12. Der. maniac. 
 
 Maio-dSiis, ou, Moesades, a Thracian 
 prince, father of Seuthes, vii. 2. 32. 
 
 (laKopC^u, lau id, (/la/cd/s liappy) to 
 count or esteem happy or fortu/nale, a. , 
 iii. 1. 19. 
 lluiKapurrds, 4, 6v, esteemed happy, 
 envied or enviable, being an object of 
 envy, v., i. 9. 6. 
 
 MokCcttios (or MaK^o-Tios), ou, o, 
 a Mncistian, a man of Macistus (Mi- 
 KiffTos), an old town of Triphylia iu 
 Elis, vii. 4. 16. || Heights of IChaiiilik. 
 
 (uiKpos, d, UK, c. , s., (/x^Kos leiijth; 
 cf. iJiiyas magnus) long, of both si)ace 
 and time : lULnpiv [sc. i&'jv] a long way, 
 a great distance, far (so c. & s. ) : /a- 
 Kpirepov adv. , farther: paKpJv ^v it w n 
 a long distance, or too fur : i. 5. 7 : ii. 
 2. lis: iii. 4. 16s, 42. 
 
 MaKpuv, wms, 6, a Macronian. 
 The Maciones were a warlike tribe 
 dwelling not far from Trebizond. iv. 
 7. 27; 8. 5: v. 5. 17. 
 
 |JidXa, by apostr. |ulX', c. fiSXKov, 
 s. iiAKurra, adv. (much used with ad- 
 jectives and adverbs to express degree, 
 5 lo), very, very much, greatly, exceed- 
 ingly; very well, certainly; iii. 4. 15 ; 
 5.3; oi fidXa not at all, by no means, 
 ii. 6. 15 ; by exceptional arrangement, 
 airlica judXa very speedily, instantly, 
 at once, iii. 5. 11, ei /idXa very easily, 
 vi. 1.1 : — c. more, rather,more certain- 
 ly, (sometimes joined w. another corn- 
 par, for clearness or erapha.sis, iv. 6. 
 ll)^orG.(asc.),i.l.4s, 8; 9.5,24: — 
 s. most, most of all, in the highest de- 
 gree, best, especially ; most or very near- 
 ly, about (w. numbers); i.1.6; 9.22, 
 29 : vi. 4. 3 : vii. 2. 22. 
 
 |iaXaKt^o|MU, f. p. iffff^iro/xai 1. , duo- 
 Xa^cAs soft) to be self-indulgent, yield 
 to sloth, V. 8. 14. 
 
 (lavEis, -^vT«s, see imlmiiai., ii. 5. 10. 
 
 |iav8dvu,* iia8-^oija!.,ii€ij,i6i}Ka, 2 a. 
 IfiaBov, to learn,, ascertain, A., I., a. 
 cr. , Trapd, i. 9. 4 : ii. 5. 37 : iii. 2. 25 : 
 iv. 8. 5 : V. 2. 25. Der. mathematics. 
 
piavTcla 
 
 82 
 
 |UYa\oirpeirus 
 
 t|>avTcCa, as, prophecy, oracle, iii. 1.7. 
 
 [|MivTciio|iai,ci}a'0;uai,(/uii^i$) to proph- 
 esy, declare by oracle.^ 
 
 4 f,a,VT&n6s,ii,(>v, declared or poviited 
 out by an oracle, D. (k, vi. 1. 22. 
 
 MavTivris, iai, 6, a Mantinean, a 
 man of Mantinea {Mavrlveia) , an an- 
 cient and, before the building of Me- 
 galopolis, the largest city of Arcadia, 
 situated in the eastern part. It was 
 noted for the excellence of its political 
 institutions, and for five inipoi'tant 
 battles fought n ear it. In one of these, 
 B.C. 362,theTheban Epaminondas con- 
 quered the Spartans and Athenians at 
 the expense of his own life, and the 
 two sons of Xenophon fought ; the 
 elder, Gryllus, falling after signal feats 
 of valor, among which some reckoned 
 the slajring of the Theban general, 
 vi. 1. 11. II Paledpoli. 
 
 lidvTis, cus, o i], (imtpotuu) one who 
 speaks in a state of divine frenzy, a 
 prophet, seer ; u, diviner, soothsayer, 
 a^igur; i. 7. 18. Der. necro-mancy. 
 
 MapSovioi or M^Soi, uv, the Mar- 
 donii or Mwrdi, or -ians, a warlike 
 people, prob. dwelling near the south- 
 ern boundary of Armenia, iv. 3. 4 : v.l. 
 'M.vySbvLoi. 
 
 MapiavSuvoC, wt>,the Mariandyni or 
 -icms, a people of Bithynia, dwelling 
 around Heraclea, and at length sub- 
 jected by this city, vi. 2. 1 : «. I. Mo- 
 pLavStjvoi, Mapvavdrivoi. 
 
 (idpo'iiros or iidpa-iinros, ov,o, mar- 
 snpium, a bag, pouch, iv. 3. 11. Der. 
 
 MAl'.SUPIAL. 
 
 Mapo-tias, ov, Marsyas, fabled as a 
 Phrygian satyr or peasant who invent- 
 ed the flute, and was most cruelly 
 punished for his presumption in con- 
 tending with Apollo, i. 2. 8. — 2. Tlie 
 Marsyas, a small river of Phrygia, 
 flowing into the Mueander, and fabled 
 to have risen from the tears shed by 
 the shepherds and rural divinities of 
 Phrygia for the cruel fate of their fa- 
 vorite musician, i. 2. 8. 
 
 t)<.apTvp4(a, •l)(Tw, ii€ixai>TipT)Ka, to hear 
 witness for or in favor of, testify in be- 
 half of , D., iii. 3. 12 : vii. 6. 39. 
 tfiapTvpiov, oi>, testimony, witness, 
 proof, iii. 2. 13. 
 
 |idpTug, g, fi&pTvpos, d, pi, fidprvn, 
 6 i], a witness, vii.7. 39. Der. maktyr. 
 
 Map(avElTi]s, ov, a Maronite, a man 
 
 of Maronea {Hapdipuai, a town of the 
 Cicones in Thrace on the jEgean, after- 
 wards colonized from Chios. It was 
 noted for its excellent wine, which 
 even Homer mentions (Od. t. 196 s), 
 and for the too free use of it by its 
 inhabitants, vii. 3. 16. || Marogna. 
 
 |iao-8ds,o&, 6,v. I. for/iao-ris, i.4.17. 
 
 Mdo-Kas,* a, or Mao-Kas, S, the 
 Mascas, a stream in Mesopotamia, 
 prob. a short canal flowing from and 
 re-entering the Euphrates, i. 5. 4. 
 
 fatrreia, eiaw, ch. poet. , (/tdo/uu to 
 
 seek) to seek, search out, eagerly desire, 
 
 A., I., iii. 1. 43 : v. 6. 25 : vii. 3. 11. 
 
 ^fxurnyi6a,iiaa,to whip,lash,scourge, 
 
 iv. 6. 15. 
 
 (ido-Til, 170!,^, a whip, laeh,acourge, 
 iii. 4. 25. 
 
 (■.aiTTos, ov, 6, (pAaau to sque^se) one 
 of the breasts ; hence, a round hill, 
 knoll, hillock ; i. 4. 17 ? iv. 2. 6, 14 s. 
 
 Iidraios, o, ov, IjiiTtpi in vain) use- 
 less, vain, idle, witlvout avail, vii. 6. 
 17; 7. 24. 
 
 tfidxaipa, as, a sword, esp. a short 
 or curved sword in distinction from 
 il^os, the longer, straight sword 
 (though the distinction is not always 
 made, vii. 4. 16) ; a sabre; a dagger, 
 large knife; i. 8. 7: iv. 6. 26 : vii. 2. 30. 
 { (laxaCpiov, ov, dim. , a dagger, dirk, 
 knife, iv. 7. 16. 
 
 tjidxTi, i)s, a battle, fight, encounter, 
 combat: iiri Trjs fiixris from, the (place 
 of the) battle, from the battle-ground : 
 i. 2. 9 : ii. 2. 6. Der. logo-maciiy. 
 tfidxifuis, Ti, osi, fit for fighting, war- 
 like, vii. 8. 13. 
 
 |i.dxo|iai, /^ax^tro/iat puxoOfuu,fiefiA- 
 XVf'.t, a. ip.axfci.p.'nv , to fight, give bat- 
 tle; withstand, contemd ; D., Trcpt,irpS, 
 <!<n: i._5.9; 7.9,17s: ii.1.12; 5.19. 
 
 SI (|i ) me, )iot, |ioC, see ^701, i. 3. 3. 
 Icydpv^os, ov, Megabyzus, a gen- 
 eral name borne by the keeper of the 
 temple of Diana at Ephesus, accord- 
 ing to custom a eunuch, v. 3. 6 s. 
 lirydXT), -on, &c., see niyai, i. 2. 6. 
 4. |ieYaX-i]7op4u, ijiru, (iyopeiw) to 
 talk big, speak boastfully, boast, vaunt, 
 vi. 3. 18. 
 IppfYoXo-irpeir^S, ^s, {wp4ira) befitting 
 the great, magnifitent, i. 4. 17? 
 ^ ai-yaXo-^pcirus, c. iarepov ,B.i<iTaTa, 
 iiuii/nificeiUty, on a magnificent scale, 
 with gi-eat liberality, i. 4. 17? 
 
(irya'.us 
 
 83 
 
 |iAa> 
 
 Iliey&Xciis adv , greatly, grossly, iii. 
 2. 22. 
 
 MeYopciis, iut, 6, (Miyapa,, capital 
 of Megaris) a Megarian. Megara was 
 early included in Attica ; but was con- 
 quered by the Dorians, and for a time 
 was sul)ject to Corinth. After it won 
 its independence, its advantages for 
 commerce gave it great prosperity, so 
 that it established several flourishing 
 colonies (Byzantium, &c.), and even 
 vied with Athens in naval power. As 
 an ally of Sparta, it suffered greatly in 
 the Peloponnesian War. Though not 
 distinguished for letters, it claimed 
 the invention of comedy, and gave its 
 name to a school of philosophy found- 
 ed by Euclides, a disciple of Socrates, 
 i. 2. 3 : vi. 2. 1. 
 
 H^^as,* /ieydXri, jiiya, g. luyaXov, 
 -?;!, c. nel^wv, s. /UyuTos, magnus, 
 great, large, stately ; mighty, power- 
 ful ; of great moment or obligatimi, 
 important; of a sound, loud; i. 2. 4, 
 7s; 4.9s: ii.5. 14: iii.2.25: iv.7.23. 
 The neut. , sing, and pi. , is much used 
 as the ace. of effect or adv. ace, or as 
 an appogitive to the sentence or to a 
 part of it : rd neyiXa ei iroietc [to do 
 well the great acts] to confer great fa- 
 vors, i. 9. 24 : fii,4ya ivr/aai or li^cX^irai, 
 /3\(£^ot iieyiXa, to benefit or injure 
 greatly, iii. 1. 38 ; 3. 14 : t6 jiiyvtrov 
 as the chief reason, chiefly, i. 3. 10. 
 
 Mc7ait>Epvii$, ov, a Persian of high 
 rank, put to death by Cyrus, i. 2. 20. 
 
 |iIyc9o$, eos, ri, {ntfas) greatness, 
 magnitude, size ; of a liver, width : 
 ii. 3. 15 : iv. 1. 2. 
 
 |jL^8i|i.vo5, ov, 6, tlie medimnus, the 
 common Attic corn-measure, = very 
 nearly a bushel and a half, vi. 1. 15. 
 
 (m6' by apostr. for (lerd, before an 
 aspirated vowel, ii. 2. 7. 
 
 |iEO-(i)|i.i.,* ^iru, etKa, to let go with 
 or after, let go, give up, resign, A., 
 vii. 4. 10. 
 
 |lE6-£(m)|U,* (TT'flJb), llTTTIKa, 1 a. 
 
 (jTTjaa, 2 a. tarriv, to place different- 
 ly, remove: M.,yi.1 a. and complete 
 tenses act. , to change one's own place, 
 to withdraw; but 1 a. m. to place apart 
 from one's self, set aside, A. ; ii. 3. 8 , 21 . 
 McSuSputis, iws, 0, a Melhitdrian, 
 a man of Methydrium (Mc9-i}5/3ioi'),.a 
 city of central Arcadia, so called from 
 its situation between two streams. Its 
 
 inhabitants were removed to people 
 Megalopolis, iv. 1. 27 ; 7. 12. || Ru- 
 ins near Pyrgo. 
 
 |u6vu,* iaiii 1., to be drunk or in- 
 toxicated, iv. 8. 20 : V. 8. 4. 
 
 (ieC^uv, ov, greater, see /i^os, i. 2. 4. 
 
 |i.(i\C\i05, a, OK, (iieMaaw to soothe) 
 mild, gracious, vii. 8. 4 : see Zeis. 
 
 (tcivai., (icCvas, &c. , see liivu, i. 5. 13. 
 
 (icipdKiov, ov, rli, (in form dim. of 
 /xelpa^, Ji,a youth) a youth, stripling, 
 boy, in his teens, ii. 6. 16, 28. 
 t)iECu)Mt, aros, rb, (jj^ibia to lessen) a 
 deficiency, v. 8. 1. 
 
 jicUov, ov, c. referred to puKpSs or 6\t- 
 70s, less, in respect to size, power, 
 number, &c. ; smaller, weaker, fevier; 
 i. 9. 10 : iv. 5. 36 : /leiov (x^iv to liave 
 [less success] the worst, be worsted, i. 
 10. 8 : TovTQ fietov ^x^^" l^ have this as 
 a disadvantage or a disadvantage in 
 this, iii. 2. 17. The neut. neiov is some- 
 times used as an indecl. subst. or adj. ; 
 and also (as an adv.) with ij omitted, 
 though the gen. does not follow ; 
 507 e, f, 51 1 c, v. 6. 9 : vi. 4. 3, 24. 
 
 M^avSirai, dv, the Melandltoe, a 
 people of Thrace, vii. 2. 32 : v. I. Me- 
 
 t|uXav[a, as, blackness, duskiness, i. 
 
 |ii\as,* aiva, av, g. okos, aivi/s, black, 
 (far'i,iv.5.13,15. Der. MELAN-CHaLV. 
 
 fUEXcrdw, ^(Tb;, p.€fie\^T7jtca, (p^Xu) 
 to give attention to, practise, i. , iii. 4. 
 17: iv. 6. 14. 
 
 4.)tcXenipo5, d, iv, s., diligent or as- 
 siduous in practising, a., i. 9. 5. 
 
 (uXCvi), T]i, sing, and pi., panicum, 
 panic, a kind of millet, cf. Kiyxpos- 
 iirl rhs /iMvai upon the panic (fields): 
 i. 2. 22 ; 5. 10 : ii. 4. 13 : vi. 4. 6. 
 iMcXivo-i^dYOi, (av, (^yeiv) the [pan- 
 ic-eaters] Melinophagi, a Thracian peo- 
 ple near Salmydessus on the Euxine, 
 perhaps Strabo's 'Aarol, vii. 5. 1 2. 
 
 (ilXXu,* p.e\\^tra, a. ip,4\\ri<ra or 
 ■/lp,4\\7iiTa, to be about to or going to, be 
 OH the point of, intend ; also translated 
 by loilf, would, shall, should, must, 
 am. to, were to, &c. , cf. 598 a ; to be 
 only about to, to delay: rb fiiWov the 
 future: I.: i.S. 1; 9.28: ii.6.10: iii. 
 1. 2,8, 46 s; 5. 17: vi. 1. 21. 
 
 |U\u, peX'/iaa, yuenAijKO, to concern, 
 be a care to, o. : eomm. impers., as ip.ol 
 /i^Xct it concerns or is a care to me, it 
 
|U|1VT||UU 
 
 84 
 
 McViriXa 
 
 iswy care, I take care, I look or see to 
 a,Sirm : i. 4. 16 ; 8. 13 : vi. 4. 20 ; tv 
 Se^ lie\-^<Tei the goddess will see to it, 
 by euphemism for the goddess will 
 punish his neglect, v. 3. 13. 
 
 |U|Mn)|iat, -'f|(ro|Jiai, see /ufirfiaKa, 
 
 |U|u|>o|iai, ^o/iai, to blame, reproach, 
 find fault with, A. ci's, ii. 6. 30. 
 
 [Uv post-pos. adv. or secondary 
 couj. (66 1), mi the one hand, indeed, 
 in the first place, first, but often omit- 
 ted in translation. It is usu. a pro- 
 spective particle of distinction , mark- 
 ing the words with which it is con- 
 nected as distinguished fr. others 
 which follow, and with which a retro- 
 spective particle, (comm. S^,but some- 
 times dXXd, fi^vToi, elra, hreira, kcU, 
 &c.) is regularly joined, i. 1. 1 s ; 3. 
 2, 10 : ii. 1. 13 : iii. 1. 19 s. The reg- 
 ular sequence is sometimes neglected, 
 esp. after intervening clauses, i. 10. 
 16 : iii. 2. 8. In some combinations 
 of particles, fiiv has a force like that 
 of the confirmative ju^i/, indeed, truly : 
 liin 5^ now indeed, indeed, truly, so 
 then, then, accordinglyi i.2.3 : iii. 1.10 : 
 oi> /liv 5^ nor [now] yet indeed, yet 
 surely not, i. 9. 13 : ii. 2. 3 : rytb lUv 
 oSv I [indeed] for my pari then, ii. 4. 
 7 {fniv emphasizing iyii, cf. i. 9. 1) : 
 iXJid . . ijl4v (or nivroi) but or v'ell cer- 
 tainly, vii. 6. 11, 39. The words upon 
 which niv throws its emphasis regu- 
 larly precede it, either wholly or iu 
 part. If, as has been supposed, ixiv 
 and Si (of which /tiiji' and Sij are longer 
 form.s) are derived from the iirst and 
 second numerals (cf. iiia, Sio), then 
 their original force would seem to have 
 been, for one thing . . for another 
 thing ; hence, on the one hand . . on 
 the other hand, in the first place . . in 
 tlie second place, first . . secondly, in- 
 deed . . but or and, &c. See Si, 6. 
 
 4|i.{v-T0i indeed truly, assuredly, 
 riinlhj, indeed, withal, to he sure ; yet, 
 n'ill, however, but ; i. 3. 10 : ii. 3. 9s, 
 22 s : Kal . . p^vrot and indeed, and 
 certninly, and moreover, and yet, i. 9. 
 6, 29 : iv. 6. 16. See iiiv. 
 
 fivu, nevu), fie/iivriKO., a. l/ieiva, ma- 
 neo, to REMAIN, wait, stay, tarry, con- 
 tinue ; to vjait for, A. ; i. 2. 6, 9 s ; 3. 
 11: ii. 3. 24: iv. 4. 19 s. 
 
 Mlvmv, avoi, Menon, a general from 
 Pharaalus in Thessaly, whose character 
 
 Xenophon depicts in uark colors. He 
 was a favorite of Aristippus, who 
 placed him, while yet a young man, 
 in command of a mercenary force 
 levied with money furnished by Cy- 
 ras. From this he brought 1500 men 
 to the Cyrean army. When the other 
 generals who had been seized through 
 the treachery of Tissaphernes were put 
 to death, Menon was spared, ])rob. be- 
 cause he claimed the merit of having 
 aided that treachery, and through the 
 intercession of his intimate Ariseus ; 
 but he afterwards perished by linger- 
 ing tortui'e, prob. from having fallen 
 into the hands of the vengeful Paiy — ■ 
 satis, who thus punished him for his 
 supposed treason. A dialogue of Plato 
 bears his name. i. 2. 6: ii. 6. 28 s. 
 ^^^LXyt, law tQ, to divide, distribute, 
 A., v. 1. 9? 
 
 |UpoS| COS, t6, (jielpo/iai to share) a 
 sliare, part, portion, divisimi, quota, 
 detachment ; specimen : iv t^ f^pet, 
 Kari, (t6) fiipos in or according to one's 
 share, part, place, or turn: i.5.8 ; 6.2 : 
 iii. 4. 23 : v. 1. 9 : vi. 4. 23 : vii. 6. 36. 
 t)i.«r-T||iPpCa, as, (ii/iipa, 146 b) mid- 
 day, noon; the place of the sun at 
 noon, the south ; i. 7. 6 : iii. 5. 15. 
 
 t (M<ro-7aia or -Ytio, as, (7^) tlie in- 
 land, interior, vi. 2. 19 ; 3. 10 ; 4. 5. 
 
 lUoros, jj, OD, (akin to fieri.) medius, 
 MIDDLE, of space or time; central; the 
 middle or midst of (in this use as an 
 adj. , not immediately preceded by the 
 article, 508a, 523b); i. 2. 7, 17; 8.13: 
 iv. 8. 8 {among or vsith): subst. (Uirov, 
 ov, the middle, midst, or centre; tlie 
 interval or space between; a.; i. 2. 15 ; 
 4. 4 ; fiiaov i)fi,ipas midday, noon, i. 8. 
 8 ; fiicrov rb iavroS his own centre, i. 8. 
 13 ? (cf. i. 8. 22, 23); «id p-iaov, iu (tJ) 
 p.iaif, els t6 p.i<rov, through, in, or into 
 the midst or the iriterval between, some- 
 times = between, i. 4. 4 ; 5. 14 ; 7. 6 : 
 ii. 2. 3 ; iK toC fiiaov out of [the space 
 between] the way, i. 5. 14. Der. mes- 
 entery. 
 IfiEo-ou, licru, to form or be in the 
 middle : ixeaoxiaa ■q riiiifa midday, vi. 
 5.7. 
 
 M.{<rin\a, ijs or wv, i] or to, (referred 
 by some to the oriental "ma.shpil," 
 desolate, and perhaps the origin of the 
 name Mosul) Mespila, the rains of 
 Nineveh in its stricter sense. These 
 
|iEirT(Ss 
 
 85 
 
 lierfupos 
 
 lie upon the east bank of the Tigris, 
 opposite Mosul ; and include the great 
 mounds of Koyunjik, containing the 
 remains of the magnificent palaces of 
 Sennacherib and his grandson, and 
 Nebbi Yunas, sacred in Mohammedan 
 tradition as the burial-place of the 
 prophet Jonas. The name Nineveh, 
 ill its wider sense, seems to have ap- 
 plied to a vast aggregation of palaces 
 and towns (some specially walled and 
 having also other names, cf. modern 
 Loudon) situated north of the junc- 
 tion of the Tigris and Upper Zab, 
 and together constituting the splen- 
 did capital of the mighty Assyrian 
 Empire. It is represented as " an 
 e-iceeeding great city of three days' 
 journey" (Jonah 3. 3.), liaving accord- 
 ing to Diodorus (2. 3) a circuit of 480 
 stadia (the longer sides 150 stadia, and 
 the shorter 90). Mespila was in the 
 northwest part of its wide-spread ru- 
 ins, and Larissa (now Nimrud, where 
 the wonderful remains of the palaces 
 of EsarhaJdon and others have been 
 disinterred, ch. through the efforts of 
 Layard) in the southwest. The dis- 
 tance between them is set by Xen. at 
 6 parasangs, and is now estimated to 
 be about 18 miles. The other two 
 corners of the immense quadrangle 
 (which, like the enclosure of Baby- 
 lon, was doubtless occupied in part 
 by pleasure grounds and land for cul- 
 ture) have been recognized at Khorsa- 
 bad, where was the beautiful palace 
 of Sargon, and at Keremles, giving an 
 extent not greatly differing from the 
 statement of Diodorus. Nineveh lost 
 its glory in its capture and the over- 
 throw of the Assyrian Empire by the 
 Medes and Babylonians, B. o. 625 ; but 
 it is represented by Xen. as not whol- 
 ly destroyed till the Medes were over- 
 powered by the Persians (b. o. 558). 
 iii. 4. 10. 
 
 (lEirrds, t), bv, full of, abounding in; 
 filled, stored, or laden with; a.; i. 4. 
 19 ; 10. 18 : ii. 5. 9. 
 
 Iterd* prep., by apostr. (lei' or ueO", 
 a-MiD, among (akin to /i^iros medius, 
 and Germ, mit): (a) w. Gen., ch. of 
 pwsons, among ; hence, wUh ; in the 
 army or under the command of; i. 2. 
 20, 24; 7. 10 : ii. 2.7: fi^eB' iifiuiv elpai 
 to be associated with you, adhere to you, 
 
 i. 3, 5 ? /ieri, &5iicia! with, by means 
 of, or through injustice, ii. 6. 18 : — 
 (b) w. Ace, after (orig., in order to 
 be among or wit)i), in respect to place, 
 HANK, or oftenest time ; 7text after, 
 next, to; i. 3.10; 7.2; 8.4: vii. 7. 22: 
 yMTd ToOra or toOto after this, here- 
 upon, tliereupon, i. 4. 9: iv. 6. 4: ixe6' 
 ^lUpav after the coming of day, hence 
 by day, iv. 6. 12 : — (u) in compo.s., 
 among, after, often denoting distriba- 
 tion or interchange among, and hence, 
 in general, clumge. 
 
 )j,era-PoXX(i>,* ^aXw, /S^jSXt/ko, to 
 throw to a different position : M. to 
 throw or turn one's shield behind, as 
 in retreat. A., vi. 5. 16. 
 
 (lera-^iYViitTKoi,* yvJiao/mi, (yvuKO,, 
 2 a. tyvuv, to think differently, cluinge 
 one's mind, ii. 6. 3. 
 
 |i.ETa-8iS<i>|u,* Bdicra, SiSaxa, a. (dia- 
 Ka {SQ, Solriv, kc), to distribute, im- 
 part to, share with, D. A., G., iii. 3. 1 : 
 iv. 5. 5s : vii. 8. 11. 
 
 |iETa-|i.^ei, jucXi^irei, it repents one, 
 or he reperds, d. p., i. 6. 7 : vii. 1. 34. 
 
 [■.ero^v adv., {ficrd) in the midst, in 
 the mean lohile, between, G. : /KTa|i> 
 ylyviffBai to intervene, elapse: i. 7. 15: 
 iii. 1. 27; 4. 37: v. 2. 17. 
 t(i6T4-ir€|i.irTos, ov, sent for, having 
 been sent for, i. 4. 3. 
 
 Hera-rr^ixirw,* iri/x^w, ir^irofitpa, to 
 send one after or for another : M. to 
 send for to come to one's self, sum- 
 mon, A. diro, irpbi, els, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 26 ; 
 3. 8 ; 4. 6, 11 : vii. 1. 3. 
 
 |UTa-(rTds, -im)crA|i6vos, see fu6- 
 IdT-qiu, ii. 3. 8, 21. 
 
 |«Ta-<rTp^4'*'i* ^^'*> Itrrpb^a 1., to 
 turn about or round, trans. ; but M. 
 in trans. , vi. 1 . 8. 
 
 p.erd-irxoi|ti, &c., see yacr-^xw. 
 
 |i.CTa-xop^(ii, I'/iru, Kex^Jipilica, to re- 
 move to another place, clumge one's 
 encamjrment, vii. 2. 18.' 
 
 |i.«T-ei|M, * (rofiai, to be with or sJiared 
 among : oidevbs t)Iuv lUreffri there is 
 to us a, share of none, we share in 
 none. D. G. partitive, 421 a, iii. 1. 20. 
 
 (ler-^X"')* ^^'^> f'^XV"'! ipf- ''X"") 
 2 a. laxov, to have a share of, partake 
 of, share with another, participate in, 
 G., V. 3. 9: vi. 2. 14: vii. 6. 28. 
 
 f.et-lapo%, ov, (atpa) uplifted, raised 
 from the ground, i. 5. 8 (raising them 
 from the ground). Der. meteoii. 
 
|ieTp&> 
 
 86 
 
 li^v 
 
 ^jurpia, ijo-ii), metior, to measure, 
 iv. 5. 6. Der. geo-metky. 
 
 t (lerptiDS adv. , in due measure, mod- 
 erately, temperately, in a conciliatory 
 way, ii. 3. 20. 
 
 I^Tpov, ov,ameasure, iii. 2. 21. Der. 
 METRE, DIA-METEE ; Lat. inetrum. 
 
 (i^pi* &, before a vowel, less Att. 
 |i.QU>is, (akin to /no/cpis) adv. of place or 
 time with a prep, or another adv., but 
 oftener w. G. as a prep., OtS far as, 
 even to, up or down to, until : liixpi- 
 o6 to the region where or time wlien, 
 until, 557 o : i. 7. 6, 15 : iv. 1.1: v. 
 1. 1 ; 4. 16 ; 5. 4 : — temporal conj., 
 until, till, i. 4. 13 : ii. 3. 7, 24 ; 6. 5 ? 
 p.V) * (a) the subjective neg. adv., 
 used in expressing negation as desired, 
 feared, or assumed, and esp. w. the 
 subj., imv., and inf., not, 686 (cf. oi); 
 but often redundant w. the inf. after 
 words implying some negation (so even 
 the strengthened /i/j oi), 713 d ; i. 1. 
 10 ; 3. 2 s : iii. 1. 13, 24 : &woo yu^ 
 where not, except where, i. 5. 9 : /i^ 
 TToplffas [not] ivithout liaviv.g supplied, 
 ii. 3. 5 : ii>] oi for yinj with inf. after 
 negative clauses, expressions of shame, 
 &o., 713 f, ii. 3. 11 : — (b) the neg. 
 final conj. , ch. w. .subj. and opt., 624s, 
 that ivot, lest, that (after words of fear- 
 ing, 625 a), i. 3. 17; 8. 13 : iii. 4. 1. — 
 (c) It has similar uses in compos.; 
 where it is often repeated without 
 doubling the negation, 713, i. 3. 14 : 
 vii.l. 6. See el, i&v, oi. 
 
 tpTiS-apfj or -0.11.5 adv., (d/t^ any- 
 wliere) nowhere, vii. 6. 29 (713 d). 
 
 tpi)8-ap»s adv., {&/i,ws in anyway) 
 in no way, vii. 7. 23. 
 
 (iij-Si, by apostr. (iiiS', conj., and 
 not, hit not, nor, neither (cf. iJ-Tp-e), 
 ii. 4. 1 ; 5. 29 : iii. 2. 17 : — emphatic 
 adv., ne . . qxiidem, not even, neitlier, 
 i. 3. 1 4 : iii. 2. 21 : vii. 6. 1 8 s, 23. For 
 its compounds iiijSeis, &c., the strong- 
 er forms /iridi eh, &c., are also found. 
 
 4.p.r|8-cCs, /iride-fila, /njS-h, not even 
 one, no one, no, none: |i,t|S4v subst., 
 nothing; as adv., as to nothing, not 
 at all, by no means : i. 3. 15 ; 9. 7 s. 
 
 4, (iijB^-TroTC not even at any time, 
 never, iii. 2. 3 : iv. 6. 13. 
 
 I )ii]8-eTEpos, It, ov, neillier of two, vii. 
 4. 10. 
 
 MT]SCa or M'f)8ci.a, a^, (M^Sos) Me- 
 dvt Icyt Medea), the country of the 
 
 Medes, which Xen. extends to the 
 river Tigris, making the region sp», 
 cially called Assyria a part of it. In 
 a more limited sense, Media lay north- 
 east of the valley of the Tigris, ex- 
 tending from the Araxes to Persis, 
 with great variety of climate, soil, and 
 products (now the northwest part of 
 Persia). Td M7;Sias Tei^os the Median 
 wall, a wall built at the head of the 
 Babylonian plain, to prevent the in- 
 cursions of the Medes (as "the Picts' 
 Wall" in England means the wall 
 against the Picts). i.7.15: ii.4. 12,27. 
 — 2. The wife of the last Median king 
 (aco. to the common account, Asty- 
 ages), iii. 4. 11. — In the first sense, 
 tA-qSla is to be preferred, and perhaps 
 MiJSeia in the second. 
 
 M^SoKOS, ov, Medoeiis, a king of 
 the Odrysu3, reigning at a distance 
 from the Prnpontis, the most power- 
 ful and, we might judge, the best of 
 the Thracian princes of his time. He 
 was claimed by Alcibiades as a friend, 
 vii. 2. 32; 3. 16; 7. 11. 
 
 MfiSos, ov, 0, a Mede, iii. 2. 25; 4.7. 
 The Medes were early a brave people, 
 esp. skilled in the use of the bow and 
 horse, and holding the kindred Per- 
 sians subject. But after the conquest 
 of Assyria, they became more luxuri- 
 ous, and the sovereignty passed to the 
 Persians, n. c. 558. 
 
 Mr|So<rd8T)s, ov, Mcdosades, chief 
 minister of the Thracian prince Seu- 
 thes, vii. 1. 5 ; d. I. ATi/wadSris, &c. 
 
 p.'ijO* for [i^T«, before an aspirated 
 vowel, iii. 2. 23. 
 
 p.T]-K-^, 165 c, not henceforth or in 
 future, not again, no longer, no more, 
 i. 2. 27 ; 4. 16 ; 6. 9. 
 
 liTlKOSieos, t6, (akin to fiaxpis) length, 
 i. 6. 9 (pi.): ii. 4. 12: v. 4.32. 
 
 [i^v confirmative adv. post-pos., 
 {/Uv) vero, indeed, in truth, surely, 
 certainly; yet, however; comm. at- 
 tached to other particles : dWo /i^ 
 (. . 76) but surely (at least), and car- 
 tainly, yet further, i. 9. 18 : iii. 2. 16: 
 ff ii.-ip (. . 7e) indeed certainly (at least), 
 most certainly, positively, assuredly, 
 in swearing or strong asseveration, ii. 
 3. 26 s : vi. 1. 31 : Kal \x,-iiv and indeed, 
 and yet, i.7 .5 : iii. 1.17: oi /j,iiii (. '. ye) 
 not indeed (at least), yet (certainly) not, 
 i. 10. 3, 13. See 7^. 
 
H^jv 
 
 87 
 
 Itiir^u 
 
 (i^v, nriv6s, 6, mensis, a month : 
 ToC /iijiiis (433 f ) or (card /t^ra, by the 
 TTwnth, a mmdh, m/mthly. The Attic 
 months were lunar, beginning with 
 the new moon, and consisting alter- 
 nately of 29 and 30 days. i. 1. 10 ; 3. 
 •;i ; 9. 17. Der. meniscus. 
 ^^•yvo-»%i\'S,h,(dSos) crescent-shaped, 
 ill llw/orm of a crescent, v. 2. 13 ? 
 
 |i7]v^(i>, <i<Tia, /if/iiivvKa, to disclose, 
 make known,, expose, A., ii. 2. 20. 
 
 H^-iroTs n-unquam, n-evcr, i. 1. 4. 
 
 Hfj-TTu non-ilum, not yet, iii. 2. 24. 
 
 |iT|pi$s, oO, 0, the thigh, vii. i. 4. 
 
 (i-fj-Te* conj., by apostr. (i<)t' or 
 (1^0', ne-que, and not, nor : /i.'^e . . 
 Iiip-e neiUier . . nor: /i-^rc . . re ne- 
 que . . et, both not . . and, not only iwt 
 . . but also. Mi)tc is comm. doubled 
 in whole or in part as above, and is 
 thus distinguished fr. the conj. n-qSi. 
 i. 3. 14 : ii. 2. 8 : iii. 1. 30 : iv. 4. 6. 
 
 fA\TT\f,* (Uip-pis, T], mater, a mother, 
 i. 1. 3s: ii. 4. 27. Der. maternal. 
 
 4.|iT|Tpi{-iroXis, cut, i], motlier-cUy, 
 chief city, metropolis, v. 2. 3; 4. 15. 
 t|iT|\avclo|i.ai, ijaoitai, fie/i,iixii''ri/j.at, 
 maohinor, to contrive, devise, sclieme, 
 seek or try by artifice, ae., i., ^k, ii. 
 6. 27 : iv. 7. 10. Der. m.4.chinatiox. 
 
 (jniXavfi, ^s, (|iif;xos an expedient) 
 niachina, a contrivance, device, means, 
 iv. 5. 16. Der. machine, mechanism. 
 
 (jila, see cfs, ii. 1. 19. 
 
 [(j.f'yviJii.i k (iCo-yo), nifu, liifM-xa 1., 
 misoeo, to mix, mingle.J 
 
 Mffios, ov, Midas, a king of Phrygia, 
 who had been a pupil of Orpheus, but 
 became proverbial for his folly. Hav- 
 ing caught the satyr Silenus by the 
 sure trap of a fountain mingled with 
 wine, he treated him with .such kiud- 
 ncss that he was permitted by Bacchus 
 to Hx his own reward. He chose the 
 yiower of chiinging all he touched to 
 gi)!d, a fatal gift, from which he was 
 relieved by bathing in the Pactolus, 
 V. hose sands were thenceforth golden. 
 Appointed judge between Apollo ahd 
 Pan, he awarded the prize for musical 
 skill to the latter ; and the indignant 
 god of the lyre punished him for his 
 bad taste by changing his ears to those 
 of an ass. i. 2. 13. 
 
 Mi6pi8dTi]s, ov, ilithi'idates, a par- 
 tisan of Cyrus, but one who, after O.'s 
 death, dealt treacherously with the 
 
 Greeks ; according to vii. 8. 25, satrap 
 of Lycaonia and Cappadocia. The 
 name seems to mean a gift of or to 
 Mithra (the Sun-God, — da, to give), 
 and hence to have been common among 
 his worshippers, ii.5.35: iii.3.1;4.2: 
 V. I. MidpaSdrrfS. 
 
 (iiKpds,* d, bv, c. ixeluv or iXimov, 
 a. iXdxiiTTos, q. v. , little, small ; weak, 
 insignificant; short (of time or dis- 
 tance), Jj'ie/'/ii. 4. 13: iii.2.10: /uKpdv 
 a little, a short distance, a slwrt space 
 only, (hence narrowly, i. 3. 2), ii. 1 . 6 : 
 iii. 1. 11 : Ko/rii. fUKpdv or iiiKpi. accord- 
 ing to small measure, in or into small 
 parts or portions, v. 6. 32 : vii. 3. 22 : 
 jui/cpct afiapriiBiiiTa small things done 
 wrong, smMll mistakes, trifling errors, 
 V. 8. 20. Der. micro-scope. 
 tMiX'/jcrios, a, ov, Milesian, belong- 
 ing to Miletus : suhst. MiX^oios a 
 Milesian man, MiXticrla a Milesian 
 woman, i. 1. 11 ; 9. 9 : 10. 3. 
 
 Mf\t)Tos, ov, i), Miletus, an Ionian 
 city with four harbors, situated on the 
 northwestern coast of Caria, near the 
 mouth of the Mseander. It was re- 
 markable for the extent of its com- 
 merce, the number of its colonies, and 
 the arts, wealth, and luxury of its in- 
 habitants. It suffered gi'eatly from 
 its capture by the Persians, B. c. 494, 
 after which it never regained its former 
 importance. It is prominent in the 
 early history of Greek philosojihy as 
 the birthplace of Thales, Anaximan- 
 der, and Anaximenes. It was also the 
 birthplace of the early historians Cad- 
 mus and Hecatseus, of Aspasia, &c. i. 
 1.6s; 4. 2. II Ruins buried by the 
 deposits of the Maeander. 
 
 jV[iXT0Kv6t]s, ov, Miltocythes, a Cy- 
 rean officer from Thrace, who deserted 
 to the king, ii. 2. 7. 
 
 fi.r)i'o|ji.ai, -fiffofuti, iiepip-tituu, (liifios 
 a mimic) imitor, to imitate, mimic, 
 act as in a play, iii. 1. 36 : vi. 1. 9. 
 
 |ii|j,v^<rK<i>,* jj.v/10-u, a. p. as m. ipjii- 
 ij9tiv, to remind : M. to remind one's 
 self, call to mind, make mention of, 
 mention, suggest; pf. pret. /ii/wriiuu, 
 f. pf. p.eiiviii7opai, memini, I have been 
 reminded, ?'<,-,membei!, mention; C, 
 I., CP. ; i. 7. 5 : iii. 2. 39 : v. 8. 25 s. 
 
 p.rcr^a>, -rjcoj, p^e/da-tjKa, (fjutros hatred) 
 to h/ite, be angry or displeased vith, 
 A., vi. 2. 14. Der. mis-anthrope. 
 
(I'.irOoSocrCa £ 
 
 t)iia-6o-So(rla, os, {SiSu/ju) the pay- 
 meat of wages, ii. 6. 22. 
 
 tfLurSo-SoT^a, ijrru, to pay wages, give 
 pay, D., vii. 1. 13. 
 
 t|uo-0o-Si5Tt|S, ou, (SlSw/u) a paymas- 
 ter, employer, d., i. 3. 9. 
 
 |j.i(r6cs, ov, 0, wages, pay, hire, re- 
 ward, recompense, a. : litaSbv ttjs ia^a- 
 \eias pay for tlic security or preserva- 
 tion: i.1.10: ii.2.20: iii.5.8: v.6.31. 
 .|.|iLO'0o-(|>opd, as, or |jbio-Oo-i|»opCa, as, 
 (0^/ju) the receipt of pay, service for 
 pay, employment for wages, wages, v. 
 6. 23, 35 s: vi. 1. 16; 4. 8. 
 ||ii,ir6o-<j>dpos, ov, (<p^fiw) receiving 
 pay, serving for hire, mercenary :. subst. 
 po-6o4>dpoi hired soldiers, mercenaries : 
 i. 4. 3 : iv. 3. 4 : vii. 8. 15. 
 
 4 jiLo-Sdu, iiffci), iJie/dffBaKU, to let for 
 hire, A. : M. to hire, A. : P. to be hired, 
 588, irl : i. 3. 1 : vi. 4. 13 : vii. 7. 34. 
 
 (ivd,* as, a, MiNA = 100 drachmse, or 
 ^ of a talent ; as a weight, at Athens, 
 = about 16.2 oz. ; as a sum of nionej', 
 = about $20; i. 4. 13 : v. 8. 1. 
 
 fiv^lii], 7)5, (ju/ja/^a-Kiii) rem/imbrance, 
 
 memoxy, vi. 5. 24. [|i,v^|i.<i)v mindful/] 
 
 ^^vt\fm>tia, eiiro), i/ivrifiJivevica, to call 
 
 to mind, recoil, recount, reflect or dwell 
 
 upon, a., iv. 3. 2. 
 
 4.fi.vii|i.ovi.K(Ss, li, 6v, s., having a good 
 memory, vii. 6. 38. Der. mnemonics. 
 
 |i.VT|o-6(a, see luiurfiiTKa, vi. 4. 11. 
 j|jivt]a-i-KaK^c<i, ■flaw, (Kaxbi) to remem- 
 heraninjivry, cherish resentinent or hear 
 ill-will towards a person for anything, 
 D. G., ii. 4. 1. 
 
 [loXis & earlier f^\ii,(ji.Si\os & li&yos, 
 toil, cf. Lat. niole.<!) with toil or diffi- 
 culty, ]iardly, scarcely, iii. 4. 48. 
 tftoXvpSCs or (loXi^Sts, ISos, ij, a 
 leaden hall or bullet, iii. 3. 17. 
 
 (uiXvpSos or pidXipSos, ov, 6, plum- 
 bum, lead, iii. 4. 17. 
 
 lidXo), see p\(i<rKa, vii. 1. 33. 
 
 |U)v-apx(a, as, {fiivos, Spx") sofe 
 command, monarchy, vi. 1. 31. 
 
 (lovaxti or -xg adv., (/iixos) by one 
 way only, singly, only: ^wep fwvaxv 
 by whieh way only, iv. 4. 18. 
 
 |iov^, fjs, ■!), (fUvoi) mansio, a stay, 
 staying, remaining, v. 1. 5 ; 6. 22, 27. 
 tp.ovo-ei8'()s, ^s, (eiSos) uni-form, reg- 
 ular, V. 2. 13 ? 
 t(iov(5-|DXos, oil, (JiiXoc) marf« of a 
 single log, hollowedfrom a single trunk, 
 V. 4. 11. 
 
 3 Mvo-ds 
 
 fuSvos, 11, ov, (jUvm ?) remaining or 
 left alone, alone, only, sole: (idvovadv., 
 only,solely, alone: i.4.15: ii.5.14,20. 
 Der. MONO-, mon-, monk, monad. 
 
 (ido-crvv or (ido-iiv, vvos, d. pi. fuxr- 
 aOvoiS, 225 f, 6, (a foreign word) a 
 VModen tower, v. 4. 26. 
 |Moer[o-]dvoiKoi, wy, oi, (ok^u) ifte 
 [Tower-dwellers] i/bs[s]yMas(!i, a rude, 
 piratical people on the southern coast 
 of the Kuxine, with singidar customs, 
 V. 4. 2, 15, 27, 30. 
 
 |i.dirxei.os, ov, {nbaxoscalf) of a calf: 
 Kpia fUiaxeia- veal, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 |i,ox6e«>, ijirci), {fwxBos, akin to fiuyos, 
 toil) to toil, labor, undergo toil or Itard- 
 ship, AE., irepl, vi. 6. 31. 
 
 (loxXcs, ov, 6, a bar, holt, for fasten- 
 ing gates, &c., vii. 1. 12, 15. 
 
 MvySdvLOi V. I. for MapSlivioi, iv. 3. 4. 
 
 Iiu^u * or a.-}iitfo, (356 p ; /4i5w to 
 close the mouth) to suck, iv. 5. 27. 
 
 MvptavSos or MvpC-avSpos, ov, 71, 
 Myriandus or -drus, a, commercial 
 town, built by the PhtEnicians on the 
 Gulf of Issus. i. 4. 6. || Between Is- 
 candeiiin and Arsiis. 
 t|ivpi.d.s, &5os, ri, a myriad, the num- 
 ber of 10,000, i. 4. 5; 7. 10 s. 
 
 {idpios, a, ov, 10,000, the greatest 
 number expressed in Greek by one 
 word (eomm. pi., exc. w. a collective 
 noun, i. 7. 10) ; sometimes less defi- 
 nitely for a vei-y large number; i. 1.9 ; 
 2. 9: ii. 1. 19 : iii. 2. 31. 
 
 (ivpov, ov, yio/iM to flow ?) a fragrant 
 oil or unguent, precious oinimerU, iv. 
 4. 13; 
 
 tMvo-Ca, as, Mysia, a piovince in the 
 northwest of Asia Minor, south of the 
 Propontis. The name was applied in 
 a naiTower sense to the southern in- 
 land part of this province, vii. 8. 8. 
 tMco-ios, a, ov, Mysiwn, i. 2. 10. 
 
 Mtio-ds, ov, 6, a Mysian. The Mysi 
 were a rude people in Mysia, supposed 
 to have emigrated from Thrace, who 
 maintained a species of independence 
 in their mountain fastnesses, and were 
 troublesome to their neighbors by their 
 predatory habits. From their low re- 
 pute, Mvadv laxa-Tos became prover- 
 bial as a term of reproach, i. 6. 7 ; 9. 
 14. — 2. Mysus, the proper name of 
 a Mysian, who was both useful and 
 entertaining to his comrades, v. 2. 29 : 
 vi. 1. 9. 
 
(i«X''*i ""i "> (m^w to close) a recess, 
 nook, iv. 1. 7. 
 
 (lupos, a, OK, later |i,&>p6s, d, iv, s., 
 morua, foolish, silly, stupid, iii. 2. 22. 
 4.|tiip(i)$ ov f.apai foolishly , stupidly, 
 vii. 6.21. 
 
 N. 
 
 voC * confiiTOative adv , nae, certain- 
 ly : val k val fjm w. A., certainly by, 
 yes by, by, v. 8. 6 : vi. 6. 34 : vii. 6. 21. 
 va^s,* oO, contr. vct^s, veib, 6, {vaiu 
 to dwell) the dwelling of a god (cf. 
 ssdes), a temple, v. 3. 8 s, 12 s. 
 
 vi,iri\, lis, 7], & vdiros, eos, t6, (vAw 
 to flow ?) a woody vale, dell, glen, hol- 
 low, roAiinie, iv. 5. 15, 18 : vi. 5, 12 s. 
 
 tvau-opx^o), ijiToi, to be admiral, com- 
 mand the fleet, v. 1. 4 : vii. 2. 7. 
 
 tva<l-ap\os, ov, 6, (Stpx'-') a naval 
 eomynandcr, adTniral, esp. a Spartan 
 high-admiral, i.4.2: vi.1.16: vii.2.5. 
 
 tva^-KXi)po5, ov, 0, (kX/ipos allotment) 
 a ship-owmr, ship-master, vii. 2. 12. 
 
 tvavXos, ov, i, or vaSXov, ov, nau- 
 lum, passage-money, fare, v. 1. 12. 
 
 tvav-irt)7ifj(ri(ios, ov, [iriiyvvixi,) fit for 
 ship-building, vi. 4. 4. 
 
 vails,* vecis, vtjt, vauv, rj, (akin to via 
 to swim) navis, a ship, esp. a wav- 
 vessel, with banks of rowers, i. 4. 2 s : 
 v. 4. 10 : vii. 5. 12. Der. nautilus, 
 NAVY. Cf. irXotov, rpiTifyrjs. 
 
 I Nav<ri,-KXe£Si|s, ov, Nausiclides, a 
 Spartan envoy who brought money to 
 the army, vii. 8. 6 : v. I. 'A/tei/iriKXei- 
 5i7S, 4/ia ^iK\eiSr)S. 
 
 4.vav(rC-iropos, ov, traversed by ships, 
 navigable, ii. 2. 3. 
 
 4.VaDTlKl5s, l), liv, NAVAL, NAUTICAL, 
 
 i. 3. 12. 
 
 vcdv^o-KOS, ou, 6, (dim. in form, v4os) 
 a young ina^i, sometimes applied even 
 up to the age of 40, ii. 1. 13 : iv. 3. 10. 
 
 VEifiai, see v^/iw, vi. 6. 33. 
 
 viKpi% ov, 6, a dead body, corpse : 
 ol veKpoL the dead : &v€v iroWwv vsKpijv 
 without the loss of many lives : iv. 2. 
 18, 23 : V. 2. 9. Der. neoko-manoy. 
 
 vi\LW,* vefiu, vev^fiTjKa, a. ^vsifii, to 
 divide, distribute, port inn out, award, 
 assign, regulate ; to orrvc ; to assign 
 or occupy for pasture ; a. d. : vi'mrai. 
 al^L it is pastured viilh goats: M. of 
 animals, to be at pasture, to grtizf : ii. 
 2. 15 : iv. 6. 17: vi. 6. 33: vii. 3. 21. 
 
 tvc^-Scpros, ov, (S4pw to skin) newly 
 skinned or stripped: iv. 5. 14. 
 
 v&s, o, ov, c, s., novus, HEW, fresh, 
 young, i. 1. 1 : iv. 1. 27; 2. 16 : v. 4. 
 27. See reixos. Der. neo-phyte. 
 
 vcupui, aros, ri, (veioi to nod) a nod, 
 V. 8. 20 (where we should rather say 
 wink). 
 tvevpd, Ss, a string, esp. of a bow, 
 bowstring, iv. 2. 28 : v. 2. 12. 
 
 vevpov, ov, nervus, a string, cord, 
 sinew, nerve, iii. 4. 17. 
 
 v6i|>^X.ii|, 17s, {yi<j>os niibes, cloud) ne- 
 bula, u. cloud, mist, i. 8. 8 : iii. 4. 8. 
 
 Der. NEBULAR. 
 
 via,* veu(rovp.at or ve6iT0,'xac, vivevKa, 
 no, nato, to swim, iv. 3. 12 ? v. 7. 25. 
 via,* viau, to pile up, heap togetloer, 
 A., V. 4. 27. 
 
 vcci)-K(Spos, ov, 6,{veiis, Kopiw to sweep) 
 a temple-sweeper, sexton, sacristan, 
 keeper of a tenvple, v. 3. 6. 
 
 Nc'oiv, uKos, Neon, from Asine in 
 Lacouia, lieutenant and successor to 
 Chirisophus, an ambitious and con- 
 tentious man, V. 3.4; 6.36: ri. 4. H. 
 tvc^piov, ov, (ffipa care) a place for 
 the eare of ships, dock-yard, dock, vii. 
 1. 27. 
 v«is> veuv, see vavs, i. 4. 3. 
 V6MS,* <i, see wis, v. 3. 8. 
 vcmo-tI adv., (vios) newly, recently, 
 lately, iv. 1. 12. 
 
 v^ * affirmative adv. of swearing, 
 truly by, yes by, by, A. (oftenest Ala), 
 i. 7. 9 : V. 7. 22. 
 
 vi\t, v^6S, see yaCs, i. 4. 2. 
 vfjo-os, ov, 7], (viu to swim, as if 
 floating land ?) insula, an islaiid, isle, 
 ii. 4. 22. Der. Poly-nesia. 
 tNCK-avSpos, ov, Nioinder, a Laco- 
 nian, who .slew the faithless and in- 
 triguing Dexippus, V. 1. 15. 
 t NtK-apxos, ou, Nicarehus, an Arca- 
 dian, who was severely wounded, ii. 
 5. 33. — 2. An Arcadian lochajre, who 
 deserted (doubtless a different pei-son 
 from the preceding, who could not 
 have recovered so quickly), iii. 3. 5. 
 fviKdo), i)crw; vevLKTjKa, to conquer, 
 prevail ovi-r, oiiercome, defeat, surpass, 
 excel, outdo ; to be victor or vic/m-iaus 
 npcr, hence in pres., to have conquered, 
 612 : rd, Trdvra v. to have [conquered 
 the whole] gained a com,plete victory : 
 
 4k Tt)s VLKiilfTKIS [sC. yvthp.tJS Or ^77001;] 
 
 OMording to the [prevailing vote] vote 
 
vCkt] 
 
 9# 
 
 gcvot^tov 
 
 of tlte •majority: &.., ae. : i.2.8; 9.11; 
 10. 4 : ii. 1. 1, 4, 8 s : vi. 1. 18 ; 5. 23. 
 Per. NiCO-LAS. 
 
 vficr], i)s, victory, i. 5. 8 ; 8. 16. 
 iNiKd-jiaxos, ou, Nicomackus, an 
 (i^toeau, a commander of light-armed 
 troops, iv. 6. 20. 
 
 vc^u, ^(Tw, vevb-qKa, (i'6os) io pei'ceive, 
 ob'crve; to think, devise ; A. ; iii. 4. 44 : 
 F. C. 28. Der. noetic. 
 
 v<S6os, 1), ov, illegitimate, natural, 
 bastard, ii. 4. 25. 
 
 i'o|ji'^, ^s, (;'^;iifci) pasture-ground, 
 pasturage ; a lierd (at pasture) : iii, 5. 
 2 : V. 3. 9. 
 
 tvo|ji(£<i>, Iff 10 iS, vevi/UKa, to observe 
 or regard as a custom (P. to be ob- 
 served as a custom, to be customary, 
 iv. 2. 23).: hence, in general, to regard, 
 esteem, consider, believe, suppose, think, 
 be assured, 2 a., i. (a.), p., i. 1. 8 ; 2. 
 27; 3. 6, 10; 4. 9, 16: vi. 6. 24. 
 tviS|ii.)i.as, Vj ""t customary, according 
 tulaw, appointedby law, D. i., iv.6.15. 
 
 vopios, ov, 6, (viiuj) an assignment 
 or regulation, cusfom, rule, law; a law 
 for song, tune, strain ; i. 2. 15 ; iv. 6. 
 14 : v. 4. 17, 33. Der. eco-nomy. 
 
 voos,* ov, contr. vois, vov, o, mind, 
 intellect, nous (sportivr): Sx^iv if fCj 
 to have in inind, to purpose, intend: 
 i. 6. 9 : ii. 4. 2 : iii. 3. 2. ?eo irpo<rixu. 
 tvoo-^d), ^iru, vevliffriKa, to br sick or 
 diseased, to be in a disordered state, 
 vii. 2. 32. 
 
 v<S(ros, on, i], sickness, disei3e,r. 3. 3 ; 
 vii. 2. 32. Der. noso-logy. 
 
 voTos, ov, 6, notus, auster, th( south- 
 wind, V. 7. 7. 
 
 vov-|jiT|vla, as, contr. fr. vfo-\n\i'la, 
 (ve6s, ixijti) the new moon, beginning oj 
 th.e month, v. 6. 23, 31. 
 
 vovs, vov, v^, see p6os, 1. 5. 9. 
 tvvKTcpeiicD, fvaia, to pass the night, 
 to bivouac, iv. 4. 11 ; 5. 11 : vi. 4. 27. 
 
 VDKTiis, -I, -a, &c., see nif, i. 7. 1. 
 
 J.VDKTO-<)>uXa|, aKos, 6, a night-guard 
 
 or sentinel, watchman, vii.2.18; 3.34. 
 
 4.v£ktii>p adv., noctu, in or during the 
 
 night, by night, iii. i.Sb: iv.4.9; 6.12. 
 
 vOv, (v4ov, neut. of viosT) nunc, 
 Germ, nun, now, at present, often in- 
 cluding the near past or future ; a vZv 
 XP^f^os {^a(Ti\e6s)tJie prcscjitfimf (kiifff): 
 t6 vvv elvai for tJie prrsi:ii/, 665 b : i. 4. 
 14; 7.5: iii. 1. 10, 46; 2. 12, 36s; 4. 
 46 : vi. 6. 13. — Softened it becomes 
 
 .^vuvencl., mna, then, of inference, 01 
 sequence in discourse, vii. 2. 26 ? 
 
 jvvv-t (Att. emphatic -i, 252 d) just 
 7WW, even now, now certainly, v. 6. 32 : 
 vii. 3. 3. 
 
 v<l|, vvKTbs, ij, nox. Germ. JVacht, 
 NIGHT : (t^s) vvkt6s in the night, by 
 night, ii. 2. 1 ; 6. 7 : (tV) viKra through 
 or during the night, 482 e, iV. 2. 1 : 
 vi. 1. 14 ; dih vvKTbs throughout the 
 night, iv. 6. 22 : fiiaai vixTci the mid- 
 dle hours of the night, midnight, i. 7. 
 1 : iii. 1. 33. 
 vuTov, OV, the back, y. 4. 32. 
 
 gavSi-KXris, iovs, Xanthicles, an 
 Achaean chosen general to succeed 
 Socrates, iii. 1. 47 : v. 8. 1 : vii. 2. 1. 
 
 tjevto, as, a bo7id of hospitality : liri 
 icvii} on terms of hospitality or as 
 guests : vi. 1. 3 ? 6. 35 : vii. 6. 3 ? 
 
 tSevfos, ov, Xenias, from Pan-hasia 
 in Arcadia, the general (in the service 
 of Cyras) of whom mention is earliest 
 made, i. 1. 2; 2. 1 ; 4. 7 ; v. I. SeMas. 
 
 t^'-vfjo), iVw i(S, to receive or entertain 
 as a guest, A., v. 6. 25 : vii. 3. 8 ; 6. 8. 
 |6ViK(!s, 4 i»'. of or relating to for ■ 
 eig.xrs : ^cfiaLv [x. irT/j(;.Tei'/ia or rXv;- 
 Oos] a foreign force, i. 2. 1 : ii. 5. 22. 
 
 t^dvios, a, ov, of -01 pertaining to hos- 
 pilality : Zeis f .'cms Zeus the god of 
 hospitality or protector of guests : ri 
 ^ivia the gifts or rUes of hospitality, 
 Iwspitable or frir.v ill. 1 gifts or presents : 
 iirl fA'io to a fricidhj enter tii inmen t , 
 asguests: iii. 2. 4 : iv.8. 23s: vii. 6.3' 
 
 t|evco|iai., lioo/iai, to becmne a guest, 
 D., vapi, vii. 8. 6, 8. 
 
 £evo$, ov, 6, hospes, a person related 
 by the ties of hospitality, a ijwbf- 
 fif'end, a guest or hoU, a. or D. : (( fo7-- 
 eigner, foreign soldier, inercenary (i^i- 
 VOL foreign or hired troops, kc): i. 1. 
 10 s; 3. 3j ii. 4. 15: iii. 1. 4. 
 
 J-B*vo-<|>£v, wvTos, (contr. fr. E«vo- 
 ij>d(i>v giving light to gueil-friends, tj>i.w 
 to give light) Xenophon, son of Gryl- 
 lus, an Athenian of the tribe jEgeis, 
 the demus Erchea, and tire order of 
 Knights. Tliere is strong i'\idi_'nce 
 that he was not born till about 430 
 B. c, thougli some prpfer an earliel 
 date. He became ea'ly ;i pupil of 
 
gevo<|>uv 
 
 91 
 
 S^pSis 
 
 Socrates through the invitation of the 
 Sage, who was won by the attraotive 
 apijeariiuce of the youth ; and also 
 received iustructicu iu oratory from 
 Isocratcs. He joined the Cyrean ex- 
 pedition, wliicli was then professedly 
 against the Pisidians, not as one of 
 the army, but simply as the fiiend of 
 Proxenus, and by the special request 
 of Cyrus. After the treacherous seiz- 
 ure of the generals, he roused the 
 Gree'-vs from tlieir dejeetiou ; and 
 having been chosen successor to Prox- 
 enus, was the lending spirit of the 
 famous retreat, though the nominal 
 precedence belonged to Chirisophus 
 as a Spartan, and an older man and 
 general. When the Cyreaus enlisted 
 under the standard of Thibron, Xeno- 
 phon appears to have returned to 
 Athens ; but not long after to have 
 ^joined his old comrades in aiding 
 the Spartans against the Persians. 
 As a friend of Sparta and enemy of 
 Persia, Xenophon was sentenced to 
 exile from Athens, probably about the 
 time when Athens took a position 
 friendly to I'ei'sia and hostile to Spar- 
 ta, B. c. 395. 
 
 On the recall of the Spartan king 
 Agesilaus, the next year, to defend 
 his native city, Xenophou returned 
 with him ; and thus was present at 
 the battle of Coronea, though it is 
 not probable that he took part in it. 
 He now withdrew from military and 
 political life, making no attempt to 
 obtain revenge for his banishment, 
 b;i t settling for a quiet, rural, literary, 
 and, tlirough his charge of a temple, 
 .s.if.red life, under LacediEmouian pro- 
 tjetioi], at Seillus in Triphylian Elis. 
 At the same time, his vicinity to 
 Olympia gave him signal advantages 
 for renewing or forming acquaintance 
 with persons from the whole Greek 
 world. He was followed from Asia 
 Minor by a wife, Philesia (perhaps a 
 s 'cond wife, the first having died be- 
 fore the Cyrean expedition), and two 
 sons, Gryllus and Diodorus. The lat- 
 ter received a military trainijig at 
 Sparta, and when Sparta and Athens 
 were united against Thebes, so that 
 there could be no conflict between 
 regard for his native and for his pa- 
 tron city, were sent by Xenophon to 
 
 serve in the Athenian army. In the 
 battle of Mantinea, B. c. 362, Gryllus 
 fell fighting most bi'avely, and accord- 
 ing to some having slain the Thcban 
 commander Eimminondas. Xenophon 
 resided at Seillus more than 20 years ; 
 but was forced to leave this delightful 
 letrcat, when the Eleaas took posses- 
 sion of it, after the battle of Leuctra 
 (n. c. 371). He retired to Lepreum 
 and afterwards to Corinth, which 
 seems from this time to have been liis 
 chief residence, and where he is stated 
 to have died, well advanced iu age 
 (probably a few years after liHl a. c). 
 As his sentence of banishment was 
 repealed, upon the motion, it is said, 
 of its very proposer, Eubfilus, he may 
 have spent a part of his old age in his 
 native Atheuis. 
 
 Besides his longer works, the Anab- 
 asis, Cyropaidia, Helleuica, and Me- 
 moirs of Socrates, he wrote several 
 shorter essays, or sketches. The Anab- 
 asis appears to have been based upon 
 a jourual kept by him during the Ex- 
 pedition, and to have been mainly 
 completed for his own use and that 
 of his friends soon after his return ; 
 but not to have received its last 
 touches till after his establishment at 
 Seillus. Its publication seem.s, how- 
 ever, to have been preceded by an 
 abstract of it, or a work based upon 
 it, put forth, doubtless with Xeno- 
 phou's consent, by Themistogenes, a 
 Syracusan. The character of Xeno- 
 phon was marked by energy, courage, 
 sagacity, a keen sense of honor, at- 
 tachment to friends, uprightness, and 
 piety, i. 8. 15 : ii. 5. 37 : iii. 1. 4 s, 47. 
 
 S^pSls, ov, (Pers. ksher.she, king; 
 Hdt. translates by d/piji'os warrior, 6. 
 98) Xerxes i., king of Persia B. c. 486 
 - 465, the son of Darius i. and Atos- 
 sa, a daughter of Cyrus. Darius had 
 older sons born before his accession to 
 the throne ; but, through the influ- 
 ence of Atossa, appointed Xerxes his 
 successor, as the first-born of Darius 
 tlie king. The reign of Xerxes was 
 most noted for his invasion of Greece 
 in pursuance of his father's plans, 
 with a countless host, for his briilgiug 
 the Hellespont and <uttiug ofl' Mt. 
 Athos, for the checks at Thermopylie 
 and Artemisium, and the signal defeats 
 
leoTos 
 
 92 
 
 88c 
 
 of Salamis, Platiese, and Myeale. Tlie 
 disasters, follies, and vices of his reigii 
 teiininated in his assassination by two 
 of his chief officers, the crown descend- 
 ing to his son Artaxei-xes 1. i. 2. 9 : 
 iii. 2. 13. See Aapeios. 
 
 i^arros, i}, i", smoothed, polished, 
 wrought, iii. 4. 10. 
 [Jew or |v« to scrape, shave, polish.'\ 
 t|T|palv(i>, avCi, to dry. A., ii. 3. 15. 
 
 |T|pas, d, bv, dry, sliKK, iv. 5. 33. 
 
 |(<j>os, cos, t4, (J^w ?) a sword, esp. 
 a large, straight, pointed, and double- 
 edged sword. This was comni. car- 
 ried by the Greeks in a sheath on the 
 left side, by a belt from the right 
 shoulder, ii. 2. 9. Cf. /idxaipa. 
 
 loavov, ov, {i4w) an image or statiie, 
 esp. one carved of wood, v. 3. 12. 
 
 Ivy- older for 0-117-, see ^iv, 
 
 Iu-^Xt], -qs, (fi)u, see |^w) a curved 
 Spartan dagger, iv. 7. 16 : 8. 25. 
 t^vXl^oitai, Iffo/xai 1., to gather or col 
 lect wood, ii. 4. 11. 
 t^iiXivos, VtO", of wood, wooden,!. 8.9 
 
 |uXov, ov, (|i)ai, see j^ai) a stick or 
 log of wood, pole, i. 10. 12 : comni. pi. 
 wood, fuel, trees, i. 5. 12 ; ii. l.fi ; 2.16 
 iv.5.5: vi. 4.4 s. Der. xylo-gbaphy. 
 
 |iiv * (in compos, also fu-, ivy-, f uX-, 
 |u/i-, |up-, |i/a--) an older form for (riix 
 cum, with, ii. 3. 19 ; 5. 2. For all 
 words in which it is found, see (riv and 
 its compounds. Some editors now 
 exclude it from the Anab., even in 
 passages where it appears in the best 
 
 O. 
 
 8 which, 8 Ti whatever, see 8s, Stms, 
 i. 3. 17, 19. — 6- prefixed to an indeli- 
 nite or interrogative beginning with tt, 
 makes an indefinite relative. 
 
 6, »i, TO,* the definite or prepositive 
 article, the (often not translated, 520 a); 
 also as a demonstrative or personal 
 pion. (after Kal, taking the orthotone 
 forms Ss, ^, oil, at, 5i8f), that, this, he, 
 slie, U; 249s, 518s: i.l.ls; 8.16s: 
 b fiiv . . b Si this (on the one hand, in- 
 deed) . . [on the other hfi.nd, but, and) 
 that, tlie one . . the other, one . . an- 
 other, &c., ol iih . . o'i S4 lliese . . those, 
 some . otJicrs, tlie one party . . the 
 other party, &c., i. 1. 7; 10. 4 : iii. 4. 
 16 : vii. 2. 2 (.so w. ris, 530 b, iv. 3. 33) : 
 
 cf. i. 9. 6 : b fukii . . ol 5^ he (indeed) . . 
 and the rest, ii. 2. 6 ; cf. 3. 10, 23 s : 6 
 (^, oi, oi) Si but or andhe (she, tliey), 
 comm. w. a change of subject, 518 e, 
 i. 1.3s, 9; 2. 2,16 s: iv. 5. 10: rk i^h 
 . . TO. Si, [as to some things . . as to 
 others] pa7-% . . partly, now .. now,^ 
 iv. 1. 14 : tS /Uf [sc. x'^Pf <"^ ^^v] • • ''"5 
 Si in this place . . in that place, here . . 
 there, im one view or respect , . in an- 
 other view or respect, iii. 1. 12 ? iv. 8. 
 10. The art. is sometimes doubled, 
 and sometimes omitted where it would 
 be regularly used, 523 a, j, 533 s, i.4.4. 
 It is often used w. au ellipsis of its 
 subject (which also explains its pro- 
 nominal use), 527 s ; ol -irapi (aiv, ^|, 
 jMTd, &c.), the m«M or those from (vnlh, 
 &c.), oi iKclvav his men, i. 1. 5 ; 2. 15, 
 18 : ol rbre [the then men] those then 
 living, ol IvSov (?f u) those within (with- 
 out), 526, ii. 5. 11, 32 : rtk Kipov the 
 [affairs] relation of Cyrus, t4 Trapi j3a- 
 (TiXiws the messages or communications 
 from the king, ri, vepl Upo^ivov the fate 
 of Proxenus, i. 3. 9 : ii. 3. 4 ; 6. 37 : 
 ils rb irpbaBev [to the region before] 
 forward, i. 10. 5 : rb iirl To&r(fi [as to 
 that depending upon him] so far as 
 depended upon him, vi. 6. 23. It is 
 thus used in foi-ming many adverbial 
 phrases, 529 : rb irpQroy at first, rb 
 TpbaSep before, i. 10. 10. A noun, or 
 a relative and verb, are often used in 
 translating an art. and part., 678 a: 
 ol ^ciiyoirres (^KTreTTTia/cfrres) the exiles, 
 b ijyTiaiiuvos who will guide, i. 1. 7 : ii. 
 4. 5 : rbv pooXb/iemv [him that] any 
 one that wished, i. 3. 9. It often im- 
 plies a possessive, genitive, or distiib- 
 utive pronoun, 530 e, 522 b : irpbs rbv 
 d5€\<l>Si> to [the] his brother, rif crrpa- 
 TiiiTTj to each soldier, i. 1. 3 ; 3. 21 ; 
 cf. 8. 3.^ 
 
 [dpcXds] & dim. ipeXtcKOS, ov, 6, 
 (^iXos) n spit, vii. 8. 14. Der. obelisk. 
 .{.oPoXds, ov, 6, (supposed to have 
 been so named from its shape or stamp) 
 obolus, an obol, = J drachma, or about 
 3J cents, i. 5. 6. 
 
 t678o^KovTaindecl.,octoginta,cigiW3/, 
 iv. 8. .15. 
 
 878005, -q, OV, (bKTii) octavus, eighth, 
 iv. 6. 1. 
 
 8-8«, lj-86, T8-8e,* demonstr. pron., 
 (6, ^Se) hie, hic-ce, this, this one, tlie 
 folio King ; more deiutic than oBros, 
 
oScvu 
 
 93 
 
 o'dofiai 
 
 and often referring to that which fol- 
 lows, as oBtos to that which precedes, 
 while both are nearer in reference than 
 iKeims : rySe [sc. X'^Pf oi 6S^] in this 
 place or way, Itere, thus : i. 1. 9 ; 5. 
 15 3 ; 9. 29: 'ii. 3. 19; 5.41: vii. 2. 13. 
 
 toSfvw, e6iTu, to pursue one's way^ 
 travel, jouriwi/, vii. 8. 8 ? 
 
 toSoi-irop^u,* ijiru, oSot-TreTripijua or 
 ihSoi-irjprjKa, (Tripos) to journey, travel, 
 esp. to proceed by land, v. 1. 14 ? 
 
 toSo-irotew,* ^trw, ujSo-iroiTjKa or -ttc- 
 Troi'r)Ka, ipf. tjido-Troiovv, to inake, pre- 
 pare, or repair a road, D., AE., iii. 2. 
 24: iv. 8. 8: v. 1. 13. s; 3. 1. 
 
 686s, 00, ii, via, iter, a way, path, 
 road, highway, route ; a way, method, 
 means; length of lh.e way, distance ; a 
 journey, march, expedition ; i. 2. 13 ; 
 4. 11 : ii. 6. 22 : iv. 3. 16 : often un- 
 derstood w. an adj. or art., iii. 5. 15 : 
 iv. 2. 9. Der. meth-od, Muni-ODisT. 
 '08pio-T|s, 00, an Odrysian. The 
 Odrysaj were a numerous and power- 
 ful people of Thrace, whose special 
 seat was about the Hebrus, but who 
 long bore sway from the jUgean to the 
 Euxine. Their earlier known kings 
 reigned as follows : 1. Teres, about 
 500 B. c. ; 2. his son Sitalcas, who in- 
 vaded Macedonia witli an ai-my of 
 150,000 ; and 3., was succeeded, B. c. 
 424, by his nephew, Seuthes i., whose 
 yearly revenue readied 400 talents, 
 besides a larger amount in presents ; 
 4. Medocus (already reigning, B. o. 
 405) and Maesades, prob. sons of Seu- 
 thes. With this division of the sov- 
 ereignty was connected a. decline of' 
 the power of the Odrysse. Miesad.'S \ 
 was soon driven from his kingdom, \ 
 and died, leaving to his son, Seuthes 
 ir. (the prince whom the Cyreans as- 
 sisted) , only an empty title, vii. 2. 32 ; 
 7. 11. As adj., Odrysian, vii. 7. 2. — - 
 2. Ace. to some, Odri/ses, from whom 
 the OdryssB took their name, father 
 of Teres, vii. 5. 1. 
 
 'OSucro-eus, ^ms, Ulysses, king of 
 Ithaca, one of the most famous of the 
 besiegers of Troy, especially renowned 
 forprudenoe,skilI, firmness, eloquence, 
 and cunning, and for his ten years' 
 wanderings in returning home, v. 1. 2. 
 89«v adv. , (Ss) unde, from which or 
 what place, whence, from which or 
 whence, from what source or quwrter, 
 
 i. 2. 8 ; 3. 17 (sc. iKeiae) : ii. 3. 14, 16 ; 
 5. 26. 
 
 ^i9ev-TT(f from which very place, 
 whence indeed, whence, ii. 1. 3. 
 
 ol the, see d. — oJ who, see &i. — ot 
 they, see d, vii. 6. 4. — ot enclit., to 
 him, see oD, i. 1. 8. — ol adv., (iis) quo, 
 whither, i. 6. 10? 
 
 oISo (ot8') novi, ottrOa, see opdai. 
 ofci 2 sing, of ofoMoi, i. 7. 9. 
 
 toi!Ka-SE {-de, 225!) to one's hmne, for 
 home, home-ward, home : t) ohaSe iSJs 
 the way hotne: i. 2. 2 ; 7. 4 : iii. 2.24s. 
 
 toUetos, o, o;-, s., familiaris, belong- 
 ing to the house or family, domestic, 
 akin, familiar, intimate : oi oUeioi the 
 members of a family, household, kin- 
 dred, friends, relatives : D.,G.: ii.6.28: 
 iii. 2. 26, 39 ; 3. 4. 
 
 toiKeCdis in a familiar or frien 
 way, familiarly, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 
 
 tolKSTijs, ov, a ■member of a family ; 
 a domestic, serva7it ; ii. 3.15: iv. 5.35. 
 
 tolK^u, ^(Tu, (Ji;c7)Ka, to inhabit, occu- 
 py, dwell or live (in). A., iwip, apd, iv, 
 iirl, irapA, &c., i. 1. 9 ; 2. 6 ; 4. 6, 11 : 
 iii. 2. 23 ; 5. 16 : v. 1. 13. 
 
 |otKi)|i.a, aros, rt>, a divelling, vii. i. 
 15. 
 
 toUKTio-is, CMS, Ti, a residetice,vn, 2.38. 
 
 toiKCo, OS, a house, dwelling, ii. 2. 16. 
 
 toiKl^u, law ii3, y.iKo 1., to build a 
 house or city ; to colonize or people a 
 place ; to settle or establish in a resi- 
 dence ; A.; v. 3. 7; 6.17: vi.4.14; 6.3. 
 
 I tolKO-So|JL4a>, "qcTfjJ, I^KoSSflTJKO., [diflQJ 
 
 to build) to build, construct, erect, a 
 house, wall, tower, &c.. A., i. 2. 9. 
 : tol!Ko6£v adv., from hoiiw, iii. 1. 4. 
 \ totKOi adv., at home, in one's own 
 ] country .- oi otxoi those at Jiome, one's 
 family or countrymen: to of/coi things 
 at home : i. 1. 10 ; 2. 1 ; 7. 4 : v. 6. 20. 
 IoIko-vo^os, ov, 6, (vi/xu) a steward, 
 manager, economist, i. 9. 19. 
 
 oIkos, ov, 6, (akin to Lat. vicus, 
 Eng. -wick, -vnch, 139) a Iwuse, home, 
 ii. 4. 8. 
 
 olKTelpu,* cpCi, (olKTospity, fr. otoh!) 
 to pUy, commiserate. A., i.-1.7 : iii. 1.19. 
 otfiai mclhinks, see oto/iai, i. 3. 6. 
 otvos, ou, d, vinum, wine, 141, i. 2. 
 13 ; 5. 10 : iv. 4. 9 ; 5. 26. 
 i 4o'^'">-X°<'S, ov, 0, (x^w to pour) a 
 I wine-pourer, cup-bearer, iv. 4. 21. 
 ] ol'o)i.ai * (nude 1 sing, oi/ioi, ipf. 
 ! ^r/p, more oomm., esp. when the verb 
 
otos 
 
 €4 
 
 '0\vv6ios 
 
 is parenthetic ; 2 s. ofei), oi-rjiroiiai, 
 ifriiuu, a. p. ^iiBriv, to think, suppose, 
 believe, expect; sometimes used not 
 from doubt, but for modesty or iiony ; 
 I. (A.); i. 8. 6; 7. 4, 9,14 : iii. 1. 15, 
 17, 29 {parenthetic, Tnethinks), 35. 
 
 otos, * a, o^/jrel. pron , of quality, some- 
 times coniplem., (Ss) fpialis, of which or 
 what kind,sort,or naiure: s\\c\\as,%ohat 
 kind of, what (in tquality), )iow great ; 
 = Sti ToiouTos that sueh, 558 : i. 3. 13 ; 
 7. 4 : ii. 3. 15 ; 6. 8 : [such as to] stat- 
 able, proper, I., 5560, ii. 3. 13 ; ohv 
 XoXeTiiTttTo;' .such as is most difficult, 
 of the most difficult kind, 556 a, iv. 8. 
 2 : otov adv. , as, as for instance, as 
 if, iv. 1. 14 : vii. 3. 32 : otos Te [such 
 as to] competent, able, possible, (w. iirH 
 often understood) i., i. 3. 17: ii. 4. 6, 
 24 : v. 4. 9 ; lis ot6v tc /adXurTa irc- 
 ipuXaynii/us [so as is possible, most 
 guardedly] as guardedly as possible, 
 ii. 4. 24. 
 
 jotos-irtp, dvep, ovwep, also written 
 separately, = ofoj strengthened, just 
 such as, such indeed as, just such a 
 one as, just as, &c. ; i. 3. 18 ; 8. 18. 
 
 oJ-irep, see S<r-Tep, iii. 2. 10. 
 
 ols,* ollis, ii 6, ovis, aslicep, iv. 5. 25. 
 
 oto-da, see ipda, ii. 3. 21. 
 toio-Tos, contr. oIo-tos, oC, d, an ar- 
 row, ii. 1. 6. 
 
 oto-ai, f. of <t>(pa, ii. 1. 17. 
 
 Olratos, ov, an CEtcean, a man from 
 the region of Mt. CEta (now Katavo- 
 thra, 7071 feet high), in the south of 
 Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 
 
 ot-Tiv«s, see So-ns, i. 3. 18. 
 
 otlxofiai,* olxi)(!op.at, yx W" ? pf- ct. 
 otxtiKa or ifixiuKa, to go, depart ; hence, 
 to disappear, perish: pres. as pf., / 
 have gone or departed, I am gone or 
 absent, opposed to ffKu I am come, 
 612 ; and ipf. as both pip. and aor. : 
 i. 4. 8 ; 10. 16 : iv. 5. 24, 35 : oirbeei/ 
 olxoiTo [whencesoever he was gone] 
 vjhere he was m,issing, iii. 1.32. The 
 part, of a verb of motion is often used 
 with otxop-ai as a stronger form of ex- 
 pression for the' simple verb, 679 d : 
 as uJXfT-o 6,ir€\aivijv he [departed lid- 
 ing off] rode off, (jix"''' tX^oi;' lie sailed 
 avail, ii. 4. 24 ; 6. 3 : cf. iii. 3. 5. 
 
 oluvos, oO, 0, (oio! alone) a bird that 
 flies alone, as an eagle, vulture, &c., 
 esp. observed for auguries ; hence, an 
 augury, omen, presage, token, G. , iii. 2. 9. 
 
 JK^Xu, * a. (S.reiXo, (/t^XXu to impel) 
 of a vessel, to run aground, strike, vii. 
 5. 12. 
 
 okXu^u, Aaa, (k\6.uj to break, bend) 
 to bend t/ie knee, sink on bended knee, 
 kneel or crouch dimii, vi. 1. 10. 
 
 t^Kv^u, ijcrw, to hesitate, be reluctant 
 or apprelicnsive, fear, I., jii], i. 3. 17 : 
 ii. 3. 9 ; 4. 22. 
 
 toK.vTipus adv., {6Kvr]p6s reluctant) re- 
 luctantly, vii. 1. 7. 
 
 {Ikvos, ov, 0, rehictance, hesitation, 
 backivardness, iv. 4. 11. 
 toKTaKio'-xlXioi, ai, o, eight thou- 
 sand, V. 3. 3 ; 5. 4. 
 
 tfiKTaKdo-ioi, ac, a, (iKariv) octin- 
 geiiti, eight httndred, i. 2. 9. 
 
 oKTw indecl., octo. Germ, acht, 
 EIGHT, i. 2. 6 ; 8. 27. Der. octave. 
 
 |6KT(D-Kat-8eKa (or ixri) Kal S^Ka) 
 indecl., ooto-decim, eighteen, iii. 4. 5. 
 
 fiXcBpos, ov, 6, (SXXu/ii to destroy) de- 
 struction, loss, i. 2. 26. 
 
 oXCyos, fj, ov, c. i\da(rb)v & /j^iuv, 
 s. dXlyurros, small, little ; of time or 
 distance, short; pl./ew, a few: 6\lyov 
 adv., little, a little: iir dXlyav few 
 deep, Kar dXiyovs [by few] in small 
 parties : see iwl, Kard, irapd : i. 5. 2 ? 
 14 : iii. 3. 9 : iv. 8. 11 : v. 8. 12 (6X1- 
 70s, sc. TrX'^as, too few blows) : vii. 2. 
 20 ; 6. 29. Der. olig-akchy. 
 
 6Xi(r6dv(ii,* 6Xur8'/i(ral., (iXl<r6riKa\., 
 2 a. HXurBov, to slip, slide, iii. 5. 11. 
 |6Xio-6i]pds, d, iiv, slippery, iv. 3. 6. 
 
 oXkclS, dSos, T], ((Xku) a ve.'-sel which 
 is towed ; hence, a ship of burden, 
 mcnhantman, i. 4. 6. Der. HULK. 
 1 6Xo£-Tpo\os, ov, 6, {rpoxos wlicel, 
 fr. rp^x'^) 1 stone making an entire 
 wheel, a round stone, iv. 2. 3. 
 toXo-KavT^o), iitTu, (Kalo)) to bum 
 whole, offer a holocaust, a., vii. 8. 4s. 
 
 8X0S, 7;, ov, totus, WHOLE, entire, 
 all, i. 2. 17: ii. 3.16: iii. 3. 11: iv. 8. 
 11. Der. CATH-OLic. 
 
 'OXvfiiirla, as, Olympia, a consecrat- 
 ed spot on the north bank of the river 
 Alpneus, near Pisa in Elis, noted for 
 its temple of Jupiter Olymjiius, and 
 the (juadrennial celebration (about 
 midsummer) of the great Olympic 
 games, on which the Greek system of 
 chronology was based, v. 8. 7, 11. 
 II The vale of Andilalo. 
 
 'OXuvBios, ov, an Olynthian, a man 
 of Olynthua ( OXwSos), a flourishing 
 
6|ta\^s 
 
 »5 
 
 oni|vlKa 
 
 finil powerful city on the northern 
 coast of the ^gean, at the head of 
 the Toronaic Gulf, a. Clialcidiaii col- 
 ony. Some of the most familiar ora- 
 tions of Demosthenes were delivered 
 for the preservation of this city from 
 the machinations of Philip of Mace- 
 don, but in vain. It was destroyed 
 B. c. 347. i. 2. 6. II Alo Mamas. 
 
 ofLoX'fjs, is, & 6|ia\o$, ^, 6y, (o.uis) 
 even, level, smooth; sometimes w. xii- 
 piov ground, or oSis way, understood ; 
 i. 5. 1 : iv. 6. 12. Der. an-omalous. 
 |6|ia\i]ii$ evenly, in an even line, uni- 
 formly, i. 8. 14. 
 
 8|i-i]pos, ov, o, (o/wD, i,p-) one who 
 joins together, a surely, hostage, i. 
 fut. as gen., iii. 2. 24 : vii. 4. 12s, 24. 
 
 crowd, assembly) to associate or be in- 
 timateioitk, v., iii.2.25. Der. homily. 
 ofiCxXi^, i)s, a mist, fog, iv. 2. 7. 
 6p,|jLa, oTos, t!>, {iir-, see opia) a look, 
 eye, vii. 7. 46. 
 
 5|iVU|iL * & 6)ivvu, d^jioupAt, dfitbfiQxa, 
 a. Sipjxra, to swear, take an oath; to 
 swear by, 472 f; A. D., i. (a.), ae., 
 ivl: ii.i2.8s: iii. 2. 4: vi. 1.31 ; 6.17. 
 
 t8|i,oios, a, ov, like, alike, similar, 
 tlie same kind of; in like condition or 
 on an equality with ; D. c. (iv.1.17?): 
 at Sparta, oi S/ituoi the peers, those who 
 had the fuU.rights of citizenship, iv. 
 6. 14 : iv Tip6p.olif in a like position, 
 on equal ground, iv. 6. 18 : Sp,oioi ^(raj 
 0avp,dteiv or 0cLvp,i,^oyTes (or -ov(riv) 
 they seemed to be wondering, 657 j, iii. 
 5. 13 : optolois Kal 705 e, v. 4. 21 : S/muo. 
 fiirfp [things like to those whieli] the 
 same kind of things which, or Just as, 
 V. 4. 34. Der. homceo-pathy. 
 
 ^o|j.o((i>s in like or the same maniur, 
 alike, i. 3. 12 : vi. 5. 31 (0. iicrirep) : 
 vii. 6. 10. 
 
 ta|io-XoY^u, ijiru, iti/taX6Yi?Ka, (Kiyia) 
 to speak in agreement with another, 
 to agree, agree upon, aAnowledge, con- 
 fess; to consent, promise; A., I. (A.); 
 1. 6. 7 s ; 9. 1, 14 : ii. 6. 7 : vii. 4. 13. 
 
 |o|io-XoYov|i.£vus adv., (fr. pt. of pre- 
 ceding) confessedly : 6. ix irdm-uv [con- 
 fessedly by all] by the acknowledgmerU, 
 admission, or consent of all, ii. 6. 1. 
 
 t6|i.a-|i'fiTpios, (t, oi", (/tijTijp) bom of 
 the same mother, iii. 1. 17. 
 
 t6(i.o-TdTpios, a, ov, (jrari)/)) by the 
 samcfatliar, iii. 1. 17. 
 
 [6|ijs, 17, bv, Ep., one and llie sane. 
 Der. HOMO- in compounds.] 
 
 d|i6(rai, -iras, see 6iivSp,t, ii. 3. 27. 
 
 b^6<rt(6jM6s)to the same flacemthVae 
 enemy, or to meet them ; to the charge, 
 to close quarters ; iii. 4. 4 : v. 4. 26. 
 
 6|io-Tpdire^os, ov, (o>6s, r/jdirefa) sit- 
 ting lit the same table : masc. subst., u. 
 tab.'e-companion, partaker at the same 
 table ; among the Persians, a courtier 
 who was specially lioninsl by ailmij- 
 sion to the prince's table : n. : i. 8. 25 : 
 iii 2. 4. Po cfx-T-diref !, i. 9. 31. 
 
 6;iov adv., (liLii) in tlie same place; 
 tof/et/ier, In iini hi. or eonibiiiation; at the 
 meeting of armi, in collision ; at the 
 same time; i. 10. 8 : iv. 2. 22 ; 6. 24 
 (D. or G.'4So, 445 c): v.2.14: vii.1.23. 
 
 6|ii)ia\os, od, 6, umbilicus, the navel, 
 iv. 5. 2. 
 
 8p.us adv. , (oAtis) at the same tiine, 
 however, neeerllieless, iwtwitlislanding, 
 yet, still; often w. aconj., a.sS^,dXXd, 
 &c.; i.3.2I; 8.13,23: ii.2.17; 4.23. 
 
 8v, see dpi. — 8v whom, see 3s. 
 
 8vap,* t6, Hvapos, 6, or Svapov, t3, 
 g. dvelpou or dveiparos, pi. dveipara or 
 ivcipa,adream, night-vision, iii. 1. lis : 
 iv. 3. 8, 13. Der. oneieo-mancy. 
 
 6vtvT]|ii,* 6vTi(riii, a. firijira, a. p. <iv^- 
 djpi, to benefit, do one a service, 2 A., 
 iii. 1. 38 ? V. 5. 2 ; 6. 20. 
 
 fivop.a, OTOS, TO, (tvo- in yiyviiaKui) 
 Lat. nomen (fr. nosco), what one is 
 known by ; a name ; re-NOwrN, repu- 
 tation; i. 2. 23 ; 4. 11 ; 5. 4: ii. 6. 17. 
 Der. AN-ONYMOUS. [vii. 4. 15. 
 
 4.6vo|ia<rTi adv., by nanve, vi. 5. 24 : 
 
 8vos, ov, o T\, asinus, an ass: duos 
 H-ypios onager, the wild ass : i. dXirris 
 a grinding-jack, a mill-stone, esp. the 
 U])per one :' i. 5. 2, 5 : ii. 1. 6 ; 2. 20. 
 
 8vTOs, -I, -a, -Es, &c., see clpJ,, i. 1. 
 
 11. Der. ONTO-LOGY. 
 
 t8$os, eor, t4, Fr. viu-aigre, sour 
 wine, vinegar, ii. 3. 14. 
 
 d|iisi cia, 6, sharp, (u:id, sour, v. 4. 
 29. Dei'. OXY-GEN. 
 
 8-irep, see Sj-wep, iii. 2. 29. 
 
 S-iri\ or 8-Tq] adv., wherever, where ; 
 by or in whatever or what way, how, 
 as ; in whatever or what direction, 
 whither (soever); i. 3. 6; 4.8: ii.1.19; 
 iv. 2. 12, 24 : vi. 1. 21. 
 
 o-irilvCKa adv., {injvtKa ; at wJuU 
 point of tim^e .'), at w/uUever poitU of 
 time, G., iii. 5. 18? 
 
fiinerfltv 
 
 96 
 
 opao 
 
 fiirtir9£V adv., (akin to hroyaii) fnmi 
 behind, behind, in tlie rear: iK toC 
 iTtusBai from behind, els Toiiruxdev baek- 
 wwrds: ol 6irurBev those behind or in 
 the rear, the rear: t4 6-7rur8cv the rear: 
 G. : i. 7. 9 ; 10. G, 9 : iii. 3. 10 ; 4. 40 : 
 iv. 1. 6; 2. 25 s. 
 
 {oirLo'Oo-clivXcuc^o, "^(yf^, to form the 
 rear-guard ; to guard, cover, bring up, 
 or command the rear ; ii. 3. 10. 
 
 {&in,<r6o-<(n>XaK{a, as, the charge of 
 tlie rear, iv. 6. 19. 
 
 4.6iri(rOo-<^Xa^ ukos, 6 ii, guarding 
 the rear, of the rear-gimrd : oi iirurBo- 
 ^6\aKcs snbst., the rear-guard: iii. 3. 
 7 : iy. 1. 6, 17 ; 3. 27 ; 5. 16 ; 7. 8. 
 
 iviira adv., (akin to liro/iat] behind, 
 vi. 1. 8. 
 
 toirXl^fio, Uyut iw, &Tr\iKal., to arm, 
 equip, A. : M. to arm Okie's self: i. 8. 6 : 
 ii. 2. 14; 6.25: iv. 3. 31. 
 
 ISirXio-is, cus, i), warlike epdpmeni, 
 ii. 5. 17. 
 
 t6irXiT6u<o, ei(ra, inMrevna, to serve 
 as a hoplite, v. 8. 5. 
 
 tmrXfrris, ov, a heavy-armed foot-sol- 
 dier, inan-at-arms, hoplite. The ojrXi- 
 T(u, encased in metal and well trained 
 in the use of arms, were the chief 
 dependence of a Greek army, and 
 were among the best soldiers the 
 world has ever known. They carried 
 a helmet, cuirass, shield, greaves, 
 spear, and sword, i.1.2; 2. 3, 9. 
 
 {oirXinKos, 4 ^"i relating to or con- 
 sisting ofhaplites: ojtXitucSv, sc. <rrpi- 
 Tfviui, heavy-armed force, heavy in- 
 fantry, hoplites, iv. 8. 18 : vii. 6. 26. 
 
 toirXo-|tax(a, as, {iidxa/uu) the use 
 of heavy arms, the art of fighting with 
 tliem ; infantry-practice ; ii. 1. 7. 
 
 SirXov, ov, an implement, esp. of war : 
 pi. arms, esp. heavy arms ; armor ; 
 the arms as stacked or deposited in 
 an encampment (conim. in front of the 
 men's quarters), tlie place of arms, or, 
 ill general, the camp : rd SirXa by me- 
 tonymy for o! OTrX/rai the men at arms : 
 Iv (ro!s) inrKois inoT under ar>ns, armed : 
 i. 2. 2 : ii. 2. 4, 20 ; 4. 15 : iii. 1. 3, 33 ; 
 2. 28, 36 ; 3. 7. Der. pan-oply. ~ 
 
 to-iroOev wheneesoever, whence; (el- 
 liptically, 551 f) anywhere whence, 
 any place or source from which ; iii. 
 1. 32 ; 6. 3 : V. 2. 2. 
 
 t8-iroi. whithersoever, whither, wher- 
 zver, where; (elliptically, 551 f) any 
 
 place to which ; i. 9. 1 3 ? ii. 4. 1 9 s : 
 iii. 5. 13, 17. 
 
 to-irolos, o, OK, ofwluilever or what 
 kind or nature, wluUsoever, whatever 
 or wltat (in quality) ; what kind or 
 sort of; such as ; ii. 2. 2 ; 6. 4 : iii. 
 1.13: V. 2. 3; 5. 15; 6. 28(SSod). 
 
 [8-iros an old rel. indef. pron., re- 
 maining in Sttou, 6wii, &c.] 
 
 lo-mScros, ij, ov, horw much or great 
 {soever), as much or lai^ as : mbaov, 
 sc. x'^P'o". as far as: iii. 2. 21 ; 3. 10 : 
 iv. 4. 17 : pi. how many {soever), what- 
 ever (in number), as many as, often 
 preceded by the pi. of xas, 550 f, i. 1 . 
 6;_2. 1; 8.27; v. 8. 10. 
 
 tomSr-av or 6ir<jT ftv, = iirdre iv, 
 w. the snbj., 619b, ii. 3. 27 : v. 7. 7 s. 
 
 4.6-iriJT( whenever, wlien ; at whatever 
 time, as soon as; atatimewftera, 550b; 
 since : f/v hnrbm [there was whenj some- 
 limes : ojrdTe ye at least when, if in- 
 deed, since: i. 2. 7 ; 6. 7 : iii. 2. 2, 15 s, 
 36: iv. 2. 27: vii. 6. 11. 
 
 4.o-iroTcpo$, a, ov, uihichsoever or 
 lohich, of two persons, parties, courses, 
 &c., iii. 1. 21, 42 ; 4. 42 ; vii. 7. 18. 
 
 ^S-irou wherever, where, to or in a 
 place where : Stov iiij [where not] ex- 
 cept where : oiK J/v Sirov there was no 
 place where: i.3.6; 5.8s: iii.2.9,34: 
 iv. 5. 30 s ; 8. 26 : vi. 3. 23. 
 
 oirroAi, ■/law, win-qKa, (akin to t^u>) 
 to baJce, roast. A., y. 4. 29. 
 
 4.6irr<is, 1), 6v, (.shortened for iiTT-ip-As) 
 baked, brvml, as brick, ii. 4. 12. 
 
 8-ir(»s* adv., in whatever or v;hat 
 way, how, as; eonj., in order that, so 
 that, that; i. 1. 4, 6 ; 6. 11 ; 8. 13 : vi. 
 5.30 : oiK luTiv Sirus [there is not how] 
 it cannot be that, ii. 4. 3 : faus icreade 
 [sc. ipS.re'] see tlmt you be, 626, i. 7. 3 : 
 oix Sims not only not, 717 g, vii. 7. 8. 
 opdu,* j^o/xai, iiipaxa or ebpojca, 
 ijif. iihpav, 2 a. elSov (fSw, -oi/it, -i, 
 -eZv, -lie), a. p. Ci<l>0rp', to see (includ- 
 ing both sensation and perception, real 
 or imaginary, and even mere mental 
 discuniment, while p\iitu is ratlier to 
 look, of the outward sense, Bedo/iai to 
 gaze upon a spectacle, and aKOviui to 
 look as a watchman or searcher), to be- 
 hold, discern, perceive, A. (often by 
 attraction from a dependent clau.se, 
 474b) p., cp., i. 2. 18: iii. 1. lis, 15; 
 
 2. 8, 23s, 29 : ipuiiievos seen, visible, iv. 
 
 3. 5 : — 2 pf olSa* {jUaptev oi- hpiev. 
 
6pYf[ 
 
 87 
 
 'Ofytrfiivioi 
 
 elSa, elSelriv, taBi, elShai, elSiis), 2 pip. 
 ^Sew, f. ehofiM, [to have seen, hence] 
 to JcTiom (in general presenting this re- 
 sult more simply than its synonyraes, 
 yir/vSiaxii), i-irl(rTa;xai, &c. ), lo under- 
 stand, be acquainted with, be assured, 
 A. (sometimas by attraction from a de- 
 pendent clause, 474b) v., op., i. 3. .5, 
 Ij; 8.21: ii. 1. 13; 5.13: iii. 5. 11: 
 iv. 1. 22: x^P'" (tSivM to [know] rec- 
 ojnhe oy: feel an obligation, d. g., i. 
 4. 15 : vii. 6. 32 : eiSis knowinj, from 
 certain knowledge, with certainty, i. 7. 
 4 : iKaarax'^ue dSivai [to be aoquaint- 
 e J] to /mow the country in every direc- 
 tion, iii. 5. 17: olS' &ti parenthetic, / 
 know, 717b, v.7.33. Dm. PA}f-()ii.\MA. 
 
 £p7^, ^s, anjor,. i. 5. 8 : ii. 6. 9. 
 ■I-^PY'S™! '"■" '"1 ^o ™i^5 anjry, en- 
 rage ; M. w. a. p., to bi angry, wroth, 
 or enragei, D., i. 2. 26 ; .5. 11 : vi.1.30. 
 tipYuiii, as, the extant of tha out- 
 stretched arms, afUho n, about ii feet 
 {— 4 -irrixeis), i. 7. 14 : iv. 5. 4. 
 
 6piyia,* ^fu, (akin to Lat. rego) tt 
 stretch or reach oat, present, vii. 3. 2J. 
 
 6pe\.vis, ■^, bv, or fipciosi a, ok, (Spas) 
 m')unlainous ; of tliemountains,inoun- 
 taln : oJ 6pe.vol the mountaineers : v. 
 2. 2 : vii. 4. 11, 21. 
 t3j)9ios, o, o», s., straight up, steep 
 (cf. 'tr,xLi'rjs); t6 ipdioj [sc. x^pfoy] the 
 steep ground ; 6p8iov livai to go up a 
 ste;p ascint: of a military comp'tny, 
 [straight up towards the enemy] in a 
 coUimn, i. e. with narrow front, anl 
 nrioh greater depth (of. ^i\ay^): i. 2. 
 21: iv. 2. 3, 11; 6. 12; 8. 12 s. 
 
 opd6s, 1^, 6", (akin to SpvOu and Lat. 
 orior) erect, upright, straight; right; 
 ii. 5. 23 : vi. 6.B8. Der. ortho-dox. 
 4. !ip9p)s, ou, 6, the rising of the morn- 
 iu,.; light, dawn, daybreak, ii. 2. 21. 
 ^.opSiii: rigidly, right, properly, cor- 
 re:tly, juUly: 6. Ix'^ (l- ^•) *" *« prop- 
 er: i. 9. 30: iii. 2. 7; 3. 12. 
 
 opr^ti), liToi 1(3, liSpiKa, (Spos a bound) 
 to boun i, separate ; to define, determine ; 
 A. : M. to set up for one's bound, A. : 
 iv.3.1 : vii.5.13; 7.36. Der. horizon. 
 
 Spiov, ov, (Spo! a bound) a boundary, 
 bound: ch. pi., borders, confines, fron- 
 tier, iv. 8. 8 : V. 1. 2 : vi. 2. 19. 
 
 8pKos, ov. A, (akin to e'lpiya to restrain) 
 an oath : ol ffeiov SpKoi the oatlis [of the 
 gods as their keepers] by tlie gods : ii. 
 5.3, 7s: iii.l. 20,22. Der. kx-ohoi.sm. 
 
 oppoM, ^ffui, &pin]Ka, (bpiTJ) lo start 
 quickly, rush, hurry, hasten, 1., iK, 
 e/s, &c. : opfiSLf 6d6v to start on or com- 
 mence an expedition : M. to start, set 
 forth, make incursions, AttS, ^| : i. 1. 
 9;_2.5; 8.25; 10.1: iii.l. 8; 4.33,44. 
 
 opp^u, 7)iru, (Hpfios) to be 'moored, lie 
 at anchor, i. 4. 3, 6. 
 
 opp.^, ^s, (akin to 6pvujxi) the start 
 or pnut of starting; motion, inove- 
 ment, impulse; ii. 1. 3 : iii. 1. 10 ; 2. 9. 
 t6pp.l£w, Iffu id, to moor or wnchor 
 (trans.), A.: M. to anchor (intrans.), 
 corns to anchor, moor one's vessel, eis, 
 irapd : iii. 5. 10 : vi. 1. 15 ; 2. 1 s. 
 
 [fipp,as, ov, 0, {elpoi to tie) a place 
 where vessels are fastened, anehorage, 
 haven.] 
 tSpviov, ov, a bird, vi. 1. 23. 
 tApvfSeios, o, 01', of a bird, bird's; 
 Kpia ipvWiia. fowl, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 Spvis,* tSas, ace. 6pvu> & ipvlBa, i), 
 (akin to ipviu) a bird, fowl, esp. do- 
 mjstic ; cock or lien ; iv. 5. 25. Der. 
 uiiNirno-LooY. 
 
 [Sp/vjii, ipytii, 6puipi, to rouse, raise : 
 M. orior, to risi.] 
 
 'Opovras or'Op3VT/]S, ov or o, Oron- 
 tas or -es, a Persian nobleman of the 
 royal family, condemned to death for 
 treason against Cyrus, i. 6. 1,3 s. — • 
 2. Satrap of Armenia, married to 
 Rhodogfine, daughter of the king, 
 but afterwards disgraced for miscon- 
 duct in the war against Evagoras of 
 Cyprus, ii. 4. 8s : iii. 5. 17. 
 
 opos, eos (g. pi. 6piwv &. ipCiv both 
 found), rd, (akin to &ppviu) a moun- 
 tain, i. 2. 21 s, 24 3. Der. orrad. 
 
 6p3:^as, ov, i, (ipi<t>i>i to cover) a roof, 
 vii. 4. 16. 
 topuKTos, ij, OV, dug, dug out, exca- 
 vated ; of a ditch, artificial ; i. 7. 14 : 
 iv. 5. 25. 
 
 opiiTTai,* i^oj, dpujpvxcL, to dig, quar- 
 ry, A., i. 5. 5 : v. 8. 9. 
 
 Sp(j>avo5, li, 6v, orbus, bereft of par- 
 ents, as an orphax, vii. 2. 32. 
 
 dpx^o)iai, Tjirofmi, (6pxos row) to 
 dance, v. 4. 34. Der. orchestra. 
 j8pXno-i,s, eus, i], a daTiee, dancing, 
 vi. 1. 8, 11. 
 
 ^opXTjo-rpts, ISos, ii, afemnle dancer, 
 vi. 1. 12. 
 
 'Opxo)i^vios, ov, an Orchomeniaii, 
 ■I man of Orchomenus {'Opxo.^ievb^), an 
 ancient city in eajtvrn Arcadia, cf 
 
8s 
 
 C8 
 
 8ti 
 
 early impoi-tance (ttoXu/htjXos rich in. 
 flocks, II. B. 605), ii. 5. a7. ||Kalpaki. 
 
 8s, {j, oi, ai, as forms of tlie art., 
 see 6 : i. 8. 16 : iii. 4. 47 : vii. 6. 4. 
 
 8s, <j, 8,* rel. pron., qui, jvho, which, 
 what, that; often refening to an ante- 
 cedent understood or expressed in tlie 
 same clause,, often attracted in case to 
 its antecedent, and sometimes used as 
 complem., 551, 554, 563 ; i. 1. 2 ; 2. 
 1 s, 20 ; 3. IB s ; y. 25, 28. Forms ot 
 8s are often used adverbially ; or an 
 adv. or conj. may be u$ed in trans- 
 lating them ; 06 [.sc. t6tov or xup'""] 
 iu which place, where, to the pliicv 
 where [sc. iKelcre], i. 2. 22 : ii. 1. 6 : ^ 
 [sc. 65$ or xii/o? J *» what viay, direc- 
 tion, or pJtt.ce, as, where, on the route 
 by which; iii. 4. 37: iv. 5. 34: y iSi- 
 vaTo TdxiVTa [what way he could most 
 quickly] as rapidly as possible, with 
 all possible speed (some translate, by 
 tlie quickest route), f Swarbv iiiXurra 
 as strictly as possihle, 553c, i. 2. 4; 3. 
 15 ; so jj Tttx"''''' vi. 5. 13 : St 8 on 
 which account, wherefore, i. 2. 21 : o5 
 iKKo, on wlmt account, why, vii. 4. 4. 
 See dTTo, iv, i^, iiri, /x^XP' ' ^^M^* 
 
 8a-ios, li, Of, pious, religious, con- 
 scientious, ii. 6. 25 : v. 8. 26. 
 
 8<ros,* V, 0". rel- pion. of quantity, 
 also used as complem., 563,. (8s) quan- 
 tus, as much, great, or large as, how 
 much or great ; pi. comm. = quot, as 
 many as, how many : often translated 
 by the simpler who, which, thai, what, 
 esp. when preceded by ?ras or a nu- 
 meral, 55od, f; .sometimes by whoever 
 or whatever, such as, so great that (& 
 pers. pron.), &c. : i. 1. 2 ; 2. 1 : ii. 1. 
 1,11,10: iii.1.19: dftroc xpivoi' what- 
 ever time, ris long as, ii. 4. 26 : oir^ w. 
 c.ompav. , by how much, the, according 
 as, 468, i. 5. 9 : iv. 7. 23. The neut. 
 6(rov is greatly and variously used, 
 often as an indecl. adj. or subst., or 
 as an adv., 507 e, 556, as much as, as 
 large as, as far as, as many as ; hence, 
 about (w. numerals and words of meas- 
 ure, i. 8. 6 : iv. 5. 10); enounh (esp. w. 
 inf., iv. 1. 5 : vii. 3. 22, cf. 20); so far 
 that, ns this that, as that, tliai ; iii. 1 . 
 45; 3.15: iv. 8. 12: vi. 3. 14: vii. 3. 
 9 : w. superl. , as . . rts, e. g. oaov 4S6- 
 vavTo fiiyiaTov as loud as tliey could, 
 553 '■' •'*'■ 5. 18 : l(fi Saov over as much 
 ground as, vi. 3. 19 : iaov oi tantum 
 
 non, as much only as not, only not, 
 aliiiif<t, vii. 2. 5. 
 
 I'io-ocr-irep, fiirip, ovirep, strengthened 
 fi'. Scros, just or ece7i as ■much or many 
 fls, &e., i.7.9: iv.3.2: vii.4.19; 7.28. 
 off-irep, fiirep, iirep, strengthened fr. 
 3s, wlw or which indeed, lohich very, 
 just wlw or u'hich ; oiirep just where, 
 ywep just as or wliere ; &c. ; i. 4. 6 : 
 li. 3. 21; iii. 1.34; 2.10,29: iv. 8. 26. 
 £<rirpiov, ov, cli. pi. legumes, pulse, 
 iiii\i. beaiis, iv.4.9; 5.26: vi.4.6; 6.1. 
 8o--Tis,* ^rts, & TL, (g. odrtvos or 8tov, 
 d. (pT-ii'i or Stii), g. pi. Snrnvuv or Srwv, 
 the shorter forms much prevailing 
 in the Anab.) rel. iudef. pron., also 
 complem., whosoever, whoever, which- 
 {so)ever, what(so)ever ; one or any one 
 who, a man tcho, anything which ; 
 who, which, whai, that ; sometimes 
 referring to a definite antecedent, and 
 often in the sing, referring to the pi., 
 501, 550 b,f; 1.1.5; 3.5,11s, 18; 6. 
 7 : ii. 5. 39 : iii. 2. 4 ; &ans = that he, 
 558, ii. 5. 12, 21: w. fut., denoting 
 purpose, 558 a, i. 3. 14; Urov S'l) ira.- 
 peyyviljffairros some oiu indeed [whoever 
 it might have been] having suggested 
 it, iv. 7. 25 ; cf. v. 2.24: S ti ^Siiraro 
 [whatever] as far as he could, vi. 1. 32. 
 See (ipil, ^|. 
 
 |6<r-Tis-oOv, TiTiffovv, oTtovv, whoever 
 then, whatever then, &c. : p.TiS' ovriva- 
 ovv p.iaB!jv not any pay whatever [then 
 it might be], vii. 6. 27. 
 
 ao'4>pa(va|i,ai,* 6a(pp^croiii,ai., to per- 
 ceive by smell, smell of, G., v. 8. 3. 
 
 tSrav = St' &ti or ire S.i>, w. subj., 
 when, whenever, iii. 3. 15 ; 4. 20. 
 
 Bts, by apostr. 8t' or 89', adv. of 
 time, (ifs) quum, quarfdo, when, while, 
 i. 2. 9 : iii. 1. 37 : w. opt., V}licii, wlien- 
 ever, as soon or often as, ii. 6. 12 ; iv. 
 
 1. 16. See dpi. 
 
 Sti " conj., (fr. neut. of forts, cf. 
 quod) complem., th:H ; more positive, 
 direct, or actual than lis, 702 a (some- 
 times even used before direct quota- 
 tion or the inf., 644, 6596, i. 6. 8 : ii. 
 4. 16 : iii. 1, 9?): causal, because: i. 
 
 2. 21 ; 3. 7, 9 s : ii. 3. 19 : v. 6. 19 (re- 
 peated) : — as an intensive adv., w. 
 superl., = quam, 553 c, as Sri airapa- 
 (TKeva.<rT6Tarov{Tr\£i(rTovs)asnnprepared 
 (many) a f: possible, i. 1. 6 : cf. iii. 4. 5. 
 Words logically following 6ti some- 
 times precede it for greater emphasis. 
 
99 
 
 or through some attraction, 7191;, i. 
 6. 2: ii. 2. 20: vi. 3. 11. 
 
 6 Tt, Btou, irif, 8t(i)v, sen Sans. 
 
 o4* (before a smooth vowel ouic, 
 before an aspirated vowel oiix, and 
 sometimes prolonged to oixi}, not, the 
 objective neg. adv., esp. denying fact, 
 and ch. used with the ind., opt., and 
 pt., 686 (aometinie-s by litotes, 686 i), 
 1. 2. 11 : ii. 1. 13 ; 5. 21 : iii. 1. 13 : 
 T\oia oAk Ixof^" w^ ^*2 [not] no 
 boats, ii. 2. 23 : ovk {(jjaaav Unai they 
 said that they would not go, they re- 
 ficsed to go, 662 b, 6861, i. 3. 1, cf. 8 : 
 01) fi^ in sti'ong denial of the future, 
 627, vi. 2. 4. In introducing a ques- 
 tion, oi, or ip ov, implies that an af- 
 firmative answer is expected, 687, iii. 
 1. 18, 29. Oi) has similar uses in com- 
 pos. ; where it is often repeated with- 
 out doubling the negation, i. 3. 5 ; 8. 
 20; 9. 13: iii. 1. 3S. See ^i^. 
 
 ou whose ; as adv. , where ; see is. 
 
 06, ol, %,* end., sui, sibi, se, pi. 
 a^fis, &c., nf him or himself, of her 
 or herself, &c. ; 3d pers. pron., comm. 
 reflexive, bnt ch. yielding its place to 
 other pronouns, 539 a, b, f. Of the 
 sing., only the dat. occurs in the Anab. 
 i. 1. 8 ; 2. 8 : iii. 5. 16: v. 7.18,23. 
 
 [tou8-a(Jiis, 4 i", (old d.uos = els), 
 == oil5-eis.] Hence the adverbs, o4- 
 ha.'f.tv nowliere, i. 10. 16 : oiSa)i.}8£v 
 from no p'acj or quarter, ii. 4. 23: 
 oiSan^ or "iirj nowhere, innowise, iv. 
 6. 11 y v. 5. 3 : oiSa|iat to no place, vi. 
 3.16? 
 
 ov-S^, by apostr. oiS', con^., andnot, 
 hut iiot, nor, neither, nor yet (cf. oSre) ; 
 used after a neg. clause, as Kal ou after 
 an affirmative one ; i. 2. 25 ; 6. 11 : 
 cf. i. 4. 7 : V. 8. 25 : — emphatic adv., 
 ne . . quidem, not even or also, cer- 
 tainly not, by no means, neither, i. 3. 
 12, 21 ; 6. 8 : 01) . . oiS4 not by any 
 niMiis, ii. 2. 16. For its compounds 
 oiSels, &c., the stronger forms oi55^ ets, 
 &e., are also found, iii. 1. 2? vii. 6. 35. 
 j.ou8-6fe,* oiSe-pda, oiS-h> (els) not 
 ev:ii one, no one, no, none • ovSiv subst. , 
 nothing ; as adv., as to nothing, by no 
 ■means, not at all : i. 1. 8 ; 2. 22 ; 3. 
 11; 6. 7s; 8. 20: ii. 5. 1: vi.- 2. 10. 
 J.ouSi-iroTe not even at any time, 
 never, ii. 6. 13. 
 4.o4SI-ir« not yet indeed, not. as yet, 
 vii. 3. 24, cf. 6. 35. 
 
 oiiS' by apostr. before an aspirated 
 vowel, for oiire neither, nor, ii. 5. 7. 
 
 oAk, oAX) o^') not, see oi, i. 4. 8. 
 4.ovK-^i no longer, no farther, -no 
 •more, not tww, i. 8. 17 ; 10. 1, 12, cf. 
 13: ii. 2. 12 (w. /i^, see oi): vii. 5. 1. 
 ^oifK-ovv declarative, and ouk-ovi' 
 intenog., not therefore, not than, cer- 
 tainty iu)t. This distinction of accent 
 is not observed by all. In oiKjuv, 
 neg. interrogation sometimes piis.s&s 
 into a-ssertion, t/ierefore, tlien, C87 c;. 
 i.6.7: ii..i.-24: iii.2.19; 5.6: vi.6.U. 
 
 oiv * (post-pos. adv.), as contr. fr. 
 the impers. pt. i'jv it being (fr. d/ti), 
 may signify iAiv being so, or this being 
 as it mil/; hence coiiini., therefore, 
 then, now, accordiiy/ly, in this state of 
 things; hat sojietimes, yet, Iwwever, 
 be this as it ni'iy, hoive.ver that might 
 be^ at any rale, artainly, esp. in 5' oBk: 
 i. 1. 2 ; 2. 12, los, 22, 25 ; 3. 5s ; 5. 14. 
 
 oS-ircp as adv. , jti^t where, the very 
 place where, iv. 8. 26 ; see Sjirep. 
 
 ofi-irore n-un(iuam, n-ever, i. 3. 5. 
 
 oil-ITU non-dum, not yet, not as yet, 
 i. 5. 12 ; 8. 8 ; 9. 25 : cf. vii. 3. 35. 
 
 oi-iru-iroTc (also written ou ir<47roT«) 
 not yet at any time, never before, i. 4. 18. 
 
 ovpa, as, the tail : of an army, the 
 rear, iii. 4. 38, 42 ? vi. 5. 5 s. 
 
 ioip-ayla, as, t/ierear-coriimanAi,rear- 
 giiard, iii. 4. 42 : v. I. oipd. 
 4.ovp-a7(Ss, ou, 6, {&-/<•)) a rear-leader, 
 the rearmost or last man in a file, who 
 of course became the first when the 
 direction of the file was reversed, iv. 
 3. 26, 29. 
 
 ou^avjs, ov, b, heaven, the heavens, 
 sky, iv. 2. 2. Der. Ukanus. 
 
 oSs,* liris, TO, auris, an ear, iii. 1. 
 31 : vii. 4. 3 s. Der. par-otid. 
 
 o«s wJioin, which, see 6s, i. 4. 9. 
 
 oSo-a, o6(ri(v), see eUl, i. 4. 15 ; 5. 9. 
 
 0O-T6 couj., by apostr. ofir' or oSB', 
 ne-que, and not, nor : oSre . . oSre 
 neither . . nor : oSre . . re neque . . et, 
 both not , . and. OSre is commonly 
 thus doubled in whole or part, as both 
 primary and secondary connective, 
 and is thus distinguished from the 
 conj. oiSe {yet fih oCt€ . . S4, vi.3.16). 
 i. 2. 26 ; 3. 11 : ii. 5. 4, 7. Cf. /J-'^-re. 
 
 o{l-Tivos, see Sans, i. 4. 15. 
 
 oii-Toi certainly not, not by any 
 means, vii. 6. 11 : v, I. ovn not at all. 
 
 ovTOS,* aihtj, Touro, demonst. pron.. 
 
ovTOcrl 
 
 100 
 
 (0 aiiT&s) hie, this, pi. these ; sometimes 
 thai, those; couim. relerring to that 
 which precedes or is contaiued in a 
 suhordinate clause (so oCtws, toioOtos, 
 &c., cf. Sde, &c., 543 s): as a pel's. 
 pron., he, she, it, they : i. 1. 7s, 9, 11 ; 
 3. 7 s : Kal oStoi these also, and these 
 or those too, Kal raura and tliat too, 
 544a, i. 1.11; 4.12: ii. 5. 21: roirovs 
 those well known, 542b, i. 5. b : ravra 
 here, 509 b, iii. 5. 9 ; tlierefore, 483 b, 
 iv. 1. 21 : TOVTO larw so be it ! i. 8. 17. 
 4.o4too--;'," uiT.ji, Tavrl, (paragogic -{, 
 Att. & deictic, 252 c) hic-ce, Fr. celui- 
 ci, this here, this . . here present, i. 6. 
 6 : vii. 2. 24. 
 
 4.o«T<i)s,* coram, outu before a con- 
 sonant, 164, thus, so, in this way or 
 •manner, to such a degree, so much or 
 very, on this condition or supposition, 
 i. 1. 5, 9s : ii. 6. 6 : iv. 7. 4 : oCrus . . 
 io-Tis so . . that he, 558, ii. 5. 12: vii. 
 1. 28. See oStos, ?xu>. 
 4.o4T«i>ir-f(v), in just this way, as fol- 
 lows, vii. 6. 39 : v. I. oi rcii 2tii. 
 
 owXi o^x'i "o'j see oi, iii. 1. 13. 
 
 0<|>£CX<i>,* Miaw, ih(pcL\TiKa, 2 a. &<l>e- 
 Xox, to owe : F. to he owed, he due : 
 oi^ov * (night, that I would that ! 
 I., 638g : i. 2. 11 : ii. 1. 4 : vii. 7. 34. 
 
 £i)>eXos,* tA, in nom. & ace, (hipiWw 
 to further) advantage, profit, good, use, 
 G., i. 3. 11 : ii. 6. 9. 
 
 oit>6a\|u3s, ov, 6, {St- in i-^oixai) an 
 eye : (x"" ^ 6^BaXiw~$ to have in or 
 under eye, keep in sight : i. 8. 27 ; iv. 
 5. 12 s, 29. Der. 0PHTH.4LMIC. 
 
 oij>Xia'Ka.vii>,* 6tp\-^troj, &<p\T]Ka, 2 a. 
 Sitp^ov, (A0e1X(o) to incur, he adjudged 
 to pay, V. 8. 1. 
 
 '0<|>pvvu>v, ov, Ophrynium, a small 
 town of Troas, near the southern end 
 of the Hellespont, with a grove s-acred 
 to Hector, vii. 8. 5. || Fren-Keui. 
 toxeros, ov, 6, a conduit- of water, 
 duct, ditch, channel, ii. 4. 13. 
 
 ox^u, ^<r6), {Sxos carriage, fr. fx") 
 to carry, bear: P. to be borne, ride, 
 iirl, iii. 4. 47. 
 
 j.Sx'niia, aros, tS, a vehicle, convey- 
 ance, support, iii. 2. 1 9. 
 
 £x6i)i V^i l^"^) <* ^*?A hank, esp. of 
 a river, iv. 3. 3, 6, 17, 23. 
 
 £xXos, ov, o, (akin to valgus. Germ. 
 Volk, Eng. folk) a crowd, throng, mul- 
 titude, rabble, esp. Ooe crowd or retinue 
 of camp-followers ; hence, annoyance. 
 
 trouble : ii. 5. 9 : iii. 2. 27, SG ; 3. 6 ; 
 
 4. 26. Djt. oohlo-cracy. 
 
 oxupos, d, bv, (^x"^) fi' ft"" holding, 
 tellable, strong, fortified, secure : pi. 
 ixvpd strmig-Jwlds : i. 2. 22, 24: iv. 7. 
 17: cf. ix^P^^' 
 
 6^( adv., (akin to (woiuu ■ contr. fr. 
 SiTLcde ?) late : 6^i ^v {iyiyveTo} it was 
 (became) late: ii. 2. 16 : iii. 4. 36. 
 4.di|>Ca, as, u late hour, evening, vi. 
 
 5. 31? 
 
 |a\|>C^ia, lau tu, to be or com,e late, iv. 
 5.5. 
 
 tS<|'is, cus, if, sight, appearance, spec- 
 tacle, ii. 3. 15: vi. 1. 9. 
 
 i't|;c|iai, see opda. Der. OPTIC. 
 
 n. 
 
 iraY-KpdTiov, ov, (Trav KpdTos) a con- 
 test demanding the entire strength ; 
 tlie pancratium, a severe "rough and 
 tumble" exercise, in which wrestling 
 and boxing were combined, iv. 8. 27. 
 iro7-xaXeiros, ov, (ttSk) very hard 
 or difficult, V. 2. 20 ? 
 
 4.'ira7-x<iX^'7rci)S very hardly: tt. elxof 
 were very hard in their feelings, irpiis, 
 vii. 5. 16. 
 
 TToBetv, see v&axu, i. 8. 20 ; 9. 8. 
 
 ^leiAr^fjOL, aros, t6, calamity, suffer- 
 ing, misery, vii. 6. 30. 
 
 4.ird6as, cos, t6, affliction, ill-trent- 
 inent, affection, disease, i. 5. 14 : iv.5.7. 
 Der. PATHOS, pathetic. 
 
 iraiavt^u, iaoj iCj, {iraidv a P^AK, 
 war-song) to sing or chant the pcean or 
 war-song, i. 8. 17 ; 10. 10 : iii. 2. 9 ? 
 
 tiraiSela, as, education, training, dis- 
 cipline,^. 6.15s. Der. CYCLO-PiEDIA. 
 
 tiraiB-qjoaTrjs, ov, {Ipa/iat) a lover 
 of boys, vii. 4. 7. 
 
 tiraiScvcD, ciaia, ireTraiSevxa, to bring 
 up a child, train, educate. A., i, 9. 2s. 
 
 tiraiSiKd, &!', T&, deliciae ; as sing., 
 a darling, favorite, object of love ; en. 
 of a boy ; ii. 6. 6, 28 : v. 8. 4. 
 
 tiraiStov, ov, t&, dim., a little or 
 young child, iv. 7. 13. 
 
 tirai8£<rKt|, i/s, dim., a young girl, 
 maiden, iv. 3. 11. 
 
 irats, iraiSis, 6 ^, a child, whether 
 son or daughter, boy or girl ; a youth, 
 boy, lad; hence, a page, waiter, ser- 
 vant (cf. puer); i.1.1; 9.2s: ii. 6. 12: 
 iv. 5. 33 : see ii. Der. ped-agogue. 
 
ira(<u 
 
 101 
 
 irapaYY&Xu 
 
 irdla,* TTcu'irM, viiraiKa, to strike, as 
 TV. the liand or anything in it, to smile, 
 beat, wound; ofti;ii joined w. piWui, 
 in a sense clear y distinct; A. ae. ; 
 i. 8. 26s; 10.7: iii.1.29; 4.49: v. 7. 
 21; 8. 12 s, 16. 
 
 troAtavitfitjiffitj tw, =iratai'£f'w,iii.2.9? 
 ird\ai adv., long ago, long since, 
 Joa'j be/ure ; formerly, previously ; i. 
 4. V2 : iv. 5. 5 ; 8. 14: vii. 6, 9, 37. 
 
 I 'ira\aio3, a, hv, c. TraXafrepos or ira- 
 Xai'jTe^o^ oil, ancient: rb TroXaiAi" 
 iniciciUly : iii. 4. 7 : iv. 4. 9 ; 5. 35. 
 l)er. i'al;e-u.\to-lijoy. 
 
 tiraXaCu, aiiroj, TreTrdAaival., tovjres- 
 tle, iv. 8. 26. Der. PALiEsniA. 
 
 ird\i), rjs, (TrdWd) tu sluike) wrestling, 
 common in the Greek ganio.s, iv. 8. 27. 
 irdXiv adv., again, buck again, back, 
 i. 1. 3 ; 6. 7 s. Der. palin-ode. 
 
 iraX\aK(s, iSos, r), (TrdWof a youth) 
 a concubine, mistress, i. 10. 2. 
 
 iraXxov, ou, (ird\Xu to brandish) a 
 dart, javelin, or ligM speir, used by 
 the Asiatics for both throwing and 
 striking (like the modern jereed) ; 
 wlieuce two were often carried ; i. 5. 
 15; 8. 3, 27: v. 4. 12, 25. 
 
 t'iro|i.-'irXn6<is, ^s, (ttXtjAos) very nu- 
 merous, vast, countless, iii. 2. 11. 
 
 t irdn-iroXDSi -TiiXXi;, -Tro\v,verymuch 
 or great, very nUTnerous, vast: pi. very 
 many, a great many : ii. 4. 26 : iii. 4. 
 13 : iv. 1. 8 ; 6. 26: vii. 5. 12 (see Iwl). 
 
 tira|i.-iriSvi|pos, ov, all-depraved: of 
 a man, a perfect m lain, tlie worst of 
 men, vi. 6. 25. 
 
 irav neut. of irSs ; in compos., iray- 
 before a palatal, and tto/x- before a la- 
 bial ; iv. 2. 22. Der. pan-auea. 
 
 tirdv-ovp7la, as, {Ijiryov) knavery, vii- 
 lany, vii. 5. 11. 
 
 4Trav-o5p70s, ov, s., (contr. fr. irav- 
 &-€pyoi, fr. Ipyoy) ready for all work, 
 unprincipled, knavish, crafty, perfidi- 
 ous, treacherous, ii. 5. 39 ; 6. 26. 
 
 J.irdvT, before a rough breathing 
 TTttvO', by apostr. for trdvTa, see iros. 
 
 4.irovTa-irain.(v) adv., all to all, all 
 in all, altogether, wlwlly, entirely, ab- 
 sohitely, at all, i. 2. 1 : ii. 5. 18, 21. 
 
 4.iravToxii or-xfi, or iravraxoii, cwri/- 
 where, in any or all places, anywhere, 
 ii. 5. 7 ; 6. 7 : iv. 5. 30. 
 
 J.irav-T«X(os (tAos) quite to the end, 
 completely, entirely, wholly, ii. 2. 11. 
 
 4.irdvTTj or -rg everyiv/iere, on all 
 
 sides, throicgho'ul, i. 2. 22 : ii . 3. 3 ; 5. 
 7 : iii. 1 . 2. 
 
 ^•iTavro~ha.Tr6s,'ri,6v,[ddTr€dov ground?) 
 of every region or kind, all kinds of, 
 vimous, i. 2. 22 : iv. 4. 9 : vi. 4. 5. 
 
 4.irdvTo6«v from every quarter, on all 
 sides, iii. 1.12: vi. 6. 3. 
 
 liravTotos, n, ov, of all or various 
 kinds, all or various kinds of, various, 
 i. 5. 2 : ii. 4. 14. 
 
 jiravToore in all directions, every- 
 where {= -whither), vii. 2. 23. 
 
 4.irdvTcas by all means ; at all, once ; 
 vi. 5. 21 ? vii. 7. 43 ? 
 
 jirdvK adv., wlwlly, altogether, very, 
 very much; at all; i. 5. 7; 8. 14: ii. 
 5. 19, 27 : vii. 6. 4. 
 
 irdo|i.ai * (eh. poet., pres. not in use), 
 irdaoiiai, iriTraiMi, potior, to acquire : 
 pf. pret. [to have acquired] to possess, 
 have in possession. A., i. 9. 19 : iii. 3. 
 18 : vi. 1. 12 : vii. 6. 41. 
 
 iropd* prep., by apostr. irop', be- 
 side: (a) w. Gen., comm. of person, 
 from beside, from the side or sphere 
 of, from, often implying some action 
 or influence ; hence sometimes w. pass, 
 verb, by, 694. 9 ; i. 1. 5 ; 3. 16 ; 7. 2 ; 
 9. 1 : ii. 6. 14 : v. 2. 25 :— (b) w. D.vr., 
 comm. of peraon, at or by the side of, be- 
 side, near, about, with; at the court 
 of; in the house, service, care, or esteem 
 of: i. 1.5; 2.27; 3.7; 9.29: ii. 6. 26: 
 vi. 2. 2 : Tct Trap ^,oioi the advantages 
 in my service, i. 7. 4 : — (c) w. Ace. 
 of person, to the side of, to, towards, i. 
 2. 12 ; 3. 7 ; 6. 3 : — of place (sometimes 
 of person, &c. ) through the space be- 
 side, almig side of, along, beside, by, 
 past, near, about, i. 2. 13, 24 ; 8. 5 : 
 iii. 1.32: iv. 7. 16: Trap" (!Xi7oc [along- 
 side of a little] of little nceomit, vi. 6. 
 11 : irop4 iroTov with drink, ii. 3. 15 : — 
 of words expressing obligation, opin- 
 ion, &c., [along by or beside] beyond, 
 contrary to, against, in violation of, i. 
 9. 8: ii. 1.18; 5.41: v. 8. 17: vii. 6. 
 36. Its uses in compos, are similar. 
 
 iropa-PaCvtii, * p/jiro)iai, ^i^iiKa, 2 a. 
 ip-qv, to go beyond, transgress, violate, 
 break, a., iv. 1. 1. 
 
 ■Kopa-^orfiia, ■fjaw, /3fj3o^97;Ka, to 
 hasten [by other troops] forward to 
 give aid, iv. 7. 24. 
 
 TTop-ayylXXw, eXfi, -fj-Yyet^Ka, a. ijy- 
 yciXa, to send word to or along, pass 
 I the word, and thus to direct, command. 
 
TTQpJlYyAo-is 
 
 102 
 
 irapocKivd^cii 
 
 order, bid; to mimmon ; to give out or I other, succeed to ; to lake to or with 
 issiu a password ; D. I. (A.), up., a., | one's self ; a., irapd : v. 6. 36 : vi. 4. 
 eU : Kara rd. TvaprfyyeXfiiva accordiiiy 1 1 1 : vii. 2. 1 7 ; 7.7. 
 
 to t/ie instrtictions given : i. 1. 6 ; 2. 1 ; 
 5.13; 8.3,15 s: ii. 2. 8, 21 : iii. 4 
 
 4.irap-a-yY€X<ris, fws, ij, a word of 
 command, summons, iv. 1. 5. 
 
 iropo-'yCYVOli.at,* ■yei'-rjaoij.ai, yiyivT)- 
 luu k 2 pf. yiyova, 2 a. iyevdfirji', to 
 come to or near, come, arrive, to pre- 
 sent mie's self or be present, join, D. , 
 €l$, iv, i. 1.11; 2. 3 ; 7. 12 : v. 6. 8. 
 ■irap-d7cii,* 4fu, ^x", 2 a. ijyayov, 
 to lead or conduct by or along, bring 
 up or forward, A. eis, &c. , iii. 4. 1 4, 
 21 . iv. 6. 6 ; 8. 8 : vii. 6. 3. 
 
 J.irap-a7ci)7<i, ^s, conveyance 
 tlie uoast, traiisport, v. 1. 16. 
 PAKABOOIC. 
 
 irapa-Xcliroi, * ^u, 2 pf. XAoiira, 2 a. 
 l\nrov, to leave on one side, leave, 
 omit. A., vi. 3. 19 ; 6. 18. 
 
 irapa-Xvir^u, ijffu, XcXiiirTj/ca, to an- 
 ■iioy [along side] by competition or in- 
 terference : oi irapaXvTTOUJ'Tes trouble- 
 some rivals, ii. 5. 29. 
 
 iropa-Xuw,* XuiTW, XAu/ca, to loof.e 
 from beside, take off, unship (M. I'l.r 
 one's own b(MieHt), a., v. 1. 11. Dlt. 
 
 PARALYSIS, PALSY. 
 
 7rap-a|ji£(P(i>, ^w, to interchange : 
 
 M. to cluinge one's self or one's own 
 
 along I (arm y, line of battle, &c. ), eU, i. 10. 
 
 Dcr. 1 10 (ace. to some, to pass by). 
 
 I irap-aneXia, ijjw, ^/tAijra, to pass 
 vapdScio-os, ov, 0, (f r. the Pers. , I by in neglect, to neglect, treat vnth 
 
 first found in Xen.) a park, i. 2. 7 ; 4. i neglect, disregard, violate, a., ii. S. 7 : 
 
 10 : ii. 4. 14. Der. paradise. jvii. 8. 12. 
 
 irapa-SL8(>>)iii,* buiata, 845ojKa, SL. SSto- 1 7rapa-pivo>,* fi£vu, fiefiivrjKa, to stay 
 
 Ko (5(S, Soirii', Sis, SoOvaL, dois), tra-do, | beside, stand by, remain steadfast, ii. 
 
 to give or deliver tip or over, give, i6. 2 : vi. 2. 15. 
 
 grant, a. d. i., ii. 1. 8 s, 12 : iv. 5. 22. 
 n'apa-Spap«Iv, see irapa-Tpix"- 
 irdpa-6apativcD or -ioforiva, "nui, to 
 
 cheer [along] on, encourage. A., ii. 4. 
 
 1 : iii. 1. 39. 
 
 iropa-OcLvai, see irapa-TlSrifu. 
 
 irapa-Bia,* Seia-onat, to run by or 
 past. A., iv. 7. 12. 
 
 irap-mv^u,* i^a, ^Keico, {alviw to 
 commend) to recommend, advise, ex- 
 hort, AE., i. 7. 2 : V. 7. 35 : vii. 3. 20. 
 
 irap-aiTio^^u,, ■^ffo/iaL, ^Tr]iiai, to beg 
 from, intercede loith, irtpl, vi. 6. 29. 
 
 irapa-KaXlo),* aaXiiaa, icoXu, k^kXti- 
 Ka, a. iKi.\e<ra, a. p. iK\i\6r)v, to call 
 [along] forward, summon, invite, ex- 
 hort, urge, encourage, call to, call in, 
 A. I. , iwl, i. 6. 5s : iii. 1. 24 : v. 6. 19. 
 
 irapa-KaTa-6^KT|, tjs, (rWrifu) a de- 
 posit with another, v. 3. 7. 
 
 irapo-K€i(i<u,* Kciaoimi, to lie beside 
 or near, D., vii. 3. 22. 
 
 Tapa-Ke\€vop.ai, eiirofuu, xeicAeu- 
 (T/iai, to urge along or forward, exhort, 
 encourage, D. I., i. 7. 9 ; 8. 11. 
 
 4.ir<ipa-Kl\evo-is, ews, i], encoura.ge- 
 ment, cheering on, o.? iv. 8. 28. 
 
 irap-aKoXovOcu, ^(r&>, TfKoXoid-rjKa, to 
 follow beside or near, accompany, at- 
 tend, iii. 3. 4 : iv. 4. 7. 
 
 irapa-Xa^Pdvu,* X-q^po'^i, etXrjtpa, 
 
 2 a. ^,* a^ov, to ta'-e of rccciv: from an- 
 
 ^apa-p,i]plSics, 01/, {firipU) along the 
 thigh : neut. subst., a thigh-piece, 
 cuisse, i. 8. 6. 
 
 itapa--nlf.ita,* \j/ui, ir4wap.^a, to send 
 by or along, despalcli, A. cis, iv. 5. 20 ? 
 
 iropa-vXeu,* irXeiaopju, TriirXevKa, 
 a. IvXevcra, to sail by or along, A., els, 
 ii, v. 1. 11 ; 6. 10: vi. 2. 1 ; 6. 3. 
 
 irapa-TrXtjo'Lcs, a, ov, or os, qv, near 
 by, similnr, like, n., i. 3. 18 ; 5. 2. 
 
 'irapo-irpo-ire(i,'iro>,* ^u, w{iroiul>a, 1.0 
 send by to the front, iv. 5. 20 ? 
 
 iraftor-p-pia,* peiiro/jjii, ifip6r,Ka, 2 a. 
 p. or a. ifi^i-nv, to flow by, to (melt aui!) 
 run down beside, D., iiapa, iv. 4. 11 : 
 V. 3. 8. 
 
 n-opardYY^S, ov, a parasang (Pers. 
 farsang), the comm. Persian road- 
 raeasure, equal, ace. to Hdt. (2. C) and 
 Xen. (ii. 2. 6), to 30 stadia, = about a 
 league or 3 gepgiapliical miles, or 
 nearly 3J statute miles. It was ilsu. 
 estimated, and of coui'se variously ace. 
 to the difficulty of the route and the 
 time occupied, i. 2. 5 s, 10 s. 
 
 vapa-o-Keud^oi, iaia, pf. ji. iaKcia- 
 a/mi, to put things side by side, to 
 arrange, prepare, procure. A., ii. 6. 8: 
 — ch. M. , to prepare one's self or one's 
 own ; to prepare, provide, or procure 
 for one's self or one's own ; to make 
 preparation, make ready; A., i., r. 
 
iripaa-Ktvi] 
 
 103 
 
 Ilapiov 
 
 (w. lis), tfirus, CjtTTfy txTTj, iirl, tits e^s : 
 i. 8. 1 ; 10.6, 18: iii. 1. 14,36; 2. 24: 
 vii. 3. 3j : Tro^ad^eud^e/^at r .J* 71'^- 
 /ii)!/ <o make up one's miud, vi. 3. 17 : 
 otxaSe V. 1 1 prepare for home (to go 
 home), vii. 7. 57. 
 
 irapa-o-KeDYj, -^s, preparcUion, i. 2. 4. 
 
 '7rapa-irKi]v^u, tJo-u, <o eticiiiip bij or 
 near, c, iii. 1. 28. 
 
 iropa-irxrtv, -o-X'/i<ra, see irap-ix'^- 
 tirapd-Ta|iSi fws, ^, arrangenmit, 
 line of battle, v. 2. 13 ? 
 
 iropo-TATTW, Tdjw, Tiraxa, to ar- 
 range side by side, drav) up m or-&?- 
 0/ battle or iii battle-array, A. : pf. ^. 
 pt. Tapa-reray/iivos so draiim np, i. 
 10. 10; iv. 3. 3,5; 6. 25. 
 
 TTopo-Tetvcii,* revut, riraKa, to stretch 
 along, extend, A. ivl, vapd, &c., i. 7. 
 15 : vii. 3. 48. 
 
 •iropii-Tl9r||iV,* fiiicrw, riBema, aJdriKa 
 {BS, &c.), to ^jZmiM beside or '/Ma?*, scj 
 before, A. n. , iv. 5. 30 s : J/, to p'ace 
 by one's sid.', lay aside. A., vi. 1. 8. 
 
 irapa-Tp^x.w,* 5/3a,uoD/xai, 5e5pdx7jKa, 
 2 a. ISpa'iov, I) run by, past, or along, 
 A., eis, ^iri, Trapd, iv. 5. 8 ; 7. 6 s, 11. 
 
 irapa-xpiiC'i adv., with tlie affair, 
 on the spot, forthwith, vii. 7. 24. 
 
 tirap-tYYuAoi,* ijiru, 77771) i/zta, to pass 
 from band to hand, pass along, as a 
 woril of command or request ; lience, 
 to give or pxss the word of command, 
 to cij>aiii%nd, order, charge, exlwrt, re- 
 quest, propose, cheer on, i. (a.), ak., 
 iv. 1.17: 7.243: vi. 5. 12: vii. 1. 22. 
 
 irop-eyYu^, ijs, (see ^77udu) a com- 
 mand, charge, request, vi. 5. 13. 
 
 irap-«v«V(5(i.i)v, see wapa-yiyvoiuu. 
 
 vap-woo-av, see irapa-SiSu/it. 
 
 irclp-eijii,* ^ffofjLxif., {^Ipi, etTjv, elvaL, 
 &v, &c. ) to be by, near, at or mi hand, 
 with, or present (esp. as a friend or 
 assistant) ; hence, to have eonu, to 
 come, arrive, attend, be ready, D. ; e/s, 
 iirl, or Trpis w. A. , 704 a ; i. 1 . 1 s ; 2. 
 2s: iii. 1. 46 : vi. 4. 15; 6. 26 : ri 
 irapivTa {irpdy/iaTa) the present state 
 of affairs, present occurrences or aV- 
 cuimtances, 1.3. 3: iii. 1.34; [sc. xpij- 
 p-ara] possessions, property, estate, vii. 
 7. 36 : iv T^i TapSvTi at tine present 
 time, in the present crisis, ii. 5. 8 : Trd- 
 peiTTi.{v) impers., it is present to one, 
 i. e. in his jyiniKr, posnble, feasible, iv. 
 5. 6 (abs. Trap'w, v. 8. 3). Have may 
 be sometimes used in translating irap- 
 
 fi;-" as well as €i,xl, 459, ii. 3. 9 : iii. 
 2. 18. 
 
 7riip-ei(ii., * ipf. gfic, (ei^i) to go or 
 i-'o.'/ie by or along, pass by, in, or 
 through, to pass; to pass by to the 
 front, come forward : A., ^tt/, Tra/id ; 
 iii. 2. 35 : iv. 5. 30 : vi. 5. 12, 23, 25. 
 
 -rrap-tlyfiv, -c^ai, see wap-ix'^- 
 
 irap-fK\fi6T)V, see irapa-KaXioi. 
 
 irop-eXauvu,* i\da-oi i\u, ^XtJXo a, 
 a. ^Xairo, to rirfe or march by, post, or 
 along, A., ^7r£, &c., i. 2. 16.s; 8. 12, 14. 
 
 TTop-^pXop.ai,* iXeijopaL, i\^.%v8a, 
 2 a ^\$ov, to come or go by, jmxt, a, mi /, 
 or through; to pass by, over, l/imugli, 
 &e.; to }i.iss in, enter ; to pass by to 
 the front or place of speaking, come 
 forward; of time, to pass, elapse; A., 
 els: i. 4. 4s; 7. 16, 18: v. 5. 11,24. 
 
 uap-ecrop.aL, -^ittw, see wdp-cLpx. 
 
 irap-^orqKa, -^(m)V, sec irap-lnTtip,!,. 
 
 irap-eT^raTO, see Tapa-relfu, i. 7. 15. 
 
 irap-i\a>* ?fiu & axi"'^, li^XVi^"'! 
 2 a. ^•rxo", to have or hold by or near 
 another ; hence, to hand to, offer, af- 
 ford, supply, furnish, provide, present, 
 'jioe, reiider ; to cause or make for a 
 person, and hence, to produce, excite, 
 or inspire in him ; to give up, deliver 
 up, surrender, yield ; A. D. i., eis : i. 
 1.11: ii.1.11; 3.22,26s; 4.10s: vi. 
 6. 16, 20 : M. to render or make for 
 one's self ; to contribute or exhibit of 
 one's own ; A. ; ii. 6. 27 : vi. 2. 10. 
 
 irap-nYY^uv, see 7rap-e77udu. 
 
 irop-'gsiv, see rdp-eip.i {elp.C), iv.2.19. 
 
 irap-'^Xao-a, see trap-ckaivu, i. 2. 17. 
 
 irop-TjXBov, see irap-ipxopai., i. 7. 16. 
 
 irap-ijv, -fj, -i)o-6tt, see irdp-ap.i. 
 t IlapO^viov, ov, Parthenium, a small 
 town in the southwest part of Mysia, 
 not far from Perganmm, vii. 8. 15, 21. 
 trCapS^vios, ov, 6, the Parthenius, a 
 river on the usual boundary between 
 Bithynia and Paphlagonia, said to 
 have been named from the virgin 
 Diana's bathing in it, v. 6. 9 : vi. 2. 1. 
 II The Bartan-Su. 
 
 irapeevos, ov, rf, a virgin, nuciden, 
 iii. 2.' 25. Der. Parthenon. 
 
 Ilapidvis, ou, (Ildpiov) a Parian, a 
 man of Parium, vii. 3. 16. 
 
 irap-ievai, -iiov, see irdp-eip.!. (elp-C). 
 
 irap-tT)p,i,* fiau, cUa, a. ^(ca (i5, e'V> 
 &c.) to send by, let pass, yield, allow, 
 1). I., v. 7. 10 : vii. 2. 15? 
 
 Ilaoiov, ou, Parium, a commercial 
 
irap((m)|u 
 
 104 
 
 ircSCov 
 
 city near the southwest end of the \pleasure) or suffer ill (harm, injury, 
 Piopontis, an Ionian colony, vii. 2. 7 ; \pain), to he well or ill treated, benefited 
 
 3. 20. II Kamares, or Kernel-. or harmed : a. iir6 : i. 3. 4 s ; 8. 20 : 
 ■irap-toTTini,* (TT-qaui, iarriKa, 2 a. iii. 3. 7 : iv. 3. 2 : ri. nh iiraBai he re- 
 
 (aT-qv, to station near ; pf. and 2 a. to' ceived some wounds, i. 9. 6 : ■^v ri irdflj) 
 stand near or by, v. 8. 10, 21 : 1 a. m. if anything should befall him, hy eu- 
 to place or station by one's side, bring phemism for if he should lose his life, 
 forward, produce. A., vi. 1. 22 : vii. . v. 3. 6. Der. passive, passion. 
 8. 3. irardcro-o), dfw (ch. poet. exc. aor. 
 
 irap-oSos, ov, i), a way by, passage, iiriTo^a, see 50 TiirTu) to strike, snvUc, 
 pass, i. 4. 4s ; 7. 15s : iv. 2. 24. pierce, iv. 8. 25 : vii. 8. 14. 
 
 irap-otveu,* ijiru, treirapi^TiKa, a. j UaTt\yvas,ov OT a, Patcgyas, aFer- 
 ivapifi/Tjaa, (olcos) to act the drunkard, sian attendant of Cyrus, i. 8. 1 : u. I. 
 be abusive, v. 8. 4. I Hwrayiai. 
 
 iraf-ol.\of.a.i,* olxridoiMi, ifxriiuut,^ irar'^p,* iraT/OiSs, 6, Sans.^'ter, Zend 
 to pass or have passed by : ^t. past, ii. patar, Lat. pater, Germ. Vater, a 
 
 4. 1. FATHER, i. 4. 12. Der. paternal. 
 Ilappao-ios, ov, a Parrhasian, a J.irdTpios, ■*, ov, patrius, of or from 
 
 man of Parrhasia CnappauLa), a dis- mie's father or ancestors, paternal, an- 
 trict of southwest Arcadia, about Mt. cestral ; according to ancestral usage; 
 
 Lycieus, i. 1. 2 : vi. 2. 9 ; 5. 2. 
 
 IlapviraTiSi 1S09, iSi, w or tSa, i,' 
 Parysatis (=^ a Peri's daughter ?), half- 
 sister and wife of Darius 11., and 
 mother of Artaxerxes 11. and Cyi-us, 
 an ambitious, daring, impeiious, in- 
 
 iii. 2. 16? V. 4. 27: vii. 8. 5? 
 
 4.iraTpts, ISos, ri, patria, one's /aWter- 
 land, native land or city, country, i. 
 3. 3, 6: iii. 1. 3s: iv. 8. 4. 
 
 4.iraTpuos, a, ov, descending from 
 one's father, paternal, hereditary, i. 7. 
 
 triguing, and cruel woman, of great 6 : iii. 1. 11 ; 2. 16 ? vii. 3. 31. 
 
 influence over her husband and sons. 
 Of the latter, Cyrus was her favorite, 
 and she avenged his death cruelly. 
 She even poisoned her daughter-in- 
 law, the queen Statira. i. 1. 1, 4 ; 4. 9. 
 
 vap-iiv, -oSiro, -dv, see wdp-eiiu. 
 
 iras,* TTOcra, irav, g. iravTus, iriiffT)!, 
 all, every, the whole; all kinds of, 
 every kind of : sing, comm., without 
 the art., every ; but w. the art., whole 
 or all : pi. comm. all (also translated 
 by every w. the sing.) : i. 1. 2, 5 : ii. 
 5. 9 ; vi. 4. 6 : i/uets ol irdvres you, the 
 
 tiraOXa, »)s, means of stopping, stop, 
 stoppage, prevention, a., v. 7. 32. 
 
 •navoi,* 7rai5(rw, triiravKa, to stop 
 (trans.), make or cause to cease, put 
 an end to, remove, relinquish, A. p., 
 ii. 5. 2, 13 : iv. 8. 10 : M. to stop (in- 
 trans.), cease, desist, PAUSE, rest, leave 
 off, give up, end, finish, o. , p. , i. 2. 2 ; 
 3.12; 6.6: iii. 1.19: iv. 6. 6 : v. 1.2. 
 
 tlla^Xa^ovfa, as, Paphlagonin, a 
 country on the north coast of Asia 
 Minor, between the Halys and Par- 
 thenius, famed for its good horses and 
 
 whole body, v. 7. 27, cf. 6. 7: subst. | horsemen, vi. 1. Is, 14. 
 
 irav everything, all, tA ttov the whole, 
 irdura all things (or everything), i. 9. 
 2, 16 : vi. 2. 12 ; itrl rav ipxeaBai to 
 [come to everything] resort to every 
 means, iii. 1. 18. See SiA, diaravrbs, 
 vLK&oi. Der. PAN-THEISM. Cf. omnis. 
 
 t nou)>Xa7oviKi$$, li, bv, Paphlagoni- 
 on : T) Ha^Xayovmri [sc. 7^] tlie Paph- 
 lagonian country ; v. 2. 22: vi. 1. 15. 
 IlaifiXa'Yiiv, ivot, a Paphlagonian, 
 a man of the Paphlagones, described 
 by the Greeks as a rude, ignorant, 
 
 Ilao-lav, uvos, Pasion, a Megarian ' credulous, and sujierstitious peojile, 
 general in the service of Cyrus, who i. 8. 5 (as adj.): v. 6. 3 (the king). 
 
 took offence and deserted, i. 2. 3 ; 4. 7 s. 
 it&a\a,* -irelffo/xai, 2 pf. viirovda, 
 2 a. liraffov, patior, to receive any ett'ect, 
 whether good or evil (comm. the lat- 
 ter, unless otherwise stated), to be 
 treats or affected, suffer : ei or /ca/cus 
 {i/yaSbv or /cok6i') tt. to receive for good 
 or evil, to receive good {benefit, favor. 
 
 tirdxds, eos, tA, thickness, v. 4. 13. 
 
 irox^is, eia, i5, thick, large, stout, 
 
 iv. 8. 2 : V. 4. 25. Der. pachy-derm. 
 
 irffiri, T/s, (TTOiis) pedica, a eetter, 
 
 iv. 3. 8. 
 
 tircSivds, -/j, iv, c, flat, level, v. 5. 2. 
 
 ireSCov, ov, {iriSov ground, akin to 
 
 TToiis) a plain, a flat or level region ; 
 
irc|£vii> 
 
 105 
 
 nrlvTt 
 
 Bometimes used in naming cities (cf. 
 Lich-lield) ; i. 1. 2 ; 2. 11, 21 s ; 5. 1. 
 iir^tiw, evaio, to march on foot, pro- 
 ceed by land, v. 5. i. 
 
 •mlfis, i), /»', {irois) on foot, of in- 
 fantry, i. 3. 12 : vii. 3. 45.: subst. 
 Trefis a foot-soldier, ol irefoi tJie in- 
 fantry, foot, i. 10. 12 : iii. 3. 15 : adv. 
 Trefg on foot, by land, i. 4. 18: v. 6. 1. 
 firaS-opx^u, i)(ri<i, (dpx''}) to yield to 
 authority, obey, v., i. 9. 17. 
 
 irtlflw,* Treiffu, TrirreiKa, (2 pf. pret. 
 iriiroiSa to tr^l), a. lireura, to per- 
 suade, induce, prevail upon; in pr. 
 and ipf., to try to perswide, use per- 
 suasion, advise, urge, 594 ; A. i., cp. ; 
 i. 2. 26 : ii. 6. 2 : vi. ]. 19 : P. k M. 
 to be persuaded, believe, obey, submit, 
 yield or listen to, comjily, follow one's 
 direction or advice, n. 1. (a.), i. 1. 3 ; 
 2. 2 ; 3. 6, 15 ; 4. 14 s : vii. 8. 3 : irci- 
 06fitvos as adj., obedient, ii. 6. 27. 
 
 vcivdw * (dets ^s, &c.), ^ffw, 7rewe(- 
 KTjica, (Treifa hunger, akin to Tr^TO/iai) 
 <o hunger, be hungry, i. 9. 27. 
 
 wctpa, as, trial, proof, experience, 
 acquaintance, G. Srt, iii. 2. 16 : ^ irei- 
 /j^i 7e;'fo9at <o have been well acqiuiinl- 
 ed with, i. 9. 1 (cf. i/iirelpuis) : veiptw 
 Xaiipiveiv to take or have experience, 
 make trial, v. 8. 15. Der. em-pikic. 
 lireipGUtf, (icru, rreTreipdKa 1., conim. 
 J/., <o <r!/, e7Mteti;or, aitempt ; to moAe 
 <rmZ or proof of, test; I., G., Sttws : 
 1.1.7; 2.21: iii.2.3,38s; 5.7. Der. 
 PIBATK, EM-PI KIUAL. 
 
 ircl(rct5, ircurOefs, -fiu, see TreiBu. 
 
 newrtSTis, see JluylSris, i. 1. 11 ? 
 
 TcCo-ofiai, f. m. of ird^xu & ircWa, 
 i. 3. 5 s, 15. 
 
 xeicrrfov ferrtv, (7rc£9o/««) orac (loc, 
 iAe!/, &c. ) must obey, 682, n. : c!is tt. 
 efij KXedpxV t^i^ ^- niust be obeyed : 
 ii. 6. 8 : vi. 6. 14. 
 
 ireXd^w,* TreXdffoi TreXw, ch. poet., 
 {ir4\as near) to come near, approach, 
 v., i. 8. 15 ? iv. 2. 3. 
 
 IIeXXi)Vcvs, ^(ds, a Pellenian, a man 
 of Pellene (IleXX^Mj), an ancient town 
 of Achaia and the most easterly of 
 its twelve cities, v. 2. 15. || Tzerkovi 
 near Zugi'd. 
 
 \'n.t^o'novv'f\a'Ui%a,op,PeIoponnesian: 
 ol neXoirowiJffioi sulat. , th£ Peloponnx- 
 sians, who were in general accounted 
 the best soldiers in Greece, and who 
 often, especially from the more moun- 
 
 LEX. AN. 5* 
 
 tainous parts, carried their vigor and 
 biavery to a foreign market : i. 1. 6.' 
 vi. 2. 10. 
 
 Il€Xon'dwi)<ros, ov, i), (II^Xottos vq- 
 tros, the island of Pelops), tlie Felopon- 
 nese or -esus, so named from its being 
 so nearly surrounded by water, and 
 from the sovereignty exercised over it 
 by Pelops, an ancient king of Pisa in 
 Elis, who, with his family, formed 
 the subject of many myths and trage- 
 dies, i. 4. 2. llMorea. 
 
 irATaJw, dffw, (wiXTTi) to carry a 
 target, serve as a targeteer, v. 8. 5. 
 
 niXrcu, UK, a!, Peltai, a city in the 
 western part of Phrygia, i. 2. 10. ||0n 
 or near the plain Baklan-Ovah. 
 
 tir€\TO<rrf|S, ov, a targeteer, peHast. 
 The ireXT-affrai not only carried a 
 lighter shield (tt^Xttj), but were in 
 other respects more lightly armed 
 than the oTrXtrai ; and were therefore 
 less adapted to the shock of arms, but 
 better fitted for rapid movements, i. 
 2. 6, 9 ; 7. 10 ; 10. 7. 
 
 fircXTooTiKos, ^, ^v, relating to or 
 consisting ofpeltasts : ire.vraaT.Kjv, sc. 
 aTp&Tevpa, light-armed force, light, in- 
 fantry, targeteers, i. 8. 5 : vii. 3. 37. 
 
 irtXr^, Tjs, a target, targe, or pelta, 
 a small, light shield, often of crescent 
 shape, more used by the Thracians 
 and other barbarians than by the 
 Greeks. It had comm. a wooden 
 (often wicker) frame, covered with 
 leather, and sometimes strengthened 
 by a thin metallic front, i. 10. 12 
 (ace. to some, here = iraXTSv, which 
 Kehdantz substitutes) : v. 2. 29. 
 
 fvciiirraios, a, ov, mi the fifth day, 
 five days decid, vi. 4. 9. 
 
 ir^liirros, ij, ov, (Tr^jTe) fifth, iii. 4. 
 24 : iv. 7. 21. 
 
 irlftira,* ^u, Treirofiipa, to send, D. 
 A. P. (esp. fut. 598 b), els, wapd, irpbs, 
 &c., i.1.8; 3.8,14: ii.1.2,17. Der. 
 pompa, POMP, POMPOUS. 
 
 tWvtis, 17TOS, 6, adj., poor: subst., 
 a poor man : vii. 7. 28. 
 
 tirevCa, as, poverty, vii. 6. 20. Cogn. 
 penSria, penury. 
 
 ir^vo|iai, in pr. and ipf., to toil for 
 daily bread, be poor, live in poverty, 
 iii. 2. 26. [hundred, \.%^s, 6. 
 
 tirevTaKoo-ioi, ai, a, {iKardv) five- 
 irivTi indecl., quinque, ^»e, i. 2. 8. 
 11. Der. riiSTA-Gox. 
 
xevTCKaCScKa 
 
 106 
 
 irepiC<rT-.:|i.i 
 
 |ir€VTe-Ka£-S6Ka (or it^vts Kal S^xa) 
 
 ^mlecl., fif-leen, i. 4. 1 : iv. 7. 16. 
 lirevT^KovTa indeel., fifty, i. 4. 19 ; 
 7. 12 : ii. 2. 6. L)er. pentkcost. 
 jirevTtiKOVT^p, ripoi, 6, a eoTrvmander 
 of fifty, or of half a lochus, iii. 4. 21. 
 jirtVTiiKiJvT-opos, ou, ^, (ipirra to 
 row) a fifty-oared vessel [sc. »aOs], v. 
 1. 15: vi. 6. 5, 22 s. 
 
 iTKVTqKOOTis, i/os, ^, d Jorfj/ of fifty, 
 or half a lochus : Kard tt. ij/ fifties, 
 iii. 4. 22. 
 
 ir£ira)iai, see irdo/uai, iii. 3. 18. 
 
 ir^irav6a, see iriaxoi, iii. 2.8 : vi.1.6. 
 
 v^irpaKa, -d<ra|i.ai, see imrpdaKO). 
 
 iriimtKa, see TriTrru, i. 8. 28. 
 
 ir^p * encl., (root or shorter form 
 of trepl, of. Lat. per) orig. through, 
 througlwut ; hence, altogether, just, 
 very, even, indeed, particularly, in 
 particular ; often added to a relative 
 or particle for strength or emphasis 
 (comm. written as part of the same 
 word, but sometimes separately) ; i. 3. 
 18 ; 7. 9 ; 8. 18 : see ctirep, Hawep, &c. 
 4.ir^pd adv., across, beyond; of time, 
 beyotid, past, after, after this ; c, vi. 
 1. 28 ; 5. 7. 
 ].ircpa(v(i), ava, {iripas an end) to fin- 
 ish, complete, accomplish, execute. A., 
 iii. 1. 47 ; 2. 32 : vi. 1. 18. 
 i.vtpa,i6u, liffu, to carry across: M. 
 to go across, pass over, els, vii, 2. 12. 
 4.ir^pav adv., across, on t!ie other side, 
 G. : ri Tr4pav the other side : i. 6. 10 : 
 iii. 5. 2, 12 : iv. 3. 29, 33. 
 
 4.irepdLa), aau>, ireiripdKa, to cross. A., 
 iv. 3. 21 : V. I. diairepdio. 
 
 nipYa)Jiov or -os, ov, rb or t), Per- 
 gamum or -us, the chief city of Teu- 
 thrania in southwest Mysia, situated 
 in the beautiful valley of the Caicus. 
 It later became the capital of a king- 
 dom, and renowned for its great libra- 
 ry, giving its name to a material which 
 was here brought into use, parchment 
 (charta Pergamena). This was also 
 the seat of one of the Apocalyptic 
 churches, vii. 8. 8, 23. 1| Bergama, 
 still a place of some consequence. 
 
 ir^p8i|, ims, 6 T], perdix, a I'Ali- 
 TRIDGE, i. 5. 3. 
 
 ■ir€p£* prep., (trip per) through the 
 circuit, around, about: (a) w. (ir.N. 
 of theme (that which discourse, 
 thought, or action is concerni^d about), 
 aibout, concerning, respecting, in respect 
 
 to, for, i. 2. S; 5.8? 6. C : ii.l.l2,21s: 
 expressing valuation, as, w. woieiaBai, 
 Trepl Travris [loncerning every interest] 
 of all or the utmost concern or moment, 
 all-important, irepl irXeiovos or ttXc/- 
 arov of more or tlie most account, 
 value, or consequence, of greater (high- 
 er) or the greatest (highest) importance, 
 i. 9. 7, 16 : V. 6. 22 : — (b) w. Dat. 
 of a part of the body, around, about, 
 i. 5.8 : vii. 4. 4: — (c) w. Ace, around, 
 about ; sometimes translated vAth, 
 among, towards, against, on the banks 
 of, in respect to, in behaXf of, &c. : of 
 place, i. 6. 4: iv. 4. 3 ; S.8,36: ofjier- 
 son, i. 2. 12 ; 4. 8 ; 5. 7s ; oi irepl' Api- 
 alov A. and those with him, ii. 4. 2, 
 cf. d/xtpl, 527 a, and iv. 5. 21 : of time, 
 i. 7. 1 : of object of cnncera, relation, 
 &c., iii. 2. 20: v. 7. 33 : vi, 6.31; elmi. 
 Trepl to be busy about, iii. 5. 7: — (d) in 
 compos, as above, and also denoting 
 superiority (the greater surrounding 
 the less). Cf. d/i^i. 
 
 irepi-poXXiii,* /3aXu, ^ipXrfKa, 2 a. 
 l^aXov, to throw one's arms around, 
 embrace. A., iv. 7. 25 : M. to throw 
 round one's self or one's self around, 
 to surround, A., vi. 3. 3 : vii. 4. 17. 
 
 irepL-'Y^'yvojLiu,* yevfjaoixai, yey^ptj- 
 nai, 2 pf. yiyova, 2 a. iyev6p.T]v, to be- 
 come superior to, prevail over, over- 
 come, conquer, G. ; to come round, turn 
 o^U, result, Ciare : i. 1. 10 : v. 8. 26. 
 
 ■ntpi-iia,* S-/)aa, SiSexa, to tie round, 
 iv. 5. 36 : v.L — 
 
 •ntfi-oKia,* -riffw, or irepi-CXXu, (el- 
 Xda or el\4ui to roll, wrap) to urap or 
 tie around, iv. 5. 36 : v. I. -irepiSiuj. 
 
 ir^£-€ip.i,* lao/iai, (el/il) to be su- 
 perior, excel, surpass, exceed, prevail, 
 a., i. 8. 13 ; 9. 24 : iii. 4. 33. 
 
 irepC-Eip.i,* ipf. ■geiv, (el/u) to (,0 
 round or about, A. , iv. 1. 3 : vii. 1. 33. 
 
 ircpi-^KU,* ?\|i<), ipf. et\Kov, to 
 drag round or about, 2 A., vii. 6. 10 
 [irepielXe has robbed, Ed. C. H. Weise). 
 
 irepi-^pxciiai," iXeiao/xai, i\^\v6a, 
 2 a. ^X0ov, to go around, vi. 3. 14 ? 
 
 irtpi-^X*),* Jfo) or o'X'4'''"! ^OW™. 
 2 a. lax""! l" surround, encompass, 
 protect. A., i. 2. 22. 
 
 irepi-fjv, -ijcrav, see irepl-eiiu. (elpu). 
 
 xepi-£do-i, -i<SvT«s, see Trepi-ei/ju. (eipu). 
 
 irepi-iSctv, see irepi-opAu, vii. 7. 40. 
 
 irepi-UrTr,)!'.,* (TTiJirw, IffTrjKa (2 pf. 
 pt. iffTujs), 2 a. ^jTTjv, to station round : 
 
irepiKvxXcu 
 
 107 
 
 HcpO-lKOS 
 
 pf. and 2 a. to stand round, iv. 7. 2 : 
 vi. 6. 6. 
 
 ircpi-xvKXo^, t^ffuj, KSKOKXojKa, to en- 
 circle : M. to gather in a circle round, 
 swrrotmd. A., vi. 3. 11. 
 
 irEpi-Xa|ipdv(i),* X^^o/iai, cfXij^o, 
 2 a. iKafiov, to throw one's arins around, 
 embrace. A., vii. 4. 10. 
 
 irepi-iilvti),* iievQ, /le/ihriKa, u. f/iei- 
 va, to stay about, remain, wait; to 
 wait for, await. A.; ii. 1. 3, 6 ; 4. 1. 
 t IIcpCv6i.os, ov, 6, a Perinthian, vii. 
 2. 8 ; a man of 
 
 n^pivSos, ov, ii, Perinthus, a flour- 
 ishing city of Thrace on the north 
 shore of the Propontis, a Samian col- 
 ony, later renowned for its obstinate 
 defence against Philip of Macedon, 
 ii. 6. 2 : vii. 2. 8. || Eregli, from a later 
 name 'Hpd/cXeia. 
 
 ir^ptl adv., (7re/)() round about, 
 around, a., ii. 5. 14 ; vii. 8. 12. 
 
 Tept-oSos, ov, T), a way round, dr- 
 cuit, iii. 4. 7, 11. Der. period. 
 
 irfpi-oiKia, -qiTii), ifiKrjKa, to dviell 
 around. A., v. 6. 16. 
 
 ircpC-oiKos, ov, 6, a provincial, one 
 o/t/ie Periceci, v. 1.15: see Xir Aprri. 
 
 irept-opdo),* 6\l/oiiai, iiipdna or ib- 
 pdxa, 2 a. eldov, to look about, see 
 with indifference, overlook, neglect, 
 allow, A. p., vii. 3. 3 ; 7. 40, 46, 49. 
 
 irepC-iraros, ov, 6, (wariu to walk) 
 a walk round, walk (both the act and 
 the place), ii. 4. 15. Cogn. pehipa- 
 
 TETIl;. 
 
 irtpi-irereiv, see ttc/ji-ttiVtu, i. 8. 28. 
 
 irepi-ir^Tonai,* ttt ijtro/ioi, to fly about, 
 vi. 1. 23 : V. I. iriro/iai, 
 
 ir«pi-ir<i^u(i,i,* TT^Iu, iriTTixa 1., to 
 freeze aboiU, trans. : P. to be frozen 
 about or on the feet, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 Trepi-irtiTTft),* TreffoO/xat, Tr^irTUKa, 
 2 a. (rrea-oy, to fall or throw one's self 
 about or upon, to fall on and embrace ; 
 to fall foul of ; D.; i. 8. 28: vii. 3. 38. 
 
 irepi-irWtt),* irXevffoiiai., irfirXcvKa, 
 to sail round, i. 2. 21 : vii. 1. 20. 
 
 irepi-iroi^cii, ^iroi, ireToLriKa, A. h M. 
 (as for one's self), to work round, 
 manage to procure, acquire, gain, A. 
 D., V. 6. 17. 
 
 ir£pi-TrTi5(rcrcii, iJ^u, to fold round, 
 enfold, enclose, i. 10. 9. 
 
 Tept-p-p^w,* pe6(ro/jLai & ^uiJtroyLtat, 
 i^'iiiriKa, to flow round, encompass. A., 
 i. 5. 4 : 2 a. p. or a, ir«pi-4,l^ui]v to 
 
 drop off, as water flowing about an 
 object, D., iv. S. 8 ; V. I. — 
 
 irepi-p-p^TVup.!., ^i)f w, ^/i^TO" l-> 2 a. 
 p. i^fiiyi}v, to break around, trans.: 
 Jf., w. 2 a. p., to break around, in- 
 trans. , iv. 3.8 : v. I. vepip^^u. 
 
 xepL-crravpdu, licroi, to fence or pali- 
 sade about. A., vii. 4. 14. 
 
 ircpuTTcpd, Ss, a dove, pigeon, held 
 sacred by the Syrians from the tradi- 
 tion that the great queen Seniiramis 
 was nourished as an infant by doves, 
 and at death changed into a dove, i. 
 4.9. 
 iirepirrda or ttipurmia, eiju, to 
 reach beyond, outflank, a., iv. 8. 11. 
 
 irepirrds or ircpur<rds, i), bf, (jrcpl) 
 over and above, superfluous, spare, iii. 
 2. 38: vii. 6. 31 : ol vepirrol the men or 
 forces beyond, iv. 8. 11 : ri wcpiTTiii the 
 surplus, residue, v. 3. 13. 
 
 ■irepi-TVY\dv«,* reij^o/jiai, TeTdxVia, 
 2 a. Itvxo", to Imppcn about, happen 
 to be n^ar, meet, vi. 6. 7. 
 
 ircpi.-(|>av<lis (irepi-^aKiJs seen around, 
 fr. 0afKu) conspicuously, evidently, 
 'manifestly, iv. 5. 4. 
 
 ircpi.-<|>^pii>,* oCa-ta, irfpioxa, to carry 
 round,A.,\\i.Z.2i. Der. peuipueiiy. 
 
 irepC-(f>oPos, ov, greatly alarmed, 
 much terrified, in great alarm or ter- 
 ror, iii. 1. 12. 
 
 tliftn\'s, ov, a Persian, one of a peo- 
 ple early restricted to the country of 
 Persis (Ilepo-is, in its native form Pa,r- 
 sa, whence the modern Fars) north- 
 east of the Persian Gulf and south of 
 Media, but by successive conquests 
 extending their power "from India 
 even unto Ethiopia, over an hundred ' 
 and seven and twenty provinces " 
 (Esther, 1. 1), an empire far greater 
 than any before presented in history. 
 In the time of Xen., the Persians had 
 lost their early simplicity and vigor, 
 and soon after fell an easy prey to the 
 arms of Alexander. After their un- 
 successful attempts to conquer reeee 
 in the reigns of Darius and Xerxes, 
 they interfered in Greek atfairs chiefly 
 by their money, which they employed 
 in subsidizing states and corrupting 
 public men. i. 2. 20 (as adj.) ; 5. 8. 
 J-XIepo-tJ", ii"^ ''!'. to speak Persian, 
 iv. 5. 34. 
 
 J. Htpo-iKos, 4 bv, Persian : rb Ilep- 
 aiKbn [sc. &pxw'-^ ipx^liJ^M to dauet 
 
Hcpo-ifrrC 
 
 108 
 
 irXaCnov 
 
 the Persian [dance], also called feXa- 
 (T/io from the dancer's often sinking 
 upon the knee : i. 2. 27 ; 8. 21 : iii. 
 3. 16; 4. 17: vi. 1. 10. 
 4.II«p(ri(rTC adv., in the Persian lan- 
 guage, in Persian, iv. 5. 10. 
 
 ircpvo'ivds, 17, *^v, {ir^pvcri a year ago) 
 of the last year, last year's, v. 4. 27 ? 
 
 irecreiv, -<&v, see tt/tttw, iii. 1. 11. 
 
 ir€TaXov, ov, (Trerdwu/xt to expand) 
 a leaf, v. 4. 12. Der. petal. 
 
 "ir^TO|iai,* veTiiaoiiai, usu. irrijiro- 
 /«ti, 2 a. iiTTofniv & inTdiJiTfv, to fly, 
 i. 5. 3 : vi. 1. 23 (v. I. TrepiirilTo/Mi). 
 
 tir^Tpo, as, a rode ; a mass of rock, 
 large strnie; i . 4. 4 : iv. 2. 3, 20? 7. 4, 
 10? 14. Der. petiu-fy, pete-oleum. 
 firETpo-PoXla, as, (fidXXa) the throw- 
 ing of stones, stoning, vi. 6. 15. 
 
 ir^Tpos, ov, 6, a stone, iv. 2. 20 ? 7. 
 12 : vii. 7. 54. Der. Peteh. 
 
 ■ir£<|>- in redupl. for <j>c(p-, 159 a. 
 
 ir6(j>vXa7|j.^v(DS (fr. pf. p- pt. of 0u- 
 XdTTu) guardedly, cautiously, ii. 4. 24. 
 
 ir<i, irfj, ir^), or ir^, also encl., (ttAs) 
 «■« .?ome or any way, by any means; 
 irri fiiv . . irrj B4, in one view or respect 
 . . in anotlier, on some accounts . . on 
 others, partly . . partly; iii. 1. 12? 
 iv. 8. 11 : vi. 1. 20 («' oB for ir^ Si) ? 
 
 Tn\y^\, TJs, a fountain, spring, source, 
 comm. in pi., i. 2. 7s ; 4. 10 : iv. 1. 3. 
 
 ir^i'Yviip.i.,* Tr-fj^w, iriinixa !•, (2 pf- 
 Trdwr/ya am fixed), to make fast or 
 solid, stiffen, freeze, benumb with cold, 
 A., iv. 5. 3 : P. & M. to be frozen, 
 freeze (intrans.), vii. 4. 3. 
 
 n'ljSdXiov, ov, {irriSSv an oar) a broad 
 steering-oar or rudder (the Greek ves- 
 •sel comm. having two, one on each 
 side of the stern, but often connected 
 by a cross-bar), v. 1. 11. 
 
 iniXds, ov, 6, mud, mire, i. 5. 7 s : 
 ii. 3. 11. 
 
 TTTJxvs, eois, 6, u cubit, = IJ Greek 
 feet, iv. 7. 16. 
 
 IIlYpT]s, Tp-os, 6, Pigres, an inter- 
 preter to Cyrus, prob. a Carian, i. 2. 
 17; a.7 ; 8. 12. 
 
 ■n-itjoi, ^(Tti), to press, oppress, A. : P. 
 to be hard pressed, pressed or crowded 
 togetlter, oppressed or weighed down, i. 
 1. 10 : iii. 4. 19, 27, 48 : iv. 8. 13. 
 
 iriKp({s, i, bv, bitter, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 ■irCjnrXT]|it,* irX-^aia, TriirXTjKa, {ttX^us 
 fti.ll) to fill, A. <i., i. 5. 10. 
 
 irtvw,* TrlofiaL (f), ir^iroiKa, 2 a. SirXov, 
 
 poto, to drink, A., iv. 5. 32 : vi. 1. 4; 
 4. 11. Der. potation, sym-posium. 
 
 irLirpdiTKtti,* irfirpcLKa, f. pf. TTewpa- 
 joimi, (pr. u. comm. supplied by ttu- 
 \4a, and f. and aor. by airoSiixroiuu, 
 a.ireS6fi.riv) to sell, A. a. of price, vii. 1. 
 36 ; 2. 6 ; 7. 26 ; 8. 6. 
 
 irltma,* irscroOfMit, Tr^TroiKa, 2 a. 
 lireaov, to fall, eis : to fall in battle, 
 be slain: i. 8. 28 : ii. 3. 18; iii. 1. 11: 
 iv. 5. 7. Der. a-ptote, di-ptote. 
 
 IIiirlST)s or IIciirCST|$, ov, a Pi- 
 sidian. The PisidfE were a race of 
 bold, tameless robbers, occupying the 
 western range of Mt. Taurus, where, 
 in their mountain fastnesses, they 
 long maintained their independence, 
 and annoyed their neighbors by their 
 ravages. The important but difficult 
 work of their subjugation seemed a 
 proper object for an expedition by 
 Cyrus. The present occupants of this 
 region have a marked resemblance to 
 them. i. 1. 11 ; 2. 1 ; 9. 14. 
 tirio-Tcvw, eOcru, •neiricTevKa, to trust, 
 believe, confide in, rely upon, v. i. (a.), 
 i. 2. 2 ; 3. 16 ; 9. 8 : vii. 7. 25. 
 
 irtoTts, eus, ^, (ireWw) faith, con- 
 fidence , trust ; good faith, fidelity; a 
 ground of contidence, an assurance, 
 pledge ; i. 2. 26 ; 6.3: iii. 2. 8 ; 3. 4. 
 
 TTio-ros, ^, bv, c, s., (vdBui) that 
 may be trusted, trusty, trustworthy, 
 faithful, devoted; trusted, confiden- 
 tial, in one's confidence ; D. : oi vuttoI, 
 a special term for the trusty or con- 
 fidential attendants or officers of a Per- 
 sian printe : i. 4. 15 ; 5. 15 ; 6. 3 : ii. 5. 
 22 : TTiffTd subst., trustworthy things, 
 tokens of good faith, pledges, assur- 
 ances, solemn sanctions, i. (a.), i. 6. 7: 
 ii. 3. 26 ; 4. 7 ; iv. 8. 7 s. 
 
 j.'iri.oT<STT]S, wos, ri, faithfulness, 
 fidelity, i. 8. 29. 
 
 irtTDs, uos, Tt, pinus, «. pine-tree, 
 pine, iv. 7. 6. 
 
 irXd-yios, o, ov, (ttX^vos side) in a 
 side direction, slanting, oblique : els 
 irXdyiov obliquely : els rh 7rXd7ia to 
 or against the sides or flanks, to the 
 right and left : i. 8. 10 : iii. 4. 14. 
 
 irXa£<riov, ov, (akin to TrXari)!) a 
 rectangle ; of troops, a square. This 
 square, which conld present a front to 
 the enemy on each side, might be 
 either hollow, or filled with troops, 
 or, as was common on a harassed 
 
irXavilofiai 
 
 109 
 
 troSiv 
 
 march, occupied in the centre by the 
 camp-followers and baggage, i. 8. 9 : 
 iii. 2. 36 ; 4. 19, 43. 
 
 irXavdofiai, ijrro^ai, irewXivrifuii, 
 {irXdvri a wandsriiiy) to wander about, 
 i. 2. 25 : V. 1. 7. Der. planet. 
 
 ttXAtos, eos, Tj, (TrXaTiis) width, 
 brmdth, v. 4. 32. Cog. plat, plate. 
 
 irXaTTii), Tr\6.ffia, ir^irXaKa 1., to 
 mould, slmpe : M. to fabricate, frame, 
 invent, e.g. falsehoods, 5827, A., ii. 
 6. 26. Der. plastic, plaster. 
 
 irXaTvs, eia, 1), c. irepos, wide, 
 broad, iii. 4. 22. Der. platy-pus. 
 tirXcSpiaios, a, ov, extending a hun- 
 dredfeet, i. 5. 4 ; 7. 15 : iv. 6. 4. 
 
 irXiSpov, ov, aplelhron or plelhrum, 
 a hundred feet (in our measure, about 
 101 ft, 14 in.), i. 2. 5, 23 : iii. 4. 9. 
 
 irXcCuv or ir\iav more, irXeioros 
 most, see iroXis, i. 1. 6 ; 3. 7. 
 
 irX^Kw,* i^ui, plecto, plieo, to plait, 
 braid, a., iii. 3. IS. Der. oo.m-plex. 
 
 irXeov-eKT^co, ijffw, Tr^irXiov^KTTjKa., 
 {vXiov ^x") to have or get more, have 
 the advantage, gain the ascendency, 
 G. D. of respect, iii. 1. 37 : v. 4. 15. 
 
 irXevpd, as, a rib (pi. side or sides) ; 
 a side or flank of an army ; iii. 2. 36 s : 
 iv. 1. 18 ; 7. 4. Der. pleukisy. 
 
 ttX^w,* 7r\ci)(ro,:tat or-(roi),iiat,7r^7r\eu- 
 Ko, a. irXfvaa, to sail, go by sea, h, 
 rpii, &c., i. 7. 15 ; 9. 17 : v. 1. 10. 
 
 irX^uv, irX^ov, see iroXis, i. 2. 11. 
 
 ■Trki\yi\, yjs, (7r\i)TTi>)) plaga, a blow, 
 i. 5. 11 : ii. 4. 11. Der. plague. 
 tirXiiBos, COS, t6, fulness, abundance, 
 multitude; great quantity, extent, or 
 number; amount, total, number or 
 numbers ; tlie multitude, mass, WMin 
 or common body ; i. 5. 9 ; 7. 4 ; 8. 13 : 
 iii. 1. 37 : iv. 4. 8 : v. 5. 4. 
 
 irX^6u in pr. and ipf., {irXiws full) 
 to befall, i. 8. 1 : ii. 1. 7 : see dyopd, 
 ■irip.TrXrifu. Der. PLETHOKIC. 
 
 irX^jv * {rrXiov more tlian) adv. as 
 prep., except, save, G., i. 1. 6 ; 8. 6 : 
 — conj., except, but; except that, save 
 that ; i. 2. 24 : 8. 20, 25 ; 9. 29. 
 
 irX^ipiis, es, (ttX^us full) plenus, 
 full, eom-plcte, filled with, abounding 
 in, G., i. 2. 7; 4. 9 ; 5. 1 ; 8.9: ii. 3. 
 10 : vii. 6. 5. Cog. plenary-, plenty. 
 tirXTjcnd^oi, dffw, TrewXritrlaKa, to come 
 or draw near, approach, i)., i. 5. 2 : 
 iv. 6. 6 : vi. 5. 26. 
 
 [irkno-£os, i». Of, poet., near:] hence 
 
 adv. v\T\a-Cov, near, nigh, close by, a., 
 i. 8. 1 : v. 2. 11 : also used w. the art. 
 as an adj. (c. irXriaialTepos, ». -alraros), 
 near, neighboring, nearest, D., i. 10. 5: 
 ii. 4. 16 : iv. 8. i3 : — fr. iriXas near. 
 •oKiymt,* irXii^a, 2 pf. TiirXTiya, 
 2 a. p. iirXityriv, to strike, smite, wound, 
 A., V. 8. 2, 4, 12 : vi. 1. 5 (stronger 
 than Traiu). Der. apo-plexy. 
 
 tirXCv6ivos, 1), ov, made or built of 
 brick, iii. 4. 11. 
 
 ttXCvSos, ov, i], a brick, whether 
 baked by fire or dried in the sun, ii. 
 4. 12: iii. 4. 7. Der. plinth. 
 
 irXoiov, ov, (irXiia) a vessel, esp. a 
 merclumt or transjjort vessel, more 
 oval in form than the ship of war 
 (i-aOs or Tpi.-fipi)s) and chiefly propelled 
 by sails ; a ship of burden, transport ; 
 a boat, (as for fishing, crossing or 
 bridging a river, &c. ), canoe ; i. 2. 5 ; 
 4. 7 s, 18 ; 7. 15 : v. 4. 11 : fmxpdv ir. 
 a long vesse', i. e. ship of war, in dis- 
 tinction from the rounder ship of 
 burden, v. 1. 11. 
 
 irXoos, ou, oontr. irXovs, oC, 0, (xWu) 
 a voyage, sailing; hence, sing, and pi., 
 weaUier for sailing : G. , eh, k^: v. 7. 
 7 : vi. 1. 33 ; 4. 2. 
 
 [-irXoos -fold, akin to wXiKa, 240. 4.] 
 
 tirXovo-ios, a, op, u., rich, wealthy, 
 i. 9. 16 : vii. 3. 18 ; 7. 28. 
 
 ^irXouirCus adv., in wealth, iii. 2. 26 ? 
 
 tirXouT^w, tJitw, ire7rXo6T7]Ka, to be or 
 become rich,to possess or acquire wealth, 
 S., i. 9. 19 : ii. 6. 21 : vii. 7. 9, 28, 42. 
 
 tirXourCju, la 01 iS, irexXoiiTiKO, to 
 make rich, enrich. A., vii. 6. 9. 
 
 firXovTos, ov, 6, (irXios full) wealth, 
 riches. Der. Plutus.] 
 
 tirvEvp.a, oTos, TJ, wind, breath, iv. 
 5.4: vi.1.14; 2.1. Der. pneumatics. 
 irv^w,* irvfOtrop.at, irhrvEVKO,, to blow, 
 breathe, iv. 5. 3. Der. dys-pn(ea. 
 
 Trvt7iii,* |ii), to choke, drown. A., v. 
 7. 25. 
 
 TTO-Sairos, ij, bv, (Tr6s ; & bdweSov 
 ground, or dirb) cujas ? of what coun- 
 try I iv. 4. 17. 
 
 tiro8-^pT|s, es, (dp-) reaching to the 
 feet, i. 8. 9. 
 
 tiro8lJ<i», law iffl, to fasten by the feet, 
 fetter, iii. 4. 35. 
 
 iroBos, itoSmv, &c., see iroh, i. 2. 8. 
 iroOtv; (rrAs,) unde, whence? v. 4. 7. 
 iroOe'veuol., {ir 6s) from any place or 
 quarter, vi. 3. 15. 
 
iroS^u 
 
 110 
 
 iroXXairXdo-ios 
 
 tiro9^o), ■fiaa, weirbBtiKa 1., tx> long, 
 earnestly desire, he anxioics, I., vi. 4. 8. 
 
 iroBos, ov, 6, fond desire, longing for, 
 G., iii. 1. 3. 
 
 vol end., (iris) to some or anyplace, 
 in any direction, some- or any-where 
 {= -whither), t. 1. 8 : vi. 3. 10. 
 
 leoUa, ^(TU, TrewolijKa, to MAKE 
 or DO, but translated variously ace. 
 to the connection : thus, to MAKE, 
 form, construct, erect, appoint, ren- 
 der, institute, organize ; to cause, pro- 
 duce, secure, give, induce, influence, 
 enable (tt. /j,-q to prevent) ; to make in 
 fancy, suppose; A. D., 2 A. (or A. & 
 adj.), I. (a.), fiffre : i. 1. 2 ; 6. 2, 6 ; 
 7. 4, 7 : iv. 1. 22 : v. 7. 9 ; vi. 4. 9 ; 
 jr. iKxXrialav to call an assembly, i. 4. 
 12 ; <l>b^ov TT. to strike terror, 1. 8. 18 : 
 — to DO, perform, accomplish, effect, 
 execute; to do (good, evil, &c.), be- 
 stow, inflict ; to act, proceed ; ak. 
 (esp. neut. adj.) A., D.; 1. 1. 11 ; 5. 2, 
 7 ; 9. 11 : iv. 2. 23 ; w. eB, /ca/cis, &c., 
 to treat, serve, do well or ill by, do 
 good or evil to, benefit, injure, &c.. A., 
 
 i. 4. 8 ; 6. 9 : M. to MAKE or DU 
 
 for one's self, make one's own ; in 
 general like the act., but more sub- 
 jective, and oftener used with an ace. 
 as = ■■•, verb cognate w. the ace. (i^i- 
 ramv iroie'ca-BaL or woLeiv to inale a 
 review, to review, i. 2. 9, 14); A., 2 A. ; 
 i. 1. 6 ; 7. 2, 20 ; 9. 20 : iv. 5. 28 : 
 (TTrovdis voielv to offer a libation, but 
 airovSki TToieiffdai to offer a libation 
 together, to make a treaty or truce, ii. 
 3. 8 : iv. 3. 14 : — to cause to be made, 
 have or procure made. A., 581, v. 3. 
 5 ; — to put, place, bring, set, station, 
 form, ch. in expressing military posi- 
 tion or arrangement, a., i. 6. 9 ; 10. 
 9 : vi. 5. 5 s, 18, 25 ; dpBiovs iroieto-ffoi 
 or TToieij/ to form in columns, iv. 8. 10, 
 12, 14 s; rpixv iroielcBai to form in 
 three divisions, iv. 8. 15 (cf. Six") ; ^v 
 aTrojijiiynf iroieiffBai to put under seal 
 of secreoy, vii. 6. 43 : — in expressing 
 value, to make to one's self, make of 
 account, esteem, regard, account, a., 
 I. irepl, irapi., i. 9. 7, 16 : ii. 3. 18 : vi. 
 1. 11 ; 6. 11. Der. poem, poet. 
 4.iroi.i]T^os, u, ov, to be or (hat must be 
 made or done (one must make or do), 
 D. A., i. 3. 15: iii. 1.18, 35: vi. 4.12. 
 
 iroiK^Xos, t), ov, variegated, m^ny- 
 colored, embroidered, tiittooed, i. 5. 8. 
 
 iroios, a, ov, iuterrog, , (iris ;) qualis ? 
 of lohat kind i what kind or stoic of) 
 wliat! ii. 5. 7, 13 : iii. 1. 14. 
 
 t irpX«f«oi, ^troj, Tr€Tro\^/j,TjKa, to war, 
 make or carry on war, be at war, per- 
 form in war, D. AE., irpis or irl, i. 1. 
 5, 8s; 3. 4; 6. 1, 6 : iv. 1. 1. 
 
 tiroXcpicds,')), 6v, s., warlike, skilled 
 or able in war, fitted for war, ii. 6. 1, 
 7 ; TO TT. warlike affairs, iii. 1. 38 : 
 (TTifiaivctv ri v. to give the signal for 
 attack, sound the charge, iv. 3. 29 : 
 oviKpaye jro\efUK&v gave a war-shout, 
 vii. 3. 33. Der. polemics. 
 
 t iro\€|UKws, s. (iraTo, hostilely : ir. 
 ^X^iv to be hostile or on terms of hostil- 
 ity, vi. 1. 1. 
 
 tiro\^|ju.os, a, ov, c, s., relating to 
 war ; hostile, at war with ; belonging 
 to an enemy, of enemies, tlie enemy's : 
 .subst. iroXlfuos an enemy, oi t. the 
 enemy, r\ iroXcfiCa [sc. X''/"*] '''6 ene-' 
 my's country, tJ, 7r. t/ie affairs of war 
 or milila.ry affairs: D., G. : i. 2. 19 ; 
 4. 5; 5. 16; 6.1: iii. 3. 5: iv. 7. 19s. 
 iroXcixos, ov, 6, (iroXiui to haunt) bcl- 
 lum, war, warfare, Tp6s : tA. els rbv 
 V. (pya warlike exercises : 8ewv x. 
 the hostility of the gods : i. 6. 6 ; 9. 5, 
 14 : ii. 5. 7:'iii. 2. 8: iv. 4. 1. 
 
 tiroXCjw, Iffio iQ>, to build up into a 
 city, colonize. A., vi. 6. 4. 
 
 tiroXi-opKe'u, ijirw, {clpyu) to hem in 
 a city, besiege, invest, beleaguer, block- 
 ade, A., i. 1.7; 4.2: iii. 4. 8: iv. 2. 15. 
 iroXis, eus, i], (akin to TroXiis) a city, 
 town, comm. fortified, and often dis- 
 tinguished in the Anab. as inhabited 
 or deserted (several cities on the route 
 being in the latter condition from war 
 or political changes) ; a body of citi- 
 zens, state ; a citadel (the Acropolis at 
 Athens being sp. so called); i. 1.6,8s: 
 ii. 6. 13 : vii. 1. 27. Der. Na-ples. 
 
 4.ir6Xicr|Jia, otos, t6, (TroXifui) that 
 which is built up like a city, a city, 
 town, usu. of the smaller size, iv.7.17. 
 
 liroXiTcvw, eii(rw, to be a. citizen, lice 
 or dwell as a citizen, iii. 2. 26. 
 
 4.iroXiTiis, ov, a citizen, v. 3. 9 s. Der. 
 politics. 
 
 tiroXXaKis inany times, often, fre- 
 quently, repeatedly, i. 2. 11 : vii. 3. 41. 
 
 tiroXXo-irXdo-tos, a, ov, {ttX&ttw to 
 form) manifold, manifold mo re; many 
 times as m,iu:h, iiiaiiii, or numerous: 
 TToXXoTrXdiTioi v,j.Ciiv many times your 
 
iroXXaxi) 
 
 111 
 
 VOpl|<v 
 
 oum numhm . i. 7. 3 : iii. 2. 14, 16 : 
 vii. 7. 25, 27. 
 
 tiro\\ox'f| or X'6 '" '"i^'t-y places or 
 cases, often, vii. 3. 12. 
 
 tiroXAoxov in many places, vn many 
 occasions, often, iv. 1. 28. 
 
 t iroXv-ivBponros, ov,populous, ii. 4. 13. 
 
 tiro\v-apx(a, as, (&px'^) a command 
 vested ill many, multiplicity of com- 
 mand, many commanders, vi. 1. 18. 
 
 ^Xio\u-Kpj,ri\'S,eoi,Polycrates,tktvnst- 
 e<l and useful lochage from Athens, iv. 
 5. 24 : )'. I. Ilo\vpjiTi]s or -pdTijs. 
 
 tlloXi-viKos, ov, I'olynicus, an en- 
 voy to the Cyreans from the Spartan 
 commander Thibron, vii. 6. 1, 39. 
 
 tiro\v-irpa7(iov4<i), ijffoj, {irpay/j-a) to 
 be husy about many things, meddle, 
 intrigue, ae. : v. n to engage in some 
 intrigue, v. 1. 15. 
 
 iroXtfs,* ttoWtJ, TToXiJ, c. TrXet'wc or 
 irXiuv, s. xXeiirros, (akin to irXioisfall) 
 much ; many or numerous, ch. in pi. ; 
 •also, ace. to the subject, large, great, 
 in great quantity or numbers, in abun- 
 dance, abundant, plentiful, extensive, 
 long, deep, loud, &c. ; i. 1. 6 ; 2. 18 ; 
 3. 2, 7, 14 ; 7. 4 : sometimes pleonas- 
 ticaily used or followed by Kal q. v., 
 702 0, ii. 5.9; 3. 18 : iv. 6. 27 (cf. iii. 
 5. 1) : TToXXoI many, ol jf-oXKol the 
 many, the most, the majority, iii. 1. 3, 
 10 : TToXXiJ, sc. 656s, a long way ov 
 journey, vi. 3. 16 ; ol irXetffToi or TrXet- 
 trroi ^533e) plurimi, the 7nost (also ir. 
 verii many), i. 5. 2, 13 : — iroXv subst. 
 or adv., much, a great part, greatly, 
 JVC;/, a great distance, far, long; .so 
 TToXv or TToWlf often w. the compar. ; 
 iK TToXXoD, sc. BiaffT'j/w.Tos, from a dis- 
 tance ; i. 5. 2 s ; ii. 5. 32 : iii. 3. 9 : iv. 
 1.11: see df 10s, iirl : rb iroXv the 
 much, the [great] greater part, the 
 most, i. 4. 13 : vii. 7. 36 ; as iwi rb 
 xo\i) as //lings are for the most pirt, 
 coniiniiiili/, 711, iii. 1. 43 s? iroXXd 
 ■many l/Ungs, much, often, dii, TroXXd 
 for many reasons, i. 9. 22 : iv. 3. 2 : — 
 irXciov or irX^ov plus, subst. or adj. 
 (often as indecl. 5070), or adv., more, 
 i. 2. 11 ; 4. 14 (by pleonasm) : iK irXel- 
 oxos from a greater distance, sooner, i. 
 10. 11 ; — irXeio-Tov or irXeto-ro subst. 
 or adv. , the most, fn rt/irst ; very much ; 
 most or very p/rntifn/ly ; ii. 2. 12 ; 
 iii. 2. 31 : vii. 6. 35; 7. 1. See jroi^u. 
 Di-V. rOLY-fi(J>.', POLY-GLOT. 
 
 jIIoXii-oTpaTos, on, Polyistralvc, mi 
 Athenian, father of Lycius, iii. 3. 20. 
 
 jiroXv-TeX^js, ^s, (Ti\o!} expei,Mve, 
 costly, rich, i. 5. 8. 
 
 ir6)i.a or irufui, otos, t6, (irlru) a 
 drink, iv. 5. 27. 
 
 iro|«r'<j, ^s, (iri/j.wa) a sending forth, 
 a solemn processimi,v, 5.5. Der. pomp. 
 
 tirov^o), ^iro), TreirbrqKa, to labor, toil, 
 incur toil, undergo hardship ; to ob- 
 tain by toil, A.: i. 4. 14 : 9. 19 : ii. 6. 
 B : vii. 6. 10, 41. 
 
 tirovijpds, &, kv, causing toil or hard- 
 ship (or in this sense irivrjpos) ; hence 
 bad, evil, disastrous, mischievous, 
 wretched, worthless, troublesome, dan- 
 gerous ; base, vile, villanous, wicked, 
 unjyrincipled, evil-disposed, irpis : ii. 
 
 5. 21 : iii. 4. 19, 35 ; vii. 1. 39 ; 4. 12. 
 tirovfipws or irovripus, with toil or 
 
 difficulty, iii. 4. 19. 
 
 irdvos, ov, 6, (T^mfmi.) toil, labor, 
 lw.rdsJiip, trouble, difficulty : ol rip,4Te- 
 poi tr. the fruits of our toil : ii. 5. 18 : 
 iii. 1. 12: vii. 6. 9. Der. geo-ponius. 
 
 irdvTos, ov, 6, a sea or sea-basin 
 (while diXarra signifies rather the 
 water of the sea, or the body of sea- 
 water); hence, even the region about 
 a sea, as its basin : 6 IlivTos the Pon- 
 tics, sp. used for 6 Huptos ES^eaios the 
 Etoxine or Black Sea, or its basin or 
 surrounding region, iv. 8. 22 : v. 1. 1 ; 
 
 6. 15 s, 19 s. Der. pontic. 
 tiropela, as, a journey, m'ireh, pas- 
 sage, coiorse, route, way, mode of trav- 
 elling : Tt)v ir. iroiciaBai to make the 
 march, pursue one'sjoumey, to march, 
 proceed: i. 7. 20 : ii. 2. 10 : iii. 1. 5 ; 
 4. 36, 44 :, iv. 4. 18 : v. 6. 12. 
 
 tiropeurfos, u, ov, necessary to be 
 passed or crossed, which one must cross, 
 D. : TTopivriov {^(ttlv) it is necessary to 
 march or proceed, one must, &c., ae. ; 
 ii. 2. 12; 6. 18: iv. 1. 2 ; 5. 1. 
 
 iropcvw, ei/trw, a. p. as m. eTropeOdrjv, 
 (irdpos) to make go, convey : M. to go, 
 proceed, march, advance, set forth, 
 journey, tra.vel, esp. by land, ae., 
 5td, iirl, Trapd, irpbs, &c., i. 2. 1, 4; 3. 
 4, 7: ii. 2. ns,14; iii. 4. 46: v. 3. 1. 
 irop9^a>, ^(Tw, weir jpOrjKa, (T^pdta to 
 I'avfigc) /o ravnitr, /ail inis/a, plunder, 
 A., V. 7, 14: vii. 7. 3, 12. 
 
 tiropC^u, Iffui lQ, Tveir'jpLKti, to provide, 
 supply, furnish, hi-s/mr, a. p., ii. 3. 5: 
 iii. 3. 20 ; 5.8: — M.to provide for one's 
 
ir6pos 
 
 112 
 
 rpio-P'Js 
 
 3elf, supply one's self wi/h, procure, 
 A., ii. 1. 6 : iii. 1. 20. Der. PORISM. 
 
 TTopos, on, 6, (Tripa) a way across or 
 through, passage, ford; hence, a re- 
 source, provision, means, Trpis : ii. 5. 
 20 : _iv. 3. 13, 20. Der. PORE. 
 
 irdppu (later for irpbau, old Att. 
 Trbpffu, 104, 1$^} far from, G., 1.3.12. 
 
 iropi^vpsos, ia., eof, contr. ovs, a, 
 GUI', (Trop<j>ipa. tlie purple-fish) purpii- 
 reus, purple, i. 5. 8. Cog. porphyry. 
 
 [irds ari old indef.and interrog. proii., 
 remaining in iroi), ttoB, ttt}, vtj, &c.] 
 
 troarL, see iroii, i. 5. 3. 
 
 irdiros, ri, on, interrog., (n-is/) quan- 
 tus ? how mv£h I how large or great ? 
 ii. 4. 21 . vii. 8. 1 ; in exelam., vi. 5. 
 20 : irlxTov ; how far i vii. 3. 12. 
 
 iroTa)ids, oD, 6, (ttotos, as ii drink- 
 able water) a river, i. 2. 5, 7 s : see 
 522 i. Der. Meso-potamia. 
 
 irori end. indef. adv. , (ttAs) at some 
 or any time, once, ever; sometimes 
 strengthening a direct or indirect in- 
 terrog., as &T01 TTori vrhere in the 
 world ; i. 5. 7 (5^ ir. , also written Sij- 
 iroTc); 9. 6 : iii. i. 10 (cf. 7) ; 5. 13. 
 
 iroTcpos, a, OK, (iris ;) wh,ich of two 1 
 hence adv. , irorepov or iroTcpa in in- 
 quiry between two suppositions (the 
 second, which is connected by \ be- 
 ing sometimes understood), whether, 
 usu. expressed in Eng., in indirect 
 question only (ef. Lat. utrum . . an), 
 i. 4. 13 : ii. 1. 10, 21 ; 5. 17 : v. 8. 4. 
 jtroT^paiS in which way or mi which 
 supposiiion of two 1 el . .f/el, vii. 7. 30. 
 tiroTApiov, ov, a drinking-eup, vi. 1 . 4. 
 
 TTOTOS, ij, bv, (tto- in irivta) drinkable, 
 potable, tn drink : subst. irordv or -d 
 drink : i. 10. 18 : ii. 3. 27 : iv. 5. 8 ? 
 
 ^iroTos, ov, 6, a symposium, or ban- 
 quet, drinking, ii. 3. 15 : vii. 3. 26. 
 Der. potation. 
 
 iroB interrog. adv. , (7r6s ;) ubi ? 
 wheret ii. 4. 15 : v. 8. 2. 
 
 xoil end. indef. adv., (ttAs) some- 
 where, anywhere ; hence, as a general 
 indef., perhaps, I suppose; i. 2. 27 : 
 ii. 3. 6: iv. 8. 21 (of time)? v. 7. 13. 
 
 irois,* TToSos, b, pes. Sans, pad, a 
 FOOT : ivl irbSa draxwpf'" to retreat 
 [stepping back upon the foot] facim) 
 the foe or without turning. As a 
 measure of length, the standard Greek 
 foot (the Olympic) was about | of an 
 inch longer, while the Roman was 
 
 about J of an inch shorter, than our 
 own. i. 2. 8 ; 5. 3 : iv. 6. 12 : v. 2. 32. 
 Der. ANTI-PODBS, TRI-POD, POLY-PUS, 
 irpaYito, aros, t6, (Trpdrru)) a thing 
 done, deed, affair, event, occurrence, 
 circumstance, case, matter : pi. affairs, 
 state of affairs, business, trotiblesome 
 business; hence, trouble, annoyance, 
 difficulty : i. 1. 11 ; 3. 3 ; 5. 13 : iv. 
 
 1. 17 : vi. 3. 6. Der. pragmatic. 
 
 j irpaYiiarcvopai, eiffo/iuu, Treirpay/id- 
 Teup.ai, to be busy about, labor to fffett,, 
 A. , vii. 6. 35. 
 
 irpdUcuv, see irpdos, i. 4. 9. 
 
 ijpdWjs, is, iirpb) pronus, inclined 
 forward, prone ; sleep in descent : 
 tA jr. the steep, slope, place or ground 
 below : i. 5. 8 : iii. 4. 25 : iv. 8. 28. 
 
 irpafis, Ews, Ti, (TTfiTTa) transaction, 
 business, undertaMng, enterprise, i. 8. 
 16, 18 s : vii. 6. 17. Der. praxis. 
 
 irpdos (or irp^s),* irpdeta, irpaov, 
 gentle, tame, i. 4. 9. 
 
 irpetTTci), irpd^ai, riirpdxO; (irtpdia) 
 to pass through an action, incident, 
 or course of conduct or fortune ; to 
 do, transact, practise, perform, effect; 
 to manage, bargain, negotiate ; to take 
 or pursue a course ; ae. Sid, ircpl, 
 &e. ; i. 6. 6 : ii. 5. 21 : vii. 2. 12 : — to 
 exact, DEMAND, require, 2 A., vii. 6. 
 17 : — to do for one's self, fare, succeed, 
 eS or KaXws, KaKus, oSru, dyaSd, rdSe 
 {as follows), &c., i. 9. 10 : iii. 1. 6 ; 4. 
 6 : vi. 3. 2 : ft irpdrroi how he was 
 succeeding, vii. 4. -21. HoUw refers 
 rather to the effect produced, and 
 Tpdrrw to the occupation through 
 which it is produced ; while iroUa 
 refers more to the effect produced 
 iipon another than irpdrrw. To ex- 
 press definite acts, iroiiw is more used ; 
 but to express a course of action or 
 fortune, irpdrra. Der. practical. 
 
 xptius or irpi^cas, (irpdos) mild'y, 
 calmly, i. 5. 14. 
 
 xp^o), ^^u, to suit, become, beseem, 
 cli. impels., D., i.,i. 9. 6: iii. 2. 7, 16. 
 tirpeo-pcCo, as, an embassy, vii. 3. 21. 
 tirpeo-peuT^s, ov, an ambassador, en- 
 voy, vi. 3. 1(1 : V. I. Ttpea^drris. 
 
 tirp£<rpe«u, ei>ffu, imrpiapevKa, to be 
 an ambassador or envoy, or tn go, come, 
 or act as one, D., -irapd, ii. 1. 18 ■ vii 
 
 2. 23 ; 7. 6. 
 
 irpio-pus,* ews, w, v, pi. tu, o (in 
 sing. poet. , 238 a), c. irepos, s. irraros 
 
wjsco-pvnjs 
 
 113 
 
 irpoi\a 
 
 {Trpiira f, old ; as subst. , (since old men 
 were ch. so sent) an ambassador, en- 
 voy, deputy : c. older, elder, elderly ; 
 Bubst., an elder: f. oldest, eldest: i. 
 1. Is; 9. 5: ii. 1.10: hi. 1. 14,28, 
 34. Der. puesbytbr, priest. 
 J.Trpto-pfrnjs, ov, an old man, vi. 3. 10 ? 
 
 irpCair6ai, &c., to buy, see Civioji-aj.. 
 tirptv* adv. or conj., prius, before, 
 before that, ere, sooner than, until, 
 even used after words already express- 
 ing precedence {irpiffBen, tpBavu}, &c.); 
 coinin. w. a finite mode after nega- 
 tion, but othei-wise i.(A.), 703 a; i. 1. 
 10 ; 2. 2, 26 ; 4. 13, 16 ; 8. 19 : ii. 5. 
 83 : iv. 6. 1 (irplv ij ?), 30. 
 
 irpiS* prep. w. gen., (cf. prae.pro) be- 
 fore : local, before, in front of (to pro- 
 tect, r. as a defence against, &c.), i. 2. 
 17; 4. 4 : vii.8.18 : — temporal, before, 
 i.7.13 : — causal, &u., in behalf of , for, 
 vii. 6. 27, 38 ; cf. vi. 1. 8. In compos., 
 before, beforelwmd, previously, for- 
 ward, forth, publielij, in behalf or de- 
 fence of. — Hence, c. & s. adjectives 
 irp^-Ttpos, (7rp4-aTos) irpurosi q. v., 
 262 d ; cf. prie, prior, primus, fore, 
 former, foremost or first. Der. pro- 
 phet, PRO-EM. 
 
 irpo-OYope«iii,eiija),^ipeuKa, (coram, 
 f. ipGi, pf. eliTjKa, 2 a. elirov) to say or 
 amioiince before others, proclaim, pub- 
 lish, communicaU publicly, A. v., Sti, 
 i. 2. 17 : ii. 2. 20 : vii. 7. 13. 
 
 irpo-A-yo),* 4|w, ^a, 2 a. ijya.yov, 
 to lead or proceed forward, advance, 
 A., iv. 6. 21: vi. 5. 6 s, 11. 
 
 irpo-aipcw,* ij(7u, yprixa, 2 a. cf\o», 
 to take before: M. to choose before, 
 select. A., vi. 6. 19. 
 
 irpo-ai<r8dlvo|iai,* 9i)iro/tai, ■§(rBTrifia'., 
 2 a. ^irfli/iiji', to perceive or discover be- 
 forehand, A. P., i. 1. 7. 
 
 irpo-av-dXto-Kco,* -aXiio-u, -liXuva, 
 to spend in advance, A. , vi. 4. 8 ? 
 
 irpo-airo-Tp^w,* e^w, r^rpotfta, 2 a. 
 m. irpaTrbiiTiv, to turn back previously, 
 P:, vi. 5. 31. 
 
 irpo-dpxofiai, S.p^o;jui, Ijpypai, to be- 
 gin first or before the rest, i., i. 8. 17? 
 
 irpo-PaCvci),* pfi(Top.M, pi^-qKa, 2 a. 
 t^riv, to step or go forth or forward, 
 advance, proceed, iii. 1.13: iv. 2. 28 ? 
 
 irpo-pdXXa)*, |3a\i3, p^px-q :a, 'A a. 
 ^^oXoi-, <o ttmw ie/bre .• vl/. <o i/w-oc 
 Je/bre one's self; to bring forward, 
 propose ; A. ; tt. ra ^TrXa to throiv for- 
 
 LEX. AX. 
 
 ward or AoW /oriA ojie'* arms, to pre- 
 sent arms ; ?rpo/Sc/3Xij/t^os, sc. tj)» 
 &<nrida, having thrown his shield be- 
 fore, vpi ■ i. 2. 17: iv. 2. 21 : vi. 1. 25 ; 
 
 2. 6. Der. puo-blem. 
 tirpo^dTiov, ou, dim., a smjxll sheep, 
 
 vi. 3. 22 : I). i!. irpb^arov. 
 
 vpiSparcv, ou, (irpo-pairia) usu. pi., 
 animals that go forth to pasture, cat- 
 tle; eh. of small cattle, eap. sheep; 
 ii. 4. 27 : iii. 5. 9 : vi. 3. 3, 32 ? 4. 22. 
 
 irpo-poX'^i, tJs, (irpo-/3(i\X(i)) <A« ^c- 
 sentation pf arms, a charge, vi. 5. 2.') ? 
 
 irpo-PovXeOiD, c6<ru, ^ePoiXevKa, to 
 plan in advance or behalf of another, 
 lead in counsel, a., iii. 1. 37. 
 
 irpiS-Yovos, ov, 6, (yiyl'o^uu) a fore- 
 father, ancestor, iii. 2. 11, 13 : vii. 2. 
 
 22. Cog. PRO-GENITOR. 
 
 wpo-SlSup.t,* Sduu, S(Su;a, a. IdwKa 
 (S<3, &c.), to give forth, give up, sur- 
 render, betray, desert, forsake, aban- 
 drni, A. D., i. 3. 5 : iii. 1. 2, 14 ; 2. 2. 
 
 irpo-Sif&KO,* Jm or fo/iai, SeSiaxa, to 
 follow forth, advance in pursuit, iii. 3. 
 10 : V. I. SidiKU). 
 
 tirpo-SoTiis, ou, a betrayer, traitor, 
 ii. 5. 27 : vi. 6. 7. 
 
 irpo-SoSvai, -So^is, see Tpo-SiSu/u. 
 
 irpo-Spap.i&v, see Trpo-rp^ta, 'i. 5. 2. 
 4.irpo-Spo|X'^, ^s, arvmning forth, out- 
 run, sally, iv. 7. 10. 
 
 vpo-8u, -Suirco, see irpo-didta/xi, 
 
 irpo-ei.\6^i\v, see wpo-aipiu, vi. 6. 19. 
 , irp(i-ci|u,* ipf. jeo', (rf/ii) to go for- 
 ward or before, go on, advance, pro- 
 ceed, precede, diro, els, &c., i. 2. 17; 
 
 3. 1 ; 4. 18 : ii. 1. 2, 6, 21 ? 2. 19. 
 irpo-£iirov, 2 a. to irpo-ayopeiu) or 
 
 xpo-X^oi, i. 2. 17. 
 
 irpo-iio-T^Keiv, see 7rpo-(o-Ti;;iii,i.2.1? 
 
 ■jrpo-tXauvw, * i\6.crtjj ^\w, ^XiJXa/ca, 
 to ride forward or before, push on or 
 forward, advance, i. 10. 16: vi. 3. 14. 
 
 irpo-e\<i\vSa, eX.6<4v,see irpo-ipxoiiai. 
 
 irpo-epYdJoiiai,* djo/iai, elpyairpat, 
 to work out or earn before or previous- 
 ly, A., vi. 1. 21. 
 
 irpo-£pXop.ai, * iXeOcrofiai, iX-^XuSa, 
 2 a. fiXBov, to go, come, or anarch for- 
 ward or before, to advance, proceed, A. 
 of extent, fi!, ii. 3. 3 : iii. 3. 6 ; 4. 37. 
 
 irpo-cpui, f. to irpo-ayopeiw or irpo- 
 Xiya, vii. 7. 13 : cf. 3. 
 
 irpo-4<r6ai, -^)tevos, see wpo-iripj.. 
 
 irpo-€(rT^K«iv, see irpQ-laTtifii, i. 2. 1 ? 
 
 irpo-^X."!* ^f"> ^'''X')™' to have one's 
 
vpoiiyfofuu 
 
 U4 
 
 wpoopdu 
 
 self before another, to surpass, have 
 the advantage of, o. or r. A., iii. 2. 19. 
 
 irpo-T)y^O|uu, ■fyrojiai, ijrfrinai, to lead 
 forward, ae., vi. 5. 10 : vii. 3. 42 ? 
 
 irpo-i]70p{u, ijffu, ()rpa-i^(i/>0t a?i 
 advocate, i'v. iyopi) to speak in behalf 
 ©/■others, v 5. 7. 
 
 vpo-gciv, see Trpi-ei/u, i. 8. 14. 
 
 vpo-^Xiov, see irpo-ipxoiuu, ii. 3. 3. 
 
 irpo-9iu,* BeAao/uu, to run or hurry 
 on before or forward, v. 7. 21 ? 8. 13. 
 tirpo-6ii|i^a|uU, ^iTop,ai, a. wpoiBviii)- 
 Oifii, to be eager, earnest, zealous, very 
 desirous, anxUms ; to desire or seek 
 earnestly or ardently, urge; i. (a.) : 
 to be closely attentive, observe or watch 
 closely, el : t6 TtpoBviuiaBai eagerness : 
 i. 9. 24 : ii. 4. 7 : iii. 1. 9 : vi. 4. 22 ? 
 t^o-6v)iCa, as, readiness, good-will, 
 alacrity, eagerness, zeal, vepl, i. 9. 18 : 
 Tii. 6. 11 ; 7. 45. 
 
 irpiS-6v|M>s, ov, I:., s., having a for- 
 ward mind, with good-will, willing,' 
 forward, ready, prompt, eamest,eager, 
 zealous,!. 3. 19; 4.15; 7.8: iii. 2. 15. 
 4.irpo-66|M>St c. brepov, willingly, 
 readily, earnestly, eagerly, zealotcsly, 
 i. 4. 9 ; 10. 10 : iii. 1. 5 : v. 2. 2. 
 
 wpo-6vo|tai, dao/uu, to direct a sac- 
 rifice, vi. 4. 22 : v. I. rpoBv/Uo/wi. 
 
 irpo-CSot|U, -CSoipiai, see irpo-opiw. 
 
 irpo-i^vai, -i<4v, see irpi>-eiiu, i. 3. 1. 
 
 irpo-{i]|u,* fiaa, etna, a. ^ra (£, &c.), 
 to send forth, send or grani to one,D. 
 1., vii. 2. 15 ? .¥. to ^iwe wp one's self 
 or one's own, surrender, commit, in- 
 trust; to bestow first or freely ; to give 
 up, betray, desert, abandon; A. n., i. 9.' 
 9 s, 12: V. 8. 14: vii. 3. 31 ; 7. 47. 
 
 irpo-£<m)(ii,*<rT^iTw,?ffT5;(ca,to place 
 before : pf. pret., to stand or be at the 
 head of or in command of, preside 
 over, lead, rule, ammw/nd, G., i. 2. 1 : 
 vi. 2. 9; 6. 12: vii. 1. 30; 2. 2. 
 
 vpo-Ka(a k Att. K<tu,* Kaiaui, k4- 
 KavKa, to bum or kindle before, A. irp6, 
 vii. 2. 18 : ». /. icaiu. 
 
 irpo-KoX^u,* xaX^iru /caXu, KiKXTjKa, 
 eh. jl/., to C(iH forth to one's self, A. 
 4k, vii. 7. 2 : v. ^. n-/)0(rKa\^u. 
 
 irpo-KaXvirTu,i)^ii>,(KaXi/irT(i>tocovcr) 
 to pface o covering before, cover, veil, 
 A., iii. 4. 8. 
 
 irpo-KaTo-B^u,* Sciao/Mi, to [run 
 along] make an excursion in advance, 
 vi. 3. 10 : v.l. KaraSiw. 
 
 irpo-KC.Ta-Ka(«i & Att. kow,* Kaiaw, 
 
 KlKavKa, to bum [down] or destroy in 
 advance or before others, i. 6. 2. 
 
 vpo-Kara-'kafJfti.vo,* Xifij/oiiai, tt- 
 \ijffra, 2 a. ^Xa^ov, pf. p. etXr/fifiai, a, 
 p. i\-fi<j>Bjii>, to seize or occupy in ad- 
 vance or beforehami, or before or 
 against others, to pre-occupy, secure, 
 A. ])., i. 3. 14, 16: ii. 5. 18: iii. 4. 38. 
 
 irpd-Kct|Mu,* xelaonai, to lie forth, 
 jut out, in, vi. 4. 3. 
 
 irpo-KivSvvci(iu, ei><rM, KCKoiSiiievKa, 
 to incur danger [before] in defence or 
 AeAdi!/' ()/■ another, vii. 3. 31. 
 
 npo-KXijs, 4ovs, Prodes, a descer.d- 
 ant of the Spartan Damaratus, and 
 prince of Teuthrania in Asia Minor, 
 who befriended the Cyreans, ii. 1. 3. 
 
 irpo-Kpfvu,* Kptvii, K^K/>(Ka,a. p. ixpi- 
 Btjv, to select before, prefer. A., vi. 1. 26. 
 
 irpo-Xlyc*,* M^u, to tell, bid, or warn 
 pyblicly, vii. 7. 3. Der. prologue. 
 
 irpo-|iax«iv, wxos, o, (ii&xoiuu) pro- 
 pngnacnlum, a rampart, battlement, 
 vii. 8. 13 : v, I. vpofULxiiiv. 
 
 irpo-|teTuirCSiov, ov, (fUr-uror fore- 
 liead, fr. <S^ eye) a covering for the 
 forehead, frontlet, head-piece, i. 8. 7. 
 
 irpo-[ivdofiai, a. ipLvria6.fjiTiv, ipf.Trpo^- 
 pj'u:fnjv, {nfdofxai * to SMc) to solicit or 
 plead for another, ae., vii. 3. 18. 
 
 irpo-vo^u, ^<Tu, iicvdriKa, also ^., to 
 thijik or consider far, take thought or 
 provide for or m hcludf of, G. ae., vii. 
 7. 33, 37. 
 
 irp(S-vota, OS, (vios) forethought, kind 
 m- provident care, vii. 7. 52. 
 
 irpo-vo|iii, ^s, [an arranging forth] 
 a regular foray or foraging party, v. 
 1.7: for ffitv -jr., v. I, ffvp^irpovop^tv. 
 tirpb-£cv^, ^<ru, irpoi^4vriKa, to act as 
 a ir/)6|tras in setting forth an enter- 
 tainment ; hence, to sc< before, a. d., 
 vi. 5. 14. 
 
 irp6-Scvo$, ou, o, a public guest-friend 
 or agent, a, citizen of one state, who 
 acted as a patron or agent, and enter- 
 tainer, for the citizens or ruler of an- 
 other state, receiving privileges and 
 honors in return, v. 4. 2 ; 6. 11. 
 4.IIpd$Evos, ov, Proxemis, a Cyrean 
 general from Thebes in Boeotia, and 
 an intimate friend of Xenophon, who 
 writes his eulogy without concealing 
 his defects as a commander; i. 1. 11 ; 
 5. 14: ii. 1. 10; 6. 16: iii. 1. 4. 
 
 irpo-olp.i)V, sec wpo-lTipn, i. 9. 10. 
 
 irfO-OfiM,* i^opAU,iwi/SK7.or c'.fdKa, 
 
irp<nr^|Mru 
 
 115 
 
 irpotrfKiLiva 
 
 2 a. elSov, to see in front or before one, 
 perceive beforehand, see coming, i. 8. 
 20 : so M., vi. 1. 8 ? 
 
 irpo-ir<|iir<ii,*7r^;x ^u, iriiroii^,to ser'l 
 before, forward, or forth ; to attend, 
 ciecompany, escort; A. ; ii. 2. 15 : iv. I. 
 5 : vi. 1. 23 : — M. to send for 'oard, as 
 if intending to follow, A., -rii. 2. 14. 
 
 irpo-irfvai,* 7rio,iiat (f), trcTraiica, 2 a. 
 (moD, to drink first, tben passing the 
 cup to another, the usual Greek meth- 
 od of drinking his health ; hence, to 
 drink to one, drink one's health, A. D., 
 iv. 5. 32 : vii. 2. 23 ; 3. 26s. 
 
 irpo-irov^u, i)(7ii>, jrewii'ijito, to labor 
 in advance or behalf of another, lead 
 in toil, a., iii. 1. 37. 
 
 irpos* (Trpi, 6891) prep., (a) w. 
 Gen. , in front of (esp. w. the idea of 
 some action or influence proceeding 
 from), ill siglU of, before, by, from, on 
 the part of, i. 6. 6 ; ii. 5. 20 : hence to 
 expre».s agency, w. pass., &c., i. 9. 20; 
 ii. 3. 12 ? 18 : in adjuration, as Xfiht 
 (ruir) Bedv by tile gods, ii. 1. 17 : iii. 1. 
 24: — in the direction fronting, in the 
 direction of, oil the side of, tovMrds, 
 iv. 3. 26 ; tt/jJs too rpiirov in [the di- 
 rection of] accordance ivith t'/u, char- 
 acter, i. 2. 11: — (b) w. Dat., in front 
 of, on the frontier of, face to face with, 
 near, by, at, beside ; besides, in addi- 
 tion to'; i. 2. 1 ; 8. 4, 1 4 : ii. 3. 4 : iii. 
 
 2. 33 ; iv. 5. 9, 22 : — w. dat. om. , as 
 adv., 703 b, besides [this], moreover, 
 further, iii. 2. 2 : — (c) w. Aco. of 
 PEKSON (so esp. used), sometimes of 
 PLACE, TIME, or THING, to the front 
 of, towards, to, before, at', near, 
 against, upon, with, (vpis w. ace. 
 often = dat. , esp. w. words of motion, 
 of address, or of friendly or hostile 
 action or relation), i. 1. 3, 5 s ; 2. 1 ; 
 
 3. 4, 9; 4. 11 ; 5. 7, 13; 9. 22: ii. 4. 
 2J ; 6. 12 : iv. 5. 21 : — hence, in gen- 
 eral, of the object to or towards which 
 anything ii directed or related in view, 
 thought, feeling, purpose, &c. , in view 
 of, in respect to, concerning, about, for, 
 to, in comparison or accordance with, 
 i. 4. 9 ; 10. 19 : ii. 3. 11 s ; 5. 20, 29 : 
 vii. 7. 41 ; irpis TaOro in view of or in 
 reply to these things, in respect to this, 
 to or U)ion this, thereupon, accordingly, 
 i. 3. 13 s : ii. 3. 21 ; ri rpbs at, as to 
 the things concerning you, towards 
 you, vii. 7. 30 : — (d) in compos., to. 
 
 towards, against, besides. Der. pros- 
 elyte, PROS-ODY. See 0tX(a. 
 
 irpoor-d'yw,* ftlu, ffx"; 2 a. 1J70701', 
 to lead to or against, bring forward, 
 introduce, apply, urge, a. cis, irpos : 
 w. ace. om., as intrans., to advance: 
 i. 10. 9 : iv. 1. 23 ; 8. 11 : vi. 1. 14. 
 
 irpocr-aiiWia, ijffw, ^tjjkoI., to ask in 
 addition or besides, ask for more, 2 A. , 
 i. 3. 21 : vii. 3. 31 ; 6. 27. 
 
 irpocr-av-aXlo-Ku,* -aKil>iTU, -ijKioKa, 
 to expend besides. A., vi. 4. 8 ? 
 
 irpo<r-ov-airtiw, as aor. of irpoir-av- 
 a'yopEiiu, eiffa, to [speak up] proclaim 
 or announce besides, CP. , vii. 1. 11 : 
 see <l>iiiil. 
 
 irpoir-PaCvu,* /3i)<ro^at, p^^riKa, to 
 step against or upon, irpis, iv. 2. 28 1 
 
 irpo(r-pdXXa,* /3a\(3, pipXi/Ka, 2 a. 
 
 IfiaXov, to throw or strike against, to 
 
 [throw one's self] advance against, 
 
 .assault, attack, make an attack, irpbi, 
 
 'lv.2.11; 6.13; 7.2: v.2.4: vi. 3. 7. 
 
 irpo(r-PaT<Ss, ^, bv, (fiaivu) accessible, 
 iv. 3. 12 ; 8. 9. 
 
 irpoir-Po\^, f,s, (|3i£\Xii)) an attack, 
 assault, charge, iii. 4. 2 : vi. 5. 25 ? 
 
 irpo<r-YCYVO|iai, * yeviiaopai, yeyivri- 
 fiai & 2 pf. yiyova, 2 a. iyevjuniv, to be 
 added, joined, or attaclied to, to join, 
 esp. as an ally, D. , iv. 6. 9: vii. 6. 29. 
 
 irpoir-SavcCjcii, eiau, SeSdmixa, (Sa- 
 vei^d) to lend) to lend in addition ; M. 
 to borrow an additional sum, 581, vii. 
 5. 5. 
 
 irpo<r-Hia,* Seijffa, ScS^rixa, to need 
 in addition : impers. irpoo-ScI there is 
 need besides, there is further or addi- 
 tional need, G., iii. 2. 34 : v. 6. 1 : — 
 M. to iieed or desire as an addition or 
 beyond what one has, G., vi. 1. 24. 
 
 irpoo--8tSa>|u, * Siliao), SiSwKa, to give 
 besides or in addition, to addj A., i. 
 9. 19. 
 
 irpocr-SoKdu, ■fiau, SeSixiiKa 1. , (akin 
 to Sosiu), the simple Sok&w not used) 
 to think towards, eayped, look or wait 
 for. A., I. (A.), iii. 1. 14 : vii. 6. 11. 
 
 irpoir-Spa|u&v, see irpoir-rpix'^- 
 
 irpoa--e(XT|^a, see irpoa-Xap.pdi'ij). 
 
 'irp<So'-eini,* ipf. peu-, (el/ii q. v.) to 
 go or come to or towardi, come up or 
 on, come near, approach, advance, D. , 
 eis, irpis, i. 5. 14 ; 7. 5 ; 8. 11 : ii. 4. 2. 
 
 irpor-cXavvu,* iXiurw Au, IXijXaKa, 
 to ride or march to, towards, up, for- 
 ward, or against, i.5.\2; 7.16: vi.3.7. 
 
irpoir^p\a|iai. 
 
 116 
 
 irpovTcpWSiov 
 
 irpa(r-^pxo)iai,* ^\ei)(ro/iai, i\'^\v6a, 
 2 a. ij\8op, to come or go to or towards, 
 come up or neeor, come on or forward, 
 approach, adeance, v., eli, i. 3. 9 ; 8. 1 : 
 iv. 4. 5 ; 8. 2, 4. Der. pkos-blyte. 
 
 irpoo"-€Td\8riv, see irpoff-rdTTta. 
 
 irpoo'-Evxoiiai, eS^o/Mi., eSy/Mi or 
 ijHy/iai, to pray to, D., vi. 3. 21. 
 
 vpotr-i\ut,* (^b>, Icrxv'h 2 a. (axov, 
 to [hold to] apply, A. D. : irpoaixfi-v 
 {rbv vow) to apply or (i«>ec< <A« mviul 
 or attention, give tlwughl or Ae«cJ, gfiw 
 or jDd^ attention, show regard, be in- 
 tent upon, i. 5. 9 : ii. 4. 2 : y. 6. 22. 
 
 irpoo'-'gci.v, -■jjeo-ov or -^<rav, see 
 vpd(r-ei/u, i. 8. 11 : iii. 3. 7. 
 ' irpoir-i\Ku>, ^|u, ^xa 1., to come, ex- 
 tend, appertain, or belmig to, be related 
 to, D., iri, i.6. 1: iii. 1. 31 (he has noth- 
 ing to do with) : iv. 3. 23 : — xpocr-^Kci 
 it belongs to, befits, becomes, behooves, is 
 fitting or proper, D. I. (A.), iii. 2. 11, 
 15 s: vii. 7. 18. 
 
 7rpoo*-^Xao*a, .see Tr/joff-eXaiJi'U. 
 
 irpoir-^aav or-^to-av,- JTt, seeTrpiir- 
 ti/ic, i. 8. 11 : vii. ti. 24. 
 
 irpiS<r6Ev adv. of place and oftener 
 TIME, (npl>, vpbs) before, in front of, 
 previously, formerly, i. 3. 18 ; 6. 1 : 
 vpiaBev . . irplv [previously . . before] 
 before that, before, until, (w. iieg.) 
 763 J, i. 1. 10 : iii. 2. 29 : iv. 3. 12 : 
 irphaBiti . . ij sooner than, before, ii. 1. 
 10: — 6ir, theprevious, preceding, foi-e- 
 going, or former, i. 3. 19 ; ii. 3. 1, 22 : 
 oi TT. [those ill] who were in frmit, v. 
 8. 16 : TCI TT. tlie [things m] front, the 
 van, iii. 2. 36 : els rb -it. to the front, 
 in advance, forward ; in front of, G. ; 
 i. 10. 5 : iii. 1. 33 ; 4. 38 : — ri ir. as 
 adv., previously, before, i. 10. 10s. 
 
 irpofr-S^irOai, see irpo(r-T(Si;;iw,i. 6. 10. 
 
 irpo<r-6e'o>,* iciro/iai, to run to, to- 
 wards, or up, V. 7. 21 ? vii. 1. 15. 
 
 'irpo(r-Co<ri.(v), -ii4v, see irpba-ciiu, i. 
 5. 14: iv. 8. 12 s. 
 
 Trpoir-£Ti(i.i,* jjtru, elKa, to let go to, 
 permit to approach, ad-mit to, A. rpis, 
 iv. 5.5: — M. to let come to one's self, 
 receive, admit, permit. A., iii. 1. 30 
 (els rairiv to the same place, rank, or 
 offlcr., to companionship): iv. 2. 12: v. 
 5.3. , 
 
 irpo(r-xa\4ii),* KaXiirw K!i\ui,K^K\riKa, 
 to co.ll to, xiimmnn, invite. A., i. 9. 28: 
 — ,V. tn mil to onp^s self, A. ^k, vii. 7. 
 ^ (y. /. irpoKoKiio). 
 
 xpo(r-KTdo|iai, i)aoiuu, KikTij/juu, to 
 gain or acquire additional, A. D., y. 
 6. 15. 
 
 irpoir-Kvv4u, ^irw, -KeKivtjKa 1., (kv- 
 viw* to kiss) to kiss the Iiand to, 
 salute, worshipi, adore, do Jwmage or 
 reverence to, bow down or (in oriental 
 fashion) prostrate one's self before. A., 
 i. 6. 10 ; 8. 21 : iii. 2. 9, 13. 
 
 irpair-\a|ipdvu,* Xij^o/wi, etXriipa, 
 2 a. #Aa;8oi', to take, receive, or obtain 
 besides, in addition, or as an fiid ; to 
 lake liold besides, lake part ; A. irpos ; 
 i. 7. 3: ii. 3. lis: vii. 6. 27,32. 
 
 irpoir-iUvti),* pievS), fiefiivriKa, to wait 
 for, await. A., vi. 6.1 : v. I. ivapUnu. 
 
 irpotr-filyvv^i,* pU^ia, to mingle or 
 join with, join or come up to, iv. 2. 16. 
 
 irpiSir-oSos, ov, i], access, approach ; 
 approach or procession for worship, act 
 of worship, vpis • income, revemie, 
 gain, profit, reditus ; i. 9. 19: v. 2. 3 : 
 vi. 1. 11: vii. 1. 27; 7. 36. 
 
 irpo<r-6fivvfLi,* 6p.oOnat, ip,iipuiKa,a. 
 &fio<ra, to swear besides or in addition^ 
 I., ii. 2. 8. 
 
 irpoir-opLoKoylo, ^<rw, ijiioXbyiiKa, to 
 come to terms, submit, surrender, vii. 
 4.24. 
 
 irpoc-ircpovdu, ijo-u, (irepbvti a pin) 
 to pin or skewer to, ti. irpis, vii. 3. 21. 
 
 irpoc-'irCirTW,* Treaovfjui, ir^Trrw/ca, 
 to fall tovvards, -rush to, D., vii. 1. 21. 
 
 irpo<r-voUii>, iiaoi, TtvolnKa, to make 
 over to : M. to make over to one's self, 
 to take to one's self what- does not so 
 belong, pretend, feign, make a feint, 
 make as if one would, profess, I., i. 3. 
 14: ii. 1.7: iv. 3. 20; 6. 13. 
 
 irpoo'*iroXc|Uci>, ^troi, Tmro\ip.riKa, to 
 war or prosecute a war against, A. ? i. 
 6. 6. 
 
 irpo«r-irx<iv, see irpo(i-ixi>>, vii. 6. 5. 
 tirpoo'TaTtvu, eiio-u, to Tnanage, use 
 mte's infiuence, bring it about, Sirws, 
 V. 6. 21. 
 
 firpooTaWw, ijirw, to preside over, 
 manage, G., iv. 8. 25. 
 
 irpoorrdTiis, ov, (irpo-iffTjj/xi) a lead- 
 er, chief, manager, G., vii. 7. 31. 
 
 irpoir-TdTTOi, Td|u, reraxa, a. p. 
 irdx^Vt to appoint to or enjoin upon 
 any one, com.mand, A. D. , i. 6. 10. 
 
 irpoc-TeX^a), reVtru 7-eXij, TfT^Xeica, 
 to pay besides. A., vii. 6. 30. 
 
 irpo-irnpvtSiov, ov, (iTipvov) a breast- 
 plalc, breobt-piec ', for a horse, i. 8. 7. 
 
irpo(rri9i]Hi 
 
 117 
 
 IIv6aY<Spa$ 
 
 irpo<r-T£9T]|ii,* Biidw, riOeiKa, 2 a. m 
 (B^fjiiiv, to add to : M. to add one's 
 self to, accede to, agree to, concur in, 
 D., i. 6. 10. 
 
 itpoiT-Tffyia,* SpanoO/uu, 5eSpi.it,iiKa, 
 2 a. iSpaiwv, to run to, run up to, u., 
 iv. 2. 21 ; 3. 10 : vii. i. 7. 
 
 Ttpofr-^ipa,* otiru), ii>i/imxa, to brine/ 
 to, apply, A., V. 2. 14 : — M. to bear or 
 conduct one's self towards, to, address 
 one's self or apply to, v., rpos, v. 5. 19 : 
 vii. 1. 6. 
 
 irpoir-x<op^<i>, ^Tw, KexiipVi^a, to go 
 or come to, surrender, submit, v. i. 30. 
 
 irp(S<r-xupo$ (v. I. Trpb-xi^poi), ov, 
 iieighboring, v. 3. 9. 
 
 updo'co adv., V'. Tpocrojr4poj, s. -rdriij, 
 {irpi, TrpAs) forward(s), forth ; forth 
 fi'om, far from, far off, at a distance, 
 at the outposts, o. ; far into, a., 420a ; 
 ii. 2. 15 : iv. 1. 3 ; 3. 28 : vii. 3. 42 : toO 
 Ttp'jau (430 a) or tii t6 irpiaa [for or 
 to the region forward] forward, in ad- 
 vance, farther, i. 3. 1 : v. 4. 30 : — c. far- 
 ther, fart/ter off, iv. 3. 34 ; vii. 7. 1 ; — 
 Sttoi ib^avT-o irpocrurdTb) as far as they 
 could, 553 c, vi. 6. 1. 
 
 irpo(r-i&|ioira, see irpo<T-6nm^t,ii.2.8. 
 
 irpiSc-uirov, ov, (iSi/t') the face, cotm- 
 tenance, looks ; so plur., ii. 6. 11. Der. 
 WtOSOPO-P<ElA. 
 
 irpo-T€X^oi, re\4(riij reXu, TeriXeKa, 
 to pay beforehand or in advance, a. d., 
 vii. 7. 25. 
 tirporepalos, a, ov, preceding : t^ it., 
 so. Tj/i^pf, on tlie day before, ii. 1. 3. 
 
 irpcSrcpos, a, ov, (irp'j ([. v.) prior, 
 fornur, preceding, previous; with adv. 
 force (509 a), or (tS) irpdrepov as adv., 
 before, sooner, previously, a. ; i. 2. 2os ; 
 4. 12 ; 7. 18 : iv. 4. 14 : vii. 8. 22. 
 
 irpo-rr|id(i>, rjffw, Terlinfua, f. in. n- 
 fi-qcTo/iai (ch. as p., 576 a), to hmwr be- 
 fore or above others, prefer, select, 
 esteem, i. 4. 14 ; 6. 5. 
 
 irpo-rp^X.**)* SpafiovfiaL, dedpdfitjKa, 
 2 a. (Spa/iov, to run forward or before, 
 outrun, a., diri, i. 5. 2 : iv. 7. 10 : 
 v. 2. 4. 
 
 irpov- by crasis for irpo-c, v. 8. 9. 
 
 irpoASESiiKciv, see irpo-SiSu/u, iii. 1 . 2. 
 
 Tpo-<tia(y(a,'* (jmvd, viipayKa, tosliou: 
 before or forth : M. to appear before or 
 beforelmnd ; to appear in front, in the 
 distance, or in prospect; to come in 
 sight, inake one's appearance ; D. ; i. 8. 
 1 ; ii. 3. 13 (». I. (paXvui). 
 
 t irpo^irl£a)<.iu, iaoixai i.oviM,t,to plead 
 or urge as an excuse. A., iii. 1. 25. 
 
 irp(!-()>ao'is, eus, t), (<l>Tip.i) a pre-text, 
 pre-tence, excuse, o., i., i. 1. 7 ; 2. 1 : 
 ii. 3. 21 ; vii. 6. 22. 
 
 irpa-(|>u\a$, okos, 6, a sentinel in 
 front, advanced or outer guard, nut- 
 gioard, vedette ; pi. an outpost, picket, 
 &c. ; ii. 3. 2 ; 4. 15 : iii. 2. 1 : vi. 4. 26. 
 irpo-xup^oi, ■fl(rio, Kex'^PV'"'-! to go for- 
 ward, advance, prosper, sticceed ; to be 
 favoroMe or useful, suit one's conven- 
 ience or be for his advantage; D.; i. 9, 
 13 : vi. 4. 21 : vii. 3. 26. 
 
 1^pi|lvo^ ijs, (Ep. vpviivbi hindmost) 
 the stem of a vessel, v. 8. 20. 
 
 irput adv., c. Tpmalrepov, oontr. 
 irp(j>, wpipaiTepov, (wpi) early in the 
 nioniing, ii. 2. 1 : iii. 4. 1 (earlier than 
 usual, I'ery earl 11, 514): vi. 5. 2. 
 
 irpiSpa, OS, (7r/)6) prora, tlie forepart 
 of a vessel, prow, bow, v. 8. 20. 
 
 .{.irpippetis, tuii, 6, tlie commaiider in 
 the prow, prow-officer, v. 8. 20. 
 tirpoiT-dYiSs, ov, b, a van-leader, ii. 2. 
 16 : 'V. I. wpwTos. 
 
 tirpoiTevu, ciiiru, veTpdrevKa 1., to be 
 first, hold the first place, irapd, ii. 6. 26. 
 irpdJTos, 1;, ov, {jrpi q. v.) primus, 
 first, in place, rank, or time,, foremost, 
 chief, earliest ; often w. adverbial force 
 (509) ; i. 3. 1 ; 6. 9 : ii. 2. 12, 16 ? 6. 
 17, 26 : — rh irpurov subst. , the first ; 
 dirb or irl toC rpilrrov from or at the 
 first, iv.^3. 9 ; (t6) wpwrov as adv., or 
 as an appositive to a sentence, first, 
 lit {tlie) first, in the first p'ac", as the 
 first thing, i. 2. 16 ; 9. 2, 5, 7 ; 10. 10 ; 
 ii. 5. 7: iii. 2. 1 : vi. 3. 23, 25 : so irpCi- 
 ra, iii. 2. 27 ? Der. proto-type. 
 
 ■mala, irraLaa, lirraiKa, (akin to 
 ttItttu) to fall, strike, or daih against 
 or upon, iv. 2. 3 : v. I. iraiia. 
 
 irrdpvtiiMii," 2 a. a. iirrapov, to 
 sneeze, iii. 2. 9. 
 
 irripv^, vyos, ij, [trrepbv wiiig, fr. 
 wirofiai) the wing of a bird ; a flex- 
 ible skirt or flap at the bottom of 
 the Greek corselet, usu. of leather 
 strengthened Ijy metallic plates ; i. 5. 
 3 : iv. 7. 15 {v. I. dim. irrcpiyiov). 
 
 inryn<i, ^s, (7n>|) pugnus, tluifi.it; 
 boxing (rendered more severe among 
 the Greeks by the use of the cestus), 
 iv. 8. 27. Der. pygmy. 
 
 IIiiSaY^pas, ov, Pythagoras, a Spar- 
 tan admiral, i. 4. 2. The commander 
 
ncvKvis 
 
 118 
 
 of this fleet is named Sii/uas or T^dfuis 
 iu Hel. 3. 1. 1 ; Died. 14. 19. 
 
 irvKvrfs, ^, iy, (iri/ica c'oscly, cf. Triif) 
 ctee or iiear together, deiige, thick, com- 
 pact, firm, in dose array : wvwd adv., 
 often : ii. 3. 3: iv. 8. 2: v. 2. 5. 
 
 iriimis, ow, (5ri)|) pugil, a Aoaiier, 
 PUGILIST, V. 8. 23. 
 
 iruXi], ijs, one fold of a double gate : 
 comm. pi., gate or gates; hence, en- 
 IraTice, pass, passage, esp. a narrow 
 entrance or pass into a country, some- 
 times really barred by gates ; as TriiXai 
 T^s KiXiKLas Kai rrfl Svplas the Gates of 
 Cilicia and Syria, the Syro-Cilieian 
 Gates, a narrow pass between Mt. 
 Amanus and the Gulf of Issus, barred 
 by two walls with gates, of %\hich 
 those on the Syrian side are specially 
 called oi Zi)piai vi\ai ; i. 4. 4s : v. 2. 
 16, 23 ; 5. 19 s : vi. 5. 1 : vii. 1. 15 s. 
 Der. Thermo-pyl.*;, pyl-op.us. So 
 
 jllvXai, sc. al Ba^vXilmai, the [Ba- 
 bylonian] Gates, Pylce, a pass into 
 Babylonia, on the north side of the 
 Euphrates and, as some think, through 
 the Median Wall, i. 5. 5. — The Cili- 
 cian Pass {iriXat t^s KiXi/c/as), over 
 Mt. TauiTis into Cilicia, "perhaps," 
 says Ainsworth, " one of the most re- 
 markable and picturesque monntain- 
 passes in the world," while Chesncy 
 adds that it is one of the loudest and 
 most difficult, is mentioned, i. 2. 21 ; 
 now Golek-Boghaz. 
 
 in)v6avo(iai,* weiaonai, iriTvafiax, 
 2 a. irrvBi/iriv, to learn by inquiry, 
 hear, ascertain; to ask, inquire, in- 
 quire into; G. CP., A. P., I. (A.), irepV: 
 i. 5. 15; 7.16: iv. 6. 17: vii. 6. 11. 
 
 irij adv., with the fist, v. 8. 16. 
 
 irSp,* TTvpds, t6, fire : pi., Dec. 2, 
 
 irvpA, -wv, -015, fires, esp. watch-fires : 
 
 ii. 6. 19 : iv. 1. 11. Der. em-pyuean. 
 
 jirup^ as, a funeral pyre or mounds 
 
 vi. 4. 9 : om. by some. 
 
 .|.irvpa|ils, ISos, ij, a flame-shaped 
 structure, a pyramid, iii. 4. 9. One 
 of the most prominent objects among 
 the Nihevite ruins is the pyramid or 
 conical mound here mentioned, situ- 
 ated at the northwest corner of the 
 great platfomi on which the wonder- 
 ful palaces of Nimnid were erected, 
 and still, after the wear of so many 
 centuries, about 150 feet high. It 
 was once a lofty tower 167 feet square 
 
 at the base, erected doubtless as a 
 sepnlchral or religious monument. 
 
 II^a|uiSi ov, 6, the Pyramus, the 
 largest river of Cilicia, rising in Cata- 
 onia, breaking through Mt. Taurus, 
 and carryingso much alluvium through 
 its fertile plain, that Strabo quotes an 
 oracle that at length its deposits 
 would unite Cyprus to the mainland, 
 i. 4. 1. II The Jeihun, about 160 miles 
 long. 
 
 tinip'yo-)uix^*'i ^"■W) (/"•'xo/*'") io aa- 
 sault or storm a iovier, vii. 8. 13. 
 
 irvp-yos, oil, 6, a tower, castle, vii. 
 8. 13. 
 
 •mpirra, i^io, veripexa, (irvperSs 
 fever, fr. wOp) to have or be im a fever, 
 vi. 4. 11. 
 
 tirdpivos, 5), OK, made of wheat, 
 wheaten, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 impos, oB, 6, (irDp, fr. the color?) 
 comm. pi. , wheat, i. 2. 22 : iv. 5. 5. 
 
 Ilv^plas, ov, Pyrrhiaa, an officer 
 from Arcadia, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 irvipCxT), 1JS, (fr. TU^fiixoi or IIiJ/J- 
 pos, the inventor ?) the Pyrrhic or war 
 dance, in which armed dancers imi- 
 tated the movements of attack and 
 defence, keeping time with music, 
 vi. 1. 12. 
 
 irvpo-ciiu, ciau, (irvpabt torch, fr. 
 Tvp) to light torches, kindle beacoti- 
 fires, or inake signals by them, vii. 
 8.15. 
 
 ird end. adv., (orig. dat. of ttAs : 
 by any means) yet, up to this time, 
 hitherto; used av. a neg. (often writ- 
 ten w. it as one word, cf. dum), not 
 
 /, never yet, &c. ; i. 2. 26 ; 5.12. 
 
 iruX^u, iJiTii), (jr^Xu) to be in business) 
 to sell, A. D., i. 5. 5: v. 7. 13 : vii. 3. 
 3 ; 7. 56. Der. mono-poly. 
 
 vuXos, ov, o T), a coll, filly, young 
 horse, iv.^. 24, 35. Cf. puUus, FOAL. 
 
 IIuXos, ov, Polus, a Spartan ad- 
 miral, siiccessor to Anaxibius, vii. 2. 5. 
 
 wi2|ia, drink, see 7r6^a, iv. 5. 27 ? 
 
 v&-ievrt ever yet, ever, at any time, 
 stronger than Trori : comm. w. a neg. 
 (sometimes written w. it as one word, 
 cf. unquamj, i. 4. 18; 9.18s: v. 4. 6? 
 
 irws interrog. adv., {vis;) quomodo ? 
 how t in what way, manner, or condi- 
 timi ; i. 7. 2 : ii. 5. 20 : iii. 2. 27 ? 4. 
 40 : — in exclamation, qiiam ! haw I 
 vi. 5. 19 ? 
 
 iriis end, indef. adv., (Tris) in smne 
 
p^U>S 
 
 119 
 
 or any way or inanner, by any means, 
 somehow ; hence, for some reason, 
 somewhere, nearly, perhaps: HSi irus 
 somehow thus, to this effect: i. 7- 9 : 
 ii. 8. 18 ; 5. 2 ; 6. 3 : iv. 1. 8 ; 8. 21 ? 
 vi. 2. 17. See SXXus, rexv-Kuis. 
 
 p^Stos, u. Of, e. pfiiiv, s. pq,(rros,' 
 easy, i., ii. 6. 24 : iv. 6. 12 ; 8. 13. 
 
 4.pf8Cias, c. ^ov, s. fifiTTa, easily, 
 readily, iii. 5. 9 : iv. 6. 10 : vi. 3. 7. 
 
 'PaA(viis, ov, Bhathines, a general 
 of the Bitnynian satrap Pharnabazns, 
 vi. 5. 7. He afterwards made a suc- 
 cessful attack on the cavalry of Ageai 
 laus, Hel. 3. 4. 13. 
 
 t^f9»|i4u, i^u, to live at ease, lead a 
 life of ease or indolence, ii. 6. 6. 
 
 tpf6v|i(a, as, intlglence, sloth, u, life 
 of ease, ii. 6. 5. 
 
 t[pi^-9«|ios, If, of easy m,ind,indoUiiL] 
 pfov, p^rrov, see pqSun, iv. 6. 12. 
 
 |^9urr<ivi), Tp, love of ease, indoleitee, 
 laziness, sluggishness, v. 8. 16. 
 
 p^u,* ^edtro/icu & pu^iropuii, dfi^irjxa, 
 2 a. a. or p. ifi^Aiiy, (ef. ruo, rush) ftuo, 
 to flow, run (of water), iiri, did, &c., 
 i. 2. 7s, 23; 4.4; 7.15; vi.4.4. Der. 
 
 KHEUtf, DIAR-RUCEA. 
 
 ^^Tpo, as, {fie- to say) a saying, pre- 
 cept, ordinance, agreement, vi. 6. 28. 
 
 ^tYos, cos, ri, frigus, 141, the cold, 
 frost, V. 8. 2. Cf. rigeo, rigidus. 
 
 pliTToi it pivriu,* pi^u, ^jiplipa, a. 
 tfipi\l/a, to throw, cast, hurl, throw off 
 or down, throw over or about, A. D., cis, 
 i. 5. 8 : iii. 3. 1 : iv. 7. 13 : vii. 3. 22 ? 
 
 pfs, fiftis, 4, the nose, viL 4. 3. Der. 
 
 RHINO-CEEOS. 
 
 'PcSSios, a, or, Rhodian: 'P^Sios 
 subst., a Rhodian, a man of Rhodes 
 ('PJSos, from pbSov rose f), a large and 
 important island near the southwest 
 coast of Asia Minor, colonized by the 
 Dorians, and having a city of the 
 same name (built B. c. 408), at the 
 entrance of whose harbor stood the 
 famed Colossus. The Rhodiaus were 
 famed as slingers. iii. 3. 16 s ; 5. 8. 
 
 poi|>e<i>, ^u or ii(ro;j£u,, to sup up, 
 suck, iv. 5. 32. . 
 
 pv6|i(Ss, oB, o, (cf. ^ia, & pv- to draw) 
 RH YTH M, musical time,a regular move- 
 ment or tune: ir ^uOji} in litae or 
 
 Sd|ito$ 
 
 vpis: V. 4. 14: vi. 1. 8, 10s: 
 vu. 3. 32. 
 
 pvfUL, aros, ri, {pv- to draw) a draw- 
 ing, shot : iK tS^ov jti/uiTos from the 
 distance of a bow-shot, iii. 3. 15. 
 tpii|tT), ijs, strength, a military force, 
 iii. 3. 14. Some compare Roma. 
 
 [^(ivvv|i,i,* piSxna 1., pf. p. Ip/tapai, 
 to strengthen ; see i^aiUvn.^ 
 
 'Pttvcif as, 01/ or a, Bhoparas, satrap 
 of Babylonia, vii. 8. 25 : perhaps the 
 same with Gobryas, L 7. 12. 
 
 vL, see a'as, vii. 7. 44. — o-a or crua, 
 see aus, v. 1. 16. 
 
 ■raYopis, eus, ri, (fr. Pers.) a battle- 
 axe, halberd, bill, iv. 4. 16 : v. 4. 13. 
 
 o-aKlov or iraKKlov, ov, (dim. of ird- 
 Kos saccus, u, sack) a small bag, a 
 wrapper of sackcloth, iv. 5. 36. 
 
 2a\p,vSor(ri>s, oS, 6, Salmydessus, 
 the Thracian coast of the Euxiue 
 from the Bosphorus to the Thynian 
 cape, dangerous from its shoals, lack 
 of harbors, and predatory wreckers, 
 and contributing lai^ly to the early 
 ill-repute of this sea, vii 5. 12. The 
 name was also given to a town on 
 this coast, now Midia. 
 tira\inYicH]S or <ra\in.KT^, oS, a 
 trumpeter, iv. 3. 29, 32 : viL 4. 19. 
 
 oroXin'^ 'TTos, 4 tuba, a trumpet, 
 trump, usu. of bronze and straight, 
 while the nipas (comu, hom) was 
 curved. It was greatly used in Greek 
 armies to direct and inspirit their 
 movements, iii. 4.4: iv.2.7s: vii.3.32. 
 limXirC^u,* traXriirii) 1., a. la6Xny!ia, 
 to sound or blow with a trumpet, ae. : 
 iirel ^fl-dXaryle, sc. o aaKinyicTiis, when 
 tlie trumpeter blew, at the sound of the 
 trumpet, 571 b : i. 2. 17 : vii. 3. 32. 
 
 Zdjiios, ov, b, u, Samian, a man of 
 Samos (Xi/ios), one of the most im- 
 portant islands in the ^gean, colo- 
 nized by the lonians, and. early famed 
 for its arts, commerce, and maritime 
 power, sbinding with the neighboring 
 Miletus and Ephesus at the head of 
 the Ionian states. Its chief city and 
 harbor had the same name. It was the 
 birthplace of Pythagoras. Its patron 
 deity was Hera (Juno), who had here 
 her greatest temple, i. 7. 5. || Samo. 
 
SapoXas 
 
 120 
 
 ZtXcvos 
 
 Sa|jidXa«, ov or a, Samolas, a Cyre- 
 an officer from Achaia, v. 6. 14. 
 
 SdpSeis, ctiiv, aX, Sardes or Sardis, 
 an ancient litv on the Pactolus, the 
 capital of Lydia, the luxurions resi- 
 dence of Croesus, the chief city of the 
 dominions of Cynis the Younger, and 
 later the seat of one of the early 
 churches ; still showing, in its ruins, 
 traces of its former magniiiceiice ; i. 
 2. 2s, 5; 6. 6: iii. 1.8. ||Sart. 
 
 Zdpos V. I. for 'ifdpos, i. 4. 1. 
 to-arpairciu, eiira, to be a salrap, to 
 rule or govern as salrap, c. A., 472 d, 
 i. 7. 6 : iii. 4. 31. 
 
 iraTpdin]5, ov, (fr. Pers.) a satkap, 
 a Persian viceroy or govemm- of a prov- 
 ince, ruling at the pleasure of the 
 king, but with largely discretionary 
 power over life and property. Ace. to 
 Hdt. (3. 89), Darius i.,tne great oi^n- 
 izer of the Persian Empire, divided 
 it into 20 satrapies, i. 1. 2 ; 9. 7. 
 
 Sdrvpos, ov, 6, a Satyr, a fabulous 
 being combining the forms of a man 
 and a goat, an attendant upon Bac- 
 chus, and devoted to the pleasures of 
 sense, i. 2. 13. 
 
 <ravToS, -if, -ov, see aeavrov. 
 
 a-a(j>'4s, is, clear, plain, manifest, 
 eeidenl, iii. 1. 10. 
 |a-a4<DS clearly, plainly, manifestly, 
 evidently, certainly, i. 4. 18 : ii. 5. 4. 
 
 iri te, thee, you, see iri, ii. 5. 3 s. 
 4.«r«-aiiToS,* 5s, contr. oxititov, ^s, 
 refl. pron., of thyself or yourself; in 
 gen. often = tuus, your own : i) aeav- 
 ToD, sc. X'^P'h your ovm country : i. 6. 
 7 : ii. 5. 16 : vii. 2. 37 ; 7. 23 ; 8. 3. 
 
 S^tyovs, oiWos, 6, {(riXivov parsley) 
 Selmns, the name of a small river 
 flowing by the temple of Diana at 
 Ephesus ; and of another (now the 
 Crestcna) flowing through the grounds 
 consecrated to her at ScUlus ; v. 3. 8. 
 
 ccmmritai, see a^i^a, v. 5. 8. 
 
 2!cu9i]s, ov, Seufhes 11., a Thracian 
 prince, son of Msesadesand descendant 
 of Teres, assisted by the Cyreans to 
 recover his paternal dominion, but far 
 better to promise than to bestow a 
 recompense. He aftenvards sent 500 
 troops to aid Dercyllidas in Bithyiiia ; 
 and had later, b. C, 390, a quarrel with 
 his former patron Medocus, which 
 Thrasybiilus reconciled, bringing both 
 into friendship with Ath.-ins. v. 1 . 1 5. 
 
 2i)XvPp[aorSt|Xv|i^p(a, as,Sel-.;\r.S\- 
 
 bria, a Megarian city on the north 
 
 shore of the Propontis, viL 2. 28 ; 5. 
 
 15. llSelivri. 
 
 OTiiuilvu, oviS, creo-^/iia-yito 1., a. ia-/;- 
 /iTjva or -duo 152 c, (aijixa sign) to make 
 or give a sign or signal ; to indicate or 
 sJtow by an omen or other sign, signi- 
 fy, give notice; often referring to 4 
 aa\iriyKTiis implied, as iir-fiiiTii/e [the 
 trumpeter gave the signal] the signal 
 
 was given, 571b; AE., D. i. (w. lis), 
 CP.; ii. 1. 2 ; 2. 4 : iii. 4. 4 : iv. 3. 29, 
 32 : vi. 1. 24, 31 ; 3. 15 : vii. 2. 18. 
 
 a-i]p«iov, ov, {a^fw. sign) signum, a 
 sign, mark, signal, standard, i. 10. 12 : 
 ii. 6. 32 : vi. 2. 2. 
 
 t(r>|ird|Uvos, rj, ov, made from sesa- 
 me, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 <riiira|iov, ov, sESAMi, oil-seed, sing, 
 and pi., the seed of the sesamtim, an 
 oriental leguminou^ plant still much 
 cultivated for the food and the excel- 
 lent and abundant oil furnished by 
 its seed, i. 2. 22 : vi. 4. 6. 
 
 iaiya^a, dirm, 1. exc. in pres., to try 
 or endeavor to silence. A., vi. 1. 32 ? 
 
 ia-iyaa, ricrofuu, acviyniKO, to be or 
 remain silent, keep silence, v. §. 27. 
 o-tyfj, ^!, silence, i. 8. 11 : ii. 2. 20. 
 0-17X05, ov, 0, (akin to Heb. shekel) 
 n siglm, = 7i Attic oholi, or about 
 25 cents, i. 5. 6. 
 
 to-iSripela, os, the working in iron, 
 V. 5. 1. 
 
 to-iS'^pEos, ia, eoK, contr. ous, S, ovv, 
 made of iron or steel, v. 4. 13. 
 
 [o-lSrjpos, ov, 6, fen-um, iroJi.] 
 ZiKwiiyios, ov, 6, a Sicyonicm, a 
 man of Sicyon (Zi/rutuv), a very ancient 
 city, with a small territory, on the 
 northern toast of the Peloponnese, 
 between Achaia and Corinth. It was 
 conquered by the Dorians ; but re- 
 tained a large Ionian element, and 
 varied in its political relations and 
 foi-m of government. It was famed for 
 its schools of painting and sculpture ; 
 and in general for the arts of peace, 
 rather than for energy in war, or the 
 maintenance of liberty, iii. 4. 47. 
 " Vasilika. 
 
 SiXovds, oO, Silanvs, a soothsayer 
 from Amhracia in Epirus, more shrewd 
 than trustworthy, i. 7. 18 : v. 6. 16 s. 
 — 2. A youthful trumpeter from Ma- 
 cuitus in Triphylian Elis, vii. 4. 16. 
 
rlvof-m 
 
 121 
 
 SkiXXoSs 
 
 irtvo|uu,* Ion. aiviiaoiuu, to harm, 
 do harm or damage, inflict injury, iii. 
 i. 16. 
 
 tStvtmrcvs, 4m, 6, a Sinopean, iv. 8. 
 22: v.3.2; 6.1: vi.1.15: a man of 
 
 2iv(&irT), ijs, Sinope, a Milesian col- 
 ony on the Paphlagonian coast, the 
 most prosperous and powerful city on 
 the shores of the Euxine. It had a 
 great commerce and valuable fisheries, 
 and sent out itself several colonies. 
 It was the birthplace of the Cynic 
 Diogenes, andof Mithridates theGreat. 
 V. 5.7: vi.1.15. || Sinn b, still of some 
 consequence from its excellent harbor. 
 
 2li6s Laconic for 6eiSs : rui Siii the 
 twin gods, Castor and Pollux, by 
 whom, as natives of Laeedismon, the 
 Spartans were wont to swear, vi. 6. 34 : 
 vii. 8. 39 1 see oirual. 
 
 <rtr-a7o>Y<5s, bv, (triros, S7U) carry- 
 ing com, for the conveyance of grain, 
 i. '7. 15. 
 
 SirdKT], »js, see SiTrdxi;. 
 
 SiT-d\Kas, pu, the Sitalcas, a mar- 
 tial song of the Thracians, prob. in 
 honor of a prince Sitalcas, vi. 1. 6. 
 See 'OSpiiirijs. 
 
 t a'irevr6s, i}, 6v, {tnreOw to feed, fat- 
 ten) midefat, very fat, v. 4. 32. 
 to-iTTipfo-iov, ov, m/mey for buying 
 bread, provision-money, vi. 2. 4. 
 to-lrCov, ov, bread, food, i. 10. 18 : 
 pi. provisions, supply of food, vi. 2. 4 ? 
 
 o-iTOS, ov, 6, corn or grain, esp. 
 wheat, whether ungi'ound, simply 
 ground, or cooked ; hence, flour or 
 mjial, bread, and, in general, food : i. 
 4.19; 5.5s,10: ii.1.6: iii.1.3: — pi. 
 o-tra (t6,, 226 b) victuals, provisions, 
 food, ii. 3. 27 : iii. 2. 28 : — rinipas airos 
 a day's subsistence or supply of food, 
 vii. 1. 41 ; so pi. vi. 2. 4 (v. I. (rirla). 
 Der. PAKA-SITE. 
 
 ZlttAkt), t]!, Sittace, a large and 
 populous city on the west bank of the 
 Tigris, ii. 4. 13 : «. ^. StrdK?;. || Near 
 Akbara or, ace. to some, Sheriat-el- 
 Beidha. 
 
 (TKiiirdu, '/iirofmi, iTC(ruiiriiiKa, (ffiunn) 
 si'ence) to be or remain silent, keep si- 
 lence, i. 3. 2 ; v. 8. 25. 
 
 (TKcSdvvuiJLi,* ffKtbdffiij ffKcdut, a. 4itk4- 
 Saffa, pf. p. iaxiSaaiuxi, to scatter or 
 disperse, trans., iii. 5. 2. 
 
 itkIXos, eos, T J, rt leg, iv. 2. 20 ; 7.4: 
 V. 8.. 10. Der. iso-sceles. 
 
 LEX. AV. 6 
 
 orK^irao-iio, otos, t!>, {aKivri shelter) 
 a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10 ? 
 
 to"Keirrfos, o, ov, necessary to consider : 
 ffKeiTTiov iyrl impers., one or we must 
 consider, iirijis, i. 3. 11 : iv. 6. 10. 
 
 (rK^TrTO|iai, comm. a-Koir4o>* (-ioiuu 
 v. 2. 20), aK4\J/oiiM, (aKeniuu, a. isKe- 
 ^ili'n'', specie, to look intently, observe 
 closely, view, see, discern, examine, 
 spy, reconnoitre, explore, ascertain ; to 
 look out or for, look out for, keep a 
 lookout, vjatch, provide ; to look or see 
 to, consider, regard; A., cp., irpis : i. 
 9. 22 : ii. 4. 24 : iii. 1.13; 2. 20 : v. 1. 
 9; 7.32. Der. skeptic, micro-scope. 
 
 to-KcudJo), iau, to prepare, dress up, 
 equip, vi. 1. 12. 
 
 to-KoWj, ijs, equipment, attire, dress, 
 iv. 7. 27. 
 
 iTKCvos, eos, rb, an article of furni- 
 ture, equipment, or baggage, utensil-: 
 pi. buggage, luggage, iii. 1. 30 ; 2. 28. 
 
 t(rxeuoif>opc<ii, V&i, to carry baggage, 
 be a porter, iii. 2. 28 ; 3. 19. 
 
 4.irK(uo-<^dpos, ov, (<l>ipia) carrying 
 baggage : subst. -os a baggage-carrier, 
 porter ; -ov, sc. Krqvos, a commo/i beast 
 of burden; t4 dKevtpipa the baggage- 
 animals, baggn-ye-train, baggage ; i. 3. 
 7 ; 10. 3, 5, i7 : iii. 2. 28, 36 ; 3. 19. 
 
 t(rin)vdu, ^iru, = trKr/viia, v. 3. 9 ? vii. 
 4. 12? 
 
 t<rKT|v4<i>, ■^aa, k irKT|viSu, ii<r<a, iaKij- 
 vwKa, to pilch or to occupy a tent (the 
 former sense belonging rather to fficij- 
 v'jtn, and the latter rather to aKriviw), 
 encamp or be encrmped, quarter or be 
 quartered, lodge, iv, Kurd, &c., i. 4. 9 : 
 ii. 4. 14: iv. 4. 14; 5.23,33; 7. 27. 
 
 irKrprf\, ijs, a tent: oi <r. the tents, 
 camp .• i. 2. 17 s ; 4. 3. Der. scene. 
 
 |(rKT]vdu, thtFia, see aKr^viiij, iv. 5. 23. 
 
 \<rKftjviaf.<x, OTOS, rb, a tent : pi. tents, 
 quarters, encampment, \\. 2. 17. 
 
 to-KTiirTos, ov, 6, a thunderbolt, iii. 
 1. 11. 
 
 to"KT)Trroitxos, ov, 6, (tTK^rpov a staff, 
 SCEPTRE, Ix") "' sceptre-bearer, wand- 
 bearer, usher, a, Persian household- 
 officer, comm. a eunuch, i. 6. 11. 
 
 [o-K^irro), ij^ii), to lean, fall, darl.'\ 
 SkiXXovs, ovvtos, 0, {jKiWa squill) , 
 Sd las, once a city of Triphylian Elis, 
 near Olympia. It joined Pisa, B.C. 572, 
 ! in warring with the. Eleans, but the 
 latter eonf|UPred an'l dijstroyed both 
 cities. Long after, the Spartans took 
 
CKtiiirovs 
 
 122 
 
 the territory of Scillus under their 
 control, and here gave Xeiiophon a 
 delightful rural residence under their 
 ))rotectiou, about 393 B. c. This con- 
 tinued till the Eleaus regained posses- 
 sion, after the battle of Leuctra (B. c. 
 371) ; and during this quiet period, 
 the works of Xenophon were doubt- 
 less for the most part written or re- 
 Tised. He spent his time, says lia- 
 ertius, in hunting, entertaining his 
 friends, and writing histories. The 
 visit of Megabyzus to Olympia, prob. 
 in the year 392 B. c, gave him a new 
 object of interest. Pausanias, more 
 than 500 yeare after, found the temple 
 of Diana still at Scillus, and upon a 
 tomb near it, a marble statue, which 
 the inhabitants said was Xenophon's. 
 V. 3. 7 : see Sci'a^ui'. || In the vale of 
 Basa. 
 
 (rK(|i-irovs, TToSos, 6, ((TkI/itttu = 
 ffKipTTii)) a low couch, a liUer, vi. 1. 4 ? 
 
 <rKXT]p6s, d, 6r, ((TKiWtti to dry) hard, 
 rough, iv. 8. 26. Der. sclerotic. 
 UncXtipasiw hardaMp,wilh difficulty, 
 iii. 2. 26 : V. I. dKXi^povs. 
 
 <rKoXoi|>, OTTOS, 6, a stake, pale, pali- 
 sade, v. 2. 5. 
 
 rKtnriia in pr, & ipf., see aKiirrofmi. 
 
 fTKOir^S, aO, 0, {aKiTTopuu) a scout, 
 spy, sentinel, ii. 2. 15 : vi. 3. 11. Der. 
 
 SCOPE. 
 
 o-K^poSov, ov, garlic, pi. vii. 1. 37. . 
 to-Kcratos, o, oi>, in the dark, be/ore 
 morning or cfter nightfall, ii. 2. 17 : 
 iv. 1. 5, 10. 
 
 ot«5tos, f OS, ri, darkness, the dark : 
 icrl or yiyvcrat mriros it is ov becomes 
 dark : ii. 2. 7 ; 5. 7, 9 : iv. 5. 17. 
 
 SxiiSTis, or, a Scythian, one of the 
 nomadic barbarians who occupied the 
 moat northern known parts of eastern 
 Europe and western Asia. From their 
 .•■kill as bowmen, their name was ap- 
 plied by the Greeks to a kind of arch- 
 ers anned and trained in Scythian 
 fashion : XKii€ai rofirai, or Sku^o-to- 
 f>at, Scythian archers, iii. 4. 15 (as 
 adj.): om. by some. 
 ^.'SkvOlvoC, (Sk, ol, the Seythlni, or 
 -iniiins, a mountain tribe, not far from 
 the southeast shore of the Euxine, 
 perhaps of Scythian origin, iv. 7. 18 ; 
 8. 1 : V. I. XkvBtjvoI, S/cuflirai. 
 |SK«Bo-To|<iTi^s, ov, a Scythian arch- 
 er, iii. 4. 15? See^Kiei/s. 
 
 o-kjXciuu, fiiru, (<r/cD\o>' spoil) to de- 
 spot', strip o^'the armb of an enemy, 
 A., V . 1. 6. 
 
 o-KvraXov, ov, (|uu ? see ^iia) a staff, 
 club, cudgel, mace, vii. 4. 15. 
 
 cKliTivos, 11,. ov, ( (tkDtos a hide) made 
 of leatlier, lealheni, v. 4. 13. 
 
 <r|i1ivo$, eos, t6, a bee-hive, a swarm 
 of bees, iv. 8. 20. 
 
 2|ilKpi;s, ryros, Smicres, an Arcadian 
 commander, vi. 3. 4 s. 
 
 SoXoi, uv, oi, Soli, an important 
 maritime city, of Cilicia, built by Ar- 
 gives and Rhodians ; who at length 
 spoke such bad Greek, from mingling 
 with the native Cilicians, as to give 
 rise to the term solecism (<ra\oiKtati6s). 
 It was the birthplace of the Stoic 
 Chrysippus and the poet Aratus; and 
 was later named Ho/iwri'MToXts from 
 Pompey the Great, who here settled a 
 colony of reformed pirates, i. 2. 24. 
 II Eski-Shehr (i. e. old city) near Mezetli. 
 
 <rds, o-)}, adv, (aA) thy, your: ^iXif 
 tJ (Tg love to you, 538 d : ri, ad your 
 affairs or interests: vii. 7. 29, 44. 
 
 Sovo-o, ui>,- rd, (Pers. susan, lHy) 
 Susa (Shushan, Neh. 1. 1) chief city 
 of the province of Susiana (Elam, Dan. 
 8. 2), and one of the capitals of the 
 Persian Empire, comm. occupied by 
 the king, from its genial climate, in 
 the winter or spring, ii. 4. 25 : iii. 5. 
 15. II Extensive ruins at Sus, where 
 the remains of the great palace of Da- 
 rius I. have been lately disinterred. 
 tSb(^-a(vcTo$, ov, Sophcenetus, horn 
 Stymphalus in Arcadia, one of the 
 oldest of the Cyrean generals. As hia 
 name does not appear after the Cyre- 
 ans reached the Bosphorus, it is prob- 
 able that he took this opportunity of 
 leaving the army, perhaps displeased 
 with his fine or thinking his age too 
 little respected, and that Phryniscus 
 was appointed in his place. He may 
 have written a history of the expedi- 
 tion to justify himself, since we find a 
 Sophsenetus mentioned as the author 
 of such a history, i. 1. 11 : v. 8. 1. 
 t(ro<|>la, as, unsdom, skill, i. 2. 8. 
 Der. Sophia, philo-sopht. 
 
 <ro^s, i), 6v, viise, intelligent, clever, 
 (lifted, accomplished, i. 10. 2. 
 
 to-iravtJ«i, Itriii iQ, to lack, want, be 
 \in want of, o., ii. 2. 12 : vii. 7. 42. 
 I tcnrivios, a, ov,scarce, scanty, i. 9. 27. 
 
o-jrivts 
 
 123 
 
 trrdSiov 
 
 ottAvis, eus, ii, scrircUy, scauliiuss, 
 want, a., vi. i. 8 : vii. 2. 15. 
 
 SirdpTT|, i)s, Spirta (on the west 
 bank of the £ui'dtas, now the Irit, 
 also called Aa'ceSai/uit;', the capital of 
 Laconia, and that city of Greece in 
 which its military spirit and prowess, 
 and the subordination of the individ- 
 ual to the state culminated. It wa.s 
 the especial residence of the Donan 
 conquerors of Laconia, a great mili- 
 tary and land-holding aristocracy (a2 
 tiiotoi the peers, iv. 6. 14), owning 
 estates throughout the province, which 
 were chiefly cultivated by the con- 
 quered people reduced to a state of 
 serfdom under the name of Helots. 
 Still a third class, the Perioeci (irepi- 
 oiKot, dwelling aromid the capital in 
 rural villages), were personally fi-ee, 
 but without political power, neither 
 serfs nor citizens. The trade and 
 mechanic arts of the country were 
 chiefly in the hands of these. The 
 Spartan citizens were so few in com- 
 parison with their slaves and subjects, 
 that they could hope to maintain their 
 ascendency only by a thorough sys- 
 tem of military and political training. 
 Hence they submitted to the rigid 
 and peculiar laws of Lycurgus, ob- 
 served great simplicity in their per- 
 sonal habits, subordinated domestic 
 to public life, accounted luxury, ease, 
 and self-indulgence as crim'.j, dis- 
 diiiued the protection of walls, and 
 lived at Sparta as in a camp. At the 
 head of the state were two kings and 
 five ephors. In the government of 
 their subject states, the Spartans were 
 commonly disliked ; because they here 
 applied to so great an extent the arbi- 
 trary, selfish, unconciliatory, and in- 
 human principlei, and the haughti- 
 ness of manner, which were observed 
 at home in the government of their 
 helots ; sometimes combining with 
 these a self-indulgence and deceit 
 which at home they would not dare 
 to practise, and covetousness, even to 
 the taking of bribes. At the time of 
 the Cyrean expedition, the Spartans, 
 having so recently conquered their 
 great rival, Athens, were the undis- 
 puted masters of the Greek world, 
 and exercised their power arrogantly, 
 wantonly, and cruelly, ii. 6. i. || New 
 
 Sparta (near Mistra), lately built to 
 cherish the memory of ancient great- 
 ness. 
 4.2TrapTi.dTi)s, ov, a Spartan, a man 
 belongmg by birth to the class of 
 Spartan citizens, iv. 8. 25 : vi. 6. 30. 
 
 ■rirdpTov, ov, (<rire'.pa a tioisted cord) 
 a cord, rope, iv. 7. 15. 
 
 iriraa, d(r«, ^irira/ca, pf. p. fjTrariuu, 
 to draw : M^ to draw one's own, a. ; 
 initiuriUvoi rk ^l^ijwithdrawnsioords; 
 i. 8. 29 : vii. 4. 16. Der. spa^i. 
 
 inretpu,* airepii, ftrrapKo. 1., spargo, 
 to scaiter seed, sow, vi. 1. 8. Der. 
 
 SPERM. 
 
 )rir4via,* <rTelaa,(jirfiKal., a,.finret- 
 aa, Iibo, to make or offer a libation, to 
 pour, iv. 3. 13 s : — Jf. to inake or agree 
 to a IreiUy, peace, or truce (since in 
 this mutual libations were common), 
 D.,Tp!is,ixi,i.9.7s: iii. 5.16: iv.4.6. 
 
 meiia, ffTf6(Tui,(inrcuKal., tohasten, 
 inake haste, press on, be in haste, be 
 eager, l., i. 3. 14 ; 5. 9 : iv. 8. 14. 
 
 Sin.6ptSdn]s, ov, a general of the 
 Bithynian satrap, Pharnabazns. He 
 afterwards took offence, and left his 
 service for that of Agesilaus, but left 
 the latter again from a new offence, 
 vi. 5. 7. 
 
 o-iroXds or <rro\ds, dSos, t), (oTiWia) 
 a leathern waistcoat, worn under or 
 instead of the metallic 0tipai, iii. 3. 
 20 : iv. 1. 18. The form irjroXdi ap- 
 pears to be Dor., l68. 2 : see \oxa.y6s. 
 
 <rirovS<i, ijs, (ffirivSu q. V.) a liba- 
 tion, - drink-offering : pi. libations, 
 hence comm., a treaty, tmce, or armis- 
 tice, peace, i. 9. 8 : ii. 3. 4s : iv. 3. 14. 
 to"TouSa{<a, itrapAU, iavoiSaxa, to be 
 busy, zcUoui, or in earnest, to work 
 zealously or tiard, ii. 3. 12. 
 
 to-irovSaio-XoY^u, i^a>, {(rTovSatos 
 earnest, Xbyoi) jI. k. M. to engage in 
 earnest conversation, converse seriously, 
 i. 9. 28. 
 
 inrouS^, ^s, (orciSii)) hxste, speed, 
 expedition, earnestness, i. 8. 4 : iv.1.17. 
 tiTTaSiov, ov, pi. of ardSioi & rd trrd- 
 dta, a stadium, stadc, nearly a fur- 
 long ; the [stopping-place] length of 
 the footrace-course, which at Olympia 
 (the comm. standard) was = 600 Greek, 
 or 606f Eng. feet : hence, the com- 
 mon or short font-rcux itself, as in a. 
 ayavlicaBai to contend in the short race 
 or Course ; i. 4. 1, 4 ; 8. 17 : iv. 8. 27. 
 
(rTa6|Lds 
 
 124 
 
 OTpttTC-Jjia 
 
 t<rTa6|ios, oC, 6, statio, a station or 
 stopping-place, esp. at night ; lience, 
 a day's journey or inarch (averaging 
 in the Anab., ace. to vii. 8. 26, about 
 6J parasangs, or 160 stadia), a stage ; 
 i. 2. 5s; 7. 14; 8.1; 10. 1: ii. 2. B. 
 oToCiiv, otAs, see '{<tt7i.ui, v. 2. 16. 
 
 JoTao-idJu, d(7u, ecTTatriaKa, to farm, 
 a party or excite/action against, befdc- 
 twus or conienticms, be at variance or 
 divided into parties, contend cr quar- 
 rel, D.,^pis, ii. 5. 28 : vi. 1. 29, 32 : 
 vii. 1. 39 ; 2. 2. 
 
 loToiris, eus, ■>}, [tlie standing up 
 against] faction, dissension, vi. 1. 29. 
 
 Der. APO-STASY. 
 
 4.trTairiii'n]S, ov, an opposer, vi. 6. 6 ? 
 
 jcrravpiSs, ov, 6, a stake, pale, or 
 paiisade, usu. crossing others, v. 2. 21 : 
 vii. 4. 14, 17. 
 
 [4.<rTaupiSo, licra, to palisade.^ 
 
 ^<rraipafa, aros, t6, a paling, line 
 of palisades, v. 2. 15, 19, 27. [28. 
 
 ^irriap, aridTos, tS, tallow, fat, v. 4. 
 
 ta-T^ao-jiia, aros, rb, (cTeyi^uj to 
 
 cover) a covering, tent-cover, i. 5. 10 ? 
 
 OT^yi), i)S, (ariyui tego, to cover, 
 
 shelter) a roof, shelter under a roof, 
 
 cover, covered house, cottage, iv. 4. 14. 
 
 loTc^vos, i), if, (trriyui) covered, 
 roofed, vii. 4. 12. 
 
 a-n(pa{v.l. arlpia), ^wl., (cf. stipo) 
 to tread, beat, or press down, as a road, 
 mattress, &c. ; hence, to frequent, a 
 road ; A. ; i. 9. 13. 
 
 •ttAXu,* eXG, IffToKKo,, \ii.p. faraX- 
 fiat, to equip, accoutre, fit out, despatch, 
 send, A. iirl : M. to [send one's self] 
 set forth, proceed, journey, go, iirl, 
 Kari: iii. 2.7: v. 6. 5. Der. apo-stle. 
 OTCvos, ^, dv, c. itiTfpos or irepos, 
 257b, narroiB, strait: iv rt^arev'^ or 
 Tois arevoh in angnstiis, in the nar- 
 rows or defile, in the narrow space, 
 road, or pass: i. 4. 4 : iii. 4. 19, 22 : 
 iv. 1.14; 4.18. Der. steno-gkaphy. 
 
 4.<rrcvo-xaip(a, as, {x^ipoi) a narrow 
 place, spot, road, or pass, i. 5. 7. 
 
 trrip'^a,* ffrip^u, 2 pf. Ion. laropya, 
 to love (in the higher sense), regard 
 with affection, A., ii. 6. 23. Cf. tpikita. 
 OTtplu & (rT€p£<rKcii,*.<r7-Epi}<ro), iari- 
 pr/Ka, to deprive, A. o., ii. 5. 10 : — P. 
 & ^f. (rT^o|juu (v. I. i!Tepio:JLaCi, ar^pij- 
 ffofi%', i(rT4pTj/jMi, H. itTTep'i'iBtjv, to he 
 deprived of, lose, leant, G. , i. 4. 8 ; 9. 
 13: ii. 1.12:. iii. 2.2: iv. 5.28. 
 
 •rr^pvov, ov, (o-Ttptjs or <rrcppisfirm, 
 whence stereo-type) the breast, i. 8. 
 26 : vii. 4. 4. Der. steknom. 
 
 (TTcppus ((TTcfipuS firm) firmly, stead- 
 fastly, resolutely, iii. 1. 22. 
 
 (TT^i^avos, ov, 6, (aTi<f>u> to encircle) 
 a croTvn, garland, vyreaih, common 
 among the Greeks as a prize of vic- 
 tory, as a mark of honor, and as a 
 festal or sacred ornament, i. 7. 7 : iv. 
 5. 33 : vi. 4. 9. Der. Stephen. 
 ^VTs^avota, Ciquj, iant^ivtaKa, pf. p. 
 iare^dvafiai, to crown, A.: M. to croivn 
 one's self: iV. 3. 17 ; 5. 33 : vii. 1. 40. 
 to-HjXi], ijs, a pillar, post, v. 3. 12 : 
 vii. 5. 13. 
 
 ot" vai, o-ryjo-as, see taTqpn, i. 2. 15. 
 
 t<r.i,"J!.s, cltos, i]. II bed of straw or 
 
 leaves, a mit, nn tlress, vi. 1.4? 
 
 to-rtpos, ov, 6, a trodden or beaten 
 
 way or path, a track (made by many 
 
 ''X'''!. or single footsteps), i. 6. 1. 
 
 irripa v. I. for arei^w, i. 9. 13. 
 
 o-rtjai, /fit), pf. p. Itmy/ML, (cf. Lat. 
 in-stlgo. Germ, stechen, Eng. stick, 
 sting) to prick, tattoo, A. ae., v. 4. 32. 
 Der. STIGMA. 
 
 'i(|>os, f05, ri, {(TTeipia) a throng, 
 vmss, dense or compact body, of men, 
 i. 8. 13, 26 : vi. 5. 26. 
 
 a-rKeffis, iSos,ii, a strigil, fleshcomb, 
 scraper, such as were used by bathers 
 to cleanse the skin ; or, as some think, 
 an ornamental comb for the head, such 
 as even men wore on some sacred oc- 
 casions ; i. 2. 10. 
 
 irroXds, see xTTToXds, iii. 3. 20 ? 
 
 OToX'^, ^s, (ariXKiji) an equipment, 
 dress, garment, robe, i. 2. 27 : iv. 5. 
 33 ; 7. 13 : vi. 1. 2. Der. stole. 
 
 <rr6Xo$, ov, 0, (ariWo)) an equip- 
 ineni, preparation ; an armament, 
 armed force, aiiny ; an expediiion, 
 inarch, joamei/, voyage; i. 2. 5 ; 3. 16 : 
 ii. 2. 10, ]2: iii. 1. 9s ; 2. 11 ; 3. 2. 
 
 OTOjia, aros, rj, the month of a ]'er- 
 son, river, sea, pit, &c. ; the ovt'et or 
 entrance ; of an army, the front or 
 van ; iii. 4. 42 s : iv. 5. 25, 27 : vi. 2. 
 1 ; 4. 1. Der. stomach. 
 f(rrpaTcCa, as, a campaign, expedi- 
 tion, iii. 1. 9 : v. 4. 18. 
 t<rTpdT€«|JKi, OTOs, T(5, a body led to 
 war, an army, host ; a military force 
 (whether larger or smaller, an entire 
 army or a division of it), for which 
 tTTpiTcviia is the most general term. 
 
(TTpaTCVU 
 
 125 
 
 irvy^evtis 
 
 Of ^rrpdreufia, ^(rrpaTici, and ffrpariti, 
 the lirat is lar the most used in the 
 Anab., and the last but once. i. 1.7 s; 
 2.1,14,25; 5.11s; 7.1s: v. 6. 17. 
 
 tirrpaTCiJu, ei^acj, iffTpdrevKa, to lead 
 to war, make war, engaye in war, 
 make an expedUion, march, ch. of 
 leadei'S or commanders, iirl, els, ii. 1. 
 14; 3.20; 4.3; 6.29:— i/. (oftener, 
 luul of both leaders and followers) to 
 t'lke the field, make or eiiga^e in war, 
 ■iii%Ice an expedition or take part in 
 le, vinrch, serve in arms or as a sol- 
 dier, iiri, els, aiv, fcc, i. 1. 11; 2. 2s; 
 9. 14: ii. 1. 1: iii. 1. 10: v. 4.34. 
 
 toTpaTH'Y^M, Tiaia, to be general or 
 commander; to lead, command, di- 
 rect, or manage, as general ; to take 
 command ; G. AE. : arpaTTjyeiif dieirpd- 
 (aro he obtained command of: arpa- 
 rrfyeiv trrparriylav to undertake a com- 
 mand: TouTo dyicts irpuTov T}x(av arpa- 
 TTjyJjffai that your first act in takinj 
 commrind of us should be this: i. 3. 
 15; 4. 3: ii. 2. 13; 6. 28: iii. 2.27: 
 vii. 6. 40. Der, stratagem. 
 
 to-TpoTTiYtii, as, generalship, military 
 command ; mode of leading an aimy, 
 plan of operations or management of 
 affairs in war ; i. 3. 15 : ii. 2. 13 : v. 
 6. 25 : vii. 1. 41. Der. stkategy. 
 
 toTpiTqTidM, rfffu, (desiderative, 
 378 d) to desire or seek military com- 
 maiid, vii. 1 . 33. 
 
 toTpttT-Ti'yos, ov, 6, (iyu) a leader or 
 commander of an army or of one of its 
 larger divisions, u, general; the com- 
 mMnder of the troops of a Pereian prov- 
 ince (also termed Kdpdms), according 
 to the theoi-y of the empire a different 
 person from the satrap for the sake 
 of mutual restraint, but in practice 
 often the same ; G. In mercenary 
 service, the pay of a general appears 
 to have usu. been four times that of a 
 private, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 15 : vii. 6. 7. 
 
 to-rpaTid, as, an army, host, comm. 
 of an entire army, or of its mass in 
 distinction fr. the officers or fr. an 
 excepted part (hence i) trrpand = ttoc 
 tA arpdreviM, vi. 6. 2, 27) ; also used 
 as a collective, = ffTpaTiurai soldiers ; 
 i. 2. 12, 27 ; 3. 20 ; 4. 5 : iii. 2. 13 : v. 
 2. 30 : vi. 3. 19 ; 6. 26 : see arpdrfviui. 
 
 to-TpaTuinis, ov, a soldier, esp. a 
 private or common soldier, i. 1 . 9 ; 2. 
 17 ; 3. 7 s, 21 : iii. 2. 2: vii. 2. 36 
 
 tZrpaTO-KXfiSi iovs, Stratoclcs, from 
 Crete, the commander of a serviceable 
 body of archers, iv. 2. 28. 
 
 toTpaTO-TTcBewoi, eitfbt, iffTparoTr^' 
 SevKa, to make a camp : comm. M. to 
 encamp, be encamped; pf. to lie in 
 camp ; &vd, in, ils, irapd, &c. : i. 3. 7 : 
 ii. 2. 15 ; 4. 1, 10 : vi. 4. 7 : vii. 6. 24. 
 fiTTpaTo-irfSov, ov, (iriSov ground) 
 the ground occupied by an encamped 
 army, a camp, encampment; by meton. 
 for the army encamped ; i. 10. 1, 5 : 
 iv. 8. 23 : vi. 4. 27 : so pi. vii. 3. 34. 
 
 OTpaTos, ov, 0, (alcin to aTpibviivp.i 
 stemo, STREW ? cf. stratus) a body of 
 men encamped, hence, an army, host, 
 = (TTpand q. v., i. 5. 7: sec aTpdreviia. 
 
 CTTpa^Cs, see iTrpi<j>ii>, i. 10. 6. 
 foTpeirros, 1}, iv, twisted, wreathed: 
 subst. (TTpeimJsi sc. KixXos, torquis, 
 a wreath, necklace, collar, chain, i. 2. 
 27 ; 5. 8 ; 8. 29. 
 
 trrpi^,* i'po), fiTTpo<pa 1., pf p. 
 i^iTTpafifULL, 2 a. p. iuTpd(l>rjv, {rpeTroj) 
 to turn, twist, tereatlte, braid, plait, 
 A., iv. 7. 15 : — A. intrans. k M., w. 
 2 a. p. , of soldiers, to turn, wlieel, face 
 about, irpis, i. 10. 6? iii. 5. 1 : iv. 3. 26, 
 32. Der. STROPHE, cata-strophe. 
 
 irrpovSos, ov, bi), & field-bird, esp. 
 sparrow ; an ostrich (fully a. /liyas 
 the great bird), i. 5. 2, 3. 
 
 (rTpo|jiaTo-S6cr|jMs or -ov, 01;, 6 or ri, 
 (arpHiia bed) a bed-sack, in which the 
 bed-clothes were carried or kept, v. 4. 
 13. 
 
 oTiryvos, ^,6^, {ffrvy^io to hate) hate- 
 ful, repulsive, gloom/y, stem : rb arv- 
 yv'jv the qloom or sternness : ii. 6. 9, 11. 
 
 STV|t^d\i05, ov, d, a Stympha ian, 
 a man ^of Stymphalus, a city nfar a 
 lake of the same name in northeastern 
 Arcadia. It was one of the fabled la- 
 bors of Hercules to destioy the mon- 
 strous birds which haunted this lake, 
 i. 1. 11. II Rnins in the vale of Zaraka. 
 
 in; * (ffov, (Toi, a^, end.), pi. 'Upxls, 
 tu (tui, tibi, te), vos, tiiou, you, i. 
 3. 3 s ; 6. 6 s : ii. 1. 16 s : vii. 7. 30 s. 
 
 <ru^- or Swy-i the form which aip 
 takes in compos, before a palatal, 150. 
 tcnryY^vao, as, relationship, Mn, vii. 
 3. 39. 
 
 <nry-Y6v<iS|^s, (7^tos) joined by birth, 
 of the saine race, related, akin : pi. 
 <r«Yy«V6ts subst., relatiites, relations, 
 kinsmen, kinsfolk ; i. 6. 10 : vii. 2. 31. 
 
(rvyyl7V0|iai 
 
 126 
 
 (rv|i^ovXVi 
 
 <nrY-Y£"yvo(iai, * yerifroiuUtfeyii'iiimi. 
 k 2 jif. yiyom, 2 a. iycrd/iriv, to come 
 to be with, have intercourse, acquainl- 
 cmce, or a?t interview with; to be with, 
 associate or confer with, become ac- 
 qttainted with; to he under one's in- 
 struction ; to come together, meet ; D. ; 
 i. 1. 9; 2.12, 27: ii. 5. 2; 6.17. 
 
 7VY-Kd0-i)|iai,* KoS-^o/uu, to sit to- 
 gether, V. 7. 21. 
 
 o-vY-KoX^w,* Ka\4au Ka\u, K^KXijKa, 
 a. iKiXeira, to call together, convoke, 
 convene, assemble, A. ett, i. 4. 8 ; 6. 4. 
 
 o-vy-Kafiirrw, K&fvpu, {xd/jtirTia to 
 bend) to bend together, to bend up. A.., 
 V. 8. 10 : V. I. avv-ava-KifiTTTU. 
 
 <nry-KaTa-Ka(u & Att. -xita,* xai- 
 au, KiaauKa, to bum up with them, 
 A., m. 2. 27. 
 
 (rvY-KaTa-a'KcSdwv|u,* trxeSitra 
 aneSui, A. or M. to sprinkle or throw 
 doucn with another, A. G. ? vii. 3. 32 ? 
 
 onry-KaTa-iTTp^i^,* i\l/iij,l<rTpo^a 1. ; 
 M. to assist in subduing or reducing, 
 v., ii. 1. 14 : see Kara-iTTpi^. 
 
 <ru7-KOT-€pYdJo|iaij* d(ro,uai, (tpiya- 
 anai, a. tl/ryaad/iriv, to assist in gain- 
 ing, A. D., vii. 7. 25 : v. I. KaTcpr/iioiiai. 
 
 iriry-KCt|uu,* Kclao/uu, (as pass, of 
 evi>-Ti6rifu) to be laid down mutually, 
 to be agreed upon : els t4 avYKtlyxim', 
 GC. x'^P^o'i ■ fo i^ plOfCe agreed upon, 
 to the rendezvous, vi. 3. 4 : rd avyKtl- 
 fuva the [things agreed on] agreement, 
 vii. 2. 7. 
 
 o'lry-icXcUi, eiviii, KixXiiKa, to shut 
 together (e. g. the two leaves of a 
 double gate), to close. A., vii. 1. 12. 
 
 (rvy-KO|iC£tt, Iffca lu, KCKj/UKa, to 
 bring together, colled : so M. (for one's 
 own benefit), A., vi. 6. 37 ? 
 
 onry-Kvifrai, K6ipta, K^Ku^a, to bend 
 together or towards each other, ap- 
 proach, converge, ill. 4. 19, 21. 
 
 aMy-\oipiaf ifjirtij, Kcxi^fniKa, to go 
 with, concur, assent, acquiesce, v. 2. 9. 
 
 mucios, a, OK, (irCs) obtaiiusd from 
 nvine, iv. 4 13 : v. I. ai'Cvoi, he. 
 
 Inkmart^, lo?, Syennesis, a king of 
 Cilicia, who tried to pursue such a 
 course that he should not lose his 
 crown, whether Cyrus or Artaxerxes 
 prevailed. Diodoras states (14. 20) 
 that he secretly sent a son to the 
 king to assure him of his fidelity, to 
 report the doings of Cyrus, and to .say 
 th it whatever he had himself done 
 
 ' for the latter, had been done through 
 
 j compulsion. Syennesis appears to 
 have been a common name of the Ci- 
 lician kings, i. 2. 12, 26 s: vii. 8. 25. 
 <rvKov, ou, a fig, vi. 4. 6 ; 6. 1. Der. 
 SYUA-MORE, RYCO-l-HANT. 
 
 tnik- or |vX-, the form which air 
 takes in compos, before X, 150. 
 
 4rvX-Xa|iPdvoi,* XtI^o/aou, tlXiitpa, 
 2 a. tXaPon, to take by bringing the 
 hands together, seize, arrest, ajTprc- 
 hend, capture, a., i. 1. 3 ; 4. 8 ; 6. 4 : 
 
 ' iii. 1. 2, 35 : iv. 4. 16. Der. syl-lablk. 
 
 I oruX-X^ai,* X^|iD, rfXoxa, pf. p. «fXf- 
 •yuai, 2 a. p. iXiyiiv, {\iyu lego, to 
 
 \ LAY, gather) to gather together, collect, 
 
 I levy, assemble, convene, trans.. A., i. 1. 
 7, 9 : ii. 4. 11 : iii. 1. ZQ: — M., w. 2 a. 
 
 \p., to assemble, congregaie, come or get 
 together, collect, gat/ter, convene, iu- 
 ti-an.s. ; to be assembled, &c. ; iv. 1. 10s ; 
 5. 1, 12 ; 8. 9 : V. 7. 3 : vi. 3. 6. 
 4.iniXX<ry^, r^s, an assembling, levy, i. 
 1.6. 
 
 jo-uXXoYos, ov, i, a gathering, assem- 
 bly, assemblage, meeting, v. 6. 22 ; 7. 2 
 (not summoned, cf. iKK\ifiila). Der. 
 
 SYLLOGISM. 
 
 ir»p- or S>>(i.-, the form which aim 
 takes in compos, before a labial, 150. 
 
 <rv|i-Palvu,* ^-tiaofuii, pipj/Ka, 2 a. 
 ipr/r, to come together, meet, occur, 
 happen, result, iii. 1. 13. 
 
 <rv|i-pdXXu,* /3a\u, /3^;8\i)ica, 2 ». 
 tfixXov, to cast, dash, or bring together, 
 collect. A., iii. 4. 31: — M. (of mutual 
 or joint action) to contribute, give a 
 suggestion or hint, agree upon, con- 
 tract, A. D., irepi, i. 1.9: iv. 6. 14: vi. 
 3. 3; 6. 35. Der. symbol. 
 
 <rv|ji-Poda>, ijro/xat, ^e^^ica \., to call 
 a^ottd or shmit to each other. A., vi. 
 3.6. 
 
 <m|i-PoT|6^ia, ijiTtji, Pe^oifiTiKa, to 
 lielp together or in a body, join in as- 
 sisting, hasten to add assislMncc, /|, 
 iv. 2.1: vii. 8. 17. 
 
 iru|i-PoX^, r)t, (<!uiL-p6XKui) a dash- 
 ing together, encounter in arms, vi. 5. 
 32. 
 
 t<ru|i-PovXciiu, eiiria, pefioiXevKa, to 
 plan with, cownsel, advise, D. A., I. 
 (A.), i. 6. 9: ii. 1.17s: iii. 1.5: — M. 
 to consult or confer with, ask one's ad- 
 vice, D. OP., i. 1. 10 ; 7. 2 : ii. 1. 16 b. 
 
 iru|t-PovX'^, T)t, consultation, counsel, 
 advice, v. 6. 4, IL 
 
<rv|ipovXos 
 
 127 
 
 ^(rC^^ov\oi, ov, 0, a counsellor, ad- 
 viser, i. 6. 5. 
 
 <rv)i-|iavSiiva>,* /iaS-ijffo^ai., f^/idSi)- 
 KB, 2 a. I,j.a0ov, to become familiar with 
 or accustomed to, iv. 5. 27. 
 
 to-v)i|ia\^u, tJj-u, ((Tii/iyaxos) to ic or 
 iccome an aVy, furm an a.^iance with, 
 V. 4. 30. 
 
 t<rv|>.)iaxCa, as, (ji/i/iaxos) an alli- 
 ance, olfensive and defensive, v. 4. 3, 
 
 8 : vii. 3. 33. 
 
 <rv)i-|idxo|iai,* iMX^foiJun /iaxoufuu,' 
 liefiixvi"'!''') to fight together, vtith, or 
 hj one's side, D., v. 4. 10 : vi. 1. 13. 
 4.Tv|i)i.ax,0Si ov, fighting with, auxili- 
 anj, allied, in alliance tmth ; ri, aA/i- 
 ^itaxa ilie aids, advantages, or re- 
 sources, in war : <rv|i|iaxos subst., 
 an ally; auxiliary: D., G., iirl: i. 3. 
 C; 7. 3: ii. 4.6s; 5. 11: v. 4. 9. 
 
 <r-jj*-(ieT-f X"!* ^f "> f'XVi">'> 2 a. Iffxoo, 
 to partake or have a s/uire in with 
 otliors, G., vii, 8. 17 : v. I. iut4xu. 
 
 7Uji.-|i(yvj|11 or -fia,* jui^oi, /ii/uxa 1. , 
 to mingle or unite with (trans, or in- 
 tvans.), join, form u, junction with, 
 'riiest (as friends or enemies), join bat- 
 tle loith, D. ip,-els, ii. 1. 2 ; 3. 19 : iv. 
 B. 24 : vi. 3. 24 : vii. 8. 24. 
 
 a-ii|i-irapa-irKEvd|«>, i.au,to co-operate 
 by preparing, proiriding, oi procuring, 
 A., V. 1. 8, 10. 
 
 OTiii-irap-^X"*!* ^^"'t ^o'X'?**. 2 a. 
 (SX""' ^ j^^'"' ™ S'*"*"?! producing, or 
 procuring, A. D., vii. 4. 19 ; 6. 30. 
 
 iru|i,-iras, atra, av, all togetlier, the 
 wliole together, entire, in all : to cru|jt. 
 Trav adv. , altogether, throughout ; i. 2. 
 
 9 ; 5. 9 : iv. 3. 2 : vii. 8. 26. 
 irvfi-ireSdii), ijirii), {riSri) to fetter, 
 
 confine, iv. 4. 11 : ii. I. <ru/t-5roJZf&). 
 
 irv|i,-ir^u.iru,* vifi^fiu, viwofi^a, to 
 send or despatch with another, A. D. , 
 i. 2. 20 : iu. 4. 42s : v. 5. 15 : 6. 7, 21. 
 
 OT<n-irept-Tii7XttVcii,* Tei^o/uu, reri- 
 XlKa, to [fall in with round about] 
 succeed in surrounding, D., vii. 8. 22 ? 
 
 OT>|i-irlirr»>,* 7re(rou/xoi,x^7rTij.fa, 2 a. 
 iTerov, to fall together, fall in, col- 
 lapse ; to meet in close conflict, grapple 
 cr c'ose unlh; i. 9. 6 : iv. 8. 11 ? v. 2. 
 24. Der. symptom. 
 
 (ruii-nXcus, wv, (rXias ' full) [filled 
 together] qicite or very full of, fil ed 
 with, abounding in, c, i. 2. 22 : v. I. 
 f;^-ir\cws. 
 
 miji-ToSCja, Iju iw, (xoiis) to tie the 
 
 feet together, confine, encumber, im- 
 pede, A., iv. 4. 11 : V. I. avfi-ireSau. 
 
 irv|t-iro\6|U<ii, riau, ireiroXiiiTiKa, to 
 war or make war with as an ally, as- 
 sist in war, v. IttI, wpos, i. 4. 2. 
 
 irup.-iropevo|iai, eOa-ofiai, irejrjp€v;xai, 
 to proceed or march uiUh, take part in 
 an expedition, i. 3. 5 ; 4. 9. 
 
 o-up.'irofri-apx^i o^> ^t {^PX^> ffv/x- 
 iriaiov banquet, fr. irixw) rex convivii, 
 the president of a banqtict, a symposi- 
 arch; an office for whieh Spaj-tans 
 were more rarely selected, from their 
 lack of social vivacity ; vi. 1. 30. 
 
 (rti|i-irpdTTU, dfu, iriTpdxa, to co- 
 operate with, assist, aid; to assist in 
 effecting or obtaining ; to join in ar- 
 ranging, agrei ; D. ae. vepl, Cmrc : i. 
 1. 8 : V. 4. 9 ; 5. 23 : vii. 4. 13 ; 8. 23. 
 
 o-V|i-irpiirPci$, euK, ol, (vpiupvi*) 
 fellow a/mbassadors, colleagues iu an 
 embassy, v. 5. 24. 
 
 cvii-irpo-Ouii^oiLai, ■^tro/Mi, ipf. rpoi- 
 6viju>inriv, to join in urging, add one's 
 iiiflioen/x or efforts, I. (A.), AE., Situs, 
 iii. 1.9: vii. 1. 5 ; 2.24. 
 
 ani|i-irpo-vO|MU, Tr/ira), (vifiu) to forage 
 together, v. 1. 7 : v. I. <rvy rpovo/mls. 
 
 «ru|i.-<|>fo«,* ofcru, hiivoxii; a. iji/eyKa 
 or -ov, pf. p. ir/iKfiuiL, to bring to- 
 gether, gather, collect, contribute; to 
 contribute good, be advantageous, bene- 
 ficial, suitable, or suited, sometimes 
 impers. ; to bear or share u>Uh ; A. D., 
 iirl, jrpis, ii. 2. 2 : iii. 2. 27 ; 4. 31 : 
 vi. 4. 9 : vii. 3. 37 ; 6. 20 ; 8. 4. 
 
 <ru|i-i|>i)|u,* ifrijaw, to [say with an- 
 other] assent to, acknowledge. A., v. 8. 
 8 : vii. 2 26. 
 
 o'vfL^opos, OV, {avfA-tp^pu) advanta- 
 geous, beneficial, useful, n., vii. 7. 21 ? 
 
 a-iv* prep., old Att. Jw 170, cum, 
 with, together with, at the same time 
 with, in company or connection with, 
 with the help or favor of, uiwUr the 
 command of; w. DAT. of person (com- 
 panion, helper, counsellor, command- 
 er, military force, &c.), instrument, 
 dress, circumstance, feeling, means, 
 manner, &c., i. 1. 11; 2.15; 3.5s; 8. 
 4: ii. 1. 12: iii. 1. 23; 3. Is, 14. In 
 compos, (avy- before a palatal, avp,- 
 bef. a labial, ffuX- bef. X, cvp- bef. p, 
 av- or (JV7- bef. <r, 150, 166), con-, 
 with, at the same time, toget,her, alto- 
 g'ther, sometimes strengthening such 
 an idea already in the simple verb. 
 
irwjk7<(pw 
 
 128 
 
 (Tvw'Xcga 
 
 iniv-aYEtpoi, i>(. i,yriyepKa\., a. ijyei- 
 pa^ to iissemhle together, collect, a. d., 
 i. 5. 9. 
 
 (Tuv-dYoi,* dfu, ^x"i 2 a. ^0701', to 
 bring In/jt/ier, collect, assemble, con- 
 vene ; to briiii] together or jorin the 
 edges of, c ose ; A. i^ : i. 3. 2, 9 ; 5. 
 lU: ill. 5. H: iv. 4. 19 : vi. 2. 8. 
 
 cuv-aSiK^ca, ^Tu, TjdiK-rjKa, to e^nmit 
 injutice vrith another, join in wroni/- 
 doiufi, be an accomplice in evil deeds, 
 »., ii„6. 27. 
 
 (ruv-a6poC]((i>, olaw, ijOpoiKa, togatlier 
 together, collect, esp. troops. A., vii. 2. 
 8 : — M. to flock tog:tlier, vi. 5. 30. 
 
 o-uv-oiSpitt^u, dirai, \a.Wpla) to bivouac 
 togctlber in the open air, iv. 4. 10 ? 
 
 truv-atvia,* 4(ti^, (aiviu to speak) to 
 ryree ivith, protnise, concede, grant, 
 A. 1)., vii. 7. 31. 
 
 oTiv-oip^u,* ■^0-01, iif,Ji;Ka, 2 a. cT'Kov, 
 to take together, com-prehend : lis am- 
 fXWi elireiii, sc. Xi7v> '" speak in 
 coiaprehensive la, g.tngi, to say a I in 
 a word, iii. 1. 38 : si^e uisf. 
 
 (niv- aKoXovS^u, ^iru, ■^xo\oi8riKa, to 
 go in company with, follow closely, nc- 
 company, D., ii. 5. 30, 3j : vii. 7. 11. 
 
 o-vv-aKOvu,* oiffopai, d.K'^Koa, to licJ-r 
 mutually, G., v. 4. 31. 
 
 <ruv-fiX£|«, a. ffXiffa, a. p. ijXiadjiv. 
 to gather together, collect. A., vii. 3. 48. 
 
 (niv-oXXdrru,* d^ia, ifV axa, 2 a. p. 
 :7XXil7i;i', (dXXdTTii) to change, fr. dXXos) 
 to change so as to bring together, 
 reconcile :M.,vi.2s,.p.,to become recon- 
 ciled, come to an agreement, make 
 l)eace, irpis, i. 2. 1. 
 
 oruv-ava-Palvu,'* ;8^iro,uo(, /3^/3ij(co, 
 2 a. ?/3i;i', io 90 up loith, v., i. 3. 18. 
 
 <ruv-ava-Kd|i.irTu, icd/i^u, to tend up 
 together, v. I. for (Tvy-KauTTa, v. 8 10. 
 
 OTjv-avo-irpttTToi, dfai, Trirpiixa, to 
 join in eracting or requiring what is 
 due, A. 7ra,i(i, vii. 7. 14. 
 
 iniv-ov-£im)()ii,* o-Tijffoi, tarriKa, 2 a. 
 IjTrjv, to raise' up with : M. , w. pf. 
 and 2 a. act. , to rise or stand up with, 
 vii. 3. 35. 
 
 <ruv-avTdcii, ^ffu, ijvniKa, (di^dw to 
 me!<, fr. dn-J) to mec< [and speak with], 
 i. 8. 15 : vii. 2. 5. 
 
 cuv-dir-eiiii,* ipf. t"e;i», (rf^iu) to (fc- 
 ptrt or return with, ii. 2. 1. 
 
 <ruv-aTo-Xe|i]3dvu,* X^^oioi, ffXi;- 
 0o, to receive at the same time what is 
 di'.B, vii. 7. 40. 
 
 OTiV-dwTo, &^u, to fasten to^eOii'".'; 
 to yuiK (battle), enr/.g,'. in, A. D., i. u. 
 16. 
 
 cruv-dpxu, dp|u, ^oxa, to be associ- 
 ated in command, ivith, D., vi. 1. 32. 
 
 crvv-Sewrvos, ov, 6, i^deiiri/ov) a table- 
 companion, guest at table, ii. 5. 27. 
 
 mv-Sia-paivo),* piiaoimi, pi^riKa, 
 2 a. l^riv, to cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 
 
 iruv-8ia-irpdTT<i>, dju, Tiirpaxo-, to 
 accomplish with : M. to negotiate vrith, 
 inrip, iv. 8. 24. 
 
 <mv-8oK^€i>,* SA|ii>, to seem good in 
 like manner, be likewise approved, D., 
 vi. 5. 10. 
 
 oi)v-Spa|iD9|iai, see aw-Tpix'^- 
 
 <r«v-8uo indecl., two together, two by 
 two, vi. 3. 2. 
 
 trw-6-: for augmented forms thus 
 beginning, look under crvy- before a 
 palatal, <rii(i- bef. a labial, <ru\-, oTip-, 
 bef. X, p, and (ru-((r) bef. <r, 151, 166. 
 
 0T)V-«7:v<ip.T,v, see i7vy-ylyvoij.ai. 
 
 iniv-cbpa|iov, see (xw-rpix'^t v. 7. 4. 
 
 o-vv-eiScv, -€i8cvu.i, see avv-opdij. 
 
 o-uv-t£Xeyp.ai, see o-uX-X^7u, iv. 3. 7. 
 
 o-vv-clXr|(^a, -cCX-rnjiiJiai, see avX-Xa/i- 
 (idm, iii. 1. 2, 35. 
 
 criv-eini,* liro/mi, {eip.1) to be v-ith, 
 associate with, D. ; oi avjlairei associates 
 or followers: ii. 6. 20, 23: vi. 6. 35. 
 
 oruv-tini,* ■gtw, (eXju) tu go or come 
 together, come or advance for an en- 
 counter, P., i. 10. 10 : iii. 5. 7 1 
 
 uw-e.it6f,i\v, see aw-iiroiiai, v. 2. 4. 
 
 (niv-a<r-lpxa|uu,* i\ei3op.ai, iXi)- 
 Xvda, 2 a. JfXSoK, to cmto;' ^i? tlur icilh, 
 wpbs . . fls . . aiv, iv. 5. 10. 
 
 cnjv-€io--irL'nTa»,*7re(ro»3,.t.*i, ireTTTUKa, 
 2 a. iireiTOV, to fall, rush, ov p'liigc 
 into together with others, etju . . civ, 
 V. 7. 2'.> : vii. 1. 18. 
 
 OT)v-6K-polv(i>,* p-fiffofuu, |8^/3i;(ca, to 
 go forth tcgstlier with, iirl, iv. 3. 22. 
 
 <n)v-eK-^tPuJ(i>, ^i^iffiji ^i/3u, to /oi'ii 
 m lifting out, assist in cjetricating. A., 
 i. 5. 7. 
 
 irvv-€K-Ki5'irTii), k4'/"> '^Koip"; to join 
 in cuttiiig down. A., iv. 8. 8. 
 
 crov-€K-*iriv«,* Trlopai (I), Tr^truKa, 
 2 a. ^TioD, to drink with another to tlte 
 'jottnm of the cup, vii. 3. 32. 
 
 <rDV-CK-'irop£"<i>, tew tJj, weTjpiKa., to 
 aid in procunvg or supplyirg, A. D., 
 v. 8. 2 > : /■- /. cvve^evTTopetij, &c. 
 
 cruv-IXapav, r c" crX-.'' a,u/3d>'&),iii.2. 4. 
 
 OTiv-^Xtjo, -6\«7 V, tee cii -\iyu). 
 
iruveXVjXvOa 
 
 129 
 
 OTIVTaTTOl 
 
 iniv-cK^\u6a, -eXScIv, see <rw-ipxp- 
 ym, ii. 1. 2 : iii. 1. 36. 
 
 oTiv-fXrfvTi, see irvv-aipda, iii. 1. 38. 
 
 a-uv-cfit|a, see <rvfi-/ij,ymfu, ii. 3. 19. 
 
 OTiv-tveyKiiv, -w^jveyiiai, see irvn- 
 ipipu, iii. 4. 31 : vi. i. 9. 
 
 OTiy-eJ-fpxoiuu,* i\ci<roiuu, 4\ijKv- 
 da, to go out with, join in an excur- 
 sion, D., vii. 8. 11. 
 
 cniv-«j-eii-irop^<a, iiaa, {iripos) to aid 
 in procuring relief, A. n. , v. 8. 25 ? 
 
 <ruv-Br-aiv6i),* ^o-u, goeto, (alvia to 
 speak) to join in approving. A., vii. 3. 
 36. 
 
 (rw-eir-eiixo|*<"'> fS^oiiai, ctiy/jiai or 
 riHy/uu, to vow moreover at the savie 
 time, I., iii. 2. 9. 
 
 iruv-cin-|iAfo|uii, •li<ro;i.ai,iJ£iUKriiuu, 
 to take or have the joint charge of, G. , 
 vi. 1. 22. 
 
 <niv-€iri-<nr^<r6ai| see (Tuv-e^p'^tro/j/ii. 
 
 imv-eiri-inreilSa, ciSffoi, to assist in 
 hastening foruMrd, A., i. 5. 8. 
 
 o-w-firi-Tpfpu, Tp^\j/u, rirplipa, (rpi- 
 pa to rub) to crush togethsr, destroy ut- 
 terly, ruin. A., V. 8. 20. 
 
 (niv-^iroiMU,* I'l/opuu, ipf. cItt^i}?, 
 to follow with or closely, follow, ac- 
 company, aUeiid, D., i. 3. 9 ; 4. 17. 
 
 <rvv-cir-iS|&vu|ii>,* 6/ioD^a{, dpJ);jLOKa, 
 to swear at the same time yet further, 
 to add the farther oath, i., vii. 6. 19. 
 
 aw-epyis, bv, {Ipr^ov) working with : 
 ovvcpYos subst. , a co-worker, assistant, 
 helper, coadjutor, d. g., i. 9. 20 s. 
 
 <ruv-^^vi)Vi -6^pv<)KEi.v, see av^-^a. 
 
 iruv-^X''l*°*i* i\f6<roiuu, iX'^\vda, 
 2 a. ^JXtfoK, to go or come together, as- 
 semble, convene, meet, irapd, (is P., ii. 
 1. 2; 2. 8; 3. 21 ; 5. 3: iii. 1.33s. 
 
 <ruw-c<r- : for most words thus lie- 
 ginning, look under <m-ir-: e. g., 
 
 iniv-linriiiv, see av-awdM, i. 5. 10. 
 
 <rw-€<rro.6>iv, -eirTi)V, -^im]KO, see 
 0vr-UiTTiiJ.i, iii. 1. 8 : vi. 5. 28, 30. 
 
 cruv-c<f>~<^<>}'^*^S* ^^ofjuu, ipf. el-jrd- 
 /tTji', 2 a. iairSinit', to follow close upon-, 
 follow closely, accompany, D., iii. 1. 2 
 (». I. aw-hroiiai) : iv. 8. 18 : vii. 4. 6. 
 
 miv-^X"!* ^i'^< ^i^XW"^ to hold or 
 keep together. A., vii. 2. 8. 
 
 o^v-€(&p«iv, see ffw-opia, iv. 1. 11. 
 
 iniv-^7a70v, see avv-iya, i. 3. 2. 
 
 <ruv-'^So|MU, i.p. itaB-qaoiiai, torejoice 
 with, coti-itraiulate, D. &ri, v. 5. 8 : vii. 
 1. 42 ; 8. 1. 
 
 iruv-^«v, see aiv-eipj. (crjxt), i . 10. 10. 
 
 LEX. AN. 6* 
 
 OTiv-TjXOov, see (rw-ipxafiai, ii. 2. 8. 
 
 <ruv-6cdo|ic>,, daoiiai, Tef)idiJ.at, to 
 join in inspecling. A., vi. 4. 15. 
 
 o-vv-6^|Wvos, -6eir6ai., see aw-HBriiu, 
 ii. 5. 8: V. 1. 12. 
 
 |irvv-9T||ui, arcs, t6, an agreement or 
 thing agreed upon, token, watchword, 
 password, i. 8. 16 : iv. 6. 20 : vi. 5. 25. 
 
 iruv-9npd(ii, dau, rei^paxa, to hunt 
 jciiA another, join in the chase, v. 3. 10. 
 
 <niv-9oiTO or -6eiTa, see (rw-HBrj/ju. 
 
 o-uv-i8eIv, see avr-opia, i. 5. 9. 
 
 a-uv-liff*,,* fieru, eUa, ipf. iiiv or Uiv, 
 to put together, understand. A., vii. 
 6.8. 
 
 OTIV-Conilll,* OTlJo-ii), IffTTIKa, 2 a. 
 
 iffTTjv, a. p. iaTaOtiv, to [bring together 
 as friends] present or introduce to, \ . D., 
 iii. 1.8: vi. 1.23: — M., w. act. 2 a. & 
 pf. (pret.), to stand togel/ter or in « 
 body; to assemble, gather, co'lcd, com- 
 bine, unite, iutnins. ; to exist in a 
 body, be embodied or organized ; erri, 
 &c. ; V. 7. S, 16 : vi. 2. 9, 11 s ; 5. 28, 30 : 
 vii. 6. 26. Uer. sYsruji. 
 
 crvv-oSos, ov, 71, a way or coming 
 together, meeting, encounter, shock of 
 arms, els, i.lO. 7 : vi.4.9. Der. .synod. 
 
 o^v-oi£a, see aw-op&a, i. 3. 10. 
 
 tniv-ola-a, see <Tvij,-<f>ipiji, vii. 8. 4. 
 
 <niv-o\o\vJft>, iJ^o^Mw, (ii\o\i5.(f*w Uiulo, ' 
 howl) to join in a loud cry, iv. 3. 1 9. 
 
 irvv-oy,o\oy&a, i)tw, ufju\jyr} :a, to 
 agree upon with another, agree with 
 or to, assent to, concert, A. D., iv. 2.19: 
 V. 7. 15 : vii. 5. 10 ; 8. 3. 
 
 o-uv-^VTuv, see aiv-€iij.i (eiiii), ii. 6. 23. 
 
 o-vv-opdua,* t^op^i, eJjpdKa or e^tpd- 
 Ka, ipf. iiiputt', 2 a. elSov, to see at the 
 same time, mutually, or in a compre- 
 hensive view ; to observe, keep an eye 
 upon, or watch each other ; to per- 
 ceive; A. , r. ; i. 5. 9 : iv. 1. 11 : — 2 pf. 
 pret. auv-otSa (inf. avv-eiSivai, &c.) 
 conscius sum, to know or be cognizant 
 with another, be conscious to one's self, 
 D. P., el, i. 3. 10 : ii. 5. 7 : vii. 6. 11, 18. 
 
 o-vv-ovo-Ca, as, {elp,i) the being to- 
 gether, an interview, conversation, con- 
 ference, ii. 5. 6. 
 
 OTiv-TaTTii), rd^io, rfraxo, pf. P' ri- 
 raypui, to arrange together, form or 
 draw up in military order (esp. order 
 of battle), array, marshal. A., i. 2. 15 : 
 ffwreraypSiot drawn up, in battle- 
 array, i. 7. 14 : iv. 2. 7 : — M. , of a 
 leader, to draw up his own troops, A. ; 
 
irvvW9i||u 
 
 130 
 
 r^-yioy 
 
 of soldiers, to draw themselves up, ar- 
 ray themselves, form in military order 
 (intrans.), H, ws eis- i. 3. 14 ; 8. 14 ; 
 10. 5, 8 : iv. 4. 1 : vi. 3. 21 : vii. 1. 35 
 {= V. I. (rvvrlSfftai). Der. syntax. 
 
 <ruv-T£flTj|ii,* fl^iru, TeSeixa, 2 a. m. 
 iBinTfiv {BeliiTii' or Solnriv, SiaSai, &c.), 
 to put together: M. to put together 
 mutually, arrainge or agree with any 
 one, o/gree upon, make an agreement 
 or compact. A., D. i. (a.), i. 9. 7: ii. 5. 
 8: iv.2.1s: vii. 1.35? Der. synthetic. 
 
 o-vv-TO|io5, oy, s., (t4/uiu) con-cisus, 
 cut so as to come closer together, con- 
 cise, short, ii. 6. 22. 
 
 <niv-Tpdirc{os, ov, = o/ui-Tpdve^os 
 q. v., i. 9.31. 
 
 o-uv-rp^u,* SpaiwO/uu, SeSpdfiiiK<t, 
 2 a. iSpanov, to run together, v. 7. i. 
 
 <rw-TpfPu, l^a, rh-pXijia, {Tfiipia to 
 rub) to rub or crush together: avvre- 
 rptfiti^voi ffKiXij Kal irXevpds wUh legs 
 and ribs crushed or broken, iv. 7. 4. 
 
 OT)V-TWY)^Avw,* reiiofuu, TerixriKa, 
 to happen or fall in with, happen upon, 
 WMt with, find, v., i. 10. 8 : vii. 8, 22 ? 
 
 crw-oMtx^u, ■//ffu, i^<l>i\^Ka, to join 
 in benefiting, ae. c2j : )r. piStv to con- 
 tribute no benefit or service, iii. 2. 27. 
 
 SvpoKoo-ios, or SvpoKoidinas, ov, 6, 
 a Syracusan, a man of Syi'acuse (Su- 
 piKovaai), the greatest city of Sicily, 
 founded upon the east coast by a Co- 
 rinthian colony, B. c. 734, and having 
 two excellent harbors. It was the 
 birthplace of Theocritus and Archi- 
 medes, and was famed for two sieges, 
 in one of which it repelled the Athe- 
 nians (B. c. 413), but in the other, 
 after long, brave, and ingenious resist- 
 ance, was taken by the Romans under 
 Marcellus (B. C. 212). i. 2. 9 ; 10. 14. 
 llSiracusa. 
 
 tSupto, OS, Syria (Aram, Numb. 
 23. 7i, a great country in Asia, of 
 remarkable interest in both sacred 
 and profane history, lying east of the 
 Mediterranean and north of Arabia, 
 and in its early extent reaching even 
 to the Tigris (later bounded by the 
 Euphrates). It was chiefly inhabited 
 by the Semitic race. i. 4. 4 : vii. 8. 25. 
 tSvpios, u, OK, Syrian, i. 4. 5. 
 
 Svpos, ov, 6, a Syrian, i. 4. 9. 
 
 onip-piu,* pedffopuit k puijffofiat, i^^i- 
 ijito, 2 a. a. or p. i^jtir^v, (aiv) to flow, 
 run,Oti flock together, eU,iy. 2.19 : v.2.3. 
 
 OTIS, (Tpos, or ws, 'uAi, o ii, 139, 141, 
 sus, a SWINE, hog, boav, sow, v. 2. 3 ; 
 3. 10 s ; 7. 24. 
 
 oT)-<r- or J«-o--, the form which, in 
 compos., the prep, aiv takes with o- 
 followed by a consonant, 166. 
 
 o-v-o-KCvd^a, ixta, to colled, baggage : 
 — M. to collect one's own baggage, pack 
 up, make ready for a start, a. ; some- 
 times pf. or aor. pt., all packed up, 
 ready for a start ; i. 3. 14 : ii. 1. 2 ; 2. 
 4 ; 3. 29 ; iii. 4. 36 ; 5. 18: vii. 1. 11. 
 
 irv-o-Kr|Vos, ov, 6, (fficiji'^) con-tuber- 
 nalis, a tenl-compauion, teiUmate, com- 
 rode, V. 7. 15 ; 8. 5 s. 
 
 a-v-inrd«, Aaa, tmraKa, to draw to- 
 gether, sew together. A., i. 5. 10. 
 
 (TV-imipAu, eaa,\ii. p. iffiretpapai, 
 (aireipa a coil, spire) to coil together, 
 draw up in close order; avyeareipd- 
 lUvos in dose array, i. 8. 21. 
 
 (rv-<nrovSd£u, diro/uii, icriroiSaKa, to 
 join in earnest effort, ii. 3. 11. 
 
 oTj-crras, see aw-lsriiiu, v. 7. 16. 
 
 ou-OTparcvca, ciata, iarpdrevKa, to 
 join in making war : — M. to take the 
 field, march, campaign, carry on war, 
 or ierve as soldiers with ; to join an 
 ecpedition, take part in a campaign ; 
 T>.,ii/,iiri,a6i>- i.4.3: v.6.24: vii.3.14. 
 
 OTurrpdnpfos, ov, or -irrpaTiiYiSc, 
 ov, 6, a fellme-general, colleague in 
 command, ii. 6. 29 : v. I. arpaTrjiybz. 
 
 irv-irrpaTU&rqs, ov, 6, a fellow-sol- 
 dier, comrade in war, i. 2. 26. 
 
 <ru-(rT]paToircScvo|iai, eOaoimi, iarpa- 
 Tor4dcvfuu, to encamp together, iriv, ii. 
 4.9. 
 
 o-ii-<rTpf<^«i,* iifiu), laTpo4>a\., 2a. 
 p. iaTpi<l>Tiv, to turn togeOur : M., w. 
 2 a. ^., to turn to each other, rally, i. 
 10. ^i : v.l. arpiipa. 
 
 iru\v6i, ij, &», (ffw-ex'ii continuoust 
 fr. fx") considerable in ijuantity, 
 length, number, &c., like iroXiii, but 
 less strong ; much, long : pi. many, 
 not a few, quite a number of, quite 
 numerous : av)fy6v, sc. xupiov, at 
 quite a distance, at considerab'e dis- 
 tanees or intervigls : i. 8. 8, 10 : v. 4. 16. 
 t<r<t>a'yid|a>, iaa, A. & oftener M., to 
 slay a victim, to sacrifice, offer sacri- 
 fitc, n., ris, iv. 3. 18 ; 5. 4 : vi. 4. 25. 
 
 t<r4idYiov, ov, an animal sacriliced, 
 victim : rd. <n^-yia the onnens or indi- 
 eationsfrom viciims (esp. fr. their mo- 
 tions, while r& lepi refers luther to 
 
orilid^u 
 
 131 
 
 ai|>povttu 
 
 the omfins fr. the entrails), the aj)- 
 pearance of the victims, i. 8. 15 : iv. 3. 
 19 : vi. 5. 8, 21. 
 
 <r<|id{u & later Att. <r^arra,* d^a, to 
 end the throat, esp. in sacrifice ; hence, 
 in general, to kill, slay, slaughter ; A. 
 eU : ii. 2. 9 : iv. 5. 16 ; 7. 18. 
 
 tr<j>aipo-«iS^s, df, {aipatpa ball, 
 SPHEHE, cZSos) ball-shaped, having a 
 ball, G. of material ? v. 4. 12. 
 
 cri^dXXu,* aXu, (aipaXKa. 1., 2 a. p. 
 iaipaKiiv, (cf. fallo, Eng. fail, fail) to 
 trip up, throw dovm : P. & M. to be 
 thrown down, fall, fail, meet with a 
 reverse or mishap, ae., vii. 7. 42. 
 c^dTTu, see a^ifw, iv. 7. 16. 
 tracts, (T^UK, a<l)L<n (eucl.), (r0as, 
 they, themselves, comm. reflex., pi. to 
 o5 q. v., i. 7. 8 ; 8. 2 : iii. 5. 16 : iv. 
 3.28: V. 4.33; 7.18: vii. 2. 16; 5.9. 
 
 tcriJKvSovdtD, ^iru, to sling, use or 
 discharge the sling, throw or hurl with 
 a sling, D. of missile, iiij^ 3. 7, 15 s. 
 
 o-iJMvSiSvT), lis, funda, a sling; by 
 meton., the missile of a sling (stone, 
 leaden ball, &c.); iii. 3. 16, 18 ; 4. 4. 
 
 4.<r<|>o'8ov^TTis, ov, funditor, a sting- 
 er, iii. 3. 6 s, 16, 20 ; 4. 2, 26. 
 ir^C<ri(v) end., see cijieii, i. 7. 8. 
 o-^oSpos, d, in, vehement, exceeding, 
 extreme, severe, pressing, i. 10. 18 : — 
 <r(^6Spa (neut. pi. w. accent changed) 
 adv., vehemently, exceedingly, extreme- 
 ly, greatly, very much, very, implicit- 
 ly, closely, ii. 3. 16 ; 4. 18 ; 6. 11. 
 
 to'X<SCa, as, a temporary structure, 
 esp. a raft or float, i. 5. 10 : ii. 4. 28. 
 
 t<rx«86v adv., of distance, time, 
 
 number, or degree, close at hand, 
 
 nearly, almost, about, mostly, i. 8. 25 ; 
 
 10. 15 : iii. 2. 1 : iv. 7. 6 ; 8. 15. 
 
 (Txeiv, irx'<io"ii>, see fxu, iii. 5. 11. 
 
 ^ff'xft'Xios, a, OK, holding out, un- 
 sparing, criiel, ovXrageous, vii. 6. 30. 
 
 j(rXTj|ia, aros, t.6, habitus, form, 
 shape, figure, i. 10. 10. Der. scheme. 
 irxp^a, l<rti, pf. p. ^trxur/iat, a. p. 
 {jX^^^Wt scindo, to split, cleave, di- 
 vide, A., i. 5. 12 : vi.3.1. Der. schism. 
 
 t<rxoXd1|u, d<ra, ^o-J^iXa/co, to be at 
 leisure, ii. 3. 2. Der. scholastic. 
 
 t<rxoXatos, ><■ oi>, leisurely, slow, iv. 
 1. 13. 
 
 IcrxoXalus, c. irepov, slowly, tardily, 
 leisurely, i. 5. 8 3. 
 
 (TXoX^, ^s, (ffx- in *x") leisure, 
 ipare time, i.>. irxoX^ *' leisure, slow- 
 
 ly: i.6.9: iii. 4. 27: iv.1.16: vi.1.9. 
 Der. school, scholar. 
 
 <rip or o-uoi, see aljis, ii. 2. 21. 
 
 t<r^^«,* auiffiti, ffifftaKa, pf. p. aiata- 
 aiuii or (Tiaaiiai, a. p. iaiidriv, to save, 
 rescue, preserve, keep safe, conduct 
 safely, A., i. 10. 3 : iii. 2. 4, 10, 39 : — 
 P. & M. to fc saved, rescued, preserved, 
 &c. ; to save one's self, escape, arrive 
 or return safely; pf. to have been 
 saved, to be safe; els, ^|, iirl, &c. ; ii. 
 1. 19 ; 4. 6 : ui. 2. 3, 11 : vi. 3. 16 ; 4. 8. 
 
 tSu-Kpdn|s, cos, Socrates, an Athe- 
 nian philosopher, eminent for wisdom 
 and virtue, teacher of Xeuophon, 
 Plato, &c. He drank the fatal hem- 
 lock, B. e. 399, a short time only be- 
 fore the probable retura of Xenophon 
 from the Cyi-ean expedition, iii. 1, 5, 
 7. — 2. An AchiEan general in the 
 Cyrean army, of good repute, but not 
 of great prominence, i. 1. 11 : ii. 6. 30. 
 
 t<ru|ui, aros, tA, (iriifu, as that which 
 is recovered of the slain, in Horn. 
 corpse) the body ; also translated per- 
 son or life {ctbfJAiTa dvSpGtv by periphr. 
 for Mpas, iv. 6. 10); i. 9. 12, 23, 27. 
 CMS,* irSui, pi. a^, aa (contr. fr. ad- 
 os, ov, 01, a), or o-uos, a, ov, salvus, 
 SAFE, ii. 2. 21 : iii. 1. 32 : v. 1. 16 ; 
 2.32; 8. 4: vii. 6. 32. 
 
 I Suns, los, or Zuo'Cas, ov, Sosis or 
 Sosias, a Syracusan, who brought 300 
 hoplites to Cyrus. In which division 
 these were incorporated does not ap- 
 pear, nor is his name again mentioned, 
 i. 2. 9 ; u. I. 'Saxpirris, &c. 
 
 j.aruT^p, ijpos, 6, (ffiifu) a preserver, 
 savior, deliverer, a surname of Zeis 
 q. v., i. 8. 16 : iii. 2. 9 : iv. 8. 25. 
 
 ^<rlftTr\pla, as, safety, preservation, 
 deliverance, ii. 1. 19 : iii. 1. 26 ; 2. 8 s. 
 
 42(iiri|plSa$ or -r)s, ov, Soteridns or 
 -es, a Sicyonian, properly rebuked by 
 Xen. and his own comrades, iii. 4. 47. 
 
 ^<rtyri\pu>s,ov,savi7ig,salutary, prom- 
 ising or iiidicative of safety : rur^pto, 
 sc. iepd, tho,nk-offeriugs for safety or 
 deliverance : ii. 6. 11 ; iii. 2. 9 ; 3. 2. 
 
 to*ciii^pov^cii, ?)tru, (r€(ro)(f)p6vrjKa, to be 
 wise, prudent, or discreet, AE. : <r. ri 
 Trpis to perform disa'cetly one's duties 
 towards: v.8.24: vii.7.3O(j).?.0,3o»^w). 
 
 to-(i»^ovt£u, lau lu), to britig to rea- 
 son, teach discretion, reform, correct, 
 be effectual in correcting. A., vi. 1. 28; 
 vii. 7. 24. 
 
cra}{j>poa'uvi] 
 
 132 
 
 fo-caifipoa'.vvi), ijs, practical vnsdom, 
 discretion, self-cmttrol, i. 9. 3. 
 
 [(rii-i|>p(ov, o», g. ovos, ((Tuis, ^/w/i' 
 mind) of sound mind, discreet, loise.] 
 
 t' or fl", by apostr. for t^, i. 3. 9. 
 
 [t- the, tliat, a great pronominal 
 root, of which the regular stem xij is 
 not found in use.] 
 4.Td, Td-8c {rdd), rats, Tatr-Sc, see 
 6, aSe, i. 1. 6 s ; 4. 13 ; ti. 9. 
 
 Ta- by crasis for rd d- or rhi-: as 
 
 Td7aed = rd iyaSi, iii. 2. 26. 
 
 ToXavTov, 01/, (raXa- in rXdw to bear 
 up) talentum, a talent, = 60 /iraf or 
 6000 SpaxiMl : ace. to the Att. stan- 
 dard, as a weight, = about 57 lbs. 
 avoirdupois ; as a sum of money, the 
 value of this weight of silver (unless 
 otherwise stated), = about $1200 ; G. ; 
 i. 7. 18 : ii. 2. 20 : vii. 1. 27 ; 7. 53. 
 
 rdXXa or rdXXa = tA &\\a, i. 8. 29. 
 
 TafUEiicii, eiaia, {rafiias distributer, 
 
 steward, fr. ri/iva) to be a steward: 
 
 M. to carve or divide off as a steward, 
 
 'parcel out, determine, A. or cp., ii. 5. 
 
 -18. 
 
 Ta|uis, Jj, or Ta|ius, u, an Egyptian 
 from Memphis, who was, in the year 
 412 B. c, governor of Ionia under 
 Tissaphernes ; but afterwards went 
 over to Cyrus, as did most of the 
 Ionian cities, and was appointed his 
 admiral. He returned from Cilicia, 
 to take the charge, intrusted to him 
 during the alisence of Cyrus, of these 
 cities and the neighboring coast ; but 
 OD the approach of Tissaphernes after 
 the death of Cyrus, he put his treas- 
 ures and his children except Gliis into 
 triremes, and sailed to Egypt, whose 
 king Psammitichus was under obliga- 
 tion to him. But the ungrateful king 
 slew both him and his children, in 
 order to obtain possession of the 
 treaasure and fleet, i. 2. 21 : ii. 1. 3. 
 
 TavavrCa = tcl ivavria, iv. 3. 32, 
 tTa|t-apxos, ov, 0, {Hpx'-') * com- 
 mander of a division (rdjis), a taxi- 
 arch, iii. 1. 37 : iv. 1. 28. 
 
 rdjis, eojs, i), {tAttu) arrangement, 
 order, good order, discipline ; esp. 
 military arrangement or ord&r (pi. 
 tactics, ii. 1. 7), battle-array, rank and 
 
 file, ranks, line ; the post or proper 
 place of a soldier ; a rank or line of 
 soldiers ; a division, corps, body, or 
 band of troops, usu. larger than a 
 \5xos: i. 2. 16, 18 ; 8. 3, 8, 21 : ii. 2. 21: 
 iii. 2. 17, 38 ; v. 4. 20. Der. syn- tax. 
 
 Tdoxoi, uv, (Tdoi, Diod. 14. 29, the 
 ending -xoi perhaps originating as in 
 KapSoCxoL (J. V.) t/i£ 'I'aochi or -ians, 
 a mountain tribe of Armenia, dwell- 
 ing in strongholds, independent and 
 warlike. Recent travellers in this 
 region have recognized remains of 
 their name and habits, iv. 4. 18. 
 fTairavds, ^, l>v, lowly, humble, sub- 
 missive, n., ii. 5. 13. 
 
 IraircLviSw, utruj, TCTaireivuKa 1., to 
 humb'e, abase, A., vi. 3. 18. 
 
 Tairis, iSos, or roirts, iSot, ii, tapes, 
 a«Mye<,rM(7, often elaborately wiought, 
 vii. 3. 18, 27. Der. rAPESTUY. 
 
 TdiriT^jSaa = to, iwiri/idcia, ii. 3. 9. 
 
 TopdTTW, d|ti), rerdpaxa 1., pf- p. 
 rerdpaypat, a. p. hapdx^'ti', turbo, to 
 disturb, disorder, trouble, make trou- 
 ble, throw into disorder or conftision, 
 A., AE., ii. 4. 18 : iii. 4. 19 : vi. 2. 9. 
 Irdpaxos, ov, i, disturbance, agita- 
 timi, i. 8. 2. 
 
 TapIX'iitD, eiitru, .(rdpixos preserved 
 meat) to preserve by salting, smoking, 
 drying, &c., to pickle. A., v. 4. 28. 
 
 Tapo-ot, Siv, oi, or Tapo-(!s, o5, ^, 
 Tarsi or Tarsus, a city of very an- 
 cient fame, the capital of Cilicia, 
 situated on both sides of the Cydnus, 
 in it fertile plain at the foot of Mt. 
 Taurus. It became later a great seat 
 of Greek learning and philosophy, 
 vying with Athens and Alexandria ; 
 and was much favored by the Roman 
 emperors. It was the birthj)lace of 
 not a few eminent men, the Apostle 
 Paul at their head. i. 2. 23. ||Tar.sus. 
 
 TdxTO),* rdfitf, T^/axa, pf. p. t^to- 
 7;tiai, a. p. irdx^Tf, to arrange, order, 
 appoint, assign, place or station in or- 
 der ; e.sp. to arrange, draw up, form, 
 post, or station in military order, to 
 array, -marshal}' A. I., iirl, eis, rard, 
 irpb, &c. : TtTayp,ivoi drawn up, ap- 
 pointed, in order, assigned to (heir 
 places, &c. ; t4 reraypiva the arrajujc- 
 ■ments mad» : M. to station one's se f, 
 take one's station or post ; to arrange 
 or station as one's allies, A. 4iri. : i. 2. 
 15 s; 5. 7; 6. 6; 7. 9, 11 : iii. 2. 36; 
 
luvpos 
 
 133 
 
 T(|icv(n]s 
 
 8. 18 (^i* T.JJ TCTay )iivif in the place as- 
 signed ; V. I. ivrerayiiivif) : iv. 3. 30 ; 
 8. 10 s : V. 4. 22. Uer. tactics. 
 ToOpos, ov, 0, taurus, a bull, ii. 2. 9. 
 Tavra, rairaSiTavTais, rainiys, &c., 
 see oBtos, i. 2. 4 ; 9.14. 
 
 Taird, Taini or Tovriv (igga), Toi- 
 T^, = t4 aiird, t4 atir'j, t^ airiji, i. 5. 
 2 : ii. 1. 22 s. Der. tauto-logy. 
 
 rai-r(\ dat. Of oStos : as adv., so. 65^ 
 or x'^Pfi *™ '''^ '"' '''*'' *<"*^i direc- 
 tion, or respect, by this or <Aa< joa^/ or 
 ro2(te, <A!« ; ill this or iA/iZ pla^x, liere, 
 there ; i. 10. 6 : ii. 6. 7 : iii. 2. 32 : iv. 
 2. 4; 3. 5, 20; 5. 36; 8. 12. 
 
 Ta<|>clT)v, see Sdirru, v. 7. 20. 
 . 4.Td(|>os, 6v, 6, a grave, tomb, i. 6. 11. 
 Der. EPi-TAPH. 
 
 jTd(|>po$, ou, Ti, a ditch, trench, i. 7. 
 14 s: ii. 3. 10; 4. 13. 
 
 Ta\- in Ta\6^vat, -«£s, see TdrTO). 
 
 trdxtt adv., quickly, forthioith, pres- 
 ently, soon; perhhps; i. 8.8: v. 2. 17. 
 
 trax^fs, oftener to\«, adv., c. SSr- 
 Top, s. T6.xwTa,quickly, rapidly, speed- 
 ill], suddenly, soon, i. 2. 4, 17 ; 5. 3, 9 : 
 iii. 4. 15,27 : — lis TaxHrra as soon as, 
 as soon (quickly, &c.) as possible (so 
 Uti TdxuTTa), 553 b, c, i. 3. 14 : iv. 2. 
 1 ; 3. 9, 29 : &w7j S6i/aivro rdxttrra in 
 whatever way they could most rapid- 
 ly, as rapidly as possible, iv. 5. 1 : 
 iirel (itrlw, iirciSiv) rdx'Cra, as soon 
 as, 553 b, iii. 1. 9 : iv. 6. 9 : vi. 3. 21. 
 See ^&Sri», 6s, Sri, us. 
 
 trdxos, COS, t6, swiftness, speed, ii.5.7. 
 Taxvs,* «a, ^, c. daTTiov, s. rdxt- 
 (TTOS, swift, rapid, speedy, quick : Ti\v 
 Tox^oTTiv, sc. oSiv, in the quickest 
 way, as quickly or soon as possible, 
 most speedily, immediately : i. 2. 20 : 
 ii. 6. 29: iii. 3. 1.5s: iv. 4.22. See «id. 
 ri,* by apostr. t' or 6', post-pos. & 
 end. couj., (cf. et, -que) and, both: 
 ri . . T^, and stronger ri . . Kal, both 
 . . and (stronger, and also, and even, 
 &c.), as well . . as, not only ... but 
 also {even, especially, &c. ) ; but t4 
 sometimes not translated (esp. where 
 other connectives might have been 
 used, 705, i. 8. 8 : ii. 1. 7): i. 1. 3 ? 5 ; 
 5. 14 : iv. 5. 12 ; 8. 13 : t4 followed by 
 5^, V..5.8 : vii.8.11. When joined with 
 other words, r4 has in Att. its own 
 connective force, except in dre, otis 
 Tt, fio-re, and Ifre, 389J. See Kai, iiiv, 
 efrt, ^iJtc, oSre. 
 
 Ttfl- in redupl. for ffed-, 159 a. 
 W6in|Ka, -varov, -vSlo-i, -vdvat,-vais, 
 
 see Svi^Kui, i. 6. 11 : iv. 1. 19 ; 2. 17. 
 
 Tc4pa|i|Uvo9, see rpi^u, v. 4. 32. 
 
 TtSp-iinrov, ov, {rirrapes, fT?ros) a 
 four-lwrse charioi, iii. 2. 24. 
 
 Tstvw,* TevS>,TiTaKa, tendo,<o stretch, 
 push on, pursue mte's way, amtiniui, 
 iv. 3. 21. Der. TONE, tonic, tune. 
 
 tTeix'Ju, i<ru tu, rerctxiKa, to. wall, 
 fortify, vii. 2. 36. 
 
 T«ixos, eos, tI), (akin to tcDxos) a 
 wall, walls, esj). for defence ; a walled 
 town, castle, fortress ; i. 4. 4 : iii. 4. 
 7, 10 : vii. 3. 19 : see MijSia. — Nfov 
 Tttxos iVeo)ii«:/iii«(New-castle), a forti- 
 fied harbor on the Thracian shore of 
 the Propontis, vii. 5. 8. ||Ainadsjik. 
 
 r£K|ialpo|jiaL, apou,ucu, {r^xfiap sign) 
 to infer from a sign, judge, conjecture, 
 iv. 2. 4. 
 4.TEx|i^pi.ov, OV, a sure sign, evidence, 
 proof, i. 9. 29, 30 : iii. 2. 13. 
 
 t4*vov, ov, to, (reK- in tIktu to beget, 
 bring forth; cf. bairn and bear) a 
 chad, "i. 4. 8 : iv. 5. 28 s. 
 treX^Ouin pr. andipf., poet., to arise, 
 become, be, be favorable, iii. 2. 3 (u. I. 
 iXde'y) : vi. 6. 36 (v. I. ^OeXei yeviaBai). 
 tTcXevTaLoS) a, ov, final, last, hind- 
 most, rearmost ; 01 r. the rear : iv. 1. 
 5, 10 ; 2. 16 ; 3. 24. 
 tT«XeuTd«, -/jira, TereKeiTiifKa, to end, 
 finish ; to tinisti life, die : TeKevrdr 
 making an end, finally, at last : i. 1. 
 3; 9. 1: ii. 1. 1,4: iv. 5. 16; vi. 3. 8. 
 treXeiiT^j, rjs, the end, termination; 
 one's end, death ; i. 1. 1 : ii. 6. 29. 
 ^rt>Ua,4<riii S>,TeTi\iKa,to finish, com- 
 plete, fulfil; to fulfil an obligation, 
 pa.y; A. D.; iii. 3. 18: vii. 1.6; 2.27. 
 
 W\os, eos, TO, {jiWa to accomplish) 
 the accomplishment, completion, ful- 
 filment, end, conclusion, close, result; 
 the completion of civic Ta\ik,aiithority, 
 pi. by nieton. tJie authorities, rulers (at 
 Spaita, the Ephors) : t. tx"" (0 hnve 
 or com£ to an end, lo close : •rfXos adv., 
 at the end, at last, firudly : i. 9. 6 ; 
 10. 13, 18: ii. 6. 4 : v. 2. 9; 6.1: vi. 
 5. 2 ; 6. 11 : see Sid. Der. telic. 
 
 Wp-axos, cos, rb, {r^fjiyoj) a slice, esp. 
 of fish, V. 4. 28. 
 
 TtjievfTTis, ov, n Temenit^, a man 
 of Temenus (T^/ieKos), a place in Sici- 
 ly, afterwards inclnded in Syracuse, 
 iv. 4. 15 : changed by some editors to 
 
WllrVU 
 
 134 
 
 t{6i)|u 
 
 Ttj/iu'itijs, a man of T^/u/oi, an iColian 
 town of Asia Minor, near tlie mouth 
 of the Hermus ; and by others to Ti)- 
 litAnp, a man of truiiviov, a small 
 town at the head of the Argolic Gulf. 
 
 Tk\f,va* TCfiSi, Tir/iiiKa, 2 a. trafiov 
 or trt/jLov, lo cut, v. 8. 18. Der. a-tom. 
 
 Wvo-yos, f OS, t4, (refeu ?) a shoal, vii. 
 5. 12. 
 
 Tcpc^Cvdivos or Tcp|ii£v6ivos, 17, ov, 
 {repi^ivBoi or ripfuvBos the terebinth or 
 turpentine tree) from the terebinth, of 
 turpentine, iv. 4. 13. 
 
 Te<r<r- ». Z. for later Att. tctt-. 
 
 Ter- in redupl. forms : as, rerirffU- 
 vos (TdTTw), i. 2. 16 ; T^Ka (ti>/cuj), 
 iv. 5. 15 ; Terpa)i|Uvos {Tpiiru), iii. 5. 
 15 ; Terpu|iUvos (TtT/jiio-Kw), ii. 5. 33. 
 tWropTos, 1;, OK, fourth, iii. 4. 31. 
 tTerpaKiir-xCXioi, 01, o, {rerpiKisfour 
 times) four thousand, i. 1. 10 ; 2. 3. 
 trerpaKiJcrioi, ai, a, (iKarbv) four 
 hundred; so sing. w. &<nrls, 240a; i. 
 4.3; 7. 10. 
 tTerpa-|u>ipCa, as, {/loTpa share) n 
 fourfold portion, four times as m,uch, 
 vii. 2. 36 ; 6. 1. 
 
 tTerpo-irX^os, 61), 4o», contr. oCs, rj, 
 •oBc, quadruple, fourfold, vii. 6. 7. 
 trerrapdKOvTa indecl., /oris/, i.5.13. 
 
 Wrropts,* pa, g. pcDK, quatuor, /owr, 
 i. 2. 12,15. See ^iri. Der. tetr-akch. 
 
 TeufipavCo, as, Teuthrania, a dis- 
 trict in the southwest part of Mysia, 
 about the Caicus, including a town 
 of the same name. It« chief town, 
 however, was Pergamum. ii. 1. 3. 
 
 Tev$a|juu, see Tvyxdvu, i. 4. 15 : iii. 
 2.19. 
 
 TtOxoSi eos, t6, (rei^xiii to make) a 
 receptacle, vessel, pot, jar, chest, v. 4. 
 28 : vii. 5. 14. Der. penta-teuch. 
 tT€xvdj6), da(o, to use art, practise 
 artifice or concealment, dissemble, de- 
 ceive, vii. 6. 16. 
 
 T^xvn, ijs, (re/c- in rlicTa to produce) 
 art, device, m,eans : Teia-jj t^kj koX 
 lx.Tfx<urQ by every art and device, by all 
 means, iv. 5. 16. Der. technical. 
 ^TcxviKiSs artfully, skilfully : t. ttus 
 in a certain artful, way, quite artis- 
 tically, vi. 1. 5. 
 
 rfois adv., {T-)for a while, for some 
 time; up to this or that time, until 
 then, previously ; iv. 2. 12 : vii. 5. 8, 13. 
 
 Tg, T^Sc, dat., sometimes as adv.; 
 see i, 65c : iv. 8. 10 : vii. 2. 13. 
 
 tVjkw,' T)5f«, to melt, thaw, trans.; 
 but 2 pf. riTTiKo. intrans., iv. 5. 15. 
 
 TT|\cp6as, ov or a, the Teleboas, an 
 Armenian affluent of the Eastern Eu- 
 phrates, iv. 4. 3. II The Kara-Su, in 
 the district of Miish. 
 
 TTj|uvfTT)s or Tii)ivtTi|t, see 1ep.ci>l- 
 
 TTjS, IV. 4. 15. 
 
 T<)p,cpov adv., (t-, ii/iipa) on this 
 day, to-day : ^ ri^ftepov iipjlpa the pres- 
 ent day: i. 9. 25 ; iii. 1. 14 : iv. 6. 8 s. 
 
 TT|vtKavTa adv. , (Tijxi/fa fr. t-, airds) 
 at thg,t very time, just then, iv. 1. 5. 
 
 Tfjpijs, eos or oil, Veres, a king of 
 the Odrysse about 500 B. c, who made 
 this kingdom powerful, and an ances- 
 tor' of Seuthes, vii. 2. 22 ; 5. 1 (here, 
 ace. to some, a later prince). 
 
 TrgpCpaJlos, ov, see Ti/)(|8ofos, iv. 4. 4. 
 
 tI; tI enci., see tis, ris, i. 6. 8. 
 
 TiSoa, as, tiara, the tiara, a Persian 
 cap, erect and high as worn by the 
 king, but flexible as woi-n by his sub- 
 jects, ii. 5. 23. 
 
 jTiupo-eiS'^s, ^s, (ei8os) shaped like a 
 tiara, v. 4. 13. 
 
 TiPapi]voC, Giv, the Tibareni, a tribe 
 inhabiting the coast of the Enxine 
 about Cotyora. They were of milder 
 spirit than most of the tribes found 
 by the Cyreans, and were iharacteiized 
 as great laughers, v. 5. 1 s : vii. 8. 25. 
 
 Tl7pT|$, ijTos, (also TC7PIS, iSos) 6, 
 the Tigris (i. e. the arrowy stream, 
 from its swiftness; the Hiddekel, 
 Dan. 10. 4), an important river of 
 western Asia, flowing by the sites of 
 the great cities of Nineveh, Seleucia, 
 Ctesiphon, and Bagdad (the seats, 
 through so many ages, of oriental em- 
 pire), uniting with the Euphrates be- 
 low Babylon, and discharging its wa- 
 ters into the Persian Gulf after an 
 estimated course of 1150 miles. It 
 was the guide of the Greeks through 
 much of their retreat, i. 7. 15 : ii. 2. 
 3. |[Dijleh. — In iv. 4. 3, an eastern 
 branch of the Tigris is meant, now 
 Bitlis-Su. 
 
 tC6i)|U, * Biitiw, riBciKa, a. IBriKa {6Ci, 
 Bels, &c.), 2 a. m. iBi/LTiv, to put, place, 
 set, institute. A., i. 2. 10 ; 5. 13 : — M. 
 to place OTie's own or upon one's own : 
 TWcaBai til SirXa to ground armr ; 
 eithi'r, in line of battle, to rest the 
 shield and spear upon the ground, 
 ready to be instantly taken up for 
 
Ti|UurCa>v 
 
 135 
 
 'l!urcra^ipvt\i 
 
 action (hence, to rest arms, stand in 
 arms, halt under arms, the commander 
 being sometimes said to do what he 
 orders his men to do) ; or, for pur- 
 poses of rest, to deposit one's arms 
 upon the ground, as in a special part 
 of the camp, &c. (hence, to stack, or 
 pi'e anns, to lay aside one's arms) : 
 A., (Is, iv, M, Kard, &c. : i. 5. 14, 17; 
 6. 4 ; 10. 16 ; ii. 2. 8, 21 : iv. 2. 16 ; 
 3.17: vii. 3. 23. Der. tHkme, TBissis. 
 
 tTi|iao-Uav, iiKos, Timasion, an exile 
 from Dardanus in Troas, chosen suc- 
 cessor to Clearchus, and with Xeno- 
 phon the youngest of the Uyrean gen- 
 erals; a gallanfofficer, but not always 
 consistent in his course of proceeding. 
 He had served in Asia Minor, under 
 (Jlearchus and Dercyllidas, before the 
 Cyrean expedition, iii. 1. 47 ; 2. 37. 
 
 tTi|id«>, i)ffii),TCT£/tijKo,<o honor, esteem, 
 value, prize ; to bestow honor, to favor, 
 reward; A. AE. or D. of the honor, 
 Sid : i. 3. 3 ; 9. 14. Der. Tritfo-THY. 
 
 TXf,if, fjt, (riw to pay, esp. honor) 
 honor, reward, price, i. 9; 29 : ii. 1. 17 ; 
 5. 38 : vii. 5. 2 ; 8. 6. 
 
 4.Ti|iir|<rC-9cos, ov, Timesitheiis, a Tra- 
 pezuntian who befriended the Cyre- 
 ans, V. 4. 2 s. 
 
 4.Tt|uos, It, ov, honorable, precious, 
 honored, i. 2. 27 ; 3. 6. 
 
 4Tl|Jlup£u, ^(TU, TeTl^lwpTJKa, (ri/iUpjff 
 
 [taking pay] avenging, fr. ri^x-q & alpu) 
 to avenge : M. to avenge one's self upon, 
 take vengeance on, }>unish, A. o., iirip, 
 i. 3. 4 ; 9. 13 : vii. 1. 25 ; 4. 23 : — P. 
 ti be punished, ii. 5. 27; 6. 29. 
 
 4.Ti|uiipCa, as, (see Ti/iupiw) vengeance, 
 punishment, ii. 6. 14. 
 
 •nvas end., tCvos; see ris, rls. 
 
 TipCpa^os, ov, Tiribazus, a satrap 
 of western Armenia, and high in the 
 (dvor of Artaxerxes II. It was through 
 his influence, ace. to Plutarch, that 
 the king was induced to renounce his 
 purpose of retreating before Cyrus into 
 Persia, and to risk the battle of Cu- 
 naxa. He was afterwards satrap in 
 the west of Asia Minor, and greatly 
 influential in establishing the peace 
 of Antalcidas. Accused by Orontes 
 of misconduct in the war against Eva- 
 goras of Cyprus, he was honorably ac- 
 quitted. But enraged by Artaxerxes' 
 twice promising him a daughter in 
 marriage, and twice marrying that 
 
 daughter himself, he engaged with the 
 young prince Darius in a plot against 
 the king's life and thus lost his own. 
 iv. 4. 4, 7: vii. 8. 25 : v. I. Tijpi/Safos. • 
 
 _tIsi* tI, g. TU'6s or toS, A. nvl or 
 rif, indef. pron., post-pos. & eucl., (cf. 
 quis) some, any, a, a certtiin, a sort 
 of, so to speak, i. 2. 20 ; 5. 8 ; 8. 8 : iii. 
 1. 4, 12 : vi. 5. 20 : — tIs subst., some 
 or any one or person, a certain one, 
 one, a person, each one, i. 3. 12 ; 5. 2, 
 8 s, 12 ; 8. 18 : ii. 2. 4 ; sometimes in 
 jJace of a definite ex[>ression, as lor 
 Kvpoi, i/uU, or ri/j.eU, i. 4. 12 : iii. 3. 3 ; 
 4. 40 ; — tI subst., something, any- 
 thing, somewhat, some or any part,, a 
 certain part (the context often supply- 
 ing or suggesting a more specific noun, 
 as uTTOffx^fffloi n to make any pivmise), 
 i. 8. 18 ; 9. 7 ; iv. 1.14; often as adv. 
 or ace. of spec, somewhat, at all, in 
 any respect, iii. 4. 23 (see iiu) : iv. 8. 
 26. With some adjectives or adverbs, 
 tIs has an indefinite force which may 
 be variously translated, or rather felt 
 than translated : oi niv rives some fexo, 
 al M Tivis some others, iii. 3. 19 : ii. 3. 
 15 : (h TIS any single one, ii. 1. 19 : 
 Trbat) TIS about how large, ii. 4. 21 : 
 biroibv tl whatever wilhmit exception, 
 ii. 2. 2 ; what kind of an omen, iii. 1. 
 13 : molol rives what sort of persons, 
 V. 5. 15 (cf. vii. 6. 24) : Toiairt) ris 
 somewhaJ, like this,\: 8. 7 ; 6\lyoi rivh 
 some few, but few, v. 1. 6 ? iKmrris ris 
 every individual, vi. 1. 19 ? ffrrov ti 
 ai all the less, v. 8. 11 : oiibiv ri not in 
 the least, vii. 3. 35: oi rdvv ti by no 
 means whatever, vi. 1. 26 : cxeSiv ri 
 pretty nearly, vi. 4. 20. 
 
 j.tCs,* tI, g. rlvos or roS, interrog. 
 pron. (always orthotone), quis ? who ? 
 which? what? wiml kind oft t£ as 
 adv., [on account of what, or as to 
 what]w%? Iwwl rlyip: quidenim? 
 what indeed 1 rl oiv ; what then t i.i. 
 13s: ii. 1. 11 ; 2. 10 ; 4. 3 : iii. 2. 16, 
 36; 5.14: v. 7. 10; 8.11: vii. 6. 4. 
 
 Tur(rai^vi|S,* (tot) ovs, ci, ijv, i), 
 Tissaphemes, satrap of Caria, and 
 commander of a fourth part of the 
 king's forces ; one of tbe ablest of 
 his officers, but wily, deceitful, and 
 treacherous. From his first command 
 in the west of Asia Minor, e. o. 414, 
 he showed these qualities iu his deal- 
 ings with the Greeks ; and no le.ss 
 
TlTpC&irKII) 
 
 136 
 
 afterwards in hia conduct towards Gy- 
 rus and the Cyreans, where he appeai-s 
 as the Std/SoXos of the narrative. Af- 
 ter his return to Asia Minor, invested 
 with the authority which had before 
 belonged to both Cyrus and him- 
 self, he was engaged in war with the 
 Spartans as friends of the Ionian ci- 
 ties ; but with so little success that at 
 length Artaxerxes, dissatisfied, and 
 urged on by Parysatis, sent out Ti- 
 thraustes to put him to death and 
 succeed him in his government, B. o. 
 •395. He was slain in his bath, and 
 his head sent to the king, a punish- 
 ment deserved for his many crimes. 
 Tithraustes was himself succeeded by 
 Tiribazus, B. o. 393. i. 1. 2 s, 6, 8 ; 2. 
 4s: ii. 5. 3, 31. 
 
 TlTpcScKCl),* TpibffOJ, T^T/IWICa 1. , pf. 
 
 p. Tirpuimi, a. p. irpiiOijv, to wound, 
 
 hurt, inflict wounds, A. Sii, els, i. 8. 
 
 26: ii. 2.14; 5.33: iii.3.7: iv.3.33s. 
 
 rX'^piv, OK, g. ovos, (rXdu to bear) 
 
 suffering, wretched, miserable, iii. 1. 29. ' 
 
 t6, T0-8e, T^v-Se, tois, see 6, i-Se. 
 
 Tol* adv. post-pos. & end., (old 
 
 form of aol, ethical dat., 4620) in 
 
 truth, indeed, truly, surely, eertainly, 
 
 ii. 1. 19; 5. 19: iii. 1.18, 37. 
 
 4.TOi-Yop-oiiv, for indeed therefore, 
 therefore, acem'dingly, so for example, 
 i. 9. 9, 15, 18: ii. 6. 20. 
 
 ^ToC-vw post-pos. , indeed now, there- 
 fore, then, now, accordingly; irwre- 
 over, farther; ii. 1. 22 ; 5. 41 : iii. 1. 
 36s; 2.27,39: iv. 8. 5: v. 1.2,8,13. 
 
 [toios, a, ov, demonst. pron. of qual- 
 ity, (t-) talis, svx:h.] Hence, 
 
 4.Toi(5tr-8€,* dde, ivSe, usu. prospec- 
 tive, such as follows, of this kind, tlie 
 following, as follows, i. 3. 2, 9 ; 7. 2 : 
 V. 4. 31. — Much ofteuer, 
 
 iTOtovros,* TQUi&rrf, TOioOrov or -to, 
 (airos) usu. retrospective, referring to 
 what has been a.lready stated or im- 
 plied, stcch, of this kind, the same or 
 like in kind, as precedes, as above, 
 thus; of such a character, such in 
 rank, posUion, influence, conduct, &c., 
 irapd, repi : i.3.14: ii.6.8: iii. 1.30: 
 vii. 6. 38 : els t4 Toiairro for such ser- 
 vices or emergencies, iv. 1. 28 : iv (r^ 
 ToioArip in such a situation or crisis, 
 i. 7. 5 : V. 8. 20. 
 
 Tolxos, ov, 6, (akin to reixos) the 
 wall of a building, vii. 8. 14. 
 
 ToXfido, ^(TO), TeTiX/iTiKa, (TiX;.:a 
 courage, fr. rXda to bear) to dare, ven- 
 ture, be bold enough, presume; to ham 
 the courage, boldness, heart, or hardi- 
 hood ; I.; ii. 2.12: iv. 4. 12: vii. 7. 46. 
 
 4.ToX|i,CSi]s, ov, Tolmides, an Elean, 
 a herald of unsurpassed excellence, ii. 
 2. 20 : iii. 1. 46 : v. 2. 18. 
 
 tT^Se«|io, oTos, t4, that which is shot, 
 an arrow, i. 8. 19 : iii. 4. 4 : iv. 2. 28. 
 
 tro^evu, eiaui, to use the bow, shoot 
 with a bow^ shoot arrows. A., i.irb, Sid, 
 els : P. to be s/iot with an arrow : i. 8. 
 20: iii. 3. 7, 10: iv. 1. 18 ; 2. 12, 28. 
 
 tTo|iK(5s, ■/!, iv, re'ating to tite bow: 
 subst. To|iK^, Si', rixv^, the use of Ike 
 boU!,bowmanship,archery,i.9.5 : [to|i- 
 Kov toxicum, poison, orig. for arrows, 
 whence in-toxicatk, i. e. to poison.] 
 rijov, ov, arcus, the bow, the eonini. 
 weapon of more distant waifare among 
 the ancients, as the gun among the 
 moderns ; but used more by the bar- 
 barians than by the Greeks or Romans. 
 Among the Greeks, the Cretans were 
 the most famed for archery, and were 
 fabled to have been taught the art by 
 Apollo, iii. 3. 15 ; 4. 17 : iv. 4. 16. 
 
 |to|ottis, ov, a bowman, archer. As 
 archers had not the left hand at lib- 
 erty to carry the sliield, they were 
 lightly armed for rapid advance and 
 retreat, and were often covered by the 
 heavy-armed, i. 2. 9 ; 8. 9 : iii. 4. 2, 
 15, 26. See •ZKiB-qs. 
 
 Toiros, ov, i, a spot, place, district, 
 
 region, i. 5. 1 : iv. 2. 19 ; 4. 4 ; 6. 2 : v. 
 
 7.16. Cf-xiipa. Der. TOPIC, U-Toi'iA. 
 
 Topos, d, bv, {relpa to vex) sharp, 
 
 smart, ready-tongued, vi. 6. 28 ? 
 
 fTos the, that, not in use, see t-.] 
 4.Tciiros, 1), ov, demonst. pron. of 
 quantity, tantus, so much, so great ; 
 pi. tot, .10 many.] Hence, 
 |TOcroir-8e,* i)Se, ivSe, more dcicrio, 
 so' much or great iis you see; pi. so 
 many as you see, so many only or ■ 
 few, ii. 4. 4 ; vi. 5. 19. — Much oftener, 
 
 ITOO-OVTCS,* TOffa^Ttt, TOaOVTOV or -TO, 
 
 (airlis) more emphatic (usu. retro- 
 specDive or explained by a dependent 
 clause), ^Ms^ or only so much, so much 
 as above, so tnuch, so great, so large, 
 so loTtg ; pi. so many ; 6tTos, ws, uxrre, 
 &c.; i. 9. 11 : ii. 1. 16 ; 5. 15, 18 : iii. 
 5. 7 : iv. 1. 20 : — neut. To<roiiTO(vi •) 
 much, so m'uch space, so great a dis- 
 
r6rt 
 
 137 
 
 TpCvrixvs 
 
 taiice, so far. only so much or far as 
 this, i. 3. 14 ; 8. 13 : iii. 1. 45 ; 4. 37 
 (cf. iv. 8. 12) : — ToirovTip w. compar., 
 by so much, so much the, the, i. 5. 9. 
 
 TOTS adv., (r) turn, tunc, at that 
 time, then, i. 1. 6 ; 3. 2; 6. 10 : ol tStc 
 the men of that time, ii. 5. 11 : — with 
 aocent changed, Tork /ih . . totJ 5^ at 
 one time . . at anolJier, now . . and 
 now, vi. 1. 9. 
 
 To4- by crasis for th k- or t^ 6- : 
 Toi}\ix'<f'"o'' = '■^ i\i,xiL<!Tov, V. 7. 8 ; 
 ToijfnraXiv — ri SfiirtiXiv, i. 4. 15 ; toU' 
 TOjuu = t6 tm/m, v. 2. 29 ; roSirurBei' 
 = t4 iiruTd^v, iii. 3. 10. 
 
 TOv,Toii9, toB-Se, Toii(r-S«, see 4, S-5e : 
 
 TOliTO, TOIJTOW, TOli™, TOUTd), TOiStWV, 
 TOUTOV-£,TO«TOV-£,&C,SeeoSTOS,o6rOff-(. 
 
 TpdYijiia, aros, t4, {jpay- in Tpdyoi 
 to eat without cooking) a dainty ; pi. 
 dainties, dried fruit, dessert, sioeet- 
 meats, ii. 3. 15 : v. 3. 9. 
 
 TpdXXeis, eaiK, ol; Tralles, a strong 
 and wealthy city in the south of Lydia 
 (sometimes assigned to Caria), between 
 Mt. Messogis and the Maeander, i. 4. 
 8. II Euins by the modern and flour- 
 ishing town of Aidin. 
 
 TpavCi|/ai, um, the Traiiipsm, a peo- 
 ple in the eastern part of Thraee, per- 
 haps the Nii/'oroi of Hdt. (4. 93), vii. 
 2. 32 : V. I. Qpiuii\j/iu. 
 
 Tpdirtja, 17s, {rirrapes, ir^fa foot) a 
 table, as so often four-footed, iv. 5. 31 : 
 vii. 2. 33 ; 3. 22 s. Der. trapezeum. 
 tlpairttftivnoi, ov, 0, a Trapezun- 
 iwM, iv.8. 23: v-. 1.15; 4.2: a man of 
 ^Tpairejovs, oCpt-os, ijf, Trapezus, an 
 important commercial city (as even at 
 the present time) on the southeast 
 coast of the Euxine, a Sinopean col- 
 ony. From 1204 to 1461 A. D., it was 
 the capital of a fragment of the Greek 
 Empire (called the Empire of Trehi- 
 zond). iv. 8. 22 : r. 2. 28 ; 5. 14. 
 II Trebizond (or Tarabozan). 
 TpairoC|i.T]v, see rpiirui, vii. 1. 18. 
 Tpavpia, oTos, ri, {nTpiiaKui) a wound, 
 i. 8. 26 : iv. 6. 10. [5. 8 : vii. 4. 9. 
 t?TpAxi^os, ov, 6, the neck, throat, i. 
 Tpd^vs, eia, i, (akin to ft^fiyvvfu to 
 break) rough, harsh, ii. 6. 9 : iv. 3. 6 ; 
 6. 12. Der. trachea. 
 
 Tpets,* Tpia, g. rpiijv, tres, Sans. 
 tri. Germ, drei, thuee, i. 1. 10. 
 
 Tp^TTOI,* i'j'IH, TiTpO<t>a., pf. p. T^Tpap.- 
 
 jBoi, a. p. iTp4<t>0iiv, verto, to tarn, di- 
 
 vert, change the direction of, direct, 
 drive back, A. dir4, irp6s, iii. 1. 41 ; 5. 
 15 : V. 4. 23 : t. els (pvy^v in fugam 
 vertere, to pvi to flight, i. 8.24: — 
 M., w. 2 a. irpaifdp.rii', to turn (in- 
 traus.), turn aside, betake one's self, 
 take to flight, resort, have recourse to, 
 indulge in ; w. 1 a. irpe^dpiriy, to 
 turn from one's self, drive back, put 
 to flight, rout, A. ; els, i(, iwi, wpos ■ 
 ii. 6. 5 : iii. 5. 13 : iv. 5. 30 ; 8. 19 : v. 
 4. 16 : vi. 1. 13, 18. Cf. in-trbpid. 
 
 Tp^i(>ci>,* Bpixj/oi, rirpoipa., pf. p. ri- 
 Spaptfiiu, 2 a. p. iTpiipTjv, to nourish, 
 nurture, rear, bring up, support, 
 maintain, A. D., d,irb, ^^, i. 1. 9s: iii. 
 2. 13 : iv. 5. 25, 34 : v. 1. 12 : - M. 
 to feed one's self, subsist, D. of means, 
 vi. 5. 20. 
 
 rfl\a,* Spapiovfuu, SeSpip,riiia, 2 a. 
 (Spap.ov, curro, to run, els, iwl, Trepl, 
 i. 5. 2, 8, 13 : iv. 5. 18 ; 8. 26 : cf. e4u, 
 more frequent in pres. Der, trochee. 
 Tp^o), iffio, (cf. terreo, and Tpipua 
 ti'emo, to tremble) ch. poet., to tremble 
 at, be afraid of, sli/rink from. A., i. 9.6. 
 TpCa, Tpiuv, Tpvo-£, see rpeh, i. 4. 1. 
 ^TpidicovTa indecl., triginta, thirty, 
 i. 2. 9, 11 ; 4. 5 ; 10. 4. 
 ^TpiaKovT-opos, ov, (iph-TW to row) 
 thirty-oared: ^ t., se. vaSs, thirty- 
 oared galley, v. 1. 16 : vii. 2. 8. 
 J.TpiaK($crioi, ai, a, {itKarbv) trecenti, 
 three hvmdrcd, i. 1. 2 ; 2. 9. 
 
 Tpip^, ^t, Ir/Stpm to rub) constaM 
 practice ox exercise, v. 6. 15. 
 
 ti'pi-^pT|S, cs, (dp-, or ipiTTu to row) 
 triply fitted or rowed : rf r., sc. raOs, 
 tri-remis, the trireme, the chief war- 
 vessel of the Greeks, a galley with 
 three banks of oars, which gave it 
 great swiftness, and made it, like the 
 modern steamer, independent of the 
 wind ; while it could yet take ad- 
 vantage of this by its sails. It had 
 a sharp metallic-pointed beak, which 
 was often driven with gi'eat force 
 against other vessels and thus sunk 
 them. Some vessels were also fitted 
 as triremes for the rapid transport of 
 troops or of military supplies, i. 2. 
 21; 3. 17; 4. 7s: vi. 2. 13s. 
 }Tpn)pfTr|S, ov, a ship-man, a man 
 belonging to a trireme, esp. as oars- 
 mnn or soldier, vi. 6. 7. 
 
 tTp£-in)xvs, V, g. eos, tliree cubits 
 Innj, iv. 2. 28. 
 
TpiirXdinos 
 
 138 
 
 iPpC^u 
 
 trpi-irXdoaos, a, ov, (irXdrTW to fonn) 
 three-fold, triple, thrice as greai, vii. 4. 
 21. 
 trpl-irXeSpos, ov, (irXiBpov) three ple- 
 thra (300 ft.) long or wide, v. 6. 9. 
 trpt-iroiis, ovv, g. rrodos, three-footed: 
 niasc. subst., a, tkipod, a three-footed 
 table, stool, or vase, vii. 3. 21. 
 
 Tpls adv., (rpeis • also for rpeis in 
 compos.) ter, thrice, three times: eis 
 Tpls to thrice, even to llie third time, 
 vi. 4. 16, 19. See 
 4.Tpi<r-d(r)icvos or rpW So-|«vos, ri, ov, 
 thrice happy, vary glad, most gladly, 
 iii. 2. 24. 
 ^.Tpur-KaUSaca indecl., or rpjis ical 
 S^KO, thirteen, i. S. 5.^ 
 4.Tpia--|i.iipioi, ai, a., thirty thousand, 
 vii. 8. 26. 
 ITpicr-xCVioi, oi, a, three thousand, 
 1. 6. 4 ; 7. 18. 
 tTpiToXos, a, or, on the third day, 
 240. 3, V. 3. 2. 
 
 Tptros, -q, ov, (rpeh) third: rb rpl- 
 Tov, as adv., the third time: t% rpWr), 
 sc. Til^PV; on the third day : iirl riji 
 rplrip, sc. ffinielip, on the third signal : 
 i. 6. 8 ; 7. 1, 19 :_ ii. 2. 4 ; iv. 5. 3. 
 
 Tpfxa or TpiX'n ^^'^- ' (T/seis) in three 
 parts or divisions, iv. 8. 15 : vi. 2. 16. 
 
 Tptxi»os, 17. o", {Spi^,* g- rpixht, 
 hair) made of hair, hair, iv. 8. 3. 
 
 Tpi-xoCviKos, 1), ov, {rpit, x^^^'^) 
 containing three cheenices, three-quart, 
 vii. 3. 23. 
 
 TpoCa, OS, Troja, Troy, v. I. for Tpv- 
 ds, and used in tlfie same sense, vii. 8. 7. 
 trpdiroiov, 01;, tropEBUm, a TEOPHY, 
 a m,emorial of the defeat of an enemy, 
 usn. made ch. of captured arms, o., 
 iii. 2. 13: iv.6.27: vi.6.32: vii.6.36. 
 
 Tpoiryj, Tjs, (rpiiru) the turning or 
 flight of an enemy, defeat, rovl, i. 8. 
 25 : iv. 8. 21. Uer. tropic. 
 
 Tp^iros, ov, 6, (tp^ttu) the turn, di- 
 rection-, way, manner, method, disposi- 
 tion, temper, character, or habit of a 
 person or thing ; often in the modal 
 dat. or adv. ace. ; i. 1. 9 ; 2. 11 (see 
 ■irpSs) ; 9. 22 : ii. 2. 17 ; 6. 8 : ix irav- 
 rbs rpSirov [from] by every way, at any 
 rate, no matter how, iii. 1. 43 : vii. 7. 
 41 ; (cari -irdin-a rpbirov by all means, 
 vi. 6. 30. Der. trope. 
 
 Tpo(|>^, ris, (rp^ipui) nourisJimeiit, 
 support, sustenance, subsistence, i. 1.9: 
 V. 6. 32 : vii. 3. 8. Der. a-trophy. 
 
 Tpoxdju, &(ro>y (rpix'^) to run for- 
 ward, vii. 3. 46. 
 
 Tpvirdu, ijtru, (rpOTra a hole) to bore, 
 A., iii. 1. 31. Der. trepan. 
 
 Tptfids or Tpuds, dSos, i], (Tpofa) 
 froas or the Troad, a district in the 
 northwest of Mysia, Including the site 
 of " Old Troy, — long since perished, 
 but immortal in verse," v. 6. 23 s. 
 
 TpcoKT(5s, ^, bv, (rpilr/u) to eat raw) 
 eatable, edible; as applied to trees, 
 instead of their frait, productive for 
 eating or of edible fruit, v. 3. 12. 
 
 Tpurds, ^, 6v, {rtrpih(rKU) to wound) 
 vulnerable, liable or exposed to wounds, 
 iii. 1. 23r' 
 
 TDYxdvw,* Tei^opMi, reTixva, 2 a. 
 Itvxov, to happen or ejiance upon, meet 
 with, find, hit, obtain, attain, acquire, 
 receive, 2 G., A. {raCra vi. 6. 32), irapA, 
 i. 4. 15 : ii. 6. 29 : iii. 2. 19 : v. S. 15 ; 
 7. 33 : — oftener w. a pt., to happen, 
 chance, the pt. being usu. translated 
 by the inf., 658. I {irapOiv irdyxavf 
 Jmppened to be present, i. 1. 2) ; or else 
 by a finite verb, and ruyx'^'"' ^7 3,n 
 adv. or adverbial phrase, as by chance, 
 perchance, just then or now, just, then, 
 )iOtt>, 677 e (hi~/x''ivov 'Kiyuv I was 
 just saying, iii. 2. 10, the idea of 
 chance being exjiressed far oftener 
 in Greek than in Eng.); while the pt. 
 is sometimes understood, ch. &v, 677 d 
 (iriyx'"'^^ chanced to be or to rest, 
 iii. 1. 3); i. 5. 8, 14: ii. 1. 7s; 2. 14, 
 17 ; — pt. Tvx'iv abs., it happening so, 
 hence, as adv., perchance, perhaps, vi. 
 1. 20. 
 
 Tupaiov, Tvpiatov, or Tvpidciov, ov, 
 Tyrcuum (-iceum, -iaeum) a town in 
 the southeast of Phrygia (or in Lyca- 
 onia), i. 2. 14. ||Ilghnn. 
 
 Tvpds, ov, 6, a cheese ; pi. ii. 4. 28. 
 
 Tvpo-is, lot, ei, IV, ]>1. eis, 218, ^, tur- 
 ns, a TOWER, castle, turret, iv. 4. 2 : 
 V. 2. 5, 27 : vii. 2; 21 ; 8. 12 s. 
 
 TDX^^v, -c&v, -dv, see ri/yxdi'u, ii. 3. 2. 
 jT^xi, iri^, fortuna, fortune, luck, 
 chamce, ii. 2. 13 : v. 2. 25. 
 
 Tc4, Tu, t^Se, tbv, see 6, S-5e, i. 1. 
 Is: — T^ end. = rivl, see tU, i. 9. 7. 
 
 tiPpC^oi, iauj iGi,"v§piKa, to be insolent, 
 wnnton, audacious, abusive, or so to 
 
CPpis 
 
 139 
 
 viripPaiva 
 
 act or treat another ; to insult, abuse, 
 maltreat, outrage; a. ae. ; iii. 1. 13, 
 29_: V. 8. 1, 3, 22 : vi. 4. 2. 
 
 liPpiS, ews, v, (iiirip ? cf. supev-bus) 
 insoUnce, wantonness, abuse, iii. 1. 21. 
 J.4Ppi.(rT<)s, ov, 6, US adj., insolent, 
 luanton, audacious, abusive; c. & s. 
 ii'ipi.aTliTepos, v^purrln-aTos, 259 a (yet 
 referred by some to a rare li^pums), 
 V. 8. 3, 22. 
 
 i'yiaCvu, avd, (i7ii}s saiius, healthy) 
 to be Iwalthy, sound, strong, in full 
 ■vigor, or in good condition [of body), 
 iv. 5. 18. 
 
 47P6ti]s, i)Tos, ii, {iyp6s moist) moist- 
 ure, suppleness, perspiration, v. 8. 15. 
 f {iSpo(pop^<i>, ijirw, to carry water, iv. 
 5.9. 
 tii8po-(^iSpos, ov, i5 i], {(p^poi) a viater- 
 carrier, iv. 5. 10. 
 
 liScop,* (iSaros, t!>, {"via to rain) wa- 
 ter : i. ii oipavoD rain : i. 5. 7, 10 : 
 iv. 2. 2. Der. hydrant, hydbo-gen. 
 ti'iS^os, ov, contr. {iiSoSs, ov, 6, (also 
 vliSoOs or viSovs) a son's son, grandson, 
 V. 6. 37 : V. I. vlis. 
 
 utds,* oO, 6, filiiis, a so-n, iv. 6. 1. 
 
 "v\i\, 1]!, (cf. silva) wood, a wood or 
 forest, bushes, shrubbery, i. 5. 1 : iii. 5. 
 lOsiv. 2. 31. 
 
 'v|icts, -MV, -tv, -OS, YOU, see ai. 
 ^'vjiIt^os, a, ov, your, yours : oi 
 ifih-epoi yottr subjects or countryman : 
 tA i/iirepa, what belongs to you, your 
 property, money, or affairs: ii. 1. 12s : 
 V. 5.19: vii. 3. 19; 6. 16, 18,33. 
 
 {pit', i5<|>', by apostr. for vwo, i. 3. 13. 
 
 iTT-A^u,* dfu, ^x") to lead under 
 the pressure of followers, keep out of 
 the way of others, keep ahead, lead or 
 press ou (ace. to some, to lead on slow- 
 ly), iii. i. 48: iv. 2.16: — M. to lead, 
 urge, or stiggest insidiously or craftily, 
 AK., A. I., ii. 1. 18; 4. 3. 
 
 iir-alSpios, ov, (aWpla) under the 
 sky, in tlie open air, v. 5. 21 ; vii. 6. 24. 
 
 {iir-alrios, ov, (alTla) under blame : 
 virahiov n a ground of censure, wpit, 
 iii. 1. 5 : ^). /. iTr-alnos. 
 
 iir-axoi»ft>,* o6(rop.cu, &K^Koa, to hear 
 imder the call of another, obey, pay 
 attention, regard, liiten, hearken, a., 
 iv. 1. 9 : vii! 3. 7. 
 
 itTr'ava.'reivtit,*T€vuj,T^TaKa,to stretch 
 up [under] /or the blow. A., vii. 4. 9 ? 
 
 iie-ava-X<i>pl<a, ri(ru, KexiipriKa, to 
 retreat somew/uii ov slowly, eh, iii. 5.13? 
 
 iv-avTOM, •fiffu, ijvTTjKa, & iir-avTi- 
 djo), d<rui, {dvrdu & diTidfoi to meet, 
 fr. ivrl) to come to meet and sustain, 
 come to assist, come to the relief, come 
 up,^ iv. 3. 34 : vi. 5. 27. 
 
 iiir-opxos, ov, 6, (Hpxa) a lieutenant 
 either in the command of an army or 
 of a satrapy, a vice-satrap (ruling over 
 a district, but under the satrap), pro- 
 vincial go-oeriwr, prefect, chief officer, 
 i. 2. 20 ; 8. 5 : iv. 4. 4. 
 
 4ir-dpx<i), Spf w, to begin beneath or as 
 a foundation, take the initiative, com- 
 mence, P. ; hence, to be already a sap- 
 port for, to support, favor, D. ; to be on 
 hand to begin with or rely upon (while 
 elpX is simply to be), be or exist already, 
 be present, exist, be {have, cf. elixl), D. 
 els : iKrQv itirapxliVTOjv from the ^neans 
 at Imnd: i. 1. 4 : ii. 2. 11 ; 3.23 : vi. 4.9. 
 
 ■6ir-a<rirt<rT<is, ov, (diTTris) a shield- 
 bearer, armor-bearer, an attendant not 
 only upon commanders, bat also upon 
 some privates ; cf. the esquire of nie- 
 diseval chivalry ; iv. 2. 20. 
 
 frir-cCK(D, c??u, a. flfa, {etKu to yield) 
 to submit to, D., vii. 7. 31. 
 
 iiTr-ei|ii,* laopui, ipf. fiv, to be or lie 
 underneath, iii. 4.7: v. I. el/u, &c. 
 
 4ir-eXa4vu,* iXdaoi iXCi, iX-qXaKa, a. 
 ijXaaa, to ride up to a superior, lis, i. 
 8. 15 : V. I. ireXdfu. 
 
 iir-eX^Xuflo, see vir-ipxoii,a.i, v. 2. 30. 
 
 imip,* prep., (akin to iirb, both 
 marking vertical relation, cf. altiis, 
 high, deep) super, Germ, iibcr, over : 
 — (a) w. Gen., over in place, above, 
 from above, i. 10. 12, 14 {i. toC Xi^ou 
 seen from above the hill, i. e. beyond 
 it) : ii. 6. 2 : iv. 7. 4 : v. 4. 13 {v. yo- 
 vdroiv not reaching below the knee) : — 
 over to protect, in defence of, in behalf 
 of, on account of, in the name of, for 
 ilie sake of, for, i. 3. 4 ; 7. 3 ? 8. 27 : 
 iv. 8. 24 : v. 5. 13 ; 6. 27 s ; — (b) w. 
 Ace, [going over] beyond, above (= 
 beyond), of place, oftener of number, 
 measure, age, &c., i. 1. 9 {v. I. i. 'EWi;- 
 airbvTov) : V. 3. 1 : vi. 2. 10 ; 5. 4. In 
 compos., as above. Der. hyper-. 
 
 iirep-dXXopai,* dXov/Mu, to leap or 
 jump over, A., vii. 4. 17. 
 
 {iirep-ava-TcCvw,* revia, rh-aKO., to 
 stretch up over another, A., vii. 4. 9 ? 
 
 vpirep-Polvu,* ^iiaop-at, ^i^-ijia, 2 a. 
 (^riv, to go or pass orer, rmss, A. els, 
 irapd, vii. 1. 17 ; 3. 43; 8. 7. 
 
vmpPdXXu 
 
 140 
 
 Jiro\a|>,pdvu 
 
 iirep-pdXXu,* ;8oXfi, /S^/SXijra, 2 a. 
 f^Xov, to throw one's self over, to 
 cross or pass over, A., Kari, wpSs, iv. 
 
 1. 7 ; 4. 20 ; 5. 1 : vi. 5. 7 ^ vii. 5. 1. 
 ^iirep-PoX'ii, iys, a crossing, mountain 
 
 passage ox pass, G., els, i. 2. 25 : iii. 5. 
 18 : iv. 6. 5 s. Der. iiypeebolb. 
 
 iT'ep-S^^LOs, 01', over or above the 
 rijht (hand, wing, &c.), iii. 4. 37: iv. 
 8. 2 («. Z. iTT^p Sefiui') : v. 7. 31. 
 
 inr€p-4pxoH''^S* ^XeiJtro^uat, ^XiJXu^a, 
 2 a. ^ASoj/, to pass over or beyond, cross, 
 A., iv. 4. 3. 
 
 iirep-^X™!* ^I"> l^XVit"; to be, rise, 
 or project above, D. ; to overhang ; iii. 
 5. 7 : iv. 7. 4. 
 
 iiircp-'^p.Krus, Eia, ii, aJotie half, vi. 
 
 2. 10 : V. I, iirip ijpi,ijv. 
 
 vn-EpSev adv., (vir^p) from above, 
 above, i. 4. 4. 
 
 inrcp-KdOijiiai. * pf. m, pret., f. pf. 
 ijaopuL 1., pip. iKa9^fi7jv or Kad^fnjv, 
 to be seat-ed or posted above, a., iirl, 
 v. 1. 9 ; 2. 1. 
 
 iircp-(SpLos, ov, or os, a, oi', (Spos n 
 bound) beyond the boundarie.s, for- 
 eign: iK T?,s Oirepopias, sc. yijs, fratn 
 our foreign territory or from abroad, 
 vii. 1. 27. 
 
 jiirep-vi|iT|Xos, ok, exceeding high, very 
 lofty, iii. 5. 7. 
 
 iir-^pXOJioi,* iXeiiro/mi, iX'/iXvSa, to 
 go under pursuit, retreat, A. of dis- 
 tance, V. 2. 30. 
 
 im-ar\6fi.t\v, see {nr-ioxv^o/iai. 
 
 inr-i\o,* l^oi, iiTxnKa, 2 a. l<rxov, to 
 have one's self under, submit to, un- 
 dergo, A. D., V. 8. 1, 18 : see SIki/. 
 
 iir-'fJKOOs, ov, {inr-aKQi!ioj) obedieTit, 
 submissive, subject: masc. subst., a 
 subject, vassal : D. a.: i. 6. 6 : v. 4. 6. 
 
 4Tr-f)v, see St-ciih, iii. 4. 7 : v. I. ^v. 
 
 ^ inr-T\pfTi(i>, ria-w, {iir-iipiniKa, to serve, 
 
 do or render service, supply, D. ae., 
 
 i. 9. 18 : ii. 5. 14 : iii. 5. 8 : vii. 7. 46. 
 
 {iTT-Tjp^TTis, OV, {ip^TTjs rower, fr. ip^r- 
 Tu to rovj) an under-rower ; hence 
 (among so commercial a people), in 
 general, a servant, attendant, assistant, 
 i. 9.18,27: ii. 1.9; 5. 14. 
 
 {nr-i<rxv^op.ai,* {}iro-(rxv<^ofiai, {nr~ 
 ^JXW'i (^X" 01' ^<^X'^) to hold one's 
 self under obligation, to promise, en- 
 qiije, T). A., I. (a.), cp., i. 2. 2 ; 7. 5, 
 IS: ii.3.20: v.0.3:)s: vii.2.25; 7.46. 
 
 iiirvcs, ov, 6, sonjnus, sleep, iii. 1.11. 
 Der. iiyi'.Nonc. 
 
 iirrf* prep., by apostr. J.ir' or viji', 
 sub, under : (a) w. Gj!N., from under 
 in place, from beneath, as irb a/xdiiis 
 from under [a wagon] the yoke, vi. 4. 
 22, 25 ; -^usu., from under the effect 
 or influence of, by (esp. w. pass, verbs, 
 or equivalent verbs or phrases, 586 d^ 
 575), by reason of, through tlic effect 
 of, through, from, of, with, i. 1. 10 ; 
 3.4,13; 5.4s: iii. 1.3; vii. 6. 15, 33: 
 inrb /laa-fiywv under (the compulsion 
 of) the scourge, iii. 4. 25 : — (b) w. 
 Dat., wider (of situation or of subjec- 
 tion), beneath, i. 2. 8 ; 8. 10 : vi. 4. 4 : 
 vii. 2. 2 : — (c) w. Ace. , under or be- 
 neath, with the idea of motion or ex- 
 tension, i. 8. 27; 10.14: iii. 4. 37 : 
 vii. 4. 5, 11 ; 8. 21 : — (d) in compos., 
 under, beneath; sometimes expressing 
 diminution, inferiority, privacy, se- 
 crecy, or action under the pressure or 
 influence of others, somewhat, a little, 
 underhand, behind, &c. Der. hypo-. 
 
 iiro-Se^s, ^s, {S4u to want) somewhat 
 wanting ; found in c. irodeiffTepos in- 
 ferior, lower in rank, i. 9. 5. 
 
 {riro-Se£Kvv(it,* Sci|u), S^deixa, to 
 show somewhat, begin to show, give in- 
 dications, threaten, v. 7. 12. 
 
 viro-S^ofiai, Siiop,ai, SiSeypai, to 
 receive under one's roof or protection, 
 welcome. A., i. 6. 3 : vi. 5. 31. 
 
 iiTTO-S^o),* S-rjaoj, d^SeKa, to bind be- 
 neath, shoe, A. ; {nrodeSefi^voi with their 
 hoes on, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 |iiriS-ST||ia, oTos, rb, a protection for 
 the foot, shoe, sandal, iv. 5. 14. 
 
 iiiro-Jil'Yiov, ou, (fu7'6i' jugura, YOKE, 
 fr. I'dym/ii) an animal under the yoke, 
 beast of burden or draught ; pi. bag- 
 gage cattle or animals, as oxen, a.ssea, 
 ■&c.; i. 3. 1 ; 7. 20: ii. 1. 6; 2. 4,15. 
 
 iiro-KaTa-PaCvo),* ^-fiiroimi, pip-rjKa, 
 2 a. ipiiv, to descend somewhat, go a 
 little lower, vii. 4. 11. 
 
 itro -KpvTTTa), i)^w, K4f<pv<pa, to hide 
 under : M. to conceal one's own, Iward, 
 i. 9. 1 9 : V. Z. i,iro-KpiirTU. 
 
 {tiro-Kit'irrcii, Kifia, K^Kvtpa, to stoop 
 under or before another, bow low, iv. 
 5. 32 : v. I. Ki/TTTU or iiri-Kiirrui. 
 
 v^o-Xa(J.pdvci>,* X-rjipopai , etXijtpa, 2 a. 
 ^Xa/Soi", In take under one's protection, 
 A.; sc. tJk XA701', to take [under one's 
 lUrection] up the disroursc, reply, rin- 
 fiiirr, rtiorl : p.€Ta^6 u. to in/frru/i/ an- 
 other Mi the midst: i. 1. 7 : iii. l.i:7, 31. 
 
vnoXiCirw 
 
 141 
 
 v^Ctm\\i.i 
 
 iwo-Xtlxa," <f/ui, \4\onra, 2 a. IXj- 
 jroK, pf. ^. XiXeifi/iai, a. ^. e\ei<fi8rjv, 
 to leave behind, K.: P. k M. to be left 
 behind, fall or ?a(jf behind, remain be- 
 hind, a., i. 2. 25 : iv. 5. 15: v. 4. 22. 
 
 {riro-X(Sx,d70s, ov, o, a sub-loehdge, 
 lieutemant, v. 2. 13 (cf. iii. 4. 21). 
 
 iiro-Xfiii), Xrfiru, \^>i/Ka, to loosen be- 
 low ; M. to untie or lake off one's shoes 
 or sandals, iv. 5. 13. 
 
 iiro-|i.aXaK££o|ii,ai, f. p. i,ff$i^(rofuu 1., 
 (/«i\aK3s soft) to soften under or some- 
 what, stoop to ov aet a less manly part, 
 curry fa,vnr, lose courage, ii. 1. 14. 
 
 inro-p.^vw,* f^evw, fjLe/i^vrjKa, a. ^iieiva., 
 to remain behind or in place, halt, 
 await an attack, make a stand, stand 
 one's ground; to wait for. A.; iii. 4. 
 21: iv. 1.16 s, 21; 4. 21: vi. 5. 29. 
 
 ivi-fm\fsik, ttTos, t6, {/ufw^ffKia) a 
 private or suggestive reminder or 
 memorial, reminiscence, i. 6. 3. 
 tiird-irenTTTos, ok, sent covertly or i»- 
 sidiously, iii. 3. 4 ! 
 
 ir7ro-ir^(Mr«,* ir^/x^cu, TriTro^tpa, to 
 send covertly, artfully, or under a 
 false prelejit. A., ii. 4. 22. 
 
 ^o-irtvw,* TrLofMt it), TriiruKa, to 
 drink somewhat freely, vii. 3. 29 : ». Z. 
 iiro-TrlTTTu to fall back or withdraw a 
 little. 
 
 tiw-oirrrfu, eiiirai, ipf. ijr-iirTevov, 
 su-spicor, to suspect, apprehend, mis- 
 trust, be auspicious or apprehensive, 
 A., I. (A.), Iii, i. 1. 1 ; 3. 1 : ii. 3. 13 ; 
 
 5. 28 : iii. 1. 5 : iv. 2. 15. 
 Sir-oirros, ov, {u<j)-opiu) suspicious, 
 
 to be suspected, iii. 3. 4 ? 
 
 friro-crrfjvoi, -oris, see i4>-l(rT7ifu. 
 
 t4iro-irTpaTT)Y^ci>, iffa, to command 
 
 under, be lieutenant-general to,- 1)., v. 
 
 6. 36. 
 
 4iro-(rTpATT)70s, ov, (v. I. 6s, oO) 6, 
 a lieiUevant-gcneral, iii. 1. 32. 
 
 {nro-o"Tp4(j)w,* ^^w, iffTpotjta 1., 2 a. 
 jo. i<rTpd(j>riv, to ifiake an unobserved, 
 adroit, or sudden turn, to avoid a 
 S!iiare,'ii. 1. 18 : vi. 6. 38 : so 2 a., p. as 
 m., vii. 4. 18. 
 
 iiro-(rx6iv, see iir-lx'^t ''■ 8. 1. 
 
 iiro-a')^4(rOai, see htr-tc-xveoiuii. 
 
 {nrovp'yds, ix, (iTri, (pyov) working 
 under another, assisting, contributing, 
 or conducive to, D., v. 8. 15. 
 
 iiro-({>alvu,* <pavw,Tri<payKa, to show 
 a little, begin to daimi or appear, 
 dawn, iii. 2. 1 : iv. 2. 7 ; 3. 9. 
 
 i7ro-<^eLSo|iai.,0eIira/^ai,ir^0eur^il., 
 (<t>dSop,a{, to spare) to spare somewhat, 
 d, iv. 1. 8. 
 
 viro-xeCpios, oi/, (x^'p) under the 
 hand or power of, in the hands of, 
 subject to, D., iii. 2. 3 : vii. 6. 43. 
 
 iiir-o\os, ov, fya) held under, sub- 
 ject to, D., ii. 5. 7. 
 
 {m-o-xwpld), ^(TW, Kexiip'qKa, to go 
 under the pressure of others, retire 
 before, make way for, retreat, D., i. 4. 
 18 ; 7.17: iv. 5, 20. 
 
 {iir-o<|/Ca, as, (i<j>-opi,u) suspicion, 
 mistrust, distrust, apprehension, Sn, 
 i. 3. 21 : ii. 4. 10 ; 5. 1 s, 5 : iii. 1. 21. 
 'YpKiivios, a, ov, {'TpKdvol tlie Hyr- 
 cdni) J-fyrcanian, pertaining to Hyr- 
 cania, a rude province of the Persian 
 Empire, southeast of the Caspian, 
 whose men were excellent horsemen, 
 vii. 8.15. 
 
 «s, 'SJs, a swine, see irOs, v. 2. 3. 
 tioTqjttios, a, ov, following in time, 
 subsequent, next: often (esp. in dat.) i\ 
 {KTTEpaCa, sc. rip^pa, the following or 
 next day, i. 2. 21 : ii. 3. 25: iii. 5. 13. 
 tioTspiw, iffa, iarip-qKa, to be or 
 come too late for, arrive after, a., i. 7. 
 12. 
 
 tioTepCjcD, laoi iu>, to be or arrive too 
 late, be behindhand, vi. 1. 18. 
 
 iio-Tspos,* a, ov, (referred as c, with 
 s. Cff-TaTos last, to iirS) post-eiior, 
 later, behind, afterwards, after, subse- 
 quently, 509, o., i. 5. 14 : iii. 4. 21 : 
 vi. 4. 9 : — so neut. voTepov as adv., 
 i. 3. 2; 5. 16; 6. 7 ; 8. 8 : iv. 3. 34. 
 
 4ij>' by apostr. for iirb, before an 
 aspirated vowel, i. 3. 10. 
 
 {r(f>-eip,at,-eCp.T)v, see v<t>-iriiii, vi.6.31. 
 4.{i(|>€iii.4v(DS submissively, humbly, 
 softly, vii. 7. 16. 
 
 vij>-^(i>, see {nr-^x'^t ^i- ^- 15- 
 v<j>-t^'Y4op.ai, iaopai, j^-qfiat, to lead 
 forward moderately or vnth otliers close 
 behind, iv. 1. 7 : vi. 5. 25. 
 
 4<|)-£t]|ii,* TJ(ru, etxa, a. ^Ka (&, kc), 
 2 a. TO. e'lfiTiv, sub-niitto, to auhnii/, 
 admit, concede, give up, A. i., iii. 5. 5 : 
 M. to submit or give up one's self, 
 submit or surrender (intrans.), yield, 
 give way, ■ be remiss or spiritless, n. 1 . , 
 iii. 1. 17 ; 2. 3 : v. 4. 26 : vi. 6. 31 ? 
 
 4<|)-C(mi|ii,* cTTicru, fffTTj/fo, 2 a. 
 IsTTfiv, to place under, station men 
 covertly : — M. (w. pf., pip., and 2 a. 
 act.) to stand up under an attack. 
 
v(|>opd<i> 
 
 142 
 
 "I'doris 
 
 responsibility, &c. ; to withstand, D. ; 
 to under-taJce, A.. ; to volunteer ; to post 
 one's self covertly, stand aside, in ■ in. 
 2. 11 : iv. 1. 14, 2tis: vi. 1. ly. 
 
 ii^-opwa,* 6\l/ofiaL, ^(bpaKa or ijpdKa, 
 su-spicor, to look under lest ^omH mis- 
 chief be hidden, tosuspect, a., ii. 4. 10. 
 tiJ<|'T|X<3s, ij, iv, s., high, lofty: rb 
 vtf/rfKbv, so. x<^P''"'t tlie high ground, 
 height: a\Ae<r«ai A^T/Xd to leap high 
 (leaps): i. 2. 22: iii. 4. 24s: vi. 1. 5. 
 
 lijjros, cos, t6, (C^i on high, akin to 
 iirip) heigM, altitude, ii. 4. 12: iii. 4. 
 7, 9 s : cf. eBpos. 
 
 *. 
 
 [<j)tt-,Sans.bha-, Lat.fa-,toc?i%We?i.] 
 
 f a7eiv, 2 a. of i<reiia, to eat, ii. 3. 16 : 
 IT. 5. 8. Der. sakco-phagus. 
 
 <j>aiSp(Ss, <i, bv, (0a-) bright, brightly 
 shining, beaming, animating, cheering, 
 ii. 6. I'l. 
 
 4a(T|v, see 0i;/ii to say, i. 3. 7. 
 
 ij)aCva),* 0avu, iri^yKa, a. l^r/pa, 
 
 2 a. p. i<l>6,vqv, to bring to light, show, 
 reveal. A., iv. 3. 13 : — P. & if. <o ic 
 brojight or come to Kg^W, appear, be 
 seen, show or present one's self, be in 
 prospect ov pretended, D., i., p., ^y, &e. 
 (the pt. here implying reality, but 
 not the inf., 657k; as (palvirai. etvai 
 he appears to be, though he may not 
 be ; but fflc <t>. [being he so appears] 
 he appears to be, as he really IS, he is 
 seen or shxyum to be, he ^evidently or 
 manifestly is; while both elvai and Siv 
 are often out., esp. before an adj. or 
 appositive), i. 3. 19 ; 6. 1, 11 ; 9. 19 : 
 iii. 1. 24 ; 4. 2 : v. 4. 29 : vii. 6. 37. 
 Der. PHENOMENON, PHASE, FANCY. 
 
 <f>d\aY|, 0770s, i], tlie line of battle, 
 in which the front was extended, 
 and the depth comm. small (of 4 men 
 i. 2. 15, of 8 men vii. 1. 23) ; a body 
 of troops (esp. hoplites) so arranged, 
 a line, main line or body, phalanx 
 (cf. K4pas u, body in column, SpOios) : 
 iwi (piXayyos, Kurb. or els ijidXaYl/a, 
 in or into line of battle. In open or- 
 der, it was usual to allow each hoplite 
 a space 6 feet square ; but in close 
 array, as for a battle charge, only 
 
 3 feet square, i. 2. 17 ; 8. 17s : ii. 1. 6 ; 
 3.3: iii. 3. 11 : iv. 3. 26; 8. 9 s. 
 
 ^oXtvos, ov, Phalinus, a Greek from 
 
 llie island Zacynthus (now Zante)^ m 
 the .service of Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 7. 
 
 <t>avels, -livai, -ovjiai, see ^alva. 
 |(j)av«pos, a, bv, iijijiarcnt, visible, 
 cnmpiciwiis, manifest, evident, plain, 
 i.7.17; 9. 6 : often in personal for 
 impers. constr., w. a pt., 573, as 
 aripyuv ipavepbs fjv (he was apparent 
 loving] it was apparent tlmt he loved, 
 or he evidently loved, ii. 6. 23 ; cf. i. 6. 
 8 ; 9. 11, 16 ; and SijXos : iv t$ ^avep^ 
 in public, openly, i. 3. 21 : els rb 0. 
 into a conspicuous position, vii. 7. 22. 
 4.<|>avepciis openly, i. 9. 19. 
 
 ijiap^Tpa, OS, (0^/Jw) pharetra, a 
 quiver, comm. of leather, with a lid, 
 and slung behind the shoulder or on 
 the left side, iv. 4. 16. 
 
 <j>dp|iaKov, ou, a drug, whether heal- 
 ing or poisonous, medicine, vi. 4. 11. 
 
 Der. PHAKMACY. 
 |4>ap)iaKO-iro(rCa, as, {wlva) tlie drink- 
 ing of drugs, taking medicine or phys- 
 ic, iv. 8. 21. 
 
 #apvdpa£os, ou, Phamabazus, sa- 
 trap of Bithynia and Lesser Phrygia, 
 or of the northwest part of Asia Mi- 
 nor (as early as B. c. 412), a man of 
 far higher character than his neighbor 
 Tissaphernes, and at length honored 
 with the hand of Apama, the king's 
 daughter. He rendered valuable aid 
 to the Spartans during the later years 
 of the Peloponnesian w ar. After the 
 Cyrean expedition, he was somewhat 
 involved in the war with the Spartans^ 
 and was engaged in unsuccessful ex- 
 peditions for the reconquest of Egypt, 
 — the last B. 0. 374. v. 6. 24. 
 
 tna-t(v), if>aT^, ijidvai, see (jyriid. 
 ao-iCvol, uiv, the Phasidni, or Pha- 
 sia,ns, a people dwelling about the 
 river Pliasis, iv. 6. 5 : v. 6. 36. 
 
 *d<ris, i5os or los, 6, the Pilosis (now 
 Pasin-Su, thought by some the Pison 
 of Gen. 2. 11), called in its lower course 
 the Araxes (now Aras), a river of Ar- 
 menia, uniting with the Cynis (now 
 Kflr) and flowing into the Caspian, iv. 
 6. 4. — 2. A noted river of Colchis, . 
 anciently regarded as the boundary 
 between Asia and Europe, now called 
 Ei(5n or Faz. Xenophon seems to 
 have regarded the Armenian Phasis 
 as the upper part of this river, and 
 calls the dwellers upon both ^affidvol. 
 The name of the river was also given 
 
^ia-Kio 
 
 143 
 
 i^Xta 
 
 to a Milesian trading settlement near 
 its mouth, and to the surrounding 
 region. The pheasant is said to have 
 been brought from this region by the 
 Argonauts, and hence to have derived 
 its name (6pm ^curidvis t/ie Phaaian 
 bird). V. 6. 36 ; 7. 1, 7, 9. 
 
 <|>d(rKiii (a strengthened pres. for 
 <t>yilit * q. T.) to say, state, declare, af- 
 firm, allege, ch. used in the pt., i., 
 iii. 5. 17 : iv. 4. 21 ; 8. 4 : v. 8. 1. 
 
 (j)aCXos, -n, ov, (cf. paulus) trifling, 
 of small account, vi. 6. lis. 
 
 ijifpco,* otcyta, ivf/voxti, a. ijveyKa or 
 -01', a. p. rivix^'l", fero, to BEAR, carry, 
 bring, endure, produce (of land), carry 
 ojf (hence, receive as pay), A. d., iirl, 
 irpit, &c., i. 2. 22 ; 3. 21 : ii. 1. 17 : iii. 
 1. 23 ; 4. 32 : to carry one, hence of a 
 road or entrance, to lead, iirl, eh, iii. 
 5. 15 : 6 ^ipinf the hearer, i. 9. 26 : 
 XaXcTTus <j)ipeiv iBgre ferre, to bear up 
 with difficulty, to be dejected, deeply 
 concerned or afflicted, or greatly ex- 
 cited, D. 456, i. 3. 3 : see fiyw, /Sao^as: 
 — P. or M. to be borne, carried, ka. ; 
 to he borne on, thrown,, hurled, or sent, 
 to rush, fly (of missiles) ; i. 8. 20 : iii. 
 3. 16 : iv. 7. 6 s, 14 : — .V. to bring in 
 for one's own use, A. , vi. 6. 1 : vii. 4.3. 
 
 Der. PEKI-PHERT, META-PHOtt. 
 
 ^tiym," <pei^opMi /i (ftevioufiai, 2 pf 
 iri^evya, 2 a. l^uyov, fiigio, to flee, 
 fly, take to flight, ran away, retreat, 
 A., Arb, Sii, elt, i^, iirl, ka.; to flee 
 one's country, be or bieome an exile, 
 go into exile, be banish '>d : ol (pe&yovres 
 the fugitives, exiles: i. 1. 7; 2.18; 3. 
 3 ; 10. 1 : iii. 2. 35 ; 3. 9, 19 ; 4. 35. 
 ^iiya denotes rather an attempt to 
 escape by open flight ; and Si.8pa<rKiii 
 (only in compounds), by secret de- 
 parture or concealment. Cf. iro- 
 tjieiyto, aTro-5i3pd(rK(j). Der. FuaiTiVE. 
 
 <|»])i,C * (pres. end., exe. 2 sing, ^ijs 
 or 07)5) k strengthened ^ia-Kot q. v., 
 0))(ro», ipf. l(^riv (usu. as aor. ; 2 sing. 
 l(^TIi70a.), rarer a. (iji-qaa, (<p^-) to say, 
 state, declare ; to affirm, assent, say 
 yes, (of aio) : w. o!> (which comm. 
 modifies rather a dependent verb, 
 662 b), to say that . . TWt, say no, deny, 
 refuse (see 01), and cf. nego) : i. (A., 
 sometimes without the inf., which may 
 yet be understood), op. (r., vii. 1. 5) ; 
 but often placed parenthetically and 
 sometimes pleonastic, S74 (cf- guoth): 
 
 1.2.25s; 3. 1,73, 18; 6.6s: ii. 1.9s; 
 5. 24 s ; V. 8. 5. — To (^rip.1 are usu. 
 referred the f. ipa, pf. eCpT)Kci, ttpr\fua, 
 and 1 a. €tira (ind. 2 sing., and iniv. 
 exe. 2 sing., esp. used), oftener (exc. 
 as above) 2 a. «Iirov {etra, -oip.i, -i, 
 -civ, -liv); but these often correspond 
 in their use more closely to \iyw or 
 dyopeiia (hence also, to mention, tell, 
 bid, advise, propose, &c. ; and A. D., 
 CP. , &c., 659 h') : i. 2. 5 ; 3. 5, 7, 14 : 
 ii. 1. 15, 21 ; 3. 2: elpriTo cliarge had 
 been given, D. i., iii. 4. 3 s. Cf ffiii, 
 fama, fame. 
 
 ^9ava,* tpddffiij & ^B'^itrofjuu, ^^Qaxa, 
 1 a. lipSaa-a, 2 a. lipffriv, to anticipate, 
 get tlie start of, be or get before an- 
 other, arrive before, outstrip, surprise, 
 A. P. (often translated by a finite verb, 
 and if>86.va by such expressions as be- 
 fore, first, previously, beforehand, soon- 
 er, too soon, by anticipation or surprise, 
 677 f ), irpiv : <j). Karaka^jvres to anUci- 
 pate in getting possession, or to get pos- 
 session first, i. 3. 14 : tfrSdtrai irplv va- 
 deiv to [get the start] act before suffer- 
 ing, ii. 5. 5 : ^9d<rai irparos to [out- 
 strip, so as to] be foremost, 509 d, iiu 
 4. 20 : apirdffai (j>8d(rarTas to take by 
 surprise, 677 f, iv. 6. 11 : see, also, 
 iii. 4. 49 : iv. 1. 4, 21 : v. 7. 16. 
 
 ifi8lYY<>|'^0'S iyioixa.i, fipeeypuu, to ut- 
 ter a sound (esp. a loud, clear sound), 
 raise a, cry, cry out, shout, scream, 
 sound, make one's self heard, D., i. 8. 
 18 : iv. 5. 18 : vi. 1. 23 : vii. 4. 19. 
 Der. DI-PHTHONO, APO-PHTHEGM. 
 
 <j>6E(p(a,* (pSepci, lipiapKa, to destroy, 
 lay waste. A., iv. 7. 20. 
 
 <^6ov^ia, ijiTM, (^Bbpos envy) to envy, 
 D., i. 9. 19 : v. 7. 10. 
 
 ()iid\7), T/s, patera, a broad, shallow 
 cup or bowl, saucer, for drinking or 
 libation, iv. 7. 27. Der. PHrAL, vial. 
 
 {iXaCrEpos c. of 0!Xo5, i. 9. 29 ? 
 iXia, ijiTij), ire^iXijra, to love, with 
 a pure love, as of friendship ; more 
 emotional in sense than dyourda, less 
 pas.sionate than ipdia, and less strong 
 than iTTiprfio- A.; i. 1. 4; 9. 25, 28. 
 
 } '^iX'^a-i.os, ov, Philesius, an Aeha:- 
 an, chosen as successor to Menon, and 
 one of the oldest of the Cyrean gen- 
 erals, but not one of the most promi- 
 nent or highly esteemed, iii. 1. 47. 
 
 t(|>i\Ca, as, friendship, attachment, 
 affection, love, o. or possessive pron., 
 
^iXlKOS 
 
 144 
 
 <^tvCKCOS 
 
 both sulrjectivB and oliJectivB (cf. lave 
 of), 444, 533d, i. 3. 5 : ii. 5. 8. 24 : 
 V. 6. 11: vii. 7. 29 {lome to yout: — 
 irpos <^iXCav [in accordance with 
 friendship], in' a friendly manTier, in 
 peace or friewisMp, i. 3. 19 (or to a 
 friendly eatintry, see iplXios). See Sid. 
 
 t<{>iXiicos, ^, i5w, befitting a friend, of 
 a friendly nature, friendly, iv. 1. 9 : 
 V. 5. 25 ^v. I. iTTir/iSeios). See <fil\ios. 
 
 }<^\i.Kas in a friendly inanner, on 
 friendly temis, as a fnend, ii. 5. 27 : 
 vi. 6. 35. 
 
 l<|>(Xxos, a, ov, of a friend or friends, 
 friemdly, in annily or at peace, esp. 
 opposed to -icoKiiuos, and often applied 
 to places (as ^(Xiicjs rather to acts, 
 and ^IXos to pei'sous), D.: Sik tfxXlas 
 T?s X'^l"^^ through the country as 
 friendly or in peace, 523 b ; i. 3. 14 ; 
 
 6. 3 (of a person) : ii. 3. 26 ; 5. 18 : v. 
 
 7. 13 s, 33: ^kKIo, sc. xiipa or 7^, a 
 friendly country, region, or land, ii. 
 3. 27 ; vi 6. 38 : vii 3. 13. See ^i\la. 
 
 t<|>(X-nm'0$, ov, s., fond of horses, 
 i. 9. 5. Der. Philii-, fhilippic. 
 
 t<|>iXd-4i]pos, ov, s., Ifiiipa hwntin^) 
 fond of hunting or the diase, i. 9. 6. 
 
 t<tM,\o.K^S4», ■fiaia, {KipSos) to love, 
 seek, or be greedy of gain, i. 9. 16. 
 
 t4>i'Xo-KM>uvos, ov, s., ftmd of dan- 
 ger, venturesome, adventurous, i. 9. 6. 
 
 t<^Xa-|ia94s, ii, c. iarepos, s. iara- 
 Tos, (ftaii96a>uj) fcmd of learning, eager 
 to learn, i. 9. 5. Der. philomath. 
 
 t^iXo-vaKCa, as, (reijros strife) love 
 of strife, rivalry, emulaiion, iv. 8. 27 : 
 V. I. ^iXo-vlkCo, as, (wKij) eagerness for 
 victory. 
 
 t^Xo-leros, ov, Philoxenns, a, good 
 soldier from Pellene in Achaia, v. 2. 15. 
 
 t it>i\o.^Xt(K>s, ov, fond of war, war- 
 lomng, passionate for war, ii. 6. 1, 6. 
 <|i£Xos, ij, ov, c. & s, ^Aairepo^ or 
 if>i\Tcpos, -raro!,* amicus, friendly 
 (cf. ^Xios), well-disposed, attached: 
 sabst. 4>(Xos, ov, a friend, adherent, 
 
 favorite: v. (as subst., also w. g;): 
 i. 1.2,5; 3.6,12; 4.2; 6.6; 7.6s; 
 9. 10, 20 s, 27 s, 29 (c), 31 : iv. 4. 4. 
 Der. PHILO-, PHIL-. 
 
 4.(^\iS-a-o<^os, ov, fond of wisdom: 
 subst. (fiiXdiro^s, ov, a puilosopheb, 
 ii. 1. 13. 
 
 |i|iiXo-(rTpaTU&Ti)s, ov, a friend to 
 the soldiers, the soldiers' friend, vii. 6. 
 4,39. 
 
 |^iXoTiii6i|>ai,ii(ni|ua( ,ve<pi.\artti.riiiac, 
 a. i^Xonfi'^bip', {ipiXd-Tlnos honor-lov- 
 ing, ambitious, jealous, fr. ri/t^) to he 
 jealous, piqued, or resentful, to resent 
 it, i. 4. 7. 
 
 l^^t^O'i^oWofuii, 'ticfofiai, ». i^iKo- 
 (ppovTioAiLTjiv or -"fj&Tp*, {tj>i\b-<l>pb)vfric7id- 
 ly-minded, fr. ^pijK mind) to be kindly 
 disposed, express good-will or friend- 
 ship, show kindness or favor; to treat 
 or greet as a friend, A. ; ii. 5. 27 : iv. 
 5. 29, 32, 34. 
 
 ^XtdoTOs, ov, 6, a Phliasian, a man 
 of Phlius (*XZoOs), a city with a small 
 territory in the northeast of the Pe- 
 loponnese, on the Asopus (now the 
 St. George). It was commonly jealous 
 of its neighbor Argos, and in alliance 
 with Sparta, vii. 8. 1. || Euins near 
 the village of St. George. 
 
 t(f>Xvdjpcu, ^ao>, (tpxidpos) to talk 
 nonsense, speak absurdly, iii. 1. 26, 29. 
 <j>Xvdpla, as, (= <t>\idpos babbling, 
 fr. ipXiiui bnllio, to bubble up) pi. nu- 
 gae, idle talk, absurdities, fooleries, 
 mere trifling, nonsense, i. 3. 18. 
 
 f ijioPcpds, d, tv, B., frightful, fearful, 
 alarming, terrible, formidable, to be 
 feared, B. 1., p.'q, ii. 6. 9 : iii. 4. 5 : v. 
 2.23; 5.17; 7.2. 
 
 ti|iop{ii>, iiaa, to frighten, terrify, 
 scare, A.,iv. 5.17 : — <j>aP4o|uit, ^o-o/tai, 
 Treipi^Tifiai, a. ^0o^r, jiji/, to be fright- 
 ened, terrified, alarmed, afraid, ap- 
 preJiensive, or under the ivfiuence of 
 fear; to fear; A. itii, l., irepl, Std ■ ri 
 {po^daBai r^v ripiuplav the fear of pun- 
 ishment; i. 3. 17 ; 8. 13 : ii 4. 18 ; 5. 
 6 ; 6. 14, 19 : V. 5. 7 : vii. 1.2; 8. 20. 
 ifiiSPos, ov, S, (<t>i^ii.ai to flee) fear, 
 .dread, fright, alarm, panic, tenor, 
 G., I., cp., ii 2. 19 ; 4. 3 : iii. 1. 18 : 
 vii 4. 1 : pi. terrors, fearful threats, 
 iv. 1. 23 : riv Ik tuiv 'KK\iiviuv els roiii 
 PapPdpovs <j>6pov the terror [struck from 
 the Greeks as the .source, into the bar- 
 barians] irnlh which the Greeks struck 
 the barbarians, i. 2. 18 ; cf. vii. 2. 37. 
 Der. HYDRO-pnoBiA. 
 
 t<f>oii'fKEOs, ia, eov, coiitr. <|>oiviKo€s, 
 rj, ouv, purple-red, purple or crimson, 
 a color early prepared by the Phoe- 
 nicians from the murex of the neigh- 
 boring sea, and chosen by the Greeks 
 for war-garments from its brilliant 
 I effect and its disguising blood, i. 2. 16 : 
 
 \v. I. (pOtvlKis, ^OlVlKiOS. 
 
$oiv(kt) 
 
 145 
 
 i^XaK'^ 
 
 t^oivtKT], Tjs, Phcenicia or Phenice, a 
 narrow strip on the Syrian coast of 
 the Mediterranean, peopled by a Se- 
 mitic race, illustrious for their early 
 commerce, arts, inventions, and colo- 
 nies. They founded Carthage, ' ' Rome's 
 great rival," and imparted letters to 
 Greece, i. L 5 ; 7. 12 : vii. 8. 25. 
 t<j>oiviKi<rT^s, oO, purpuratua, a pur- 
 ple-wearer: 0. (SoirlXeios a wearer of 
 purple at the king's court from his 
 high rank, i. 2. 20. Some translate 
 (after Zonaras) a dyer of purple, or (as 
 Larcher) a hearer of the purple staiid- 
 ard. 
 
 $otvi|or$otviS, iKos, 6, Phcenicinn: 
 suhst., a Phcenicinn, i. 4. 6. Hence, 
 6 (|>alvi.S the date-palm, date-tree, palm, 
 as bearing thti Pliomieian fruit, since 
 dates were brought in commerce from 
 Phoenicia to Greece (yet some explain 
 rather ^oivIkti as thji dale-land), i. 5. 
 10. Of this tree, so great an orna- 
 ment to the country where it grows, 
 and so invaluable to the inhabitants, 
 Strabo says that a Persian poem sang 
 the uses to the number of three hun- 
 dred and sixty. Der. phcenix. 
 
 #oX(5i], 1)!, a mountain range on 
 the boundary between Elis and Ar- 
 cadia, fabled as the scene of a battle 
 of Hercules with the Centaurs, and 
 as named by him from one of them 
 who was here buried, Pholus, v. 3. 10. 
 llMauro Bouni, or Xiria. 
 
 <f>op^a>, 'fjtrw, TretpltpijKa 1., {(p^pta) 
 iterative, to carry habitually, wear; 
 to bring in successive loads ; A.; i. 8. 
 29: v.'2. 26: vii. 4. 4. 
 
 (bdpos, ov, 6, ((pipi^) tribute, v. 5. 7. 
 
 (poprlov, ov, ((f^pia) a burden, load, 
 v. 2. 21 : vii. 1. 37. 
 
 <|>pd^ca,* dcru, wiippaKa, to TELL, 
 bid, direct, state, declare, mention, d. 
 I., A. CP., i. 6. 3: ii. 3. 3; 4. 18: iv. 
 5. 29, 34 : vi. 6. 20. Der. PHRASE. 
 l^paorCas, ov, Phrasias, an officer 
 from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 
 
 i^p^ap, (ppidTos, t6, a well, cistern, 
 iv. 5. 25. 
 
 <|>pov^b), ^(Tw, 'ire(l>p6v7iKa,{tf>p'^v mind) 
 to think, understand, perceive, discern, 
 be wise or sagacious, A. of neut. adj., 
 ii. 2. 5 : ^^7a 0. to think [big] loflily, 
 to be high-minded, elated, or proud, 
 ivl, iii. i. 27 : v. 6. 8 : ttX^ok (j>. to be 
 superior in u'hdoni, vi. 3. 18. 
 
 4(|>p^VT]|ia, OT05, t4, thought, spirit, 
 confidence, iii. 1 . 22 ; 2.16. 
 
 4 4>povifi,os, ov, thoughtful, prudent, 
 discreet, sensible, judicious, sagacious, 
 
 elf-possessed, i. 10. 7 : ii. 5. 16 ; 6. 7. 
 
 ^.tjipovrtju, liroi iu), wc^povriKa, {(ppov- 
 tIs thought, solicitude) to take thought, 
 be anxious or solicitous ; to consider, 
 
 ^■evise, contrive, Swas : ii. 3. 25 ; 6. 8. 
 
 t<t>povp-ap\os> ov, 6, the commander 
 or cominandant of a garrison, i. 1 . 6. 
 
 t(j>povp^a>, ■/jtria, to guard, keep under 
 guard. A., i. 4. 8 : v. 5. 20. 
 
 t(j>poiJpiav, ov, dim. in form only, 
 a garrisoned post, fortress, garrison, 
 i. 4. 15 : V. I, (|>povpii, fis, a garrison. 
 <j>poupds, oC, A, (TTpo-opdui, iS9gi h') 
 a watcher, guard, garrison-soldier, 
 vii. 1. 20 ; 8. 15 (om. by some). 
 
 <)>plJ'yavov, on, (4>piyo) frigo, to parch) 
 a dry stick, or tioig ; pi. firewood, fag- 
 ots, &c., iv. 3. 11. 
 
 *pvy',tt, as, (*pi;{) Phrygia {Great, 
 or Proper) a large inland country, the 
 western part of the great table land 
 of Asia Minor. It appears to have 
 been the native region of the flute- 
 music (which early vied with that of 
 the lyre, si^e Mapo-i)as), and of some of 
 the rites of Bacchus and Cybele. i. 2. 
 6s; 9.7. — 2. Lesser Phrygia, a, n3,m& 
 given to the northern part of Mysia, 
 extending along the coast of the Pro- 
 pontis to the Hellespont, with the 
 Troad sometimes included. This was 
 part of the satrapy of Pharnabazus, 
 while Great Phrj'gia was given to 
 Cyrus, aud afterwards to Tissaphernes. 
 V. 6. 24. — See */)i)?. 
 
 •fpuvto-Kos, ov, Phryniscus, an 
 AchiEan, appointed general during the 
 latter part of the retreat, prob. in 
 place of SophiEnotus, vii. 2. 1 s ; 5. 10. 
 "i>pv|, vybi, i>, a Phrygian. The 
 Phrygians were an ancient people, of 
 quiet agricultural and pastoral habits, 
 who, according to some, had crossed 
 from Thrace into Asia Minor, i. 2. 13. 
 
 t<j>vYiis, dSos, b, ic. FUUITIVJi, cj:ik, 
 i. 1. 9, 11 ; 7. 5: iv. 2. 13. 
 
 tijju'yrj, iji,. (uga,, flight ; banishment, 
 exile; i. 8. 24 : iv. 2. 12 : vii. 7. .57. 
 ^iya, -01(11, -eiv, -av, see (fieiyiii. 
 
 t4>«Xax^, ^s, toafch (whether act, 
 tiiiK', ]iUici% or pers.ms engaged, 363 h), 
 guard, icurd, custody, yuard-.itatimi, 
 ij irri~'i:iii, sentinels, a., irpii. The 
 
<{>vXa| 
 
 IIO 
 
 ■"ASTT .' 
 
 Greeks iisu. divided Ihe niglit into 
 three watches, as the lioniiins into 
 fouv. i. 1. 6 ; 4. 4 : ii. 4. 17 ; 6. 10 : 
 iv. 1.5; 5. 21, 29 : v. 8. 1 : vii. 6. 22. 
 ti}'"^''!, aitos, it, a guard (tlie in- 
 dividual, as 0i;\a/cij the eomiiany), 
 watcher, sentinel, ctistodian ; jil. a 
 guard (collectively), bndi/ gicard, gar- 
 rison, &c. ; i. 2. 12 : iv. 2. 5s : vi. i. 27 ; 
 S. 4 : X6xos <t>i\a^ (as adj.) a company 
 on the watch or of reserve, vi. 5. 9. 
 
 <|>uXaTTW, d^w, ire(p6\axo., to guard, 
 watch, garrison, keep, keep guard or 
 watch, A. I)., AE., itri • 0u\a/fcts (pv- 
 Xdrreip to keep, maintain, or sluvil 
 guard; i. 2. 1, 21 s ; 4. 4s: ii. 6. 10: 
 v. 1. 2 ; 3.4: — M. to guard one's self 
 against another, be or keep on one's 
 guard against, beware of, gtiard 
 against, keep watch upon, guard or tep 
 guard for one's own safety, take care, 
 A. (of object guarded against), ae., 
 Iij, lis, fiiTTe, i. 6. 9 : ii. 2. 16 ; 5. 3, 37: 
 vii. 3. 35 ; 0. iraaav, sc. tpvXaKi^f, to 
 take every precaution, to be mi the 
 strictest guard, vii. 6. 22. Der. phy- 
 lactery. 
 
 (jjvcrdci), ^ff(ti, a. p. i<l>vff-^6'tjv, {(pv(Ta 
 a blast, bellows) to inflate, blow up, 
 A., iii. 5. 9. 
 
 ^licTKos, ov, 6, the Physcus, a stream 
 hy Opis, ii. 4. 25. || The canal Katur, 
 or Nahr-Awan ; ace. to some, the river 
 Adhem. 
 
 i^VTi-ia, eij<ro>, ire/pirevKa 1., {ipvToi' 
 a plant) to plant. A., v. 3. 12. 
 
 ij>iJci) [v],* tjjiaui, iritjiVKa, 2 a. i<^6v, 
 to bring into being, produce. A., i. 4. 
 10 : but in pf. and 2 a., to come into 
 being, cf. fui. Der. physics, phy- 
 sraiAN, physio-loby. 
 
 4'MKdCs, tSos, fi, a Phoccean woman, 
 from iuKaia, Phoccea (now Foggia or 
 Fobia), an Ionian city of great com- 
 mercial enterprise and great prosperi- 
 ty until its capture by the army of 
 the elder Cyrus, when a large part of 
 its inhabitants, embarking in their 
 vessels, sought new homes in the dis- 
 tant west (among others, Marseilles). 
 The Phocsean mentioned in i. 10. 2 
 was named Milto from her brilliancy 
 of complexion, but by Cyrus Aspa.sia 
 after the favorite of Pericles. She 
 had been brought up by her father 
 HerniotJrnns in poverty and without 
 a mother's care; and vhen brought 
 
 by 'nrc" to f'yrns, won liia aU'ection 
 Ipy lirr wisdom and virtue, I'vei: more 
 than liy her remarkable bi-iiuty. Af- 
 ier hi.s death, she became also a fa- 
 voi'iti- of Artaxerxes, who, it is stated, 
 had specially ordered her eaptui'e ; 
 but when he had associated with him- 
 self upon the throne his son Darius, 
 the latter asked that he would also 
 grant him Aspasia. Artaxerxes prom- 
 ised to do this, since, aci:ording to 
 usage, the fir.st I'equest of a successor 
 elect could not be denied ; but, in- 
 stead of fulfilling his promise, made 
 her a priestess (ace. to Plutarch, of 
 Anitis, the Persian Diana). This so 
 enraged the disappointed son that he 
 joined with Tiribazus in .seeking his 
 father's life, but lost his own. i. 10. 2. 
 
 (jxov^, rjs, (<pa-) vox, a sound of the 
 voice, voice, speech, language, ii. 6. 9 : 
 iv. 8. 4. Der. phonetic, eu-phony. 
 
 d>(os, 0ut6s, to, (<pa-) light of day, 
 a fire, &c., iii. 1. 12 : vii. 4. 18 : ^fis 
 iyhero daylight came, it became light, 
 vi. 3. 2. Der. photo-gkaph. 
 
 Xatpoi,* x'-'^pM'^t Kex^PV"'! to ''<'- 
 joice, p. , vii. 2. 4 : to take leave, depart 
 (from the common expression in leave- 
 taking, jc"'P^ farewell) ; hence, lav 
 Xalpei" to let go, bid farewell to, vii. 3. 
 23 : x"'/"<"' rejoining, unth imptmity, 
 V. 6. 32. 
 
 XaKSaZoiyOiv, ol,tIieChaldad,ov-a:rins, 
 a warlike and independent people of 
 Aimenia, perhaps the remains in their 
 early seat of the powerful tribe that 
 conquered Babylonia, and becoming 
 effeminate were themselves conquered 
 by the Medes and Pei-sians. Tliey 
 seem to have been also called Xu\u- 
 ^Es ; and Xenophon uses both names, 
 apparently for the same tribe, iv. 3. 
 4 : V. 5. 17 : vii. 8. 25. See Xi\v^. 
 ^XaXtiraLva, avSi, to be severe, angry, 
 indignant, displeased, provoked, in- 
 censed, or enraged, n. G., Sn, i. 4. 12; 
 5. 11, 14 : vii. 6. 32 : so a. p. as m. 
 ixaXeirivBriv, i v . 6. 2. 
 
 XaXeiros, ■//, 6v, c., s., HAIW to do, 
 bear, take, &c. ; difficult, irksome, 
 troublesome; grievous, severe, stem, 
 harsh, violent, bitter, cross, fierce, 
 
XoXeirtss 
 
 147 
 
 Xapliroilios 
 
 cruel, dangerous: ri x^Xeiriv t!ie se- 
 verity, harshness, fierceness ; i. ; L 3. 
 12: ii.6.9,ll3: iii.1.13; 4.35 : v.1.7. 
 
 IXoXcirus hardlij, with difficulty, 
 grievously, severely : X' ^X^'" l" be 
 grievously affected, deeply conxrned, 
 or greatly distressed : see ^^pia : i. 3. 
 3 : iii. 3. 13 ; 4. 47 : v. 7. 2 : vi. 4. lU. 
 XOlXivoWj tJ)(r(a, KexaXivtaxa I., (^a- 
 Xivis a bridle) to bridle, A., iii. 4. 35. 
 
 tx^KEOSi ^a, eoy, contr. X"^''0''$> % 
 oOk, brazen or rather bronze, of brass 
 or bronze, i. 2. 16 : y'. 2. 29. 
 
 tXaXKT|SovCa, or Ka\x^S°<''<h "^i 
 Chalcedonia, the territory about the 
 city of Chalcedou and belonging to it, 
 vi. 6. 38. 
 
 tXaX.KT]Siiv, or KaXx^lS'"*' (167 b), 
 bvo$, ii, Clialcedon, a city in Bithynia, 
 founded by the Megarians, is. c. 674, 
 on the Propontis at the entrance of 
 the Thracian Bosphorus. Though it 
 became u. considerable city, it was 
 sometimes called the "City of the 
 Blind," because its founders over- 
 looked the superior advantages of the 
 nearly opposite site of Bvzantium. 
 vii. 1. 20 ; 2. 24, 26. ||Kadi-Keui. 
 
 XaXxos, oD, 6, aes, copper ; but more 
 commonly bronze, an alloy of copper 
 and tin (usu. about J copper to J tin) 
 greatly used by the ancients, and ad- 
 mitting a harder temper than the 
 more modern brass, an alloy of copper 
 and zinc. The latter term is, how- 
 ever, common in translation. XaXKjs 
 Tis ■fjsTpa.irTe [some bronze glistened] 
 there was a gleam ing of brass or brazen 
 armor, i. 8. 8. 
 
 IXi^KCDjia, aros, t4, a brazen (or 
 bronze) vXensil, iv. 1. 8. 
 
 XilXoSj'oi', 0, the Chalus, a river in 
 Syria, i. 4. 9. || The Koweik, the 
 river of Aleppo. 
 
 Xd\vi|(, u/Sos, 6, a Chalybian, or one 
 of the Chalybes, a people so skilled in 
 workingiron that they either gave their 
 name to steel (xdXutj/, as if Ohalybian 
 iron), or were themselves named from 
 i t : cf. ol ffidrjpoT^KTOve^ X(£Xuj9es, .^jsch. 
 Prom. 714. Some of the Chalybes (also 
 called XaXSttioi, v. 5. 17) were the 
 bravest people found by the Cyreans ; 
 while others, west of Trebizond, were 
 few in number and subject to the 
 Mossynceci. iv. 4. 18 ; 6. 5 ; 7. 15 : 
 V. 5. i : vii. 8. 25. Der. chalybeate. 
 
 \ap6Spii, ai, {xapaTTia to cut, fur- 
 row, whence oiiaiiacteb) u. ravine, 
 gorge, usu. furrowed by water, iii. 4.1. 
 
 Xap^Kctf^a, arot, rb, (xdpa^ stake, 
 fr. x'''P'^'''TU> to cut) a paling, palisad- 
 ing, line of palisades, v. 2. 26. 
 
 tx°'p'£<'Si iiiraa,. Lev, g. Leirros, i^Jirijs, 
 gratiosiis, graceful, agreeable, pleasing, 
 clever, ingenious, iii. 5. 12 {v. I. xip'ci'}. 
 i\afit,o]ia,i, ia-OfLai loOiiuii, k£x^/"'^^^'. 
 gratiticor, to grant one a favor, grati- 
 fy, favor, oblige, please, indulge, n. 
 AB., i.9.24: ii.1.10; 3.19: vii.l.2D. 
 
 Xapis,* iTos, T], (xat'/sw) gratia, grace, 
 favor; obligation for a favor, gratitude, 
 thanks: xup^^ elS^vat (see opdu) to rec- 
 ognize a faoor or obligation, esteem it a 
 favor, be grateful ; X''/"" ^X^ "' lo home 
 gratitude, fed, grateful: D. G. : i. 4. 
 15 : ii. 5. 14 : iii. 3. 14 : vi. 1. 26 : vii. 4. 
 9 ; 6. 32. Der. eu-charist. 
 
 Xap|idv8T|, 7}s, Oharniande, a large 
 city on the Arabian side of the Eu- 
 phrates, thought by most to be the 
 city called by Hdt. 'Is, now Hit, re- 
 markable for its bitumen springs, 
 which furnished cement for the walls 
 of Babylon, and which still seem iu- 
 exhanstible, i. 5. 10. The Euphrates 
 and Tigris are still crossed in the man- 
 ner here stated by Xenophon. 
 
 Xapnivos, 01;, Charmlnus, an en- 
 voy from the Spaitau commander 
 Thibron to the Cyreans, vii. 6. 1, 39. 
 
 \af,i>v, Givos, 6, ix^u) to pour, cf. 
 X<u>') hiems, winter, wintry weather, 
 storm, cold, i. 7. 6 : iv. 1.15: vii. 3. 13. 
 
 Xe'p,* x^'-P^^t <!■ pl- X^P^h V, the 
 hand: eis x^'-P^^ livai or Spxe(Tdac to 
 come to [hands] blows or to close en- 
 counter or combat, but w. dat., [to 
 come into hands to any one] to put 
 one's self in the hands or power of any 
 one : irepi tivs xf/Offi" about the [hands] 
 wrists : ix X"?^' jSAWeii' to throw 
 [from] with the hand merely, as darts 
 (but iK X- , V. 4. 25, hand- to hand, in 
 close combat) : i. 2. 26 ; 5. 8, 15 : iii. 3. 
 15 : iv. 7. 15 : vi. 3. 4 : see d^xopai. 
 Der. CHIUO-GRAPHY, SURGEON. 
 4.X«i.pC-<ro<)>os, 01/, Chirisophus, a 
 general sent from Sparta to Cyrus 
 with auxiliary troops, in return lor 
 the zealous and liberal aid which he 
 had rendered in the Peloponnesian 
 War. He was the chief leader of the 
 van in the retr.!at, and was at one 
 
XcipovXiiB^s 
 
 148 
 
 Xpdw 
 
 time chosen sole commandev of the 
 Cy leans. After the death of Clear 
 chus, he was considered the first of 
 the generals in dignity, as Xenoplion 
 was first in influence ; and the two 
 worked together with great harmony 
 for the salvation of the army. i. 4. 3. 
 
 4.\evpo-TrX'i]6<|S, ^s, (irXijBw) filling the 
 hand, as large as can be held in the 
 hand, iii. 3. 17. 
 
 4.Xeipo-iroCi)Tos, ov, {jroiiu) made by 
 hand, iv. 3. 6. 
 
 IX'i'P'i'') liffu, ^- and oftener M., to 
 handle, master, overpower, subdue, vii. 
 
 3. n. 
 
 4.X«'p<i>v,* ov, (c. referred to Kd-.tl^ ■ 
 s. xdpusTos) worse, inferior: x^P^" 
 icTLv airif it is worse with him, lie vi 
 less to be prized or worth less, irpos : 
 V. 2. 13: vii. 6. 4, 39. 
 
 XE^pd-VT|tras, oir, ii, later Att. for 
 X€p(y6-VTttros {x^p(yo$ VTJffos a shore- 
 island), a peninsula, vi. 2. 2. — 2. In 
 a special sense, the Chersonese, a long, 
 fertile peninsula on the Thraoian side 
 of the Hellespont. This was early 
 colonized by the Greeks (especially 
 the Athenians), who were often at war 
 with the Thracians or with each other 
 for its protection or possassion. It 
 was at length defended by a wall built 
 across its isthmus, i. 1.9; ii.6.2: vii. 
 1. 13. II Peninsula of the Dardanelles. 
 
 Xt|X<j, ^s, a hoof ; hence, from some 
 resemblance, a sloping structure of 
 stone to protect a wall from the vio- 
 lence of waves, a breakwater, inole, or 
 pier, vii. 1. 17. 
 
 X^", xi""'; ^ ^. anser, Gei-m. Gans, 
 a goose, i. 9. 26. 
 
 Xflfe adv., TESTER-r^re?/, vi. 4. 18 ? 
 
 XtXioi, ai, a, a thousand, i. 2. 3, 6, 
 9 ; 6. 2 : ii. 2. 6. Der. chiliast. 
 
 XtXos, ov, b, grass cut for feeding 
 animals, fodder, forage : ^ripbs %■ ^'''V 
 grass, hay : i. 5. 7 ; 9. 27 : iv. 5. 33. 
 JX'Xms, liffw, to feed with cut grass, 
 to fodder, A., vii. 2. 21. 
 
 Xlfiaipa, as, {x^ixapos a goat of the 
 first year-; fr. x"/"" winter, as if a 
 winter's Jcid?) a she-goat of the first 
 year, female kid, iii. 2. 12. Der. 
 CHIMERA. 
 
 Xtos, ov, 6, a Chian, ii man of 
 Chios (Xios, now Scio), one of the 
 larger islands of the JEgean, near the 
 coast of Ionia. It was colonized by 
 
 the lonians, and formed a powerful 
 maritime state, until its conquest and 
 crael devastation by the Firaians, 
 B. c. 493. On recovering its liberty 
 through the battle of Mycale, B.C. 479, 
 it became for a long period one of the 
 closest allies of Athens. It has since 
 repeatedly suffered the evils of war, 
 and most severely from its brutal 
 desolation by the Turks in 1822 A. D. 
 Of the many places that claimed the 
 birth of Homer, Chios, except perhaps 
 Smyrna, seems best entitled to tlie 
 honor: "The blind old man of Suio's 
 rocky isle" (Byron), iv. 1. 28. 
 
 X'Tiiv, uivos, 6, tunica, a tunic, 
 fruc.'j, tile common under- or working- 
 5.anncnt of (he (! reeks and Eomans, 
 ch. of wool, anil often short or drawn 
 up by the girdle ; hence, in general, 
 a garment worn next the skin ; i. 2. 
 16; 5.8: v. 2. 15: vii. 4. 4 (where the 
 term is extended to the Thracian 
 breeches or trousers). 
 JXiTuvCo-KOS, ov, 6, dim., a small or 
 short tunic, v. 4. 13. 
 
 X"iv, 6ms, i), {x^ti> to pour) snov\ 
 iv! 4. 8, 11 ; 5. 3 s. Cf. x^'y""'' ; and 
 Hima-laya, the abode of snow. 
 
 XXap'VSi iSos, T], a short cloak or 
 mantle, esp. worn by horsemen, vii. 
 4. 4. 
 
 XOivi|, iKos, 71 (v. I. A) n, cAcenix, or 
 a quart very nearly, -^ of a /ndSt/Jwo!. 
 This was a common daily allowance 
 of corn to a soldier, i. 5. 6. Some re- 
 duce the x"'"'^ to -^ of the fiiSc/ivos. 
 \\olp0.os, a, ov, of swine : xpia x"'- 
 peia swine's flesh, pork, iv. 5. 31. 
 
 Xotpos, ov, or), porcus, a tame swine, 
 esp. young, a pig, vii. 8. 5. 
 txoppi''*, £i)<rw, KexbpcvKa, to dance, 
 esp. in a choir, iv. 7. 16 : v. 4. 17. 
 
 Xopos, ov, 6, a ciioiB, batid, troop, 
 or row of dancers, v. 4. 12. Der. 
 CHORUS, CHORAL. 
 
 XopTos, ov, 6, fodder, forage, grass, 
 herbage, i. 5. 5 : ii. 4. 11 ; see koC^os. 
 
 Xpoicn* (dcis gs, &c., I20g), ijirw, 
 KixpriKa, to supply need: hence, — • 
 (a) M. xp^oP'O'i, i)<foiiai, KixP'^f-o-i-, a.. 
 iXP't'^^l'-Wt iitor, to supply one's own 
 need by using what is required, to tise, 
 employ, male use of, make useful or 
 of iise, have tlie tise or service of; to 
 experience, enjoy, find ; to treat, man- 
 age, practise upon, take advantage of; 
 
xpiiS" 
 
 149 
 
 Xoipos 
 
 D. (and appositive or adj., w. or with- 
 out lis or SxTirep) ae., els, ivrl : i.3.5 ; 
 4.8, 15; 5. 3; 9. 5, 17: ii. 1. 6,12; 
 6. 25 : iv. 4. 13 : xi"i<'9iu ri to make 
 any use of, use or employ for any ser- 
 vice, use or treat in any way, i. 3. 18 : 
 il. 1. 14 : vi. 6. 20 : iroXe/iij ixPW" 
 experienced [as hostile] the hostility of, 
 ii. 6. 11 ; so ireiBofjt^vois {TruTrordTcp) 
 iXp'riTo received obedience (the most 
 faithful service) from, ii. 6. 13 : iv. 
 6. 3 : fiaxalpf %. to flourish a sword, 
 vi. 1. 5 : iryopq. %■ t° subsist by a 
 market, vii. 6. 24. — (b) impers. xp^ * 
 
 ipf. ixPV" 01" XPV"! it supplies need, it 
 is useful or necessary, it must or ought 
 to be, one muM, should, or ought, I. 
 (A.), i.3.11; 4.14: iii.1.7; 2.24,36. 
 
 Der. CHKESTO-MATHY. 
 
 XP^S"' V"'^ ^°^ Att., (xpela nsus, 
 use, need, akin to xpdw) to need, want, 
 wish, desire, i., i. 3. 20 : iii. 4. 41. 
 
 tXpf)|Mi, oTos, tA, a thing used (cf. 
 vpdyfia) ; usu. pi. things of value, 
 goods, possessions, effects, booty, spoil, 
 property, wealth, esp. money ; i. 1. 9 ; 
 3.14; 4.8; 10.3: ii. 4. 27; 6.5s. 
 
 }XP1|'''*'''i<mKos, i}, iiv, {xP'tl^'^rlj^OiJuii 
 to make money) money-making, prom- 
 ising wealth, indicative of gain, vi. 1. 
 23. 
 
 Xpf)vai, xpTJirdai, see xpit*. i- 4. 1 4 s. 
 
 ^XP^iritios, ij, ov, s., useful, of use 
 or value, serviceable, D., i.6.1: ii.5. 23. 
 
 txp^l"'*^ or xpl<r|i,a, aros, t6, ointment, 
 unguent, iv. 4. 13. Der. chrism. 
 
 Xpfu, i(ru, Kixpwa 1., to anoint : 
 M. to anoint one's self, iv. 4. 1 2. Der. 
 
 CHKISTIAN. 
 
 Xpovos, ou, 6, time, i. 3. 2 ; 8. 8 : 
 iroXXoD xpivov [within] for a long time, 
 i. 9. 25 : Ti/direi XP^'V [with, by means 
 of] in half tlie time, i. 8. 22 : xp^'"i' 
 by time, by protracted siege, iii. 4. 12. 
 See vvv. Der. CHKONic, chronicle, 
 
 CHRONO-LOBY. 
 
 txP'"''"*<'S, ^a, fo") oontr. xpvo-ovs, rj, 
 ovv, of gold, golden, covered or plated 
 wUh gold, gilded, i. 2. 10, 27 ; 10. 12. 
 
 txp»'<'''<'v, ov, dim., gold in small 
 pieces for money, gold money, amount 
 of gold, i. 1. 9; 7. 18 : vii. 8. 1. 
 
 fXpuo-o-woXis, ews, 7), Chrysopolis, 
 a town of Chalcedonia, on the Thra- 
 cian Bosphohis, opposite Byzantium ; 
 said to have been so named, because 
 
 the Persians made it a place of deposit 
 for gold collected from Europe as trib- ■ 
 ute or booty, vi. 3. 16. || Scutari. 
 
 Xpiio-ds, ov, i, gold, iii. 1. 19. Der. 
 OHKYSO-LITE, CHRYSALIS. 
 
 IXpuiro-xa^ivos, ov, (xaXivis bridle) 
 with, gold-studded bridle, i. 2. 27. 
 Xp<a|iat, -fuvos, see xpdu, i. 4. 8. 
 
 tX'&pa') OS. a place, esp. a country, 
 region, province, district, territory, 
 land; a place, position, or post, in 
 military disposition (see rard) ; i. 1 . 
 11; 5.5,9; 8.17; iii. 4.33: pi. i. 9. 
 14: iv. 8. 15 : see 0i\ios : — so of po- 
 sition in respect to rank, influence, 
 &c., as if &vdpo-tr6doji' x^P9 *^^ tJie con- 
 dition of slaves, v. 6. 13 ; iv oiSe/j-tf 
 X<ip(f Iffovrai will be nowhere or of n/} 
 account, v. 7. 28. A country some- 
 times borrows the name of its inhabi- 
 tants : t})v x^po-v elvai- Xd\u/3as tlmt 
 the country was, i. e. belonged to tlie 
 Chalybes, iv. 5. 34. 'X.iipa and tottos 
 are related to each other much as, in 
 Eng., place and spot: but their uses 
 blend, since there is no dividing line 
 between the larger and the nairower 
 sense. 
 
 txup^u, ■^irw or ijiro/iai, Kext6pi;Ka, tj 
 givevoom.make room forothers; hence, 
 to move on, advance, march, proceed, go, 
 pierce, Sid, iirl : to give room for the re- 
 ception of, contain, hold, A. : i. 5. 6 : 10. 
 13 : iv. 2. 15, 28. Der. an-ohoeet. 
 
 i\apit,a, iffu 4u, (xwpis) to separate, 
 detach, A. I,, vi. 5. 11 : /cexwpttr/iA'os 
 separated, removed, differing, a., v. 4. 
 34. 
 
 tx<"p'ov, ov, dim., » limited space, 
 extent, or distance ; esp. a particular 
 place or spot, as a stronghold (so often), 
 hold, toum, height, pass, militai-y po- 
 sition, tract of land (pi. lands, sur- 
 roundingcouiiiri/,reifio7i),la7idcdestnlc, 
 domain ; i. 2. 24 ; 4. 6 : ii. 5. 18 : iii. 
 3. 9, 15; 4.24,37: iv. 5. 15; 7. Is, 
 6, 20: V. 3. 7s: vi. 4.3s, 27. 
 
 tXupCs adv., apart (so as to leave 
 room), separately, singly, by one's se'f; 
 apart from, G.; i. 4. 13 ; iii. 5. 17 : 
 vi. 6. 2. 
 
 X<apos, ou, 6, room, space, open 
 ground, field; place, esp. country 
 place or estate, country in distinction 
 from city ; rare in Att. prose, exc. 
 Xen. ; V. 3. 11, 13 : vii. 2. 3 : see Kard 
 Der. ohoro-gkaphy. 
 
^dfos 
 
 *. 
 
 150 
 
 «3pa 
 
 I thus cool) the cold ; pi. fiigora, frosts, 
 \culd; iii. 1. 23 : iv. 5. 12 : vii. 4. 3. 
 
 ^dpos, ov, 6, the Psanis, one of the 
 chief rivers of Cilicia, rising north of 
 Mt. Taurus, breaking through this 
 range, and entering the sea southeast 
 of Tarsus, i. 4. 1 : v. I. Zd/ios, idpos. 
 II Seihiin. 
 
 ^iyio, \j/ii(ii, to blame, censure, re- 
 proach, A. , vii. 7. 43. 
 
 t|/4Xiov or t|>cXXiov, ou, (\j/iu> to rub) 
 a bracelet, armlet, a favorite ornament 
 among the Persians, worn even by 
 men, i. 2. 27 ; 5. 8 ; 8. 29. 
 ti|>£vS-cv^Spa, as, a false or pretmided 
 ambush or ambuscade, v. 2. 28. 
 
 ti|/cuS^S, 4s, false: ijfcuSi) subst., 
 falsehoods, lies : ii. 4. 24 ; 6. 26. 
 
 i|/cifSoj, ^j/eiffb], pf. p. & til. ^^pevfffiat, 
 a. p. i^eiaBr/v, a. m. iyjieva&iniv, to 
 cheat, deceive, disappoint, x. ae., i. 8. 
 11 : iii. 2. 31 : — M. to be or prove 
 false, speak or act falsely, misstate, 
 falsify, deceive, lie, prom,ise falsely, 
 break one's word, disappoint, A. ae., 
 irpis, 7rep(,i. 3. 5, 10 ; 9. 7 : ii. 6. 22, 28 : 
 V. 6. 35. Der. PSEtJD-ONY,vi. 
 ti|n|(|>£^u, iffia lu, i^^ipixa, to reckon : 
 — M. to vote (by ca.sting a pebble into 
 the um, raising the hand, &c.), and 
 thus to resolve, decide, determine, de- 
 cree, A., I. (a.), el, i. i. 15 : iii. 2. 31, 
 33 : V. 1. 4 : vii. 6. 14 ; 7. 18. 
 
 i|/Tj<|>os, OU, 1^, (^dd) to neb) a worn 
 stoue, pebble, often used as a counter 
 or ballot ; hence, a ballot, vote, sen- 
 tence, decree, v. 8. 21 : vii. 7. 57. 
 
 iJflXcJs, iR dv, (akin to ^Aa to rub, 
 as if nibbed bare) bare, not covered 
 by armor, vegetation, &c. ; hence, un- 
 protected or little protected by armor 
 (as the head vnthfrut a helmet, but 
 merely covered with the tiara), light- 
 armed ; without or bare of vegetation ; 
 i. 5. 5 ; 8. 6 : iii. 3. 7. Der. e-psilon. 
 4.i|/i:\o(i>, liffw, to make bare, strip, 
 clear, separate from, A. G., i. 10. 13 : 
 iv. 3. 27. 
 
 ti|fO(|>c<ii, ij"'") i'p6(j>r]Ka, to resound, 
 ring, iv. 3. 29. 
 
 tiS(f>os, ou, 0, a noise, sound, iv. 2. 4. 
 vj(i\, ^s, (i/'rfxw to breathe) anima, 
 spiritus, the breath, life, soul, spirit, 
 heart, iii. 1. 23, 42 ; 2.' 20 : vii. 7. 43. 
 Der. PSTCHO-LOGY. 
 
 ij-jvrs, COS, t'i, (■/'rfx'^ to 1>^o^i> iincl 
 
 a. 
 
 a 0, the familiar interjection of ad- 
 dress, used far more in Greek than in 
 Eng., and hence often untranslated, 
 i. 4. 16 ; 6. 7. — <5 subj. of elid, i. 3. 6. 
 
 <u dat. sing, of 6s, i. 3. 12. 
 
 uSe adv., {b-de q. v.) thtcs, so, as 
 follows, in this or the following man- 
 lier, usu. referring to what follows, i. 
 1. 6 ; 5. 10 ; 6. 5 : ii. 5. 15: sec ircis. 
 
 <o8i), ^5, (4Siii) a song, chaid, iv.3.27. 
 
 Der. ODE, MEL-ODY, PROS-ODY. 
 
 ^ETO, i^6>]v, see otofiai, i. 4. 5. 
 
 a9i<o,* Cxrw, luxa 1., to push, shove, 
 thrust, trans. — M. to push or thrust 
 another, in order to take his place, 
 A. ^1 • to force one's way, push, in trans . ; 
 iii. 4. 48 : v. 2. 18 (v. I. eiaaeiu). 
 
 ^^Qur^Los, ov, 6, (tjd/fu = itt64w) a 
 piishing, crowding, pressing, v. 2. 17. 
 
 a'Ko8o|i^|i.i)v, see oUo-SoiJuia, iii. 4. 7. 
 
 uKovv, iaKoif,i\v, see oUiu, iii. 4. 7. 
 
 OKTEipcv, see oUrelpw, i. 4. 7. 
 
 ap.EV, see ei.ui to be, iv. 8. 11. 
 t^PiO-p^Etcs, a, ov, or £|io-P(Sivos, rj, 
 ov, (|3ous) of raw or untanned ox-hides: 
 Sdp/iara d. raw ox-hides: iv. 7. 22, 26. 
 
 ^|i.os, i}, 6v, raw, as uncooked or 
 untanned ; hence, unsoftened in char- 
 acter, unfeeling, harsh, cruel ; ii. C. 
 12 : iv. 8. 14. 
 
 •Sp.os, ou, 6, humerus, the slwulder 
 with the upper aim, vi. 5. 25. 
 
 up^tra, see 6fwifu to swear, ii. 2. 8 s. 
 
 av, aeeel/il, i. 1.8. — tov, seeSs,i.l.8. 
 
 cbv^opoi,* '/fffo/xai, iij!)VT)fiai, {H^/os 
 price) 2 a. iirpuLpiriv (akin to iri.Trpi.aKw), 
 to buy, purchase : livoi/uvos buying, by 
 purchase : A. r. , G. of price, i^, iwb : 
 i. 5. 6: ii. 3. 26s: iii. 1.20: v. 3. 7. 
 
 (avT|cra, see Svlvrifu, vi. 1. 32. 
 
 (i)vi.09, o, ov, {iivos price) to be bought, 
 for sale : rb. iivia the articles for sale, 
 goods, wares, vendibles, i. 2. 18. 
 
 ip^ft'qv or upT]V, see otofiai, iv. 2. 4. 
 
 'lijris, iSos, 7], Opts, a large city of 
 Assyria, on the Physcus, not far from 
 the Tigris, ii. 4. 25. || Near Eskl- 
 Bagdad (i. e. Old Bagdad} or, ace. to 
 some, Kaim. 
 
 oipo, aj, hora, season, proper or fit- 
 ting time, tirne (of year, day, &c.). 
 
upaLOS 
 
 151 
 
 aicnr^ 
 
 nouH, D. I. (w. iari often om.) : i/HKa 
 or 6irrivlKa rijs Upas at what or wltat- 
 ever point of [the] time .• i. 3. 1 1 s ; 4. 
 10 : ii. 3. 13 : iii. 4. 34, 40 ; 5. 18 ; 
 \v. 8. 21. Der. horo-scope. 
 4.<opaia$, a, ov, at the proper season 
 (of life, the year, &c.), in the prime or 
 bloom of youth, ripe, ii. 6.28; v.3.12: 
 T(l Cipaia the produce of the season, 
 rips fruits, v. 3. 9. 
 
 <app,i])iai., -lya,, -^^i^v, see 6piii,u. 
 
 us * proclitic, (Ss) ut, quam, quod, 
 &c., as, how, that, so that, &c. : — 1. 
 Kel. Adv. (a) expressing manner, 
 and hence circumstance, degree, occa- 
 sion, time, cause, &c., AS, like as, 
 as if, as it were, as much as, as far 
 as, loh/in, as soon as, since, inasmuch 
 us, i. 1. 4 ; 4. 5, 7 : iv. 7. 8, 12 : in 
 some of these uses, regarded by some 
 as a temporal or causal conj. 'fls, like 
 our as, is used ia many elliptical forms 
 of expression, 711, i. 2. 4 ; 5. 8 ; often 
 performing the office of — (b) an AP- 
 PRO.xiMATE ADV., w. expressions of 
 quantity, esp. numerals, as it were, 
 about, 71 1 b, i. 2. 3 s : vi. 5. 11 : — 
 (e) an adv. of degree, w. the su- 
 pcrl. , as . . as (the comparison being 
 made with pos.sibility, if not other- 
 wise stated, and us thus becoming in- 
 tensive, cf. quam), 553 b, c, d ; e. g. 
 w* Tdxt<rrci ^ws {nr^tpaivev as soon as 
 tlie davm began to a2>pear, iv. 3. 9 
 (cf. i. 3. 15) ; ws ^SOvaro rdxit^ra as 
 rapidly as lie could, iii. 4. 48 ; us rd- 
 Xura as quickly or somi as possible, 
 i. 3. 14 ; us &v 5iv7jTai irXeitrTovs as 
 many as he could, i. 6. 3 ; dx T\eiirToi 
 as many as possible, iii. 2. 28 : — (d) 
 a PREP. = rpis, to, w. ace. of person, 
 7 r I c, lis ^aaiKia i. 2. 4 : cf. vii. 7.55? 
 — or (e) a miidal sign, as, as if, as 
 though, for, considering (but not al- 
 ways translated), bef. a modifier, 65 d ; 
 as bcf. an appositive or adj., i. 1. 2 ; 
 6. 3 ; bef. a prepositional phrase, i. 2. 
 1 ; 8: 1, 23 : v. 4. 2 : ils iy toIs 6pe<nv 
 [considering it was among the moun- 
 tains] as or for mountaineers, iv.3.31. 
 This modal use of us is esp. frequent 
 before the participle (even if abs.), 
 to express appearance, pretence, opin- 
 ion, purpose (w. pt. fut.), cause, kc; 
 and here is also translated apparently, 
 on pretence of or that, on tlie ground 
 that, in view of, for tlie purpose of, wUh 
 
 the design of, since, inasmiich as, that, 
 &c. ; while the pt. is often translated 
 by an inf. or finite verb ; e. g. us airo- 
 KTevuv [as about to put] with tlie intent 
 to put him to death, 598 b, i. 1. 3 ; lis 
 ^Tij3ou\e0ovros T. on tlie ground that T. 
 was plotting, lis povXip^ms [as if wish- 
 ing] on pretence that lie wished, us tto- 
 Xe/iijirui' jrretending that he loas aboiU 
 to make war, i. 1. 6, 11 ; lis iTrriWay- 
 lihoL inasmuch as they were delivered, 
 iv. 3. 2 (cf. i. 2. 19) ; lis <iXi7oi ivres 
 [as they were few] being so few, vi. 5. 
 28 ; lis ipou livTos lliat I sludl go, i. 3. 
 6 (cf. ii. 1. 21) ; see 680. — (f ) Hence, 
 also, the use of us bef the INR'INI- 
 Tivii, with an oflSce like that of a final 
 or consecutive conjunction bef. a finite 
 verb, in order to or tluit, so that, so as 
 to (yet sometimes not translated), 
 671 ; c. g. lis avfavT?,aai in order to 
 meet or that he might meet, so as to 
 meet, to -meet, i. 8. 15, cf. 10 ; lis p.'} 
 SivaiyBai so tlw,t tliey could not, ii. 3. 
 10 ; Ppax^repa fj lis i^iKve'ijBai [shorter 
 than so as to reach] <oo sliort a distance 
 to reach, 513 d, iii. 3. 7 ; (is draTraii- 
 eo-ffai for or as if for resting, ii. 2. 4 ; 
 see avpaipiu. — (g) This rel. adv. is 
 also used as COMPLEM. (563), how, in 
 what manner or degree, i. 6. 5 : ii. 1. 1 ; 
 3. 11 : iii. 1. 40 : vi. 6. 32. 
 
 II. Conj. (h) Complem., that, less 
 positive, direct, or actual than Sti, 
 702a, i. 1. 3; 3. 5: vii. 5. 8 (bef. inf.? 
 659 e) : — (i) Final, in order that, so 
 that, that, i. 3. 14; 6. 9 : ii. 5. 16 ; lis 
 pi] that not, lest, iii. 1. 47 : vii. 6. 23 : 
 cf. f:— (j) Causal, as, since, inas- 
 much as, ii. 4. 17 : v. 8. 10 : cf. a : — 
 (k) Consecutive, so tlw-t, us iSoKci, vi. 
 1. 5 (». I. int.); cf. f. 
 
 us definitive adv., (6) = o!jTus,thus, 
 so, in this way or case, in these circum- 
 stances, tlien; used after ovSi not even, 
 i. 8. 21 : iii. 2. 23 ; vi. 4. 22. 
 juir-avTus {& airbs the same) in tlie 
 sar/ie or like manner, like- wise, just 
 so, iii. 2. 23 : iv. 7. 13 : v. 6. 9 (also, by 
 tmesis, lis S avrus) : vii. 3. 22. 
 
 cicr-ct as if, about, iii. 4. 3 : ti. /. iaov. 
 
 uo-9' for U0T6, by apostr. bef. an 
 aspirated vowel, ii. 3. 25. 
 
 uo"i(v), see d;xL. — axrL^v), se^' o5s. 
 
 ciiir-irep * rel. adv., (lis strengthened, 
 i'l its more direct rel. uses) just as, 
 cvon- us, as indeed, as, much used in 
 
152 
 
 ^ 
 
 comparisons ; jtist as if, as if, as 
 tlwtKjh, esp. w. a pt. (sometimes abs. ; 
 litTTrep i^'jv as if it were permitted, iii. 1. 
 14); as it icerc, like, apparently ; i. 3. 
 9, 16; 5.1,3,8; 8.8,29: iv.3.11. 
 
 iitr-Tf* coiij. & rel. adv., (fis re and 
 so), by apostr. wot' or wo-9', (a) w. the 
 IND. (r. on:), so that, thnt, aiid so, 
 cotiseqiusntly, usu. of an actual con- 
 sequence, i. 1. 8 : ii. 4. 5s; 5. 15: iii. 
 4. 37: — (b) w. the inf. (often trans- 
 lated by the ind. or potential), so as 
 to, so that, that, as, of a consequence 
 that, from tlie nature of the leading 
 action, would, bhould, or might fol- 
 low, whether ■ actually following or 
 not, 671, i. 1. 5 ; 4. 8 (Cure i\elv so as 
 to take, so that I can take, or for tak- 
 ing); 5.13: ii. 2. 17. (c) "fitrre is 
 sometimes used w. the inf. wheie il 
 seems not to be required, and is not 
 always translated ; as ivolricra fitrre 
 Bi^ai I made [so that it should seem] 
 it seem best, i. 6. 6, cf. 2, & 7. 4 ; ffio-re 
 /IT] 6\tff6dv€tv ffxijffci will keep [^o 
 that you should not slip] you from 
 slipping, iii. 5. 11. (d) As used w. 
 the inf. in expressing anticipated re- 
 sult, it sometimes marks a purpose or 
 condition ; iroveiv Siare iroXc/ie'p to toil 
 [so as to be] for the sake of being in 
 ■war, ii. 6. 6 ; &irre iKT\eiv [so that 
 they should or would sail out] to secure 
 or on condition of their departure, v. 
 6. 26. (e) "0i7Te ^x™* koKus [so as to 
 have itself well] favorably, satisfac- 
 
 torily, V. 8. 26 : eSiropa &<ttc i.irox(P- 
 pflv erisiffor retreat, vi. 5. 18. 
 
 SfTo,, ao-L, see oBs i-ar, iii. 1. 31. 
 
 (Srt ^a^so written <5 t«, dat. sing, 
 neut. of the relative Sn-re ir/io, which) 
 in the phrase i^' cuts (= iirl roirif 
 Hare, 557") "" *'<i* condition or for 
 this purpose that, in order to, and 
 hence taking an inf., 671 a, vi. (5. 22: 
 see iiri b. 
 
 utclX^, tJs, (oirdio to wound; li- 
 Dor. for ov-, see Xoxayos) a voiiiiil, 
 mark from a wound, scar, i. 9. 6. 
 
 ^-Ttvi, see S<r-Tis, ii. 5. 32. 
 
 oris, (Sos, ■!), (oBs ear) a kind of 
 bustard with long ear-feathers, prob. 
 the Oreat Bastard, Otis Tarda, Fr. 
 outarde, a large bird, far better in 
 running than flying, and still hunted 
 for its Tneat, i. 5. 2 s. 
 
 (!)<|>EXe that I .see d^ffXw, ii. 1. 4. 
 
 (>i<j>tX^a>, ^(TU, ib<t>(\TiKa, (6^e\os) to 
 benefit, be of service or iidrnntrigc to, 
 aid, assist, help, A. ae., avrl, i. 1. 9 • 
 3. 4, 6: V. 1. 12; 6. 30: vii. 6. 1.1. 
 
 |(0(|>^Xi[ji09, ov, r. cs, 7;, ov, advanta- 
 geous, useful, serviceable, expedient, i. 
 6. 2 : iv. 1. 23. 
 
 ucJ>6t)V a. p. , see 6piu to see, vi. 5. 10. 
 
 ^tpXov, see 6^\tffKdvoi, v. 8. 1. 
 
 uXd|iriv, see ofxoA'at, ii. B. 3. 
 [onp, unrds, 6 or i], (6ir- , see ipiia) the 
 face, countenance. Hence perliajis &»■ 
 SpoiTos, as one who has ivSpbs Hira, 
 the outwardtform of a man, though 
 he may no"t be a true dviip. ] 
 
 PosTSCKlPT. KoiSo-rpou (i. 2. 11) may be the name of a small .stream 
 (-OS, ov, &, the Cayster, now perhaps the Akkars-Su), on or near which v as 
 Kavirrpou IIc8lav, i. e. Ca'yster-fleld. — Kepafimv (i. 2. 10) may be the i.iuiie 
 of a people (-01, wx, oi, the Cerami or -ians), unless with some we lead ' y 
 conjecture Kcpduuv 'A'yopiiv (K^pajios, ov, i, clay, a tile), Tile-hinrl ct : if. 
 New-market. — For o.vlu'yov, look under ivolyw ; and for Suto, in the jilaci' 
 belonging to Siva and Siopai. — To the words cited irom various readings 
 may be added liri-Jtv'yvvp.i = ^e&yvviu, i. 2. 5 ; (ici^dvus (fr. fieli^uiv) irilli 
 greiitcr fame, vi. 1. 20 : vaiiorTa8|ios, ov, 0, or -ov, ov, a naval station, or here 
 = vaOXov, Y, 1. 12 : (rTa<|>is, iSos, i], or (rTa<|>(8iov, ov, = d-<rra<j>Cs, iv. 4. 9. 
 
 THE END.